Ground Operations Manual Overview

Document Number EK.10.67.
001
Revision Date 18.09.2014

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL Revision Number 09
Page Number 1/1
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
GROUND OPERATIONS DIRECTORATE
GROUND OPERATIONS STANDARDS

DOCUMENTATION MANAGEMENT
gom@thy.com
Note: The soft copies of the controlled documents can be accessed through Document Management System at info.thy.com. All the printed and soft copies of
the documents outside the Document Management System are uncontrolled documents.
THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

Revision Date: 11.03.2014
Document Number EK.10.67.001
Revision Date 18.09.2014

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL Revision Number 02
Page Number 1/1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 0: GENERAL INFORMATIONS

CHAPTER 1: PASSENGER HANDLING
CHAPTER 2: BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3: CARGO HANDLING
CHAPTER 4: AIRCRAFT HANDLING AND LOADING
CHAPTER 5: LOAD CONTROL
CHAPTER 6: SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
CHAPTER 7: MESSAGES AND ADDRESSES
CHAPTER 8: GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS
CHAPTER 9: GROUND HANDLING EQUIPMENT
CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR GROUND HANDLING OPERATIONS

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL Revision Date 18.09.2014
CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 1/28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
0.1. DOCUMENT APPROVAL PAGE ............................................................................................. 3
0.2. DOCUMENT EXTERNAL APPROVAL PAGE.......................................................................... 4
0.3. FOREWORD ........................................................................................................................... 5
0.4. ORDINARY REVISION RECORDS ......................................................................................... 6
0.5. TEMPORARY REVISION RECORDS ..................................................................................... 7
0.6. LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES ................................................................................................. 8
0.7. SCOPE OF IMPLEMENTATION .............................................................................................. 9
0.8. REFERENCES AND DOCUMENTS REFERRED .................................................................... 9
0.9. DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTATION ......................................................................................... 11
0.10. ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF EK.10.67.001 GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL . 12
0.10.1. Commitment .............................................................................................................. 13
0.11. DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT, SHARING AND COMMUNICATION ...................................... 14
0.12. ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................... 15
0.12.1. Organizational Chart of Turkish Airlines ........................................................................ 15
0.12.2. Organizational Chart of the Office of Chief Commercial Officer ..................................... 16
0.13. HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT ................................................................................ 17
0.14. JOB DESCRIPTIONS ............................................................................................................ 17
0.15. NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITIES ................................... 19
0.16. AGREEMENTS AND TRAFFIC RIGHTS ............................................................................... 21
0.16.1. Interline Traffic Agreements .......................................................................................... 21
0.16.2. Interline Staff Travel Agreement (ISTA) ......................................................................... 21
0.16.3. Code Share Agreements ............................................................................................... 22
0.16.4. Special Prorate Agreements .......................................................................................... 22
0.16.5. Bilateral Air Transport Agreements ................................................................................ 22
0.17. AIRCRAFT LEASING ON WET-LEASE BASIS ..................................................................... 23
0.18. DETERMINATION OF THE NEED FOR TRAINING AND ESTABLISHMENT OF THE
ANNUAL TRAINING PROGRAM .................................................................................................... 23
0.18.1. Planning of Training for the Personnel of the Domestic Sales and Station Managements
and the International Sales Managements ................................................................................... 25
0.18.2. Planning of Training For the Agents .............................................................................. 25
0.18.3. Planning of Training for the Ground Handling Agents .................................................... 25
0.18.4. Pre-Training Organization ............................................................................................. 25
0.18.5. Trainings for the Personnel of the Domestic Sales and Station Managements .............. 25
0.18.6. Monitoring of Training.................................................................................................... 26
0.18.7. Orientation and On-the-Job Trainings............................................................................ 26
0.19. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ..................................................................................... 27
0.20. POLICIES .............................................................................................................................. 27
0.21. FLIGHT NUMBERS ............................................................................................................... 27
0.22. ATTACHMENTS .................................................................................................................... 28

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 2/28
EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual is the proprietary property of Turkish Airlines, and may not be
quoted or reproduced without the prior consent of Turkish Airlines. No page of this document may be
copied or otherwise used by any means, methods or techniques for whatsoever, without obtaining the
prior consent of the beneficial owner thereof.
GROUND OPERATIONS DIRECTORATE

GROUND OPERATION STANDARDS DOCUMENTATION MANAGEMENT
groundopsdm@thy.com

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 3/28
0.1. DOCUMENT APPROVAL PAGE
Manual First Published Date Revision No Revision Date
Ground Operations March 2003 02 18.09.2014

Manual
Signature Date
Prepared by:
Mehmet K. BÜYÜKKAYTAN
Senior Vice President, Ground Operations
Accepted by:
M. Akif KONAR
Chief Commercial Officer
Reviewed by:
Selman NAS, PhD

Senior Vice President, Quality Assurance
Approved by:
Temel KOTİL, PhD

CEO and President (Accountable Manager)
Original approval page is in Turkish version of the manual.

Note: The soft copies of the controlled documents can be accessed through Document Management System at info.thy.com. All the printed and soft copies of
the documents outside the Document Management System are uncontrolled documents.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 4/28
0.2. DOCUMENT EXTERNAL APPROVAL PAGE

Original external approval page is in Turkish version of the manual.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 5/28
0.3. FOREWORD
EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual has been prepared in accordance with the national and
international regulations and the internal regulations of Turkish Airlines.
This document has been prepared in order to define the management, systems, processes,
resources, procedures and the duties and responsibilities of the concerned staff members, all of
which have been set out and defined for the purpose of ensuring a secure ground operation. All
Company documents, referred herein, are accessible by using the Turkish Airlines intranet
(info.thy.com) Document Management System.
This document shall enter into force following being approved by the Directorate General of Civil
Aviation (DGCA) of the Ministry of Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications of the Republic
of Turkey.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 6/28
0.4. ORDINARY REVISION RECORDS
REVISION NUMBER REVISION DATE
01 MARCH 2003
02 JUNE 2004
03 DECEMBER 2005
04 MAY 2008
05 APRIL 2010
06 SEPTEMBER 2010
07 MAY 2011
08 MARCH 2013
09 SEPTEMBER 2014

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 7/28
0.5. TEMPORARY REVISION RECORDS
TEMPORARY REVISION
DATE OF ANNOUNCEMENT DATE OF EFFECT
NUMBER
Ground Operations Manual
7/Part 0 Rev.01 August 2012 January 2013

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 8/28
0.6. LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
REVISION
CHAPTER HEADING OF THE CHAPTER PAGE DATE
NUMBER
0 GENERAL INFORMATION 28 18.09.2014 02
1 PASSENGER HANDLING 99 18.09.2014 02
2 BAGGAGE HANDLING 36 18.09.2014 02
3 CARGO HANDLING 1 18.09.2014 02
4 AIRCRAFT HANDLING AND LOADING 61 18.09.2014 02
5 LOAD CONTROL 124 18.09.2014 02
6 SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6 18.09.2014 02
7 MESSAGES AND ADDRESSES 37 18.09.2014 02
8 GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS 8 18.09.2014 02
9 GROUND HANDLING EQUIPMENT 36 18.09.2014 02
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
10 1 18.09.2014 02
REGARDING GROUND HANDLING

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 9/28
0.7. SCOPE OF IMPLEMENTATION

EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual is a document issued for the purpose of ensuring
compliance with the national and international standards, covering practices in relation to ground
operations. This document shall be distributed to the ground operation departments and the ground
handling agents.
This document has been approved by the Directorate General of Civil Aviation of the Ministry of
Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications of the Republic of Turkey; and has been prepared
by taking the regulations of the Company and the international civil aviation regulations as the basis.
The regulations set out within this manual shall be definitely implemented through the work flow.
0.8. REFERENCES AND DOCUMENTS REFERRED

IATA Airport Handling Manual
IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations
IATA Security Manual
IATA Standard Ground Handling Agreement
IATA ULD Technical Manual
SHY-13 Regulation on Inquiries for Civil Aircraft Accidents
SHY-22 Regulation on Airport Ground Handling
Regulation on the Rights of Passengers Traveling By Air (SHY-PASSENGERS)
SHT-Training/HAD Training Instruction issued by Directorate of Aerodromes
Directive on Driving Vehicles at PAT Areas of DGSAA (Directorate General of State Airports
Authority)
Protocol No.2002/81, Protocol For the Transportation of Organs and Tissues by Airway
EK.02.18.001 Organizational Manual
EK.10.15.001 Security Programme
EK.10.18.001 Integrated Management Manual
EK.10.21.001 Safety Management Manual
EK.10.63.001 Cargo Regulations Manual
EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods Manual
EK.10.67.006 Hajj Manual
EK.50.001 Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition
EK.71.001 Cabin Crew Manual
EK.73.002 Operations Manual Part-A
EK.74.001 Fuel Manual
PR.01.18.001 Procedure for Management of Documents
PR.01.30.001 Human Resources Procedure
PR.01.30.007 Archive Procedure
PR.01.30.010 Free and Discounted Domestic Travel Methods and Implementation Procedure
PR.01.30.011 Free and Discounted International Travel and Carriage Procedure

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 10/28
PR.01.60.001 Procedure for Reporting and Investigation of Accidents at Ramp/Apron Traffic

PR.02.30.001 Secondment and Transfer Expenditures Procedure
PR.02.60.001 Special Service Lounges (CIP Lounges) Procedure
PR.10.18.002 Procedure for Management of Records
PR.10.18.012 Hazard Identification and Risk Management Procedure
PR.10.18.014 Communication and Consultation Procedure
PR.10.18.022 Procedure for Leasing Aircraft for the Fleet from International Air Carriers
PR.10.18.028 Change Management Procedure
PR.10.18.039 Procedure for Preparation of Documents
PR.10.21.002 Accident-Incident Notification and Investigation Procedure
PR.10.21.011 Procedure for Establishment and Analysis of Performance Measures
PR.10.31.003 Ground Operation Training Standards Procedure
PR.10.32.001 Personnel Affairs Procedure
PR.10.70.008 Procedure for Board of Passengers’ Rights
PR.10.91.001 Comfort Class Implementation Procedure
PR.15.003 Procedure for Transportation of Firearms and Other Prohibited Objects Inside the Cabin
PR.15.006 Procedure for Bomb Warnings
PR.18.039 Procedure for Authorization of Ground Handling Personnel for Pre-Flight Inspections
PR.31.001 Planning and Providing the Training Service Procedure
PR.32.076 Procedure for Disinfection and Disinsectisation of Aircraft Interior
PR.63.007 ULD Tracking Procedure
PR.67.067 Ground Operations Work Planning, Reporting and Deputation Procedure
PR.67.701 Ground Operations Documents Management Procedure
PR.74.602 Procedure for Implementation of AHM560 EDP System Document
PR.74.612 Procedure to Follow When EO and A/C Weighing Report Published
PR.90.002 Procedure for Transactions for Lost Tickets
General Instruction on Free Upgrading of the Travel Classes at TK Flights
TL.10.90.001 General Hajj Instruction
TL.31.018 Instruction for Planning of Training
TL.63.024 Instruction on Preparation of Set Pallets
TL.67.024 Ground Operations Directorate Instruction for Publishing Announcement/Bulletin
LS.10.18.013 Integrated Management System Definitions List
LS.31.024 Training Standards Table (Ground Operation)
LS.35.001 Organization List
LS.50.004 SHY 6-A Fleet List
LS.67.004 Ground Operations Document Distribution List
LS.67.009 Ground Operations Directorate Forms List
LS.67.010 Ground Operations Directorate Documents List

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 11/28
LS.67.021 Station Documents List

SM.30.001 Organizational Chart (General)
SM.30.005 Organizational Chart of Office of Chief Commercial Officer
0.9. DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTATION

For EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual, Post Holder for Ground Operations shall be
responsible for performance of any amendments and corrections, issuance, updating the information
contained therein and also for monitoring that the instructions therein are implemented. In
accordance with the National Civil Aviation regulations, any and all amendments to EK 10.67.001
Ground Operations Manual may be issued only after the approval of the Directorate General of Civil
Aviation of the Ministry of Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications of the Republic of Turkey
is obtained.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 12/28
0.10. ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF EK.10.67.001 GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL

Any activities for amendments to and issuance of EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual shall be
coordinated by Ground Operations Directorate/Ground Operation Standards Documentation
Management and shall be carried out in accordance with PR.01.18.001 Procedure for Management
of Documents and PR.10.18.039 Procedure for Preparation of Documents .
This document has been prepared in chapters at the A4 sheet size in “.doc” format. In case of any
urgent amendment which may occur in respect of implementation during the updating process, such
amendment shall be announced to the personnel by means of bulletins in accordance with
PR.10.18.039 Procedure for Preparation of Documents and PR.10.18.014 Communication and
Consultation Procedure. Any amendment to the document shall be indicated by crossing a vertical
line next to such amendment.
EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual shall be recorded on a CD and shall be sent as a CD to
the units mentioned on LS.67.004 Ground Operations Document Distribution List. The mentioned
document is also electronically accessable via TK Portal. The units shall be obliged to dispose of the
outdated CD(s) upon receiving the up-to-date CD of the mentioned document. The departments
shall be obliged to confirm the receipt by completing FR.67.0197 Document E-Notification Form
through the Ground Operation Document Practices System. The mentioned manual shall be
delivered to the personnel of the service providers by the station officials by having FR.67.0182
Service Provider Document Delivery Form completed.
The responsible unit and staff members shall be responsible for getting fully acquainted with the
contents of this document and also for fulfilling the duties and the responsibilities contained therein.
Furthermore, each department and person receiving the CD(s) of EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations
Manual, shall be responsible for the security, protection of the mentioned document; and the said
document is required to be made available at the locations, where any and all staff members serving
at the operations may access, read and follow up the same, as per the regulations. The entire
coordination required in relation to such matter shall be carried out by the managers of the units.
The departments are required to provide feedback within a period of fifteen (15) days as of the date
of distribution, through the ground operation document practices link, via the TK portal, in relation to
the fact that the document has been received and all staff members have been informed and the
document has been shared with all ground handling agents. The users shall submit their requests in
relation to the problems regarding the implementation and interpretation of the provisions of
EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual, as well as any subjects prescribed to be added on such
manual, through the ground operation document practices link via TK portal.
Ground Operation Standards Documentation Management shall be obliged to archive all versions of
EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual in accordance with PR.01.30.007 Archive Procedure and
PR.10.18.002 Procedure for Management of Records.
The documents of the Ground Operations Directorate are defined under LS.67.010 Ground
Operations Directorate Documents List and LS.67.009 Ground Operations Directorate Forms List;
and the definitions of the documents used at ground operation, as well as the method of access to
such documents are given under LS.67.021 Station Documents List.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 13/28
0.10.1. Commitment
Turkish Airlines hereby certifies that EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual is in
compliance with the requirements of the Directorate General of Civil Aviation of the Republic
of Turkey, EU OPS/SHT OPS 1, IOSA and the terms and conditions of Air Operator
Certificate (AOC) of Turkish Airlines.
EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual, including any amendments and/or revisions
thereof, shall be submitted to the authority for acceptance and approval before its entry into
force.
The below listed undersigned hereby declare that the contents of EK.10.67.001 Ground
Operations Manual are within their knowledge and are understood, and also that they shall
perform their duties in full compliance with EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual.
Temel KOTİL, PhD

Accountable Manager Signature:
Selman NAS, PhD

Quality System Manager Signature:
Mustafa AFACAN Signature:

Corporate Safety System Administrator
Serhat SOYDAN
Post Holder for Security Signature:
Asaf A. BORA Signature:

Post Holder for Flight Operations
M. Akif KONAR
Post Holder for Ground Operations Signature:
Atilla COŞKUN Signature:

Post Holder for Continuing Airworthiness
Sedat ŞEKERCİ
Post Holder for Training of Flight Crews Signature:
Original approval page is in Turkish version of the manual.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 14/28
0.11. DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT, SHARING AND COMMUNICATION

Any prepared/revised documents as well as the other operational information and directives shall be
issued as numbered by means of bulletins/announcements upon the approval of Chief Commercial
Officer and/or Senior Vice President, Ground Operations in accordance with TL.67.024 Ground
Operations Directorate Instruction for Publishing Announcement/Bulletin
Any documents, prepared/revised in compliance with the requirements of PR.10.18.001 Procedure
for Management of Documents and PR.10.18.039 Procedure for Preparation of Documents, shall be
delivered to the personnel by completing FR.67.0197 Document E-Notification Form via system as
defined under PR.67.701 Ground Operations Documents Management Procedure. Such documents
shall be delivered to the personnel of the service providers by the station officials by completing
FR.67.0182 Service Provider Document Delivery Form. The records shall be uploaded to the system
by means of the ground operation document practices link via TK portal.
Detailed information in relation to management of ground operation documents is available on
PR.67.701 Ground Operations Documents Management Procedure.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 15/28
0.12. ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES
0.12.1. Organizational Chart of Turkish Airlines

While using SM.30.001 Organizational Chart (General), the current revision issued under the
Document Management System should be taken as reference.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 16/28
0.12.2. Organizational Chart of the Office of Chief Commercial Officer

While using SM.30.005 Organizational Chart of Office of Chief Commercial Officer, the current
revision issued under the Document Management System should be taken as reference.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 17/28
0.13. HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Appointment of the staff members,commissioned to serve at ground operation, shall be carried out
by taking into account the knowledge, skills, educational background and experience of the
concerned persons in accordance with the standards defined under PR.01.30.001 Human
Resources Procedure and PR.10.32.001 Personnel Affairs Procedure.
Such implementation shall be carried out as based on PR.01.30.001 Human Resources Procedure,
PR.10.32.001 Personnel Affairs Procedure and PR.67.067 Ground Operations Work Planning,
Reporting and Deputation Procedure if all managers commissioned to serve at ground operation
delegate proxies.
0.14. JOB DESCRIPTIONS

Job descriptions for all personnel are available on "Document Management System" available on
info.thy.com. The personnel is obliged to know her/his job description.
The Post Holder for Ground Operations before the DGCA is the Chief Commercial Officer. The Post
Holder ensures that all activities in relation to ground operations are conducted in a safe and secure
manner in accordance with the national and international standards as well as the Company
instructions.
Personnel of all ranks -who are assigned to ground operations- is accountable to his/her immediate
supervisor for conducting the activities within his/her field of responsibility in a safe manner.
Job descriptions shall be approved at the relevant management level in accordance with
PR.01.30.001 Human Resources Procedure. The definitions for such approvals are as follows;
IKK: Resolution of the Executive Committee
GMO: Approval by CEO and President
GMYO (IK): Approval of the Executive Committee, by the Chief Officer
YKK: Resolution of the Board of Directors
CHIEF COMMERCIAL OFFICER
S/he determines, implements and ensures supervision of the commercial policy of the Company
throughout the units, reporting to her/him, in accordance with the strategic targets of the Company
and the developments at the international civil aviation industry.
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT (SVP), GROUND OPERATIONS
S/he ensures that all units, reporting to her/him, fulfills all ground operation activities in compliance
with the international standards, local regulations and instructions of the Company.
BAGGAGE SERVICES MANAGER
S/he manages the baggage handling process throughout the Company in line with the national and
international regulations, procedures and instructions of the Company; and s/he implements the
necessary processes together with the service providers.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 18/28
GROUND OPERATION STANDARDS DOCUMENTATION MANAGER

S/he draws up the documents to meet the needs of ground handling operation in line with the
national and international regulations, s/he organizes the activities for revision of such documents
and s/he ensures that such documents are kept up-to-date.
HANDLING AGREEMENTS MANAGER
S/he evaluates and concludes any preliminary activities, carried out in order to ensure that ramp and
passenger traffic services in relation to the flights, operated by the Company as the carrier,
performed from/to any domestic and international aerodromes and airports, are procured from the
ground handling agents which are organized in relation to such fields, and that the agreements in
relation thereto are executed and renewed; and also in order to ensure that the operating licenses,
enabling the Company to offer the ramp and passenger traffic services in relation to the flights
operated by any international airline operators to the domestic aerodromes and airports, in
accordance with the SHY-22 Regulation on the Airport Ground Handling, are obtained and extended
and in order to confirm any services thereto, to execute and renew any agreements thereto, as well.
HANDLING PRICE ACCRUAL AND CONTROL MANAGER
S/he ensures that the payments pertaining to the services offered to the aircraft and passengers,
within the period of time which starts as of the time of landing of the aircraft on to the airport and
lasts until the subsequent departure of such aircraft, and to the fees for the use of the domestic and
the international airspace, such as the ramp and traffic handling, landing, accommodation, special
services, passenger handling fees pertaining to any and all domestic and international flights of the
aircraft of the Company, are forwarded to the concerned departments of Office of Chief Financial
Officer, in order to provide that the same are checked and controlled in terms of their conformity with
the running agreements and/or fee tariffs, and that any accruals, which are determined to be in
excess, are refunded to the Company and expenditure documents are recognized in terms of
accounting and/or paid.
STATION DCS COORDINATION MANAGER
S/he supports, directs, improves the Departure Control System (DCS) and identifies and resolves
any operational problems, thereby ensures that any irregularities suffered during the passenger
handling activities are reduced to the minimum level, expands the areas of use of the mentioned
system, adopts any innovation in relation to the services to be offered to the passengers and also
coordinates the support to be given to the other systems.
STATION MANAGER
S/he ensures that any and all administrative activities of the station are conducted in accordance
with the procedures and instructions of the Company.
OPERATION PERFORMANCE AND PROCESS MANAGER
S/he determines, develops, implements operational process performance measurement methods in
respect of ground operations, carries out analysis on the results of such measurements and reports
the same to the concerned managers, in line with the targets and strategies of the Company also as
per quality and service standards and in accordance with the national and international regulations.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 19/28
PRODUCT AND SERVICES MANAGER

S/he carries out any planning, business development and project designing activities in order to
ensure that the ground handling services are offered in accordance with quality and service
standards of the Company, as per the targets and the strategies of the Company and the Ground
Operations unit of the Company in line with the regulations of the Turkish civil aviation authority; and
also carries out benchmarking activities regarding the services in relation to the sphere of activities
of the Company either outsourced or planned to be outsourced.
LOAD CONTROL AND GROUND OPERATIONS RISK TRACKING MANAGER
S/he ensures that the load control and risk tracking process is carried out safely at all stations,
where the Company operates, in respect of ground operation in compliance with the national and
international civil aviation regulations and the regulations of the Company.
CIP LOUNGE AGREEMENTS MANAGER
S/he determines quality standards of the brand, product and service of all domestic and international
CIP Lounges where the Company offers services and ensures that the service procurement/sales
agreements are conducted, and that such services are managed as per the operational terms in
accordance with the national and international regulations and in line with the targets and strategies
of the Company.
SUPERVISORS
Supervisors are the persons, who serve by reporting to the managers, planning and organizing the
activities in accordance with the document requirements in respect of operational matters and
monitoring and managing the processes in relation to the service providers. The details in relation to
the job descriptions of supervisors are available on the TK portal.
Detailed information about the offices of supervisors are available in LS.35.001 Organization List.
0.15. NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITIES

The organizations of which the Company is a member and/or the civil aviation organizations which
determine the audit standards are listed as follows;
Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA): DGCA is the authority, which identifies the
standards and the regulations in relation to commercial air transport activities and operations of the
enterprises, which are either owned by any real and/or legal persons, and the public/state owned
institutions and organizations, which will be incorporated in order to transport passengers, cargo
and/or mail in consideration of any fees, by performing scheduled or non-scheduled/charter flights
by operating any and all kinds of aircraft within the Turkish airspace or between the Republic of
Turkey and any foreign countries.
International Air Transport Association (IATA): IATA has been established as an inter-airlines
organization in 1945 in Havana, Cuba in order to ensure safe, secure and economic air transport;
and stands as an international commercial organization of which only airline companies may
become a member. The central office of organization is in Montreal of Canada.
CAA: Civil Aviation Administration
ECAC: European Civil Aviation Conference

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 20/28
EU-OPS: European Union Requirements

IOSA: IATA Operational Safety Audit
The companies are being assessed in terms of “joint organization and management, flight
operations, engineering and maintenance, operational control and flight dispatch, ground operations,
cargo, cabin crew managing and operational security” criteria as part of the IATA Operational Safety
Audit.
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO): International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO),
which has been established in 1944 as a specific division within the organization of the United
Nations, is based in Montreal. ICAO, which sets out the necessary regulations at all fields of civil
aviation with a view of ensuring an orderly and safe growth of international civil aviation, has 191
members at the present.
Joint Aviation Authorities (JAA): The Member States, which are parties of the arrangements,
committed to cooperate in design, manufacturing, airworthiness, maintenance and operation and all
other issues in respect of the safety of aircraft in order to ensure a high level and permanent safety
and to provide convenience in exchanging products, services and persons, and such member states
have signed the JAA Arrangements on 01.10.1990.
Federal Aviation Administration USA (FAA): Federal Aviation Administration ensures the safety
of the aircraft of the national and international airlines, which operate scheduled flights to the USA,
and the coordination with the member airlines in terms of airworthiness and competence of the
aircraft and the flight crew members.
European Civil Aviation Conference (ECAC): European Civil Aviation Conference (ECAC), which
has been established in 1955 by ICAO and the European Council, and which is an
intergovernmental organization, gives strategical priority to flight safety, security and environment.
ECAC, which prioritizes efficient and safe improvement of the European air transport, also promotes
follow up of civil aviation policies and practices compliant between its member states and the other
regions of the world.
Association Of European Airlines (AEA): AEA is an association created by the international
airlines operating scheduled flights in Europe. The association has been established in 1954 in
Brussels under the name of the "Air Research Bureau" and then it has been subsequently changed
to “European Airlines Research Bureau” and – has gained its current status in 1973, upon changes
to its authorization and level, under the name of the "Association of European Airlines (AEA)".
Central office of the association is located in Brussels. AEA conducts activities required for the
European airline operators to maintain competitiveness, especially against the airline operators
domiciling in the USA and secures a cooperation among the European airlines. 33 European
countries are among the members of the AEA and Turkish Airlines has become a member of the
association in 1967.
There are certain agreements and nine traffic rights, which are in effect, between the member
airlines.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 21/28
0.16. AGREEMENTS AND TRAFFIC RIGHTS
0.16.1. Interline Traffic Agreements

Interline Traffic Agreements allow for the mutual acceptance of the documents. The airlines,
which are parties to the mentioned agreement, may issue negotiable papers for the flights of
each other and such issued negotiable documents shall be accepted at the flights of each other
by the airlines which are parties to such agreement. Accordingly, it is possible to mention two
different categories based on the fact that the airlines, which are party to the agreement, are
Multilateral Interline Traffic Agreement (MITA) members or not.
0.16.1.1. Multilateral Interline Traffic Agreements (MITA)

The Multilateral Interline Traffic Agreements (MITA), which are the standard and agreed
agreements determined by the IATA member airlines, enables the mutual acceptance of the
documents between the airlines. In order to be able to execute any Multilateral Interline
Traffic Agreement, both airlines must be a party to MITA. Carriers, which either operate
passenger or cargo flights or both, may become a party to the mentioned traffic agreements.
0.16.1.2. Bilateral Interline Traffic Agreements (BITA)

As per the Company policy, Bilateral Interline Traffic Agreement (BITA) may be executed
with the airlines, which are not a party to MITA and which are not a member of the IATA
Clearing House, only after having established certain conditions.
0.16.2. Interline Staff Travel Agreement (ISTA)

Interline Staff Travel Agreement (ISTA) is the general agreement including the Zonal Employee
Discount (ZED) Agreements, which cover holiday travels of the Company’s personnel and their
families, and the MIBA Agreements which cover the duty travels of the personnel.
0.16.2.1. Zonal Employee Discount (ZED) Agreement

ZED Agreement is an agreement executed with international airlines for holiday travels of the
staff members, who have been working for a one full year at the Company or who has retired
from the Company, and of their spouses, children (birth/step) under the age of 24, birth
mothers-fathers and full siblings; and which is calculated on the aggregate amount of fare
based on mileage calculation and the charged taxes.
0.16.2.2. Multilateral Interline Business Agreement (MIBA)

MIBA is the ticket agreement, which is executed with international airlines in relation to duty
travels of the personnel and which is issued on the basis of providing discount from the fare
specified on the agreement or based on miles.
Personnel on duty shall obtain her/his ticket from the sales office of the Company together
with the “Secondment Approval” obtained in accordance with the relevant procedures and
instructions.
Period of such tickets shall vary between three months to 90 days based on the agreement.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 22/28
0.16.3. Code Share Agreements

Code Share agreements are executed principally in two types. Code Share agreements are
defined in PR.93.018 Codeshare Procedure.
For Code Share Agreements; details in relation to the agreement can be displayed by selecting
the airline after entering "CIC*299" on the UR mode of TROYA System. The regulations of the
“operating carrier” shall be applicable in “Code Share” flights.
0.16.4. Special Prorate Agreements

Special Prorate Agreements (SPA) allow for a carrier to transfer passengers to the flights of
another carrier, which operates flights on such sector on which the initial carrier does not operate
flights, by exercising the special fees agreed by them.
The purpose of executing Special Prorate Agreements is to ensure that the potential in relation
to a destination, to which the carrier does not operate flights, is marketed through a transit
location available on its own flight network, thereby to develop and improve the potential market
and to create passenger capacity for such airline.
0.16.5. Bilateral Air Transport Agreements

In order to combine the commercial rights of the international airlines in accordance with a
multilateral agreement, the Chicago Convention, which has been executed on 07.12.1944, has
been acknowledged as the constitutional law of the civil aviation and has been ratified also by
the Republic of Turkey by virtue of the law numbered 4749 and dated 05.06.1945.
Pursuant to article six of the mentioned convention; two states, that wish to perform and carry
out air transport between each other, are free to specifically execute any bilateral agreements.
Such agreements are required to be in compliance with the provisions of the mentioned
convention and also be registered by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO).
Bilateral Air Transport Agreements comprise of a main text and an annex or any annexes.
The main text comprises of the matters regarding the definitions, traffic rights, fashion of granting
of authority to the air operators to be designated by the parties, revocation and/or suspension of
the authority, the requirement that the capitals and the actual control activities of the air
operators should be in the possession of the citizens of the contracting states, the requirement to
comply with the local regulations, no collection of any customs from the other items at the
airports, aviation security, provisions, storage of the customary aviation equipment and supplies,
information and statistics, consultation, conformance to the multilateral agreements, amendment
of the agreement, termination of the agreement, tariff rates, entry into force etc..
The provisions in relation to approval of the lines and the schedules are available within the
annex(es) of such agreements. The provisions in relation to the capacity are available either
within the main agreement or within the annex(es), sometimes.
0.16.5.1. Traffic Rights

Traffic rights are international commercial aviation agreements granting a country's airline(s)
the privilege to enter and to land in another country's airspace.
There are nine air traffic rights.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 23/28
1st Traffic Right: The right to use the airspace of another country (overfly/transit right).
2nd Traffic Right: The right to land on another country on the route, other than the intended
one, for refueling and maintenance purposes (technical landing right).
3rd Traffic Right: The right to transport passenger, cargo and mail traffic at any country to
another.
4th Traffic Right: The right to transport passenger, cargo and mail traffic at another country
to its home country.
5th Traffic Right: The right allowing to transport the passenger, cargo and mail taken from its
own home country to the other country granting such traffic right and to transport the
passenger, cargo and mail taken from such country to any third countries.
6th Traffic Right: The right to transport the passengers, cargo and mail, taken from a third
country, to another country granting the traffic right to stop at the country which is the state of
registration of the aircraft.
7th Traffic Right: The right to fly between any other two countries without originating from or
ending at its home country.
8th Traffic Right (Cabotage): The right to transport the passenger, cargo and mail traffic of
any other country between two destinations within the borders of that country.
9th Traffic Right (Stand Alone Cabotage): The right to transport the passenger, cargo and
mail traffic of any other country between two destinations within the borders of that country. It
differs from the aviation definition of true cabotage, in that it does not directly relate to one's
own country.
0.17. AIRCRAFT LEASING ON WET-LEASE BASIS

Aircraft wet-leasing shall be carried out in accordance with PR.10.18.022 Procedure for Leasing
Aircraft for the Fleet from International Air Carriers.
0.18. DETERMINATION OF THE NEED FOR TRAINING AND ESTABLISHMENT OF THE

ANNUAL TRAINING PROGRAM
In order to be reflected on to the service processes of the Company, trainings are being carried out
throughout the Company so as to develop and improve the knowledge, skills and experience in
terms of the professional, personal and social aspects, of the personnel serving within our Company
and to increase the efficiency of the same.
Trainings of all personnel, commissioned to serve at ground handling operation, shall be determined
in accordance with PR.10.31.003 Ground Operation Training Standards Procedure and the Training
Directorate ensures that the mandatory trainings are planned and monitored in accordance with
LS.31.024 Training Standards Table (Ground Operation). All trainings, which may be received by
the ground handling personnel (including the e-learning trainings), shall be drawn up by the Training
Directorate in accordance with PR.31.001 Planning and Providing the Training Service Procedure
and shall be issued on the training catalogs section via akademi.thy.com page.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 24/28
After the training is received, the training and exam results shall be monitored and the records of
the same shall be kept and retained in accordance with PR.10.18.002 Procedure for Management of
Records.
Trainings, required to be received by all personnel, commissioned to serve at ground handling
operation (mandatory, initial, refresher trainings etc.) and the refreshment periods of the same shall
be determined by the Post Holder in accordance with the national and international requirements;
and shall be defined under LS.31.024 Training Standards Table (Ground Operation).
Trainings, required to be received by the personnel mentioned on LS.67.026 Name and Contact
Numbers of CRO (Complaint Resolution Official) Personnel List, shall be monitored by the Training
Directorate.
Trainings, required to be received by the personnel mentioned on LS.67.027 The Members of
Family Support Team List, shall be monitored by the Crisis and Support Management.
Any staff members, who are deemed to be appropriate by the Senior Vice President, Ground
Operations, may receive any additional trainings other than the mandatory trainings mentioned on
LS.31.024 Training Standards Table (Ground Operation).
The personnel should have received the mandatory trainings regarding the department, where they
will serve, and the trainings which they are required to have received, before starting to serve at
such department. The personnel may be subjected to trainings for the refreshment of such trainings.
The personnel shall follow up/file any changes in relation to their positions and shall be obliged to
possess the up-to-date knowledge in relation to the same.
Personnel files in relation to the trainings shall be drawn up at the airports where the personnel
serve and a list shall be drawn up by sorting on the basis of the dates and subjects of the trainings
received and the training documents shall be placed as appropriate to such list. Documents
pertaining to the trainings received as per the Ground Training Services Training Table (Minimum
Trainings Required to be Received as per the Titles), which is attached to the SHT-Training/HAD
Training Instruction Issued by Directorate of Aerodromes, shall be kept available at the files of the
personnel within a period of three (3) months, at the latest, following completion of such trainings.
Training records of personnel can be accessed via akademi.thy.com.
Basing on the results of the trainings and the evaluation performed accordingly; it shall be ensured
that the needs for appointment, promotion, career planning, rotation, rewarding, selection-
placement, individual/departmental/corporate improvement are determined and eliminated in
accordance with PR.01.30.001 Human Resources Procedure.
The training needs for the personnel, serving at ground operation, shall be reported to the Training
Directorate by means of the department managers.
Trainings, which are required as per the contractual terms and the operator certificates held by
them, shall be satisfied by their own by the ground handling agents from which services are
procured for the Company. The Company shall ensure that the trainings, mentioned on the
agreements, are satisfied.
Trainings shall be realized in accordance with PR.31.001 Planning and Providing the Training
Service Procedure.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 25/28
0.18.1. Planning of Training for the Personnel of the Domestic Sales and Station
Managements and the International Sales Managements
Trainings, required for the staff members serving at the domestic sales and station
managements and the international managements, shall be planned and monitored by the
Training Directorate in accordance with PR.10.31.003 Ground Operation Training Standards
Procedure in coordination with the Training Directorate, Marketing and Sales Directorate (1 st
Region), Marketing and Sales Directorate (2nd Region), Marketing and Sales Directorate
(Domestic).
0.18.2. Planning of Training For the Agents

Ticket sales agents shall forward their requests in relation to the courses specified on the
training program to the sales managements to which they report. The concerned sales
managements shall perform evaluation and selection activities as per the position of the agent
within the region, any requests, which are deemed to be appropriate, shall be forwarded to the
Office of Chief Human Resources Officer/Training Directorate.
Training requests of the General Sales Agents, handling and ticket sales agents shall be
forwarded by the sales managements to which they report, and the training requests of the cargo
agents shall be forwarded by the cargo agents to the Training Directorate directly.
0.18.3. Planning of Training for the Ground Handling Agents

Personnel of the ground handling agents providing ground handling should possess the required
certificates at the level of competence adequate to serve for the Company, as specified under
Chapter 8. The required trainings shall be determined as per the Ground Training Services
Training Table (the minimum trainings required to be received as per the titles) which is attached
to the SHT-Training/HAD Training Instruction issued by Directorate of Aerodromes, before
execution of the agreement with the ground handling agents. Trainings, needed to be received
by the personnel of the ground handling agents, shall be delivered by such ground handling
agents. The certificates should be in compliance with the national and international requirements
and the regulations of the Company. Only the trainings required for operation of the software
used by the Company (such as TROYA etc.), shall be delivered free of charge by the Training
Directorate to the ground handling agents providing services to the Company.
Trainings of the ground handling agents shall be monitored by the unit receiving the relevant
service.
0.18.4. Pre-Training Organization

Trainings shall be requested in accordance with TL.31.018 Instruction for Planning of Training.
Secondment activities in relation to the personnel arrivinng to Istanbul from other locations shall
be carried out and conducted by the concerned units by taking PR.02.30.001 Secondment and
Transfer Expenditures Procedure as the basis.
0.18.5. Trainings for the Personnel of the Domestic Sales and Station Managements
Trainings shall be entered to the Training System of the Training Directorate by the Training
Directorate and the names of the trainees shall be automatically determined for each course

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 26/28
and/or seminar, basing on the order of priority through the System. The names determined shall
be reported to the concerned units (office of the supervisor and/or the managements to which
such personnel report) and approval shall be obtained ten (10) business days in advance, at the
latest, of the date of commencement of the course and/or the seminar. After the approval is
obtained, the names of the trainees, for whom such trainings are planned, shall be reported to
the Training Directorate. In the event that the approval could not be obtained, such process shall
be repeated for the other trainees in line with the training need in a manner to adhere to the
planned training quota, upon checking the status through the system.
Detailed information in relation to the pre-training organization of the personnel, serving at the
other managements, is available in PR.31.001 Planning and Providing the Training Service
Procedure.
0.18.6. Monitoring of Training
0.18.6.1. Monitoring of Training of the Company's Personnel

Mandatory trainings of the personnel serving at ground operation shall be monitored by the
Training Directorate. Managers of the departments shall also be responsible for monitoring
the trainings in terms of managerial purposes.
0.18.6.2. Monitoring of Training of the Contracted Ground Handling Agent's

Personnel
Monitoring of training of personnel of the ground handling agents shall be carried out by the
station officials by obtaining the necessary training records within periods of six (6) months
and uploading the same to the link "Reporting of Training Records of Service Providers by
Stations" available on the page "Ground Operation Documentation Practices" and in case of
any irregularity, then feedback shall be provided to such service providers.
In case of detection of any personnel not provided in the list upon the checks performed by
the station officials, the relevant training records shall be requested from the ground handling
agent again and in case of any irregularity, they shall be prevented from starting to work.
0.18.7. Orientation and On-the-Job Trainings

Orientation and on-the-job trainings of the Directorate have been described in TL.67.069
Instruction on Orientation and On-the-Job Trainings of Ground Operations. Any staff members,
starting to work, shall be subjected to orientation by the concerned management, after the
orientation process has been completed by the Human Resources Directorate. In respect of any
staff members who have completed the orientation training described under TL.67.069
Instruction on Orientation and On-the-Job Trainings of Ground Operations, FR.67.0063 Record
Form for Orientation and On-the-Job Trainings shall be issued and taken under record along
with the personnel training folder.
Such records shall be updated upon each training completed by the personnel.

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 27/28
0.19. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Quality Policy, definition of Quality System organization, distribution of duties and responsibilities
and details of quality audit process are available in EK.10.18.001 Integrated Management Manual
and LS.10.18.013 Integrated Management System Definitions List.
Detailed information in relation to Safety Management System is available in EK.10.21.001 Safety
Management Manual and Chapter 6.
0.20. POLICIES
Company policies are available on the TK Portal.
0.21. FLIGHT NUMBERS
International Lines Scheduled Flights (Long Haul) 0001-0099
International Lines Scheduled Flights 100-1999
Domestic Lines Scheduled Flights 2000-2899
Domestic Lines Scheduled Flights (SAW) 2900-2999
Charter Flights (International) 3000-3699
Charter Flights (Domestic) 3700-3979
VIP Charter Flights (Domestic) 3980-3985
VIP Charter Flights (International) 3986-3995
Humanitarian Aid Flights 3996-3999
Hajj and Umrah Flights 4000-5399
International Lines Additional Flights 5400-5749
Domestic Lines Additional Flights 5800-5949
IOCC International Lines Divert Flights 5750-5799
IOCC Domestic Lines Divert Flights 5950-5999
Scheduled Cargo Domestic Flights 6000-6049
Scheduled Cargo Additional Domestic Flights 6050-6099
Scheduled Cargo International Flights 6100-6599
Cargo Additional International Flights 6600-6699
Cargo Domestic Lines Charter Flights 6700-6729
Cargo International Lines Charter Flights 6730-6799

CHAPTER 0
Revision Number 02
GENERAL INFORMATION
Page Number 28/28
Training, Experience, Demonstration Flights 6800-6899
Technical Ferry Flights 6900-6999
AnadoluJet Domestic Lines Scheduled Flights 7000-7299
AnadoluJet International Lines Scheduled Flights 7300-7399
AnadoluJet Domestic Lines Additional Flights 7400-7449
AnadoluJet International Lines Additional Flights 7450-7499
Emergency Flights 7500-7799
Code Share (Blocked Space) 7800-7999
Code Share (Marketing Flights) 8000-8999
Code Share (AnadoluJet) 9000-9299
Blocked Flights (Scheduled) 9300-9699
Blocked Flights (Additional/Charter/Sub-Charter) 9700-9899
Blocked Flights (Back-up) 9900-9999
Blocked Flights (Maintenance) Alphanumeric
0.22. ATTACHMENTS
FR.67.0182 Service Provider Document Delivery Form
FR.67.0197 Document E-Notification Form

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 1/99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PASSENGER HANDLING ....................................................................................................... 4

1.1. DEPARTURE PROCEDURES ............................................................................................ 4
1.1.1. Codes Used in Passenger Handling ............................................................................. 4
1.1.2. Travel Documents ........................................................................................................ 7
1.1.3. Check-in ..................................................................................................................... 11
1.1.4. Closure of Flight for Check-in Processes .................................................................... 24
1.1.5. Flight Interruption Manifest (FIM) ................................................................................ 24
1.1.6. Boarding ..................................................................................................................... 29
1.1.7. Flight Set .................................................................................................................... 34
1.1.8. Flight Coupon Irregularities......................................................................................... 36
1.2. ARRIVAL .......................................................................................................................... 36
1.2.1. Regulations on Disembarkation of Passengers .......................................................... 36
1.2.2. Method To Be Followed Regarding Arrival Services ................................................... 37
1.2.3. Baggage Claim ........................................................................................................... 37
1.3. TRANSFER ...................................................................................................................... 38
1.3.1. Transfer Passengers .................................................................................................. 38
1.3.2. Transfer Services ....................................................................................................... 39
1.3.3. HUB (Main Station) Operations .................................................................................. 41
1.4. TRANSIT .......................................................................................................................... 41
1.4.1. Transit Passengers .................................................................................................... 41
1.4.2. List of Transit Passengers .......................................................................................... 41
1.4.3. Regulations on Disembarkation of Transit Passengers............................................... 42
1.5. CATEGORIES FOR PASSENGERS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION ....................... 42
1.5.1. VIP (Very Important Person)....................................................................................... 42
1.5.2. CIP (Commercially Important Person) ........................................................................ 42
1.5.3. Business Class ........................................................................................................... 43
1.5.4. Comfort Class............................................................................................................. 43
1.5.5. Upgrade ..................................................................................................................... 43
1.5.6. Frequent Flyer Program (Miles&Smiles) ..................................................................... 43
1.5.7. Corporate Club Program ............................................................................................ 44
1.5.8. Infant Passengers ...................................................................................................... 44
1.5.9. Child Passengers (CHD) ............................................................................................ 47
1.5.10. Accompanied Minors .................................................................................................. 47
1.5.11. Unaccompanied Minors (UM) ..................................................................................... 48
1.5.12. Young Passenger (YP) ............................................................................................... 51
1.5.13. Sick Passengers and Passengers with Partially or Completely Reduced Mobility ....... 51
1.5.14. Pregnant Passengers ................................................................................................. 64
1.5.15. Overweight Passengers ............................................................................................. 66
1.5.16. INAD (INADMISSIBLE) .............................................................................................. 66
1.5.17. Deportee .................................................................................................................... 69
1.5.18. Unruly Passengers ..................................................................................................... 70
1.5.19. Carriage of Persons Subject to Judicial or Administrative Proceedings and of Their
Armed Guards ............................................................................................................ 77
1.5.20. Armed Guard, Armed Accompanying Officers and Official Security Officers ............... 79

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 2/99
1.5.21. Extra Seat (EXST) ...................................................................................................... 80

1.5.22. Group Passengers ..................................................................................................... 80
1.5.23. Meet and Assist Passengers (MAAS) ......................................................................... 81
1.6. REGULATIONS ON CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS AND BAGGAGE ............................ 81
1.6.1. Terms and Conditions of the Agreement .................................................................... 81
1.7. FLIGHT AND SERVICE IRREGULARITIES ..................................................................... 85
1.7.1. Delay of Flights........................................................................................................... 85
1.7.2. Cancellation of Flights ................................................................................................ 85
1.7.3. Change in Station of Arrival (Divert) ........................................................................... 85
1.7.4. Misconnection ............................................................................................................ 85
1.7.5. Baggage Irregularities ................................................................................................ 85
1.7.6. Booking Irregularities .................................................................................................. 86
1.7.7. Changes in Aircraft Capacity ...................................................................................... 86
1.7.8. Irregularities Arising From Lack of Airport Facilities and Failures by The Personnel ... 86
1.7.9. Denied Boarding Compensation ................................................................................. 86
1.7.10. Unification/Unified Flight ............................................................................................. 86
1.7.11. Extraordinary Circumstances ...................................................................................... 86
1.7.12. Internal Communication In Case of Irregularities ........................................................ 86
1.7.13. Assessment of Passenger Irregularities Under The Coverage of Insurance ............... 87
1.7.14. Communication Between the Star Alliance Members In Case of Irregularities ............ 87
1.7.15. Communication with Passengers................................................................................ 87
1.7.16. Points to be Paid Attention In Respect of Passengers' Baggage In Case of Service
Irregularities ............................................................................................................... 87
1.7.17. Lost Tickets ................................................................................................................ 88
1.8. HAJJ FLIGHTS ................................................................................................................. 88
1.9. UMRAH FLIGHTS ............................................................................................................ 88
1.10. BIRTH/DEATH ON BOARD AND BOMB THREAT CALLS ............................................... 88
1.10.1. Birth on Board ............................................................................................................ 88
1.10.2. Death on Board .......................................................................................................... 89
1.10.3. Bomb Threat Calls ...................................................................................................... 90
1.11. ORGAN AND TISSUE TRANSPORTATION ..................................................................... 91
1.12. SUPPORT DEPARTMENTS............................................................................................. 92
1.12.1. DCS Coordination Center ........................................................................................... 92
1.12.2. Station Coordination Center (SCC)............................................................................. 92
1.12.3. Stations Operations Control Center ............................................................................ 92
1.12.4. Company Mails (CO-MAIL) Department ..................................................................... 92
1.12.5. Aircraft Security Service ............................................................................................. 94
1.13. DOCUMENTS TO BE ISSUED FOR FLIGHTS FROM TURKEY TO INTERNATIONAL
STATIONS................................................................................................................................... 94
1.14. DOCUMENTS TO BE ISSUED FOR FLIGHTS FROM INTERNATIONAL STATIONS TO
TURKEY ...................................................................................................................................... 95
1.15. STAR ALLIANCE .............................................................................................................. 95
1.16. FREE AND DISCOUNTED TRAVELS OF THE PERSONNEL (PASS) ............................. 95
1.16.1. Practice of Commercial Employee Discount Ticket ..................................................... 96
1.16.2. Dead Head Crew Members (DHC) ............................................................................. 97
1.16.3. Flight Technician on Duty ........................................................................................... 98
1.17. PASSENGER INFORMATION MATERIALS AND PASSENGER FEEDBACK ................. 98
THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 İIssue Date: 01.05.2006

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 3/99
1.17.1. Passenger Information Materials ...................................................................................... 98

1.17.2. Passengers Feedback ...................................................................................................... 99
1.18. ATTACHMENTS ............................................................................................................... 99

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 4/99
1. PASSENGER HANDLING
1.1. DEPARTURE PROCEDURES
1.1.1. Codes Used in Passenger Handling

a. Special Service Requests (SSR)
AVIH: Animal in Hold

BIKE: Bike
BLND: Blind Passenger
BSCT: Baby Basket
BULK: Bulky Baggage
CBBG: Cabin Baggage
CKIN: Check-in
COUR: Commercial Courier
DEAF: Deaf Passenger
DEPA: Deportee Accompanied By an Escort
DEPU: Deportee Unaccompanied
DIPL: Diplomatic Baggage
DPNA: Disabled Passengers with Intellectual or Developmental Disability Needing
Assistance (Dementia, Alzheimer, Down Syndrome, Autism, etc.)
EXST: Extra Seat
FQTV: Frequent Traveler
FRAG: Fragile Baggage
GPST: Group Seat Request
GRPF: Group Fare Data
GRPS: Group
INAD: Inadmissible Passenger
JTOP: Joint Operation
LANG: Language
LEGB: Two Legs Broken
LEGL: Left Leg Broken
LEGR: Right Leg Broken
MAAS: Meet and Assist
MEDA: Medical Case

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 5/99
OTHS: Others
PETC: Pet in Cabin
PSPT: Passport Number
RQST: Seat Request
SEMN: Seaman
SPEQ: Sports Equipment
STCR: Passenger on Stretcher
TKTL: Ticketing Time Limit
TWOV: Transit Without Visa
UMNR: Unaccompanied Minor
UPGR: Upgrade
XBAG: Excess Baggage
WCHC: Wheelchair for Cabin
WCHR: Wheelchair for Ramp
WCHS: Wheelchair for Steps

WCOB: Wheelchair On Board
WCBD: Wheelchair Dry Cell Battery
WCBW: Wheelchair Wet Cell Battery
WCMP: Wheelchair Manual Power
b. Codes Used in OSI Entries
ARR: Arrival
CHD: Child Passenger
CIP: Commercially Important Passenger
CTC: Contact Information
CTCA: Contact Address
CTCE: Contact E-mail Address
CTCH: Contact Home Phone
CTCT: Travel Agent Phone
CTCP: Phone Nature Not Known
FARE: Fare Information
INAD: Inadmissible Passenger
INF: Infant

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 6/99
PAP: Single Passenger

PAX: More Than One Passenger
PNR: Passenger Name Record
RLOC: Record Locator
STPC: Stopover Cost
TC: Tour Conductor
TCP: Together Traveling Group
TKTN: Ticket Number
VIP: Very Important Person
ZZ: Bookings For Which Catering Will Not Be Loaded Even Though Seat Is
Reserved
c. Codes for Special Meals
AVML: Asian Vegetarian Meal

BBML: Baby Meal
BLML: Bland-Soft Meal
CHML: Child Meal
DBML: Diabetic Meal
FPML: Fruit Platter Meal
GFML: Gluten-Free Meal
HNML: Hindu Meal
KSML: Kosher Meal
LCML: Low Calorie Meal
LFML: Low Fat-Cholesterol Meal
LSML: Low Salt Meal
MOML: Muslim Meal
NLML: Low Lactose Meal
VML: Raw Vegetarian Raw Meal
SFML: Sea Food Meal
SPML: Special Meal (Celebration Cake)
VGML: Vegetarian Meal
VJML: Vegetarian Jain Meal
VLML: Vegetarian Lacto-ovo Meal

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 7/99
VOML: Vegetarian Oriental Meal
d. Message Identifier Codes
MED: Advice of Medical Case

AVS: Availability Status
NRC: No Record Passengers
COR: Correction
e. Identifier Codes for Auxiliary Services
ATX: Air Taxi

CAR: Rent a Car
HTL: Hotel Booking
SUR: Surface/Transportation Between Two Destinations Except Airline
TUR: Tour
1.1.2. Travel Documents

Passengers shall be absolutely responsible for the passport and visa requirements of the
country which they travel, depart or transit from. Passengers, who do not meet such
requirements, shall not be allowed to fly. Airline shall be entitled to reject to transport the
passengers.
a. Passengers shall be warned to carry their travel documents with them.
b. Check-in officer shall be obliged to check the passports, visas and the other travel
documents, if required, of the passengers during check-in, in line with TL.67.068
Travel Documents Processes Instruction.
1.1.2.1. Implementation
1.1.2.1.1. Sales and Booking Departments
a. Passengers shall be reminded that their tickets are required to be issued in
accordance with the travel document or identity details available in their
passports, which they will use at the international flights.
b. Passengers shall be warned to carry their travel documents with them.
c. Details of visas, passports, medical and customs procedures, airport taxes,
currencies and geographical position of the country shall be checked by IATA
Travel Information Manual (TIM) or TIMATIC entries command through TROYA
Booking System screen.
1.1.2.1.2. Check-in Counter
a. Check-in officer shall check validity of the required documents.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 8/99
b. Details of visas, passports, medical and customs procedures, airport taxes,

currencies and geographical position of the country shall be checked by IATA
Travel Information Manual (TIM) or TIMATIC entry codes through TROYA
Booking System screen.
 For visa inquiries by the ternary city code or the binary country code;
TITK-RV/NA.../DE...
 For the owners of the Service/Special/Diplomatic Passports;
TITK-RV/NA.../TYPE/DE...
 For transit passengers;
TITK-RV/NA.../TR.../DE…
 For seaman passengers;
TITK-RV/NA.../SEMN/DE...
 For any passengers, who wish to travel through the residence permit of
another country;
TITK-RV/NA.../AR.../DE...
 For all visa requirements of the relevant country;
TITK-DFT/.../VI
Above-mentioned entry codes shall be used for inquiries.
Enter city or country codes into the blanks.
1.1.2.2. Points To Be Paid Attention During Passport Control

a. Passengers shall be identified by verifying with the photograph, date of birth and
the particulars on the passport.
b. Expiry date of the passport shall be checked.
c. By checking the section of the passport, on which the photograph is affixed, from
both directions, it shall be checked whether the mentioned page is damaged or
not, due to the fact that the original photograph has been altered.
d. Stamps on the passport shall be clearly read from both directions. It shall be
checked that whether there is any disunity or change on the points where the seal
conjugates the photograph, or not.
e. Attention shall be paid in relation to the fact that whether there are any spelling
errors, imperfect writings, deletions or erasures in respect of the details available
on the passport, or not.
f. Attention shall be paid in relation to the fact that signature field on the passport has
been signed by the owner of the passport.
g. It shall be checked that whether the passport is damaged, or not. "Damaged"
means that the pages of the passport are detached from, and attached to its cover,

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 9/99
either wholly or partially, and that are tried to be sewed; and that the plastic film on
page with the photograph is detached and torn off either wholly or partially; and
that any correction (date, etc.), deletion or any other damages, which are not
confirmed by the competent authorities, are available on the passport.
1.1.2.3. Points To Be Paid Attention During Visa Check

a. It shall be checked that whether the passengers possess visa for the country, to
which they wish to travel, or not.
b. Issue and expiry dates which ensure validity of visa shall be checked. The
passengers are required to travel between the relevant dates. Issue date of visa
shall not be taken into account.
c. Visa types are required to be checked, and primary visa types are as follows;
 Airport Transit Visa: It allows the passengers to wait only at the transit area of
the transit airport. The passengers shall not be allowed to go beyond the
borders of the transit area. Visa of the third country (if required) and onward
ticket booked for the same day are required. Baggage shall be tagged from the
beginning of the travel to the final destination.
 Transit Visa: It allows the passengers to entry to the transit country.
Passengers are allowed to stay in the country during allowed period. Visa of the
third country (if required) is required to be available. Passengers are allowed to
continue to travel by land, sea or air.
 Touristic Visa: The visa type issued for traveling purposes. Round trip ticket
shall be inquired by the airline in accordance with the regulations of the country
to which passengers travel.
 Commercial Visa: The visa type issued for commercial/business travels.
 Resident Visa: The visa type issued for travels conducted to get a residence
permit other than their country of nationality with family reunification, marriage,
working and educational purposes. Passengers are allowed to travel with one-
way ticket.
 Diplomatic Visa: The visa type issued for only diplomatic passport holders.
 Visa at Border Checkpoint: The visa type issued by the authorities of the
relevant country at the airport of destination while entering into the country in
the event that consulate visa is not required.
 Electronic Visa: The visa type issued by processing the passport number
electronically. No visa in the form of label, ink stamp shall be available on the
passport prior to the flight.
 Exit/Re-entry Visa: The visa type allowing the passengers to exit from and
then to re-enter to the relevant country.
d. Some countries indicate visa types clearly on visas whereas some countries
indicate the same with letters.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 10/99
e. In respect of the passengers traveling to Schengen countries, visa types shall be

taken into account as follows:
 A-Type Visa: The airport transit visa and the fact that the passengers continue
their travels by air and that they have booked tickets. It allows the passengers
to wait at the transit area. It is not allowed to enter to the transit country.
 C-Type Visa: The visa type issued for touristic/commercial/transit purposes.
 D-Type Visa: The visa type issued for obtaining residence permit.
f. It shall be checked that whether visa is -01- single entry, -02- double entry and
multiple entry, or not. Points to be paid attention regarding these checks are as
follows;
 -01- Single Entry Visa:
The fact that whether the passengers have traveled between the issue and
expiry dates, or not, shall be found out by checking entry/exit stamps on the
passport. Single entry visas are allowed to be used only once.
 -02- Double Entry Visa:
Double entry visas allow the passengers to enter/exit twice between the issue
and expiry dates of visa, both inclusive. Entry/exit stamps available on the
passport are required to be checked.
 Multiple Visa:
It allows the passengers to enter/exit as many times as they wish between the
issue and expiry dates of visa. In the event that period of stay, indicated on visa,
is expired, then visa shall be deemed to be invalid even if the dates of visa are
still valid.
g. Some countries may apply visas at the number of different entries, other than the
above mentioned visas. In such visas, the passengers are ensured to travel by
taking into account the figure available on the field of entry number.
h. It shall be checked that whether there is any deletion, erasure, imperfect writing or
spelling error on visa, or not.
i. It shall be checked that whether visa includes the children registered in passport,
or not. In the event that children travel with their parents (depending on the arrival
country), then they are required to be registered in individual or parent visa.
j. Name/surname available on the passport shall correspond to the name/surname
on visa.
1.1.2.4. TIMATIC
The system on which the details for passport, visa, medical and customs procedures,
airport taxes, currencies and geographical situation of the country to which the
passengers travel.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 11/99
The Company shall be responsible for each passenger, traveling by Turkish Airlines,
after boarding. Absence of documents such as passport or visa, which are required to
enter to the relevant country, and any penalties and expenses imposed by the relevant
country shall be borne by the Company. Details for TIMATIC entries shall be accessible
through CIC*51 command through the UR booking mode on the TROYA System.
1.1.3. Check-in
All processes, during which passengers arrive the airport at a prescribed time before the
departure time, and during which they carry out the processes for ticket and baggage
acceptance.
1.1.3.1. Restrictions for Seat Capacity

a. Arrival/Departure airport restrictions,
b. Balance of aircraft,
c. Load capacity,
d. Crew rest seats,
e. Technician seat,
f. Escort seat.
1.1.3.2. Moving Curtain/Class Restriction

a. The location of curtain shall be determined by the Revenue Management
Directorate/Revenue Management Operations Management (ISTRCTK)
depending on the booking capacity of aircraft and the needs.
b. In the event that the capacity is required to be increased in the business or
economy class, then actions shall be taken by changing the location of
curtain/configuration in line with the decision of the station official.
c. The relevant request shall be forwarded to the technical department in order for
applicability of all such configuration changes.
1.1.3.3. Check-in Processes

a. The passengers shall be welcomed and travel documents (ticket, visa, passport,
identity card, etc.) of the same shall be checked. (E-ticket printout is not required to
be submitted for e-ticket.)
b. The ticket record available on the system shall be checked against the names
available on the passport and/or identity card.
c. The passengers shall be asked whether they have Frequent Flyer card, or not, and
the details of Frequent Flyer, which are not recorded on the system, shall be
entered to the system.
d. Any documents required to be carried by the passengers to travel through the
tickets issued for child, elderly person, student discount and the tickets similarly

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 12/99
issued shall be checked during check-in processes; and the relevant approval
command shall be entered to the system upon completion of checking process.
e. In respect of the tickets, which are purchased by credit card through the website or
call center; in case of any system warning during the check-in and boarding
processes, then electronic approval processes shall be carried out upon checking
the credit card and identity card. The passengers, who fail to present their credit
cards, may not be admitted to flight (except for virtual card).
f. The passengers shall be asked about their seat preferences (aisle or window side)
prior to check-in processes. The passengers shall be seated in line with their
requests; and in the event that the seat, requested by the passenger, has already
been allocated, then the passenger shall be informed about the matter due to the
fact that the system will assign any seat number automatically.
g. Gender of passengers (woman, man, child) shall be correctly recorded during
check-in processes.
h. The passengers shall be asked that whether they have any baggage
(checked/unchecked), or not.
i. In case of checked/unchecked baggage, then the passengers shall be explicitly
asked that whether their checked/unchecked baggage contains any dangerous
goods, or not; and any suspicious situations shall be investigated. In the event that
any dangerous goods are detected inside the baggage, then the baggage may not
be admitted to the flight; and it shall be ensured that the relevant passenger is
informed, and that any dangerous goods are removed from the baggage. Station
officials shall be informed in case of detection of any undeclared or falsely
declared dangerous goods. Dangerous Goods Incident/Accident Report Form shall
be filled in as specified under EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods Manual, and shall
be submitted to the civil aviation authority of the concerned country and to the
Directorate General of Civil Aviation of the Republic of Turkey within the prescribed
period of time. Sizes of the any checked/unchecked baggage, and the fact that
whether such baggage is damaged, or not, shall be checked; and any and all
baggage shall be weighted in accordance with the piece or weight concept. In the
event that the baggage is damaged, then actions shall be taken in accordance with
TL.67.038 Damaged Baggage DCS Processes Instruction.
j. Any checked/unchecked baggage shall be tagged in line with the regulations
specified under TL.67.013 Instruction on Baggage Tagging Procedures, during
check-in processes.
k. Parts with small barcode on the baggage tags shall be affixed to the different
surfaces of baggage.
l. It shall be ensured that transfer tag is attached to the baggage of the transfer
passengers, who have connection domestic or international flights, and that such
baggage is separated from other baggage, as specified on the
section/1.3 Transfer. It shall be checked through the system that whether any
interline agreement is executed with the connected airline, or not, with the purpose

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 13/99
of tagging the baggage of passengers, who have connection flight by any different
airline, until the final destination.
m. The "PRIORITY" tag shall be attached to the baggage of Star Alliance Gold, Elite
Plus, Elite, Classic Plus, Business Class and VIP passengers. (The "PRIORITY"
tag shall be attached in a manner that it will be between the two adhesive sides of
the baggage tag. The lettering "PRIORITY" and the Star Alliance logo shall be
visible.)
n. In the event that free baggage allowance is exceeded, then the passenger shall be
informed and the total amount of baggage shall be recorded on the system, as
specified in the Chapter 2/Baggage Handling.
o. In the event that any passenger requests additional baggage allowance, except for
the standard free baggage allowance in domestic stations then the relevant
passenger shall be referred to the sales office in order for payment for excess
baggage, upon issuance of "Excess Baggage Declaration Card", and issuance of
FR.80.0043 Excess Baggage Information Form in respect of international stations.
TROYA DCS entry regarding excess baggage declaration card shall be performed
as follows;
For Instance: 1/EXB/Baggage Type/Amount of Weight/Personnel Number of the
Person Issuing the Card
Baggage Types:
CH = LIVE ANIMALS
SM = SPORTS EQUIPMENT
HB = BULKY BAGGAGE
DG = OTHER
The field "Baggage Type" is required to be completed. The fields "Kilogram" and
"Issued By" are not required to be completed.
For Instance: 1/EXB/SM/25KG/Personnel Number of the Person Issuing:
T012345
For Instance: 1/EXB/SM/25KG/Name of the Person Issuing: AYSE MUTLU
p. Boarding pass, baggage tags and any other documents shall be provided to the
passenger upon completion of check-in processes. (In respect of the TAT ticket
processes, the flight coupon on the ticket is required to be removed from the ticket,
and is required to be submitted to the passenger together with the boarding pass
inside an envelope.)
q. The passengers shall be informed about boarding time, boarding gate number as
well as the station, from which the baggage will be received in the event that the
processes for checked-in baggage have been performed for the same.
r. Card-holder passengers, who apply to travel as stand-by passenger, shall be
recorded primarily on the List of Stand-by Passengers (P-Priority entry). Card-

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 14/99
holder passengers shall be listed in the list of stand-by passengers (@A/L List) as
follows:
EP ELITE PLUS (TK)
EC ELITE (TK)
SG STAR GOLD (STAR)
CP CLASSIC PLUS (TK)
SS STAR SILVER (STAR)
CC CLASSIC CARD (TK)
Above-mentioned list has been created with regards to the details primarily the
class of travel and secondly boarding pass.
The list of stand-by passengers available on the system is the list enabling the
stand-by passengers to be listed by their FQTV membership/"Priority" codes and
fare classes. Any passengers, holding the Star Gold and Star Silver card, shall be
listed on the list of stand-by passengers on the basis of the occupancy of the
aircraft or in accordance with sequence of ELPL, ELIT, GOLD, CLPL, SILVER,
CLSC in the event that such passengers apply with their stand-by tickets, after
they have completed the required processes at the airport. The list of standby
passengers shall be created on the DCS in accordance with such sequencing
regulations, and it shall be ensured that the users perform “on-load” in compliance
with the relevant regulations.
s. It shall be paid attention to the fact that any passengers requiring special attention
(such as Frequent Flyer, passengers with wheelchair, UM, etc.) are prioritized
during check-in processes.
t. Passengers holding Elite Plus, Elite, Classic Plus and Star Alliance Gold card shall
be entitled to have excess baggage allowance as specified on the Chapter
2/Baggage Handling.
u. Any passengers holding Elite Plus, Elite and Star Alliance Gold Card shall be
provided with service in Business Class counter. Passengers holding Classic Plus
card shall be provided with service in Business Class counter in respect of the
domestic flights.
v. Station management shall retain any verification and calibration check records
carried out by the concerned authorities on the devices, through which the
baggage is weighted during check-in processes.
w. In the event that the personnel is required to travel on the jumpseat, then stand-by
action shall be taken in respect of the personnel with pass ticket. The detail for
"TRAVELS ON JUMPSEAT" will be created automatically by the system upon
performing 1/G entry on the record of passenger available in the list of standby
passengers of the relevant flight. Details of APIS of the passengers shall be
completed, if and when required; and "stand-by" card shall be issued upon
performing 1/APP entry. The approved FR.73.2011 Cabin Flight Form is definitely
required to be submitted to the station official and to the pilot-in-command in order
for traveling on the crew station. In case of any failure in issuance of the form prior
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 15/99
to the flight, the passenger shall be ensured to travel upon obtaining the approval
of the station official and the pilot-in-command.
x. All materials and documents pertaining to the Company such as baggage tags
used during check-in processes, FIM, boarding passes, labels, etc. shall be
definitely retained in order to prevent any unauthorized access.
y. Any materials and documents which have been issued but not used and/or
canceled such as boarding passes, tags/labels, passenger lists, forms, etc. shall
be necessarily disposed.
1.1.3.4. Check-in Types

a. DCS (Departure Control System) Check-in
 Check-in processes and all closing processes shall be carried out electronically.
 All check-in processes shall be carried out through the system of the ground
handling agent, which operates through a system equivalent to DCS, at some
international stations, which do not have on-line connection.
 Seat numbers shall be automatically assigned by the system in case of no
preference.
 Baggage tags and boarding passes shall be generated by the system
automatically.
b. ATB Check-in
Performance of check-in process for the part of the boarding pass available on the
printed ticket automatically by a processor machine enabling the ATB check-in.
c. Through Check-in
Performance of check-in processes of any passengers together with their
baggage, starting from the station of departure to the final destination. Check-in
and baggage processes shall be performed in line with the customs procedures of
the country.
d. Inter Airline Through Check-in
Performance of "through check-in" processes by means of message exchanges
between different airline systems.
e. Return Check-in
Return check-in processes may be performed at the point of departure provided
that the round trip of the passenger is within 24 hours. Passenger baggage check-
in processes shall be performed for the departure flights. However, baggage
check-in processes shall not be performed for the round trips. The passenger shall
necessarily receive their baggage at the station of arrival.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 16/99
f. Stand-by Check-in
Ticket and baggage processes performed for the passengers, who have not any
confirmed seat on board the aircraft or to whom any seat number is not assigned
due to the "overbooked seats".
g. Gate Check-in
Check-in process performed at the boarding gate.
h. Lounge Check-in
Performance of check-in processes of the passengers, who utilize the VIP/CIP
lounges at the airports, together with their baggage at such lounges.
i. Online Check-in
Check-in processes, enabling the passengers to perform check-in processes on
their own through the Internet between the period starting as of 24 hours before
the flights and till the time when 90 minutes is left to the flight. The passengers
may receive their boarding passes from their own printers, check-in counters or
self check-in (kiosk) machines.
j. Self Check-in
Check-in processes enabling the passengers to perform check-in processes on
their own through "self check-in" (kiosk) devices available at the airport.
k. Mobile Check-in
Check-in processes, which may be carried out through the mobile devices
compatible with "Fly Turkish" application on mobil.thy.com, and which enable the
passengers to issue their boarding passes.
l. SMS Check-in
Performance of check-in processes by the passenger by sending a message
through a mobile phone.
m. Manual Check-in
Performance of check-in processes by using manual boarding pass, baggage tag
and seat chart at the stations, where any system failure has occurred (including
some stations, which do not have on-line connection). Post-flight processes shall
be performed manually as follows:
 Any and all required lists pertaining to the flights shall be made available for
check-in processes.
 List of passengers (checked-in/not checked in),
 "Inbound" and "outbound" list,
 List of special requests (wheelchair, special meal request, UM, etc.),
 List of details on mobile/on-line checked-in passenger + baggage figures,
 List of E-TKT passengers and final status of the list of E-TKT errors,
 Check-in information page (@i),

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 17/99
 Existing seat chart details.

 The required lists may be accessible through the address online.thy.com; and in
case of any irregularities, contact shall be established with the Station DCS
Coordination Management.
Extension number of Station DCS Coordination Management: 17180-17181-
17182
Extension number of Station DCS Coordination Management/E-Ticket Help
Desk: 17185-17186-17195
 Counter officials shall establish coordination with CIP, VIP, arrival, chute,
operation and sales officials as well as with the ground handling agents in
respect of the fact that the flights will be operated manually.
 Counter officials shall separate the check-in counter at the stations, where
common check-in practice is available, in accordance with the departure times,
and it shall be ensured that the passengers are referred to the relevant
counters.
 If possible, counter officials shall ensure that flight number/numbers is/are
displayed on the counter monitors in accordance with the flight scheduling after
informing the airport authority; if not possible, then manual boards, on which
flight number and station of arrival are displayed, shall be used.
 Counter officials shall ensure that manual check-in documents (manual
passenger manifest, seat chart, interline baggage tag, manual boarding pass)
are present on the counter/counters, and that they are distributed.
 Counter officials shall check compliance of the aircraft seat chart with the
relevant flight, and shall remove the seat numbers, which are previously
assigned, from the seat chart, and shall prevent such seats from being
assigned.
 The boarding passes, drawn up in different colors for each flight, shall be
numerated. Gate details, if certain, shall be processed to the boarding passes.
Manual "INF" boarding passes shall be used for infants. The number of
passengers, who purchase on-line boarding passes, shall be deducted from the
manual boarding passes drawn up.
 The baggage tags with barcode shall be kept available in the counter in
proportion to the number of passengers.
 The counter official of the relevant flight shall perform the seat planning for the
passengers requiring special attention such as the C/Cl local, transfer, CIP, VIP
passengers as well as the passengers with wheelchair and infants, and the
child passengers. S/he shall separate the manual boarding passes based on
the estimated number of passengers (by deducting the number of passengers
holding on-line boarding passes), and shall forward the same to the related
units upon numeration thereof.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 18/99
 Names of the passengers, applying to the counter for check-in processes, shall
be verified through the flight list, and check-in processes shall be completed,
accordingly. Flight coupon of the passenger shall be received, if any. Seat
number shall be affixed to, or written on the manual boarding pass basing on
the aircraft seat chart, and the passengers shall be referred to the boarding gate
of the aircraft.
 Free seating may be applied upon the approval of the station official (without
using the aircraft seat chart).
 Passengers with e-tickets shall be indicated as ETK on the manual boarding
passes.
 Baggage shall be admitted after the security number, piece/kilogram details,
last name of the passenger, flight number and station of arrival, available on the
manual boarding pass, are specified on the baggage tags with barcode drawn
up manually.
 Details on the first and last name of the passengers, gender, infant, child, seat
number, ticket number together with details on the piece and weight of the
baggage shall be recorded in the manifest. Frequent Flyer card details of
passengers, if any, shall be entered in the field "remarks" of the manifest. The
number of manifest of the passengers may vary depending on the domestic and
international flights and the regulations of arrival country. The manifests shall be
proper and legible.
 K-edits shall be entered by the intermediate station.
 Frequent Flyer card numbers of the passengers shall be obtained and entered
as soon as the system is activated; in other cases, they shall be forwarded to
the Marketing and Sales Directorate (Domestic)/Miles&Smiles Programme
Management and Miles&Smiles Marketing and Agreements Management.
 The details of APIS shall be obtained and forwarded to the international station
of arrival. The details of APIS shall be entered by the intermediate station in
respect of connection flights.
 In case of no available seats on-board the aircraft, then the passengers, who
are not included in the confirmed list of passengers, shall be referred to the
"stand-by" counter. In case of available seats on board the aircraft, then
check-in processes shall be carried out.
 The details regarding the number of passengers having connection flights, the
flight details, and the piece and weight details regarding the baggage shall be
recorded in order to send the "PTM" message upon boarding.
For Instance:
PTM TK 001/10JAN10 IST/JFK
DL 1234 LAX, 10 pax, 18/250 kg
AA 8567 SEA, 02 pax, 3/95 kg

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 19/99
 The number of passengers and the number of tickets, recorded in the manifest
during check-in process, shall be checked.
 Passenger baggage tags shall be checked during the check-in processes of the
transfer passengers performed in the station of arrival, and the details shall be
recorded.
 All relevant documents shall be submitted to the responsible personnel upon
completion of check-in processes.
 The flight figure, covering the number of passengers (in M, F, CHD, INF,
PASS), the piece and weight details regarding the baggage, shall be specified
at the end of the manifest. (including 50M 40F 10C 4I 200Pcs/2100Kg, 5 Pass)
 The flight figure shall be forwarded to the SCC, operations and boarding
personnel.
 One copy of the manifest shall be provided to the boarding personnel.
 E-ticket details of the passenger shall be specified as note on the manifest and
boarding pass.
 Upon elimination of the system failure, e-tickets of the passengers shall be
identified on the system and the flight processes of the same shall be
completed.
 In the event that the system failure cannot be eliminated, e-ticket details of the
traveling passengers, shall be necessarily reported to the e-ticket help desk and
it shall be ensured that e-tickets gain final status.
 In respect of the flights, during which DCS cannot be activated and during which
any processes for passengers are carried out manually, the details of APIS
shall be forwarded to the station of arrival and the details of FQTV shall be
forwarded to the Miles&Smiles Programme Management and Miles&Smiles
Marketing and Agreements Management.
n. Quick Check-in
The check-in type in which check-in processes are performed quickly through the
screen designed with visual images so that the web interface is provided with
practicality.
1.1.3.5. Advanced Passenger Information System (APIS) Application

APIS application is the act of forwarding special advanced security details of the
passengers to the immigration departments of the arrival country through message.
APIS is the manifest form covering the details of passengers and passports constituted in
accordance with IATA regulations. The practicability of the system is based on ensuring
that the messages, comprising of the mentioned details, are automatically sent to the
stations of arrival through the DCS, upon completion of the processes pertaining to the
routes determined by the authorities.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 20/99
APIS is divided into two categories as edifact transmission application, namely the UN
and US APIS. Both applications have different features in respect of form and content.
a. US APIS Application
In respect of such application, it is essential to forward five details regarding the
passengers and their passports (DOB: Date of Birth, GEN: Gender, NAT:
Nationality, AFN: Name, PPT: Passport Number).
In case of absence of any details specified above, then the system will not allow
boarding passes to be generated during the check-in processes carried out at the
station of departure.
In respect of "through check-in" processes, the fact that such details are entered
upon completion of check-in processes constitutes an impediment in respect of
receipt of the boarding pass, pertaining to the second flight, from the first station;
so it is required to pass to the second flight, and perform @B.
Therefore; in respect of "through check-in" processes, it is important to enter "API"
details prior to check-in processes in order to take any and all actions accurately
and quickly.
APIS details may be processed on the system automatically by entering the
readable passport or visa details through the keyboards, which may read the
same, and they shall also be entered to the system manually in case of
unavailability of such keyboards.
 Manual APIS Entries
APIS entries shall be performed individually or at once while the passenger
details are displayed on the screen.
Individually; 1/AFN/....|PPT.....|NAT.....|GEN/...
Or it shall be performed as follows:
1/AFN/...
1/PPT/...
1/NAT/...
1/GEN/...
1/DOB/…
 APIS Cancellations
Individually; 1/X/AFN|X/PPT|X/NAT|X/GEN
Or it shall be performed as follows:
1/X/AFN
1/X/PPT
1/X/NAT
1/X/GEN
1/X/DOB

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 21/99
 Display of Lists of US APIS Details

They shall be displayed on the UC Mode through the PM/D entry in respect of
the relevant flight.
b. UN APIS Application
In respect of such application, APIS is required to be converted into a new format,
and additional details are required to be entered.
In respect of UNEDIFACT format, it is essential to forward nine details regarding
the passengers and their passports (DOB: Date of Birth, GEN: Gender, NAT:
Nationality, AFN: Name, PPT: Passport Number, DOC: Document Type, ISS:
Country for which passport is issued, EXP: Expiry Date of Passport, RES:
Residence); and 10 details together with the address details of "CTC", through
which details of address to be resided in the USA are entered in respect of the
flights to the USA.
Also, in the event that the passengers have sometimes additional documents in
respect of the flights to/from the USA, then additional APIS details shall be
entered. (Such details are as follows: DOA: Additional Document Entry, ISA:
Details for the Country to which Additional Document is Submitted, PPA: Additional
Document Number, EXA: Expiry Date of Additional Document)
 Displaying the Manifest
The manifest will be displayed on the UC Mode through PM/UN entry in respect
of the relevant flight.
APIS details, which are entered basing on the entry to be performed in respect
of the passenger record upon the entry of APIS details, shall be assessed by
accessing the data processing system of the immigration department of the
relevant country within a period of 4 seconds, and the pre-approval granted by
the relevant department will be affixed to the "VET" line available on the
passenger record.
In the event that the related approval detail is positive, then boarding pass shall
be generated for the passenger.
There are two applications performed in such manner.
c. APP Application
1/APP entry (1/APP/I for infants) shall be performed in the passenger record upon
the APIS entry, performed in the passenger records in respect of entering to and
exiting from the countries requesting such application, and boarding pass may be
obtained from the system depending on the response, which is provided by the
relevant department, and which is affixed to the passenger "VET" line.
Positive Confirmation Details: In respect of the following responses, positive
details will be provided to the passengers, and the system will generate boarding
pass.
 OK TO BOARD

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 22/99
 BOARD IF DOCS OK
 REPEATED-OK TO BOARD
 OVERRIDE ADMITTED BRD WITH OWT
Negative Confirmation Details: In case of receipt of the following responses,
then the passengers may not be admitted to the flight; in such cases, the relevant
contact number shall be called. It shall be ensured that the station of arrival is
informed in order to establish contact with the relevant numbers, and that the
passenger will travel upon obtainment of approval.
 NOT BOARD CONTACT MOI
 NOT BOARD CONTACT GDNPR
 NOT BOARD CONTACT EOC
 DO NOT BOARD
The details available in the passenger records shall be checked, if and when
required, and "1/APP" entry shall be performed again upon performance of
corrections
 "Offload" Processes In Flights Where APP Application Is Available
Cancellation processes of the passengers, who are admitted to the aircraft upon
obtaining the B positive approval subsequent to the APP entry, shall be
definitely performed through the List No/X/APP (1/X/APP) entry prior to
performance of "offload" processes. (1/X/APP/I shall be entered for the
passengers with infants.)
In the event that the response of the system is "CANCELED" upon performance
of such entry, then the "offload" process of the relevant passenger may be
carried out.
In the event that the response of the system is "N-NO RECORD", then it shall
mean that the "APP" process has not been canceled successfully. In such case,
1/X/APP entry (for infants 1/X/APP/I) shall be performed again upon waiting for
a while.
"Offload" processes of the passengers, who are not admitted to the flight due to
the negative approval result obtained after APP entry, may be performed
directly. The warning "CANCELED" will not be displayed on the passenger
record upon the "offload" process; instead, the negative warning, which has
been previously received from the concerned department, shall remain as it is.
 APP Entry and Cancellation for Jumpseat Passengers
The jumpseat passengers are those included in the standby list of the flight and
specified by the system automatically as "TRAVELS ON JUMPSEAT" through
the 1/G entry on the passenger record. Following completion of "APIS" entries
of confirmed "jumpseat" passengers, 1/APP entry shall be performed and
"standby" cards shall be issued for such passengers.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 23/99
Aforementioned procedures shall be applicable for the "offload" processes of

such passengers.
 .API List
The .API list specifies the passengers, including any passenger traveling on
"Jumpseat", whose "API" details are missing although the check-in processes
have been performed, and/or for whom "APP" entries have not been performed,
or for whom a response message with a status code different than "B" has been
received even if the "APP" entries have been performed.
The warning "APP NEED", which is displayed on the .API list, will appear in
respect of the passengers, for whom "APP" entries have not been performed, or
for whom a response message with a status code different than "B" has been
received even if the "APP" entries have been performed.
Moreover, the passengers, who have received their boarding passes, but
whose approval codes have turned into "CANCELED", and for whom the
"offload" processes have not been performed, inadvertently, will appear on the
aforementioned list.
d. AQQ Application
1/AQQ entry (1/AQQ/I for infants) shall be performed in the passenger record upon
the APIS entry, performed in the passenger record in respect of entering to and
exiting from the countries requesting such application, and boarding pass may be
obtained from the system depending on the response, which is provided by the
relevant department, and which is affixed to the passenger "VET" line.
The principle of AQQ application is to detect, basing on the detail available in the
"VET" field, that whether the passenger will travel in the relevant flight, or not.
In respect of such application, it is possible to receive four different responses;
CLEARED (0X, 0Z, 0A): In respect of this response available in the passenger
record, the passenger is fit to fly.
INHIBITED (11): In respect of this response available in the passenger record, the
passenger is required not to fly. In such case, primarily the relevant APIS details,
entered to the passenger records, shall be checked again; and the relevant
correction in relation to any error or deficiency shall be performed, and AQQ
process shall be carried out again. In the event that there is no change in the next
response, then the visa team shall be informed in order to contact with the
concerned competent authority.
SELECTEE (2X, 2Z, 2A): In the event that such a response is received, the
system will generate the boarding pass bearing the phase ***SSSS; however, all
details of such passengers shall be checked again with due care upon request of
the competent authority.
 AQQ Entry and Cancellation for Jumpseat Passengers
The "jumpseat" passengers are those included in the "standby" list of the flight
and specified by the system automatically as "TRAVELS ON JUMPSEAT"
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 24/99
through the 1/G entry on the passenger record. Following completion of "APIS"
entries of confirmed "jumpseat" passengers, 1/AQQ entry shall be performed and
"standby" cards shall be issued for these passengers.
Before the "offload" processes of such passengers, the "jumpseat" details, which
are present in the passenger record, shall be canceled by performing the 1/X/G
entry. Offload procedure, which is applicable to the other passengers, shall also
be applicable to such passengers.
 .API List
The .API list specifies the passengers, whose "API" details are missing although
the check-in processes have been performed, and for whom the AQQ process
has not been performed, or for whom a message other than the "CLEARED" has
been received at the DCS record although AQQ process has been performed,
and who have not received their boarding passes yet.
The warning "AQQ NEED", which is displayed on the .API list, will appear in
respect of the passengers, for whom no "AQQ" process has been performed, or
for whom a response message other than the "CLEARED" has been received
although "AQQ" process has been performed.
The ".API" list is required to be checked before the flight is closed; and in respect
of the passengers, who have missing details on the list, such details are required
to be completed; and "AQQ" is required to be entered for the passenger, for
whom it is required. It shall be checked that no passenger except *AQQ NEED
(SELEC) *SELECTEE is left in the ".API" list, in order to close the flight.
1.1.4. Closure of Flight For Check-In Processes

At Company flights, the closure time of check-in processes for domestic flights is 45 minutes,
and the closure time of check-in processes for international flights is 60 minutes.
1.1.5. Flight Interruption Manifest (FIM)

In the event that the flight is involuntarily interrupted due to cancellation of flight, change in
the station of arrival, etc., or that the passenger doesn't have a valid flight coupon, or that
there is not sufficient time to reissue the ticket, then it shall be ensured that such passenger
will travel through issuance of FR.67.0280 Flight Interruption Manifest (FIM) upon approval of
the station official.
1.1.5.1. Points to be Taken into Account

In respect of the points to be taken into account with respect to the acceptance of "FIM"s
by the other airlines or from the other airlines regarding Company flights;
a. In the event that the passengers are transferred to the other airlines through
issuance of "FIM" by the Company;
 The section of "carrier issuing the 'FIM'" shall be stamped and signed in a
legible manner.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 25/99
 No "FIM" forms, which are pertaining to another airline shall be used at the
stations, where the flight "diverts" or "is diverted", under any circumstances
other than the absence of any offices of the Company.
 "FIM" forms not involving numbers shall not be used under any circumstances.
 In the event that the ticket, for which "FIM" will be issued, has been prepared
electronically, then the letter "E" shall be typed to the "ET" field, and coupon
status/statuses shall be turned into “FIM/EXCHANGE’’ through the relevant
entry by the station official. The station of departure shall be responsible for
such process.
 In the event that the ticket, subject to "TK FIM", is an "e-ticket" pertaining to any
the other airline, then the relevant e-ticket coupon shall be definitely turned into
the "Exchange to FIM" status. Otherwise, the risk of the Company loss shall
occur due to the fact that the flow to TRACES/TOPROS System is not
performed in order to be invoiced to the concerned airline; furthermore "e-
tickets" on FIM, which remain in the "open" status, shall be under the risk for
subjecting to ticketing processes such as "Refund/Exchange".
 There shall not be any inconsistencies between the ticket route, subject to "TK
FIM", and the "FIM" route. Otherwise, accounting may not be settled with the
other airline.
 In the event that the ticket of the passenger, whose travel is ensured to be
performed through "FIM", is economy class, and that it cannot be purchased
from the economy class of the airline, to which "FIM" will be issued, then the
written document, signed and stamped, expressing that there are no available
seats in the economy class of the concerned airline, shall be obtained and sent
to the Accounting and Financial Control Directorate/Revenue Accounting
Assesment Directorate/Interline Accounting Management, before booking a
seat number in the upper cabin class. Otherwise, the carrier airlines shall
invoice the upper Business Class IATA fee pertaining to upper cabin class,
which they carry. In the event that the written document, signed and stamped,
cannot be obtained from the counter party airline, then the booking record
stating that no seat number can be booked from the economy class, with
regards to the operational convenience, shall be obtained and sent to the
Interline Accounting Management as an attachment to letter, or to
"interline@thy.com" as an attachment to file of the relevant booking record.
 In the event that the passengers subject to "FIM" have two independent tickets,
then the details for the relevant ticket number shall be completely specified on
the "FIM"; otherwise, the risk of Company loss shall occur in respect of the loss
arising as a consequence of "interline" accounting, due to the fact that the
inconsistencies for route will occur.
 Not only flight number of the route to be carried as “Involuntary Rerouting”, but
also the origin and destination of the route shall be specified; and in case of
multiple “Receiving Carriers” to perform carriage through “FIM”, the carrier and
routes shall be specified individually and explicitly.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 26/99
 Pursuant to the regulations specified under IATA Passenger Services

Conference Resolutions Manual 735 d; in the event that the passenger has a
valid coupon for the route to be flown by the carrier transferred (if no route
change is required), then "FIM" shall not be issued, and the new "receiving
carrier", which will take over the carriage process, shall not be entitled to
request "issuance of FIM". The passengers shall be transferred to the new
carrier with the existing coupons. In the event that the route is required to be
changed, then the ticket of the passenger shall be turned into "Involuntary
reissue"; however, in the event that it is required to ensure that the passenger
will travel as soon as possible, then “FIM” shall be issued.
 The details regarding the original flight class available on the flight coupons,
which are retained during issuance of “FIM”, shall be definitely indicated on the
FIM.
 In the event that "FIM" is issued for the passengers having ID/AC/AD/DG/CG
tickets, then the relevant fare basis, passenger type and discount rates shall be
indicated in the section "Fare Basis and Passenger Type Code".
 In the event that the passenger is child or infant, then such details shall be
definitely indicated on the "FIM".
 In the event that "FIM" is issued for the passengers having award ticket, then
the fact that the ticket is "Award" shall be indicated in the section "Fare Basis
and Passenger Type Code".
 The reason for issuance of "FIM" shall be definitely indicated in the field
"Reason for issuance" of “FIM”; however, the field "Diversion By" shall be
completed only if the flight is actually "diverted". (In case of diversion, then the
invoice shall be issued for the carrier indicated in the field "Divert" regardless of
the airline for which "FIM" is issued.)
 The ticket numbers available on the unused flight coupon received from the
passenger shall be specified on the "FIM" in a legible manner, and such
coupons shall be immediately attached to the yellow copy of “FIM”, and shall be
sent to the Interline Accounting Management along with a cover letter. In
particular, in the event that the other airline coupons are received from the
passengers, and that "TK FIM" is provided in return, then attention shall be paid
to the matter due to the fact that such flight coupons are required to be invoiced
to the companies, to which they pertain, before the expiry date of the prescribed
period; furthermore, in the event that "endorsement for the other airline
coupons" is required to be obtained, then the attention shall be definitely paid to
such matter. (The airline, transferring such coupons, shall not be entitled to
abstain from granting "endorsement", in accordance with the regulations
specified under IATA Passenger Services Conference Resolutions Manual 735
d, and the "endorsement" requirements sought for the the other airline coupons
of passengers admitted to the flight shall also be applicable exactly to the
coupons obtained against "FIM".) In the event that the coupons received from

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 27/99
the passengers are TK coupons, then they shall be sent to the Interline
Accounting Management.
 In the event that the passengers are flown to any intermediate station at the
cases where they cannot fly to the final destination through their flight coupons,
and that the station of departure instructs such intermediate station to issue
"FIM" through telex, then the station authorities, who issue "TK FIM" from the
intermediate station to the final destination, and who send the "FIM" to the
other airline, shall obtain the photocopies of passenger coupons, and shall send
them to the Interline Accounting Management as attached to the yellow copy of
“FIM”, which is obtained and issued by the same (due to the fact that the
original coupon of the passenger has been received by the station of
departure).
b. In the event that "FIM"s pertaining to the other airlines are admitted to the flights of
the Company;
 The signature and stamp of the other airline, issuing "FIM", as the carrier, shall
be definitely obtained.
 Attention shall be paid to the fact that the transportation route transferred to the
Company has been specified as not only flight number but also the "origin,
destination" sectors, explicitly.
 Attention shall be paid to the fact that the other airline, issuing "FIM", has
specified the number of passengers to be carried through “FIM” and the ticket
numbers equivalent thereto, on the "FIM" in a legible way (due to the fact that
such details will be used in the system records in relation to the flight details of
the Company).
 The photocopy of “FIM”, which is issued by the other airline, and which is used
for the flight of the Company, shall be definitely placed into the flight envelope.
The original copies thereof shall be sent to the Interline Accounting
Management.
1.1.5.2. Explanations regarding FIM Form

a. Rerouted from
The details regarding the flight of the transferring carrier (binary code of the carrier,
flight number, date and station where the flight is interrupted) shall be specified.
b. Rerouted to
The details regarding the carrier accepting to carry out carriage, and the details
regarding the flights of the same (binary code of the carrier accepting to carry out
carriage, flight number, date and destination of the carrier) shall be specified.
c. Passenger’s Name
Full names of the passengers shall be specified.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 28/99
d. Ticket Number
Sequence number of the flight coupon, code of the carrier, form and serial
numbers shall be specified. "Check digit" (Ck) number shall be specified on the
last column; and in the event that the ticket is issued electronically, then the letter
"E" shall be indicated in the "ET" section.
e. Fare Basis and Passenger Type Code
The fare basis available in the ticket of the passenger shall be specified.
f. Cabin Class
The carriage class, in which the passenger will travel through the carrier accepting
to carry out carriage, shall be specified.
g. Excess “Wt/Pc”
The names of the passengers having excess baggage, the ticket numbers for
excess baggage, the weight of the baggage, or the number of baggage pieces
shall be specified.
h. Total Number of Passengers
Total number of passengers indicated in "FIM" form shall be specified.
i. Reasons for Issuing
The relevant box, among the boxes stating the reason for issuing “FIM” form, shall
be marked.
 CXLD  Cancellation
 DLYD  Delay
 OVSLD  Overselling
 MSCNX  Misconnection
j. Diversion by
In the event that the flight is "diverted", then the binary code of the airline
performing "diversion" shall be specified in the "FIM" to be issued for ensuring the
arrival of the passenger to the final destination.
k. Validation
The department issuing "FIM" shall seal, and specify the date, and the personnel
issuing "FIM" shall sign the same.
1.1.5.3. Distribution
"FIM" form shall be issued in four copies;
a. The first and second white copy shall be provided to the carrier to which the
passengers are handed over.
b. The yellow copy shall be forwarded to Intercompany Accounts Management.
c. The pink copy shall be retained in the airline company issuing "FIM".

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 29/99
1.1.6. Boarding
Boarding processes for any passengers whose ticket and baggage processes have been
completed. All passengers to travel and their carry-on baggage shall be checked and
admitted to the flight by the relevant law enforcement officers or by the private security units,
prior to the "boarding" process.
1.1.6.1. Pre-Boarding Preparation

Ground crew and flight crew shall take any and all measures in relation to security and
safety, prior to boarding process. The boarding personnel;
a. shall attend the briefing covering the scheduling, details and measures in relation
to "boarding" before boarding with their immediate supervisor.
b. shall be informed, and shall take any required measures during the "boarding"
process, and shall check the functionality and adequacy of the materials to be
used; and shall inform their immediate supervisors, respectively, in case of any
irregularities,
c. shall initiate the boarding process by the operations coordinator in accordance with
TL.10.60.002 General Instruction on Initiating Boarding at İstanbul Atatürk
International Airport, and in line with EK.73.002 Operations Manual Part-A/8.2 at
any other stations upon approval of the pilot-in-command.
1.1.6.2. Boarding Processes

The commissioned personnel shall take the following actions before the boarding
processes;
 The registration mark, parking position, scheduled time of departure of the aircraft,
or the fact that whether any delay is at issue, or not, shall be detected and checked
through the boards.
 The number of passengers shall be determined and it shall be ensured that the
passengers are present at the lounge on time.
 The boarding officer shall be present at the lounge one hour prior to the scheduled
time of departure.
 The system shall be made ready in order for "boarding" (to operate the "gate reader"
equipment, if any).
 The system shall be activated through her/his own SONIC code.
 The boarding mode shall be selected in order to enter the system. In respect of
selection of the boarding mode, boarding process shall be initiated through the
following commands:
In respect of boarding based on the seat number;
@q/b
@y
@q/f

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 30/99
@q/seat number.
In respect of boarding based on the security number;
@q/bs
@y
@q/f
@q/security number; however, slash mark ("/") shall be entered upon entering
each "security" number in case of performance of boarding processes through
the security number.
Any kinds of passenger details commented shall be accessible through entering
".q "; and any details regarding passengers requesting food shall be accessible
through entering ".m"; and the details regarding outbound passengers shall be
accessible through entering ".o/tot"; and the details regarding inbound
passengers shall be accessible through entering ".i/tot".
 In respect of all stations, where "GUI" system infrastructure is available, any and all
actions are required to be taken through "GUI".
 The lists of passengers, who require special attention such as visually-impaired and
hearing-impaired passengers, sick passengers, meet and assist passengers, UM,
Deportee, INAD, VIP, CIP, etc., and who request special food, shall be obtained;
and the passengers to be boarded with priority shall be detected, if possible.
 The details of the transit and transfer passengers arriving by the connection flights,
and the fact that whether their flights are on time, or not, shall be checked.
 In case of any possible delay, the passengers shall be informed, or it shall be
ensured that the passengers are informed about the reason and the duration of the
delay, by performing announcement, as specified in EK.10.67.003 Announcement
Manual.
 The fact that whether there are sufficient number of buses appropriate to the parking
position of the aircraft, or not, shall be checked.
 Any sick, elderly or disabled and Deportee/INAD passengers should be boarded
first, upon performance of announcement for boarding.
 The boarding process shall be initiated by performing announcements specified
under EK.10.67.003 Announcement Manual, upon obtainment of approval regarding
the fact such passengers are seated. Boarding process in respect of the aircraft of
the Company shall be carried out basing on the group codes available in the
boarding pass in line with TL.67.044 Instruction on Group Boarding. However, Elite
Plus, Elite, Star Alliance Gold and Business Class passengers shall be boarded to
the aircraft first, or shall be admitted to the aircraft with priority within the "boarding"
period.
 The identity cards/passports shall be checked during the "boarding" process.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 31/99
 The baggage, to which no cabin baggage tag has been attached at the boarding
lounge, shall be checked, and any cabin baggage without tag shall not be admitted
to the passenger cabin.
 The weight and size of any untagged cabin baggage shall be checked by using the
cabin baggage measurement unit. In the event that the weight/size of the cabin
baggage is in compliance with the limit, then cabin tag shall be attached to the
baggage, and shall be admitted to the passenger cabin.
 In the event that the weight/size limit of the cabin baggage is exceeded, then
payments for excess baggage shall be collected from the passenger based on the
weight or piece concept. The details regarding baggage weight and tag (K-edit) shall
be entered to the system, and manual baggage tag shall be attached, and the
baggage shall be carried as checked-in baggage in the cargo compartment.
The practice in relation to the cabin baggage are described under TL.60.001
Instruction for Carriage of Cabin Baggage.
 In the event that the ticket is purchased by credit card, and that "online" boarding
pass is generated by the passenger through the Internet, then DCS will give warning
during the "boarding" processes. Accordingly, confirmation of credit card shall be
entered after the "boarding" personnel has checked the credit card and identity card.
The passengers, who fail to present their credit cards or identity cards, shall not be
admitted to the flight.
 Boarding passes of the passengers, who reach directly to the gate together with
their mobile boarding passes after obtaining the boarding pass printouts through
Internet, shall be swiped through barcode readers.
 "Gate-boarding" process shall be completed as soon as possible.
 It shall be checked that that whether the passengers, who travel together with their
live animals, have excess baggage coupon, or not.
 In case of detection of any passengers, requesting their baggage to be delivered at
door/aircraft, during the boarding process, then it shall be checked that whether
proper tagging and packaging have been performed, or not. All incomplete/incorrect
portions shall be supplied or corrected. The passengers shall be asked that whether
they wish to receive their baggage at ramp, or not. In the event that any passengers
wish to receive their baggage at ramp at the station of arrival, then the remark
"GATE DELIVERY" and the type of the baggage (WHBD, WHMP, WCBW, BABY
BASKET, BABY STROLLER) shall be entered to the passenger record on the
TROYA System, and the continuity and exchange of information shall be ensured.
At the stations, which do not have on-line connection, such details shall be
communicated to the station of arrival by telex.
 The immediate supervisor and the relevant department shall be informed upon
completion of the boarding processes.
 The passengers, who have check-in processes carried out, but who have not
applied to "boarding", or who are not allowed to fly due to any reasons such as

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 32/99
security/visa-passport, etc., shall be "off-loaded" from the system, and

"1/C/|............." "reason for "offload" shall be entered as "comment". The relevant
departments shall be warned on time about the fact that the baggage of passengers
will not be loaded to the aircraft.
 The passengers, who have obtained their boarding passes, are required to apply to
the gate 15 minutes prior to the departure time of the aircraft in order to perform the
"boarding" process.
 The agreement in relation to the number of passengers shall be ensured with the
operations coordinator. In respect of the flights, where the passengers will not be
counted, the actions shall be taken in accordance with TL.67.048 Instruction on
Processes for Passenger Counting.
 In respect of all domestic and international flights, the lists of passengers (the lists
containing any details for special services such as special passenger, special food,
etc.), which may be accessed by entering the code "PP/FUL/NAM" or "PP/FUL/1" in
UC mode, are required to be delivered to the cabin chief by the boarding officer.
 Any documents and forms in relation to the passengers (INAD, Deportee, TWOW,
UM documents, etc.) shall be delivered to the cabin chief.
1.1.6.3. Manual Boarding Processes

a. Boarding personnel shall be present at the boarding gate with the passenger list
and manual checklist drawn up.
b. The operations coordinator and the flight crew of the aircraft shall be informed
about the fact that manual process has been carried out, prior to the boarding
process.
c. Passengers shall be boarded with their "manual boarding passes bearing a seat
number" upon performance of the boarding announcement.
d. It shall be ensured that the passengers show their baggage at ramp in order for the
baggage reconciliation.
e. Manual "checklist" shall be drawn up in order to detect any missing passengers. In
case of any missing passenger, then it shall be ensured that the announcement is
performed. In the event that the passenger does not apply, then the operations
department shall be informed in order to offload the baggage.
f. The boarding personnel shall report the number of passengers to the operations
coordinator and cabin chief upon completion of boarding process. S/he shall
deliver the passenger manifest, the list of VIP/CIP passengers and the details for
WCHR, UM, etc. (if any) to the cabin chief. In the event that the passenger
manifest cannot be issued electronically, then manual passenger manifest shall be
drawn up; and in the event that manual manifest cannot be issued, then the
document, which includes the full name, signature and contact number of the
station official, shall be delivered to the cabin chief. Such lists shall be submitted to
the border police and customs officials serving at the station of arrival.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 33/99
g. Boarding personnel shall prepare the flight set consisting of flight coupons,
manifest and Loadsheet received from the counter officer.
h. Any and all "PFS, PSM, PTM" messages in relation to the flight shall be sent to the
concerned addresses. Examples for messages and any details for the message
addresses are available in Chapter 7/Messages and Addresses.
i. "PTM" message shall be specified in a manner to include the flight number,
destination, class of flight, number of passengers, as well as number and weight of
baggage.
j. "PFS" message shall be sent to all passengers except Pass II passengers.
k. "MTV" shall be sent by the concerned personnel after the aircraft is closed.
l. "LDM, CPM" message shall be sent by the operations personnel after the aircraft
is closed.
1.1.6.4. Inconsistency of the Figures Arising After Passenger Counting in the

Cabin
In respect of the flights for which passenger counting will be performed, in the event that
inconsistency of the figures arises after passenger counting carried out on board the
aircraft upon "Boarding"; then
a. The passengers on board the aircraft shall be counted by the cabin crew.
[Passenger counting shall be repeated maximum three (3) times.]
b. The number of the passengers, whose "boarding" processes are completed, shall
be checked.
c. In the event that the number of the passengers is found out to be higher, then the
boarding passes shall be checked and verified by their identity details.
d. In case of detection of any extra passenger on board the aircraft, then any and all
required actions shall be taken.
e. In the event that it is found out that there are missing passengers in the aircraft
after the passenger counting, then the "boarding passes" shall be checked through
the passenger list. The missing passenger shall be identified. In case of any
baggage pertaining to the passenger, then it shall be ensured that it will be
"offloaded" from the aircraft. The instructions of the pilot-in-command shall be
observed in accordance with EK.73.002 Operations Manual Part-A/8.2, if and
when required.
1.1.6.5. Passengers Deciding not to Fly

In the event that passengers decide not to fly upon boarding the aircraft, or that they
postpone their travel, for any reasons whatsoever, then their baggage shall be offloaded,
and the law enforcement officers shall be informed about the relevant matter. Further
details regarding the practice are available in EK.73.002 Operations Manual Part-A/8.2.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 34/99
1.1.6.6. Boarding Pass

Boarding pass is the document enabling boarding of passengers and containing travel
details such as flight number, flight date, flight time, seat number and baggage details,
etc.
a. Manual Boarding Pass: Manual Boarding Pass shall be used at the stations
where check-in processes are carried out manually. Boarding passes are available
in five different colors in order to be used in economy class; furthermore, manual
boarding passes are used for "business" class and infant passengers. Manual
seating plans shall be used during "check-in" processes.
b. Self Check-in Boarding Pass: The boarding pass which may be obtained by the
passengers through KIOSK at the airports.
c. On-line Boarding Pass: The boarding pass which may be obtained through
“Internet check-in”.
d. Mobile Boarding Pass: The boarding pass, which is issued by the passengers by
means of using the compatible mobile devices through the “Fly Turkish” application
on mobil.thy.com.
1.1.7. Flight Set

The process, in which the flight documents pertaining to the relevant flights are compiled and
delivered to the Flight Accounting and Reporting Management/Flight Data Control
Supervisor's Office.
1.1.7.1.1. Preparation of Flight Envelopes
a. The documents required to be available in the flight envelopes, which will be
prepared to be sent to the Flight Data Control Supervisor's Office, are as
follows;
 Passenger Flight Coupon,
 Excess Baggage Coupon (if any),
 Passenger Manifest,
 The List (TO/ETL*) and Figure (@I/ETK) of E-ticket Holder Passengers,
 (If any) Flight Interruption Manifest (FIM),
 (If any) Miscellaneous Charges Order (MCO),
 Loadsheet.
b. The photocopies of documents of the other airlines shall be retained by the
relevant station. The original copies shall be sent to the Accounting and
Financial Control Directorate/Flight Accounting and Reporting Management.
c. The numbers available in the flight documents to be sent to the Flight
Accounting and Reporting Management shall be consistent with the numbers
available on the flight envelope prepared for the relevant flight.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 35/99
d. Passengers shall be admitted to the flight with a valid flight coupon/e-ticket or

"FIM". (Any documents such as VOID coupon, accounting coupon, agency
coupon, telex, MCO, etc. shall not be valid for the flight.)
e. In respect of charter flights, master ticket passenger flight coupon or passenger
coupons pertaining to the passengers, carried against MCO, shall be sent as
attached to the passenger manifest.
f. In respect of NIL flights, Loadsheet shall be put into the flight envelope.
g. In respect of the flights canceled, cancellation message shall be put into the
flight envelope. Loadsheet shall not be put into the flight envelope.
1.1.7.1.2. Sending of Flight Documents
a. All flight documents are required to be sent complete and in full.
b. All documents regarding scheduled/unscheduled flights shall be sent to the
Flight Accounting and Reporting Management by putting into the flight
envelope in a manner that flight coupons will be complete provided that the
figures will be exactly the same as the figures available in the Loadsheet.
c. Flight sets, consisting of electronic tickets only, shall be retained at the stations.
In the event that it is impossible to retain such sets at the stations, then the flight
sets shall be retained in the archive of the Flight Accounting and Reporting
Management.
d. The original copies of documents of the the other airlines (flight coupon, MCO,
excess baggage coupon, FIM) are required to be directly sent to the Flight
Accounting and Reporting Management within three (3) working days, at the
latest, accompanied with the signature of the officer carrying out the process,
upon stating the flight date, flight number, the number of documents of the
international airline on the relevant envelope.
e. Any details in relation to the flight documents shall be recorded in the columns
available on the flight envelope; and such envelope shall be signed by the
person, preparing the same, and shall be approved by the person, checking the
same.
f. Individual flight envelope shall be issued for each flight. Each flight envelope
shall be numbered with sequential numbers. The same number shall not be
used for more than one flight envelope.
g. The flight envelopes and the envelopes of the the other airlines hall be sent to
the Flight Accounting and Reporting Management by co-mail, by the first flight.
h. In the event that the flight envelopes are prepared by the ground handling
agents, then such envelopes shall be received and sent to the Flight Accounting
and Reporting Management by the station officials.
i. The flight envelopes, which have been issued by the stations, and which have
been approved upon performance of the required checks, shall be sent to the
Flight Accounting and Reporting Management upon specifying the full name of
the personnel, preparing the envelope, and upon being signed. Department
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 36/99
officials, issuing and approving the flight sets, shall be responsible for the
relevant flight sets, which are detected to be missing or incorrect.
j. The rules available on the reverse of the flight envelope shall be necessarily
followed.
1.1.8. Flight Coupon Irregularities

Processes for lost tickets shall be carried out in accordance with PR.90.002 Procedure for
Processes Regarding Lost Tickets.
1.2. ARRIVAL
All services provided to the passengers at apron and terminal building at the station of arrival
upon completion of the flight.
1.2.1. Regulations on Disembarkation of Passengers

a. Ground crew members and flight crew members shall take any measures in relation
to security and safety prior to disembarkation of passengers.
b. Cabin crew members shall inform the passengers about the passport and customs
procedures prior to disembarkation of passengers.
c. Ground personnel shall check that boarding bridge or passenger stairs is/are in the
correct position.
d. The door of the aircraft shall be opened by the cabin crew member, who obtained the
approval of the pilot-in-command, as agreed with the station official.
e. If the passengers are disembarked by means of buses, then the sufficient number of
buses shall be made available near the aircraft.
f. The documents pertaining to the special passengers (UM, DEPU, INAD, etc.) and to
the flight shall be received from the cabin crew members prior to disembarkation of
the passengers, and it shall be ensured that the passengers are disembarked
securely.
g. Approval of the cabin crew members shall be obtained in order to make sure that all
passengers disembark the aircraft.
h. In the event that the passengers arrive at the terminal building by walking at apron,
then the passengers shall be necessarily accompanied, and the safety regulations
shall be observed.
i. The passengers shall be referred to the passport check and baggage claim area as
soon as possible.
j. The passengers requiring special attention shall be accompanied until the arrival
lounge.
k. The personnel, assigned at the loading and unloading department, shall ensure that
any baggage, required to be delivered to the passengers at the door in respect of the
arrival flights, are delivered to the door of the aircraft within a period of five (5)
minutes, at the latest.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 37/99
1.2.2. Method to be Followed Regarding Arrival Services

The personnel assigned at the arrival services;
a. shall obtain information about the number of passengers in relation to the flight during
which s/he will serve.
b. shall find out all possible parking positions of the flights during which s/he will serve.
c. shall check any messages such as PTM, PSM, etc. in relation to the passengers
requiring special attention and transfer passengers, available on board the aircraft,
and shall carry out any and all required preparations.
d. shall welcome the "UM" passenger in accordance with the landing order, and shall
receive the signed documents from the cabin chief, in case of availability of any "UM"
passengers at the flight.
e. shall take the "UM" passenger, which s/he has welcomed, to the
domestic/international arrival lounge, and shall identify the person welcoming the
"UM" passenger, who is specified on the forms issued at the station of departure, and
shall check the identity of the welcoming person, and shall have the form signed by
the same, and shall hand over the "UM" passenger to his/her welcoming person.
f. shall refer the passengers to the transfer lounge in order to ensure their travel by the
next flight, in case of any connection flights
g. shall take over the "INAD/Deportee" passenger from the cabin chief together with
their documents, in accordance with the disembarkation order, in case of availability
of any such passenger in the flight. In the event that any passenger, who is welcomed
by the personnel assigned at the arrival services, has connection flight to any other
destination, then such personnel shall check that any documents and tickets, issued
by the country officials carrying out the process, are in compliance with the
connection station, and shall carry out check-in processes. In case of no connection
flight to another country, then such personnel shall hand over the passenger to the
passport officials together with her/his documents received and with FR.67.0101
Inadmissible/Deportee Pax Delivery Form issued, and shall obtain one copy of the
form signed by the authorities.
h. shall hand over "Inadmissible/Deportee" passengers, who travel as accompanied by
any person for security reasons, to the passport officials.
1.2.3. Baggage Claim

a. Inbound passengers shall be referred to the baggage claim areas in order to receive
their baggage.
b. It shall be ensured that the baggage of Business class, VIP, Elite Plus, Elite, Classic
Plus and Star Alliance passengers are delivered with priority due to the fact that such
baggage bears "PRIORITY" tags.
c. The baggage of any passengers requiring special attention shall also be delivered
with priority.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 38/99
d. Performance measurement, carried out in relation to delivery of any baggage bearing

priority tag, is described in PR.67.020 Star Alliance Ground Handling Procedure.
e. In the event that any baggage is lost, missing or damaged, then it shall be applied to
the Lost and Found Office. Further information is available in Chapter 2/Baggage
Handling.
1.3. TRANSFER
1.3.1. Transfer Passengers

The passengers, who continue their flights by the same airline or another airline, upon
stopping at any intermediate station within a period of 24 hours, from the station of origin to
the final destination, provided that they have a confirmed ticket.
a. The baggage of the passengers shall be checked-in until the final destination by
taking into account the customs regulations, provided that baggage, confirmed tickets
and flight routes of the passengers are issued on the same ticket. The same
regulation shall be applicable to the Star Alliance member airlines. However;
 In the event that the flight routes (TK-TK) of any passenger have been ticketed
individually, and that there is a time interval of minimum two (2) hours and
maximum 24 hours between the relevant flight and the connection flight, then the
baggage shall be tagged until the final destination in accordance with the customs
regulations.
 In the event that the flight routes to be traveled by any passenger have been
ticketed individually, and that the relevant flights will be operated by two different
airlines (TK - foreign airline), then, the baggage shall not be tagged until the final
destination. Exceptionally; in respect of the HKG, ICN, SIN, NRT, KIX, BKK, PVG,
CAN and KUL flights of the Company, the baggage of the passengers, having
connection flights to Taiwan (TPE-KHH-RMQ) and through any foreign airline,
shall be tagged until the final destination.
b. The station of origin shall definitely carry out the passport and visa checking
processes in respect of the connection flight of the passenger.
c. In the event that the flight of any passengers ends at any international station, then
the international transfer tag (green color) shall be affixed to their baggage,
regardless of the fact that station of origin of such passengers are either domestic or
international station.
d. In the event that the station of origin of the passengers is any international station,
and that such passengers have a connection flight to any domestic station, where
customs regulations are applicable, within the borders of the Republic of Turkey,
then the domestic transfer tags (yellow color) shall be affixed to their baggage.
e. In the event that the station of origin of the passengers is any international station,
and that such passengers have a connection flight to any customs-free domestic
station within the borders of the Republic of Turkey, then no yellow or green transit
transfer tags shall be affixed to their baggage, and such baggage shall be tagged until
the station of the first entry to the Republic of Turkey. Passengers shall be
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 39/99
necessarily informed, during check-in, regarding the fact that their baggage is
required to be cleared at the first station, where customs regulations are applicable, in
accordance with the customs regulations.
1.3.1.1. Processes for Transfer Passengers

The list of checked-in passengers shall be sent to the station of transfer as PTM
(Passenger Transfer Message). The following processes shall be carried out in order to
transfer the passengers and baggage as soon as possible upon receipt of the message:
a. "Inbound/outbound" connections shall be checked by taking into account the
number of passengers.
b. Any measures shall be taken in respect of the critical connections.
c. Any preparations for the passengers, to whom special services will be provided,
shall be performed.
d. PTM/PBI (Passenger Booking Information) details shall be taken into account in
respect of the interline transfer (from/to any different airline).
e. Any transfer passengers shall be welcomed upon landing.
f. Any passengers, for whom "through check-in" processes have been carried out,
shall be referred to the relevant departure gates.
g. Any passengers, for whom "through check-in" processes have not been carried
out, shall be referred to the Transfer Desk in order to have their check-in
processes carried out, and in case of no Transfer Desk, then such passengers
shall be referred to the check-in counter available at the departure lounge.
h. The passengers shall be fully informed about the customs and passport
procedures, if possible.
i. In respect of the processes for transfer/transit passenger and baggage, the
connection periods defined in PR.67.071 Procedure for Management of Transfer
Passengers shall be taken into account.
1.3.1.1.1. PTM Transfer Passenger Message
a. The message sent by the station of departure in respect of the transfer processes
of all passengers and their baggage that will continue to any other stations from
the station of arrival.
b. In respect of the stations where DCS check-in processes are carried out, such
messages shall be sent by the system automatically, and in respect of the stations
where DCS check-in processes are not carried out, such messages shall be sent
manually.
1.3.2. Transfer Services
1.3.2.1. Transfer Desk

The location where check-in and consultation services are provided to the transit or
transfer passengers traveling through the flights of the Company or any contracted
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 40/99
airline. Any details in relation to the processes for Transfer Desk are available in
TL.67.060 Instruction on Domestic and International Transfer Desk Processes.
Transfer Desk officials;
a. shall check that whether the baggage of transit or transfer passengers have been
checked-in until the final destination during their application processes, or not, and
shall enter "K-edit"s for their baggage, if and when required.
b. shall carry out check-in processes, and shall refer the passengers to the relevant
departure gate.
c. shall have check-in processes carried out by the officials of the relevant airline in
the event that the passengers will continue their flights by any other airline, and
shall deliver the passport, ticket and baggage to the passengers.
1.3.2.2. Transfer Passenger Management

HUB Control Center Duty Management/Transfer Passenger Management shall take any
actions in relation to carrying out any transfer processes of the passengers and taking
any required measures/precautions in accordance with PR.67.071 Procedure for
Management of Transfer Passengers. Any reporting shall be sent to
HCCTRANSFERPASSENGERMANAGEMENT@THY.COM.
1.3.2.3. Special Service

The concerned airline and the ground handling agent shall be responsible for the
passengers requiring special attention/services during performance of transfer
processes.
1.3.2.4. Short Connection

a. The service in which the transfer processes of the transfer passengers and their
baggage are carried out as soon as possible. "Quick ramp" tags shall be
necessarily affixed to the passengers' baggage.
b. "Short connection" periods vary depending on the requirements of the carriers and
airports as well as on the MCTs.
c. In respect of the international and domestic stations, MCT (Minimum Connecting
Time) may be displayed through the SM* station of arrival command on the DCS
TROYA System.
1.3.2.5. Hotel and Catering Services at Stations of Transfer

At stations of transfer; in the event that:
a. the station of departure and connection flights of the travel are any international
station and that all flights are operated by Turkish Airlines,
b. the station of departure and connection flights of the travel are any international
station, and that one of the connection flights is operated as "code share" by any
other contracted airline,

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 41/99
c. the ticket has been issued by Turkish Airlines in respect of the "code share"
connection flights, and that the flight number on the ticket has been issued as TK
for the flight to be operated as code share,
then hotel and catering services shall be provided to the transfer passengers, in case of
waiting periods exceeding 10 hours for economy and comfort class, and exceeding
seven (7) hours for business class. Actions required to be paid attention during provision
of hotel service are as follows:
a. Any processes for hotel service shall be carried out at the station of transfer.
b. The contracted hotel type appropriate to the ticket class of the passenger shall be
preferred. Catering service shall be provided at the hotels based on time zones.
c. Period of hotel service provided to the passenger shall be maximum two nights.
d. Transit/entry visa fees (excluding operational irregularities) of the transfer
passengers, to whom hotel services are provided, shall be paid by the passengers.
e. Hotel transfers shall be ensured by the Company.
1.3.3. HUB (Main Station) Operations

HUB stations are Ankara, Antalya, İstanbul Sabiha Gökçen and İstanbul Atatürk Airport for
Turkish Airlines.
1.4. TRANSIT
1.4.1. Transit Passengers

The passengers, who continue their flights by the same flight number, upon stopping at any
intermediate stations from the station of origin to the final destination.
a. Passengers shall have a single flight coupon and a single boarding pass during such
flights.
b. The fact that the transit passengers are disembarked from the aircraft, or that they are
waited on board the aircraft, shall be determined in accordance with the local
requirements (local regulations, structure of the airport, ground time of the aircraft,
equipment of the station, etc.).
For Instance: TK066 IST/SIN/CGK passengers shall be considered as transit
passengers.
1.4.2. List of Transit Passengers

a. In respect of the stations, which do not have "on-line" connection, the passenger
manifest, containing the details regarding transit passengers, shall be prepared in the
list form, and shall be definitely submitted to the aircraft.
b. The on-line stations, which are connected to DCS, may display such lists.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 42/99
1.4.3. Regulations on Disembarkation of Transit Passengers
1.4.3.1. In the Event that the Aircraft is Changed;

a. All transit passengers shall be disembarked.
b. Boarding passes of the passengers shall be checked by the ground personnel.
c. In case of change in the aircraft type, the new boarding passes shall be issued,
and the new seat numbers shall be assigned, or free seating process shall be
carried out.
d. The number of the boarding passes distributed shall correspond to the number of
the transit passengers disembarked.
e. Passengers shall be informed about the time of embarkation and the boarding gate
f. Any passengers, who are included in the "business class" and the frequent flyer
program, may utilize the lounge services within waiting periods at intermediate
stations.
g. The concerned departments shall be prepared in respect of the passengers
requiring special attention/service.
1.4.3.2. In the Event that the Aircraft is not Changed;

Boarding passes of the transit passengers available on board the aircraft shall be
checked by the cabin crew members. Any measures to be taken in such a case are as
follows:
a. Passenger doors shall be open.
b. Aircraft stairs or boarding bridge shall be in a position to be ready for use.
c. Cabin crew members shall be close to the doors.
d. Safety belts of the passengers shall not be fastened.
1.5. CATEGORIES FOR PASSENGERS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION
1.5.1. VIP (Very Important Person)

The passengers, who are of VIP status and who are specified in Rical List issued by the
Prime Ministry and to whom services are provided in VIP lounges.
1.5.1.1. VIP Services

VIP services cover any and all processes for booking, ticket sales, welcoming the
passengers, check-in, boarding, arrival, seeing off the passengers, all of which are
specified under PR.67.006 VIP Services Implementation Procedure.
1.5.2. CIP (Commercially Important Person)

CIP (Commercially Important Person) are any passengers, who hold a business class ticket,
or who hold a special card as per the application of the Frequent Flyer Program. Any
practices regarding the CIP passengers are described under PR.02.60.001 Procedure for

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 43/99
Premium Lounges (CIP Lounges) and PR.67.008 CIP Services Implementation Procedure
(İstanbul).
1.5.2.1. CIP Services

CIP services cover any and all services in relation to booking, ticket sales, welcoming the
passenger, check-in, boarding and arrival as well as any premium lounge services.
Passengers traveling in the business class, and the members of Elite, Elite Plus, Star
Alliance Gold Card, and the passengers of Classic Plus, Corporate Club and of the
contracted airline companies, shall be provided with services at the premium lounges of
the Company or at the contracted premium lounges (in consideration of a fee).
Any further details in relation to the services for CIP lounges are described under
PR.02.60.001 Procedure for Premium Lounges (CIP Lounges) and PR.67.008 CIP
Services Implementation Procedure (İstanbul).
1.5.3. Business Class
The passengers traveling in the business class shall be provided with the following services;
a. Check-in at a separate counter,
b. Seat preference with priority,
c. Premium lounge service,
d. "PRIORITY" tags on the baggage and separate loading,
e. 10 kilogram of baggage allowance in addition to the normal baggage allowance,
provided to the passengers of economy class, in respect of the lines where weight
concept is applicable.
1.5.4. Comfort Class

The practices for comfort class and the services to be provided to the passengers are
defined in PR.10.91.001 Comfort Class Implementation Procedure.
1.5.5. Upgrade
Any further details for upgrade are described under the General Instruction on Upgrading the
Travel Class At TK Flights Free of Charge
1.5.6. Frequent Flyer Program (Miles&Smiles)

Turkish Airlines is the operator of the Miles&Smiles and is the holder of any kinds of rights in
relation thereof; and this program has been created in order to provide various special
advantages to the valuable customers of the company, who are the attendants of this
program, as the sign of its gratefulness for "their membership". The Company shall reserve
the right to include any other airlines and organizations (hotels, rent a car companies, etc.),
and to ensure that miles are earned and spent through the agency of such organizations.
There are various requirements for earning and spending miles, as well as for general
requirements and practices for Miles&Smiles.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 44/99
Any up-to-date details regarding Miles&Smiles Frequent Flyer Program are available on
"www.thy.com".
1.5.7. Corporate Club Program

The program providing special services to the members in accordance with the agreements
executed with private firms.
Special advantages such as discounts, promotional gifts, excess baggage allowance and
"corporate club card" are provided to the corporate customers, who are members of Turkish
Corporate Club.
Special discounts shall be applicable to the international flights from Turkey, and additional
baggage allowance of minimum 10 kilogram shall be granted for the international flights from
Turkey.
Any up-to-date details regarding Turkish Corporate Club Frequent Flyer Program are
available on "www.thy.com".
1.5.8. Infant Passengers
A person who has not reached his/her second birthday as of the date of commencement
of travel.
1.5.8.1 Processes for Infant Passengers
a. Infant passengers shall not be admitted to the flight within a period of 48 hours as
of their birth.
b. Infants of two-seven days may be admitted to the flight upon obtainment of the
medical doctor's report stating that "The passenger is fit to travel by air".
c. Any infant who is eight days old and who has not reached his/her second
birthday may only travel as accompanied by their parents/accompanying person.
Any accompanying person other than the parents shall be at least 18 years old.
d. Infant ticket shall be issued for infants. No seat may be assigned to the infants.
The infants shall travel on the lap of her/his parent/accompanying person by being
secured with an additional belt.
e. It may be ensured that infants travel on individual seats in consideration of a fee,
upon request of the passengers. In the event that any seat is purchased for the
infant passengers, then the child ticket shall be issued for the infant passengers.
The stroller/child safety seat shall be provided by the passengers in order to
fasten/secure the infants with the safety belt on the seat.
f. One adult may accompany maximum one infant during any flight.
g. In the event that any parent requests to travel with more than one infant, then it
shall be ensured that the first infant passenger travels on the lap of his/her
parent/accompanying person through the infant ticket, and that the other infant
passenger travels on an individual seat through the child ticket, in consideration of
a fee. The stroller/child safety seat shall be provided by the passengers in order to
fasten/secure the other infant with the safety belt on the seat.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 45/99
h. Infant passengers shall be admitted to all cabins on board the aircraft.

i. The number of infant passengers, which may be admitted to the flight, shall be
determined depending on the number of infant safety belts, infant life vest and
additional oxygen mask.
Table-1: Table For The Number of Infants To Be Carried Depending On The Number of Life
Vests/Safety Belts and Aircraft Types
Standard Safety Belt/Life Maximum Number of Safety Belts and Life

Aircraft Type
Vest Vests To Be Placed Additionally*
B-737/400 18/18 52/52

B-737/700 18/18 47/47
B-737/800 18/18 51/51
B-737/900ER 18/18 49/49
A-319 18/18 42/42
A-320 18/18 49/49
A-321 18/18 56/56
A-330 14/14 95/95
A-340 15/15 104/104
B-777/300 ER 18/18 102/102
*
Such values have been determined depending on the number of oxygen masks available on
board the aircraft.
1.5.8.2. Ticket and Booking

a. In case of ensuring that the infant passengers travel on the seat in consideration of
a fee, discounted child ticket shall be issued for the infants.
b. In the event that the infant passengers with the infant ticket are older than 2 years
on the date of departure or return, then such infant ticket shall be re-issued as
child ticket.
1.5.8.3. Seat Selection:

a. Emergency exit row seats shall not be booked.
b. The seats available in the same seat group shall not be booked for more than one
passenger with infant.
c. It shall be ensured that the passengers with infants are seated in a manner that the
head of the infant is at the window side.
d. The passengers with infants shall be seated at the window side.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 46/99
1.5.8.4. Strollers On Board the Aircraft

a. Strollers shall be requested during booking processes.
b. They are available in some of the aircraft types (where class separation is ensured
through the fixed separator).
c. They are attached to the forward separator in the cabin.
d. Their sizes are 70X30 cm.
e. They are free of charge.
f. Any materials other than the diapers, pillows and comforters shall not be put into
such strollers.
g. They shall not be used during take-off, landing and turbulence.
h. The weight of the infants shall not exceed 11 kilogram. (Declaration of the
parent(s) shall be taken as basis.)
1.5.8.5. Bag-Type Strollers of Passengers

a. Personal strollers of the passengers shall be admitted as cabin baggage during
"check-in" processes.
b. In the event that the lights, showing that the safety belts are required to be
fastened, turn off, then such strollers are allowed to be used.
c. Their sizes shall not exceed 70X30 cm.
d. The strollers, exceeding the maximum sizes, are not allowed to be carried in the
cabin.
e. Carriage of the same is free of charge.
1.5.8.6. Car-Type Strollers

a. Car-type strollers used for the infants under the age of 2.
b. In the event that the passengers, having such type of strollers, wish to carry their
infants by means of such strollers, then the ticket shall be issued upon collection of
child fee for the infants.
c. Emergency exit row seats shall not be booked.
d. The sizes of strollers shall be 40X40 cm in order to be placed on the cabin seats
on board the aircraft.
e. The strollers shall have their own safety belts.
f. Car-type strollers shall be fastened to the seats with the safety belts securely, and
shall be prevented from leaning forward.
g. Car-type strollers shall be fastened tightly prior to take-off, and shall remain in this
manner until the station of arrival.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 47/99
1.5.8.7. Pushchairs
a. Pushchairs shall be necessarily carried in the cargo compartment.
b. Pushchairs, which are carried as checked baggage, and which are received at
ramp, shall be loaded on board the aircraft last, and shall be unloaded first.
"Gate/Ramp Delivery Tag" shall be affixed to pushchairs in order to deliver them
with priority to the passengers at the stairs or at the boarding bridge, and they shall
be placed in their protective bags. Bags for pushchairs shall not be used for any
other purposes.
c. Pushchairs shall be carried free of charge.
1.5.9. Child Passengers (CHD)

A person who has reached his/her second birthday but not his/her 12th birthday as of
the date of commencement of travel.
a. It shall be ensured that discounted child tickets are issued for child passengers, and
that they travel on the seats.
b. Child passengers shall be admitted to all cabins on board the aircraft.
1.5.9.1. Processes for Child Passengers

a. Emergency exit row seats shall not be booked.
b. Two child passengers are not allowed to travel on one seat.
c. The persons, who will accompany the child passengers, shall be either their
parents or at least 18 years old.
1.5.10. Accompanied Minors

Any child passenger, who has reached his/her second birthday but not his/her 7th
birthday, and who are allowed to travel with an accompanying cabin crew member,
assigned by the Company during the flight upon request of their parents, or of any person
authorized by their parents (in consideration of a fee).
1.5.10.1. Exceptions and Restrictions

a. Any child passenger who has reached his/her seventh birthday but not his/her
12th birthday may travel as unaccompanied. Any cabin crew members may be
assigned to accompany the child passenger in consideration of a fee, upon
request.
b. Any accompanying cabin crew member may accompany maximum two (2) child
passengers.
1.5.10.2. Request for Accompanying Cabin Crew Member

a. In respect of domestic flights, any requests for the accompanied child passenger
shall be filed 48 hours before the flight. In respect of international flights,
coordination shall be established with the Crew Planning Directorate/Cabin

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 48/99
Planning Management (ISTOMTK, ISTOETK). However, in respect of the requests

for the accompanied child passengers, which may be filed within the same day,
mutual agreement shall be ensured in coordination with the Cabin Planning
Management (ISTOMTK, ISTOETK).
b. The language of the child passenger shall be specified during filing requests.
c. All expenses shall be borne by the passengers. Accompanied child passengers
shall be taken over by or handed over to only their parents or any persons
authorized by their parents. Also; in the event that the persons, handing over the
child passengers to the airline, are not their parents or their legal guardians, then
the relevant authorization certificate of the person authorized by their parents or
their legal guardians through the agency of the notary public shall be submitted on
the flight date.
d. Accompanying cabin crew members shall be present at the check-in location at
least one and a half hours before the flight time.
e. Accompanied child passengers shall be handed over to accompanying cabin crew
members after FR.67.0275 Accompanied Minor's (UM) Declaration Form,
consisting of five (5) copies, is completed and signed by the parents/person
authorized by the parents and station officials as well as accompanying cabin crew
members at the check-in area.
f. The station official shall warn the parents/authorized persons of the child
passengers not to leave the airport until the aircraft takes-off.
g. In the event that the accompanied passengers are required to transit in their
travels, then the officials shall send messages (KO/KD/KI/KZ for domestic flights;
and KZ for international flights) to the addresses at the stations of transfer and
arrival during check-in processes, in order to ensure performance of any
processes for check-in, aircraft change and customs procedures, if any. The
relevant station receiving such message shall assign any official in order to ensure
performance of such services.
1.5.10.3. Seat Selection

a. A seat shall be definitely allocated for any accompanied child passengers.
b. Emergency exit row seats shall not be booked.
c. The fact that whether there are any requests for the accompanying cabin crew
member in a flight, or not, will appear on the "PBI" details.
1.5.11. Unaccompanied Minors (UM)

Any child passenger, who has reached his/her seventh birthday but not his/her 12th
birthday by the date on which transportation commences and who is allowed to travel alone
by her/his parent or legal guardian.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 49/99
1.5.11.1. Processes for Unaccompanied Minors

a. Travels of any unaccompanied minors are subjected to the written permission of
their parents or their legal guardians. FR.67.0265 Unaccompanied Minor's
Declaration Form, consisting of seven copies, shall be completed in respect of
"UM" passengers. It shall be ensured that such form is signed by their parents or
legal guardians; and one copy of such form shall be submitted to their parents or
legal guardians.
b. Bookings for all routes of their travels shall be confirmed in order to enable that
child passengers travel as unaccompanied.
c. All travel documents of "UM" passengers (passport, ticket, visa, etc.) shall be
checked during check-in processes.
d. Check-in processes shall be performed, and "UM" baggage tag shall be affixed to
their baggage; and child passengers shall wear "UM" bag around their necks
after their tickets, passports or other documents are put into such bag, and shall
be handed over to the boarding official.
e. The parents or legal guardians of the child passengers are required to wait at the
airport until the aircraft takes-off. They shall be informed about such matter in
advance.
f. Boarding officials shall board the "UM" passengers lastly, and shall hand over the
same upon having FR.67.0265 Unaccompanied Minor's Declaration Form signed
by the cabin chief, and shall receive the copy of such form for the station of
departure, and shall put the same into the "UM" file available at the station.
g. Additional details shall be entered, and the message shall be sent automatically
to the relevant station. They shall be informed about their welcoming persons.
Example of PSM on DCS;
List NO/C/|UM08/ESC UPON ARR BY MISS SAZAK
Example of Manual PSM:
JFKKZTK
.ISTKITK 11012000
PSM
O/B TK001/11JAN UM08 SAZAK/NEFİSE MISS
DEST JFK
h. Airline company shall be responsible for transfer processes of "UM" passengers,
or keeping them waiting at the transfer lounge.
i. In the event that it is not ensured that "UM" passengers travel at any intermediate
station for any reason whatsoever, then hotel service shall be provided to such
passengers together with an accompanying person. The parents or legal
guardians of such passengers at the stations of departure and arrival shall be
informed about the passengers.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 50/99
j. "UM" passenger shall be handed over by the cabin chief upon having FR.67.0265
Unaccompanied Minor's Declaration Form signed by the official welcoming the
flight. The officials assigned shall carry out all processes (passport, customs
procedures, etc.) in relation to "UM" passengers. Such officials shall hand over
"UM" passengers together with their baggage against signature upon checking
the persons, who will welcome such passengers, against their full names and
identity details specified on FR.67.0265 Unaccompanied Minor's Declaration
Form. Such officials shall obtain one copy of such form for the station of arrival,
and shall put the same into the "UM" file.
1.5.11.2. Seating
a. In respect of "UM" passengers, the seats shall be selected during booking
processes.
b. In case of any failure in selecting the seat during the booking process, then the
seat shall be selected during "check-in" processes.
c. The seats available at the aisle side shall be assigned to child passengers in
order to enable that any cabin crew members can access to such passengers
easily. In respect of any unaccompanied child passengers; the forward seats
shall be selected primarily, if available, and the seat which is next to the seat
assigned to the same shall be left unoccupied, or any unaccompanied child
passengers shall be seated next to a female passenger, if possible. The number
and seats of UM passengers are specified in Table-2.
d. Emergency exit row seats shall not be booked for "UM" passengers.
Table-2: Table For The Number and Seats of UM Passengers
Maximum Number of
Aircraft type UM Seats
UM Passengers (*)
B-737 Maximum 2 seats at the aft of the aircraft
4
(400/800/900) Maximum 2 seats at forward of the aircraft
Maximum 2 seats at the aft of the aircraft
A319/B737 (700) 3
Maximum 1 seat at forward of the aircraft
A320 4
Maximum 2 seats at forward of the aircraft
A321 5 Maximum 2 seats in the middle of the aircraft
Maximum 1 seat at forward of the aircraft
A330/A340 8 Maximum 4 seats in the middle of the aircraft
B777 10 Maximum 6 seats in the middle of the aircraft
(*) It shall be admitted on the basis of the number of cabin crew members available on board
the aircraft.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 51/99
1.5.11.3. Documents
"UM" Envelope (It is made of secure materials for children and children shall wear it
around their necks.)
1.5.12. Young Passenger (YP)

Any passenger who has reached his/her 12th birthday but not his/her 18th birthday.
a. No accompanying persons shall be specially assigned for such passengers. (If
requested, such passengers shall be referred to the aircraft as accompanied by
the personnel upon performance of "check-in" processes.)
b. In the event that their parents or legal guardians request for any accompanying
cabin crew member, then no additional accompanying cabin crew member shall
be assigned.
c. Young passengers shall not travel on the emergency exit row seats.
d. In respect of the stations, where DCS check-in processes are carried out, the
messages shall be sent automatically to the relevant stations upon performing
the "comment" entries.
e. In respect of the stations, where DCS check-in processes are not carried out,
PSM shall be sent to the relevant station.
Example of PSM:
JFKKZTK
.ISTKITK
PSM
O/B TK001/12JAN YP14 GÜLTEPE/FERYALMS
DEST JFK
1.5.13. Sick Passengers and Passengers with Partially or Completely Reduced Mobility
Passengers physically and/or mentally sick, or the passengers with congenital or acquired
incapacity for any reason whatsoever, as well as the passengers, who need special attention
or medical assistance during the flight and operation, and whose travels are ensured in line
with PR.67.021 Procedure for Transportation of Sick Passengers and Passengers with
Reduced Mobility.
Ground handling agents shall be responsible for performance of any processes in relation to
admittance of any pregnant passengers, sick passengers, and the passengers with reduced
mobility in accordance with the regulations set out under the procedures of the Company;
and the station managers shall be responsible for adopting the final decision in relation to
ensuring that such passengers will travel. The station managers shall be responsible for
adopting the final decision in relation to ensuring that any sick passengers and the
passengers with partially or completely reduced mobility will travel.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 52/99
It shall be endeavored to ensure travels of any sick passengers and passengers with
reduced mobility, who submit their flight and service requests not at the time of booking but
during check-in processes. In case of failure in ensuring travels of sick passengers and
passengers with reduced mobility, change of booking and ticket refund shall be performed.
The regulations on carrying any pregnant passengers, sick passengers and the passengers
with reduced mobility are described under TL.10.67.004 General Instruction on Admittance
of Disabled and Sick Passengers.
a. The seats available at the emergency exit row and at the forward and rear rows of the
emergency exit doors shall not be booked for the sick passengers and the
passengers with reduced mobility.
b. Sick passengers and the passengers with reduced mobility shall be seated on the
window side.
c. The station officials shall be responsible for coordination of any required services and
equipment (wheelchairs, lift, etc.) in accordance with the regulations of the Company
in relation to carrying any sick passengers and the passengers with reduced mobility
through the flights of the Company.
d. In the event that the passengers with reduced mobility travel in groups, then the
relevant actions shall be taken in accordance with EK.73.002 Operations Manual
Part-A/8.2.2.
e. Any sick passengers and the passenger with partially or completely reduced mobility
may stay on board the aircraft within the transit waiting periods upon ensuring the
mutual agreement of the concerned departments.
1.5.13.1. Processes for Passengers With Partially or Completely Reduced Mobility

Physically disabled passengers are not required to submit medical report. However; in
the event that such passengers declare verbally or in writing that they are qualified to
meet their own needs, and that they will not request any special service on board the
aircraft, then they are allowed to travel as unaccompanied. It shall be ensured that such
passengers will meet their own needs on their own. A person shall accompany the
passengers, who cannot meet their personal needs on their own. Mentally disabled
passengers shall necessarily fly with their own accompanying person. No medical report
is required. All travel documents shall be delivered to the accompanying person of the
passenger. "DPNA" service code shall be entered in the booking and check-in records of
such passengers.
No medical report, waiver or release form is required for any visually-impaired or
hearing-impaired passengers considered as the passengers with partially reduced
mobility. Such passengers are allowed to travel on their own.
Both visually and hearing impaired passengers, considered as the passengers with
completely reduced mobility, are not allowed to travel as unaccompanied.
The passengers, whose one leg is broken, and who are considered as the passengers
with partially reduced mobility (who are able to move with the crutches in case of any
emergency or in respect of his own needs), are allowed to travel as unaccompanied, by

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 53/99
signing FR.67.0425 Release and Waiver of Liability Form. No medical report is required.
However; in the event that such passengers need assistance, then they are required to
travel as accompanied.
The passengers, whose two legs are broken, or who are unable to walk, and who are
considered as the passengers with completely reduced mobility (who always need
assistance, and who are able to move only through the wheelchairs [Cabin Wheelchair-
WCHC]), are required to travel as accompanied. Such passengers are allowed to travel
as unaccompanied, by signing FR.67.0425 Release and Waiver of Liability Form. No
medical report is required.
Passengers, who are able to use the stairs of the aircraft by walking, and who are able to
walk inside the cabin, and who are carried to/from the aircraft through the wheelchairs
(Ramp wheelchair-WCHR), are allowed to travel on their own. Medical report and
FR.67.0425 Release and Waiver of Liability Form are not required.
Passengers, who are unable to move up/down the stairs of the aircraft but are able to
walk inside the cabin, and who are carried to/from the aircraft through the wheelchairs
(Step wheelchair-WCHS), are allowed to travel on their own. Medical report and
FR.67.0425 Release and Waiver of Liability Form are not required.
No medical report is required for elderly passengers with partially reduced mobility. In
the event that such passengers declare that they are able to meet their personal needs
on their own on board the aircraft, then they shall travel as unaccompanied; however, in
the event that they declare that they are unable to meet their personal needs on their
own, then they shall travel as accompanied.
FR.67.0425 Release and Waiver of Liability Form shall be completed by the passengers
in three copies during "check-in" processes. One copy shall remain with the boarding
personnel, and one copy shall remain with the cabin chief, and one copy shall remain
with the passenger.
FR.67.0425 Release and Waiver of Liability Form shall not be used for the flights
to/from the United States of America.
LEGL: The system code for any passengers, whose left leg is broken, and who are the
passengers with partially reduced mobility, and who are able to walk through the crutches
without needing any assistance.
LEGR: The system code for any passengers, whose right leg is broken, and who are the
passengers with partially reduced mobility, and who are able to walk through the crutches
without needing any assistance.
LEGB: The system code for any passengers, whose both legs are broken, and who are
the passengers with completely reduced mobility, and whose travel is ensured through
the wheelchair.
BLND: The system code for any visually-impaired passengers. Such passengers shall be
considered as the passengers with partially reduced mobility.
DEAF: The system code for any hearing-impaired passenger. Such passengers shall be
considered as the passengers with partially reduced mobility.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 54/99
DEAF/BLIND: The system code for any visually- and hearing-impaired passengers. Such
passengers shall be considered as the passengers with completely reduced mobility.
WCHC (Cabin Wheelchair): The system code for any passengers with the reduced
mobility, who are unable to move up and down the stairs of the aircraft, and who are
unable to walk inside the cabin, and who need wheelchairs in order to move between the
aircraft, at the terminal or between the terminals. [In respect of use of the wheelchairs
pertaining to the A340, A330 and B777 aircraft types, the system code WCOB (Wheel
Chair on Board) shall be used as well as the WCHC entry during check-in processes.] It
shall be used in order to enable that the passengers move on board the aircraft.
WCHR (Ramp Wheelchair): The system code for any passengers, who are able to use
the stairs of the aircraft by walking, and who are able to move inside the cabin, but who
need wheelchairs in order to move between the aircraft, at the terminal or between the
terminals.
WCHS (Step Wheelchair): The system code for any passengers, who are unable to
move up/down the stairs of the aircraft, but who are able to walk inside the cabin, and
who need wheelchairs in order to move between the aircraft, at the terminal or between
the terminals.
1.5.13.1.1. Complaints Resolution Official (CRO)

Each airline company, who operates scheduled flights to/from the stations available in
the USA, shall establish and apply the complaint resolution mechanism for disabled
passengers, as of May 13, 2009, in accordance with the recent statutory regulations
drawn up by the U.S.A. Department of Transportation in order to prevent that disabled
passengers are subject to discrimination during the airline flights.
Thus; CRO official, who will serve in order for resolution of any complaints and
problems of passengers with reduced mobility, and any physically and mentally
disabled passengers, if and when required, is available at the stations, where flights
to/from U.S.A. are operated. The list of CRO personnel assigned at the stations are
specified on LS.67.026 Name and Contact Numbers of CRO (Complaint Resolution
Official) Personnel List
a. CRO shall be accessible either by telephone or in person.
b. CRO shall be able to provide service in the languages used by the carrier.
c. CRO shall have received any trainings in relation to resolution of problems and
complaints.
d. CRO shall be the only authorized person after the pilot-in-command.
e. In the event that CRO receives any complaint, then s/he shall reply to the
passengers in writing, along with the grounds in relation thereto.
f. The passengers shall be informed about their rights in accordance with DOT Part
382.
g. Such reply shall be sent to the concerned passengers at the airport or within a
period of 30 days.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 55/99
h. All written complaints (letters, fax messages, e-mail messages, etc.) shall be
replied.
i. Passengers shall submit their complaints within a period of 45 days, at the latest.
j. The forms, which have been drawn up specially based on their complaints and
disabilities, shall be completed and sent to the U.S.A. Department of
Transportation until the last Monday of January every year.
k. The relevant complaints and replies shall be retained for a period of minimum
three (3) years.
l. In case of any complaints received from the passengers of codeshare flights, then
such complaints shall be replied by the carrier performing the operation.
1.5.13.1.2. Guide/Medical Dogs
The regulations on carriage of guide/medical dogs are described in PR.60.005
Procedure for Carriage of Live Animals and Accompanying Persons.
1.5.13.2. Sick Passengers

In the event that any passengers declare at the check-in counter that they are sick, then
FR.67.0423 Incapacited Passenger Medical Information Sheet shall be completed, and
such passengers shall be referred to health-care organization in the event that medical
doctor's report is required.
1.5.13.2.1. Medical Doctor's Report
a. Medical doctor's report shall have been obtained within the last 10 days.
b. Such report shall have been written on the letterhead of the medical doctor or
health-care organization.
c. Date of issue of the report shall be necessarily specified. The full name, diploma
number and signature of the medical doctor, who has issued the report, shall be
necessarily specified on the report.
d. In respect of any sick passengers or the passengers with partially or completely
reduced mobility, all reports of the passengers, having medical doctor's report
due to their statuses, shall be checked by the check-in personnel. Medical
doctor's reports shall bear the expression "The passenger is fit to travel by
air". Such report shall not be older than 10 days as of the date of issue, and
shall have been issued either in Turkish or English. In order for medical doctor's
reports issued in different languages other than Turkish or English to be valid,
the passengers are made sure to travel after the related personnel translate the
expression "the passenger is fit to travel by air." and indicate her/his first/last
name together with her/his title and sign the medical doctor's report. In the
event that the relevant personnel is the personnel of the ground handling agent,
then the mentioned practice shall be carried out by the personnel of the ground
handling agent, and it shall also be ensured that such passengers will travel
upon the approval of the personnel of the Company.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 56/99
e. In the event that the relevant passengers are specified on the medical doctor's
report, then they shall travel as accompanied. Sick passengers shall not be
accompanied by the cabin crew members.
f. One copy of the report shall be filed at the station.
1.5.13.2.2. Sick Passengers not to be Admitted to Flights of the Company Even
If They Have Medical Doctor's Report
a. The passengers, who are required to use electrical or pneumatic tools
(excluding oxygen cylinder and portable respiratory equipment provided by the
Company),
b. The passengers, who have suffered from asthma attack before the aircraft
doors are closed,
c. The infants born within the last 48 hours,
d. Passengers with a contagious disease shall not be admitted to the flight during
the communicable period under any circumstances. However, such passengers
may be admitted to the flight with the medical doctor's report bearing the
expression "There is no risk of transmission of the disease to the other
passengers".
1.5.13.2.3. Sick Passengers to be Admitted to Flights of the Company With
Medical Doctor's Report
a. The passengers, who declare that they have suffered from any kinds of cardiac
diseases, vascular diseases, chest diseases and brain diseases as well as any
surgical operations (by-pass, angiography, cardiac surgery, brain surgery, etc.)
as a result of such diseases, or who declare their special requests, shall be
admitted to the flight with a medical doctor's report bearing the expression "The
passenger is fit to travel by air".
b. The passengers, who have suffered from hearth attack or cerebral
hemorrhage/hemiplegia as a result of cerebral hemorrhage within the last eight
weeks, shall be admitted to the flight with a medical doctor's report bearing the
expression "The passenger is fit to travel by air".
c. The passengers, who suffer from respiratory failure as a result of asthma, other
acute pulmonary diseases and cardiac disease, shall be admitted to the flight
with a medical doctor's report bearing the expression "The passenger is fit to
travel by air".
d. The infants, who are older than two days but under seven days, shall be
admitted to the flight with a medical doctor's report.
e. The passengers with cancer, whose therapy and treatment are in progress,
shall be admitted to the flight with a medical doctor's report bearing the
expression "The passenger is fit to travel by air".
f. Medical doctor's report shall be requested in respect of the passengers with MS
disease due to the fact that the attacks may occur suddenly, and that the flights

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 57/99
are considered as a stressor. (MS is not a mental disorder; however, it has

acute periods affecting cognitive behaviors.)
g. The medical doctor's report bearing the expression "The passenger is fit to
travel by air." shall be requested from the passengers in respect of any
diseases declared by the passengers, other than the above mentioned
diseases.
h. The passengers, who declare that they are allergic to any foods (nuts, peanuts,
etc.), shall be admitted to the flight with a medical doctor's report, and their
comment details shall be entered, and the catering department shall be
informed not to load any nuts and nut products on board the aircraft.
i. In case of any suspect for the health condition of the passengers (coughing,
vomiting, rash, bleeding, etc.), then the Company shall have the right to request
medical report from the passenger.
1.5.13.3. Passengers on Stretcher (STCR)

a. Passengers, who are carried through the stretchers, shall always be considered
as a "meda-case".
b. Stretcher consists of technical equipment, partition and medical kit.
c. Stretchers of the aircraft shall not be used to carry the passengers between the
airport and the hospital (due to technical reasons), and the stretcher of the
ambulance shall be used in such cases.
d. The station of arrival shall be responsible for folding and placing the stretcher of
the aircraft into its cover appropriately, as well as for returning the same.
e. Scoop stretchers shall be used for the passengers whose embarkation and
disembarkation may be difficult.
f. The passengers on stretcher, who will travel at domestic and international flights
of the Company, shall pay five (5) times higher than the economy class full rate
fare of one-way tickets of the route to be traveled (regardless of the number of
seats occupied). In the event that there are more than one economy class fare for
one-way tickets, then such passengers shall pay five (5) times higher than the
upper economy class full rate fare of one-way tickets. The baggage allowance of
the passengers on stretcher shall be the quantity as specified on the ticket, and
five times much more than the baggage allowance of OW.
g. Additional fare shall be paid for the accompanying person.
h. The requests for stretcher shall necessarily be forwarded to the special requests
department (QEP/TK.../S) of the relevant flight by the users of the TROYA
Booking System. Corporate Marketing and Alternative Distribution Channels
Directorate/Reservation System Management shall confirm the requests, by
reporting such requests to the KZ/KK/ES/EA addresses by telex at least 24 hours
before. Loading of the stretcher on board the aircraft shall be coordinated by
Istanbul HUB Control Center (ISTKZTK/ISTKKTK) and Ankara SCC (ESBKKTK).

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 58/99
i. In the event that the required coordination is established by the Reservation

System Management in case of emergencies, then the requests for stretcher
shall be assessed within a period of 24 hours.
j. In the event that the passengers request for ambulance at the station of arrival
while applying to the booking or sales department, then it shall be asked which
special ambulance is requested, or from which social security institution the
ambulance is requested. In the event that the ambulance is requested from
Social Security Institution, then the social security number of the passenger and
the contact details of the relevant social security institution shall be obtained. In
case of any ambulance requests of the passengers, then they shall be reminded,
during booking processes, that the ambulance organization and charges will be
borne by the passengers.
k. In case of any request for stretchers, the technicians of Turkish Technic Inc./Line
Maintenance Directorate shall be responsible for bringing stretchers to the
aircraft, and for attaching/detaching the same to the aircraft, and for returning the
same.
l. Turkish Technic Inc./Line Maintenance Directorate shall monitor the stretchers.
m. Technicians serving at the station, or the organization providing technical
handling services shall attach stretchers to the aircraft.
1.5.13.3.1. Check-in Processes for Passengers on Stretcher
a. Passengers on stretcher shall travel with accompanying person.
b. Passengers on stretcher shall not be accompanied by any cabin crew
members.
c. In respect of passengers on stretcher, who are fit to travel by air, the medical
doctor's report, which is not older than 10 days as of the date of issue, and
which is issued either in Turkish or English, is required. In respect of any sick
passengers or the passengers with partially or completely reduced mobility, all
reports of the passengers, having medical doctor's report due to their statuses,
shall be checked by the check-in personnel. Medical doctor's reports shall bear
the expression "The passenger is fit to travel by air". In order for medical
reports issued in different languages other than Turkish or English to be valid,
the passengers are made sure to travel after the related personnel translate the
expression "the passenger is fit to travel by air." and indicate her/his first/last
name together with her/his title and sign the medical report. In the event that the
relevant personnel is the personnel of the ground handling agent, then the
mentioned practice shall be carried out by the personnel of the ground handling
agent, and it shall also be ensured that such passengers will travel upon the
approval of the personnel of the Company.
d. Passengers on stretcher and their accompanying person shall be assigned to
the blocked seats by the station official in line with the booking details during
check-in processes, and the comment details for passenger on stretcher shall
be entered by the same.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 59/99
e. In case of any additional requests (oxygen cylinder, etc.) on board the aircraft,
then such request shall be entered as the second comment, and check-in
processes shall be completed.
f. Passengers on stretcher shall be taken to the aircraft by the service department
either through the lift or any special ambulance before boarding, upon
completion of the above mentioned processes. Such passengers shall be
disembarked upon disembarkation of all other passengers.
g. Passengers on stretcher shall be admitted to the aircraft upon mutual
agreement of the authorized personnel of the operations coordinator.
h. In the event that the ambulance is requested from the Social Security Institution,
then the social security number of the passengers, and the contact details of the
relevant Social Security Institution and the ambulance shall be obtained.
i. All details regarding the passengers on stretcher shall be sent to the relevant
station through the message after the aircraft takes off.
j. Passengers on stretcher shall not be carried in the business cabin.
k. Passengers on stretcher shall be boarded to the aircraft from the forward
section of the aircraft due to the fact that G7 galley available at the forward
section of B737-800 aircraft is of foldable nature.
Table-3: Table for The Number of Seats Allocated Based On The Aircraft Types
A310/A330/A340 Please refer to TBF 0-25-009 Please refer to TBF 0-25-009
B737-400
B737-800
B737-900ER Please refer to TBF 0-25-009 Please refer to TBF 0-25-009
A319/A320/A321
B777-300 (excluding JJA-JJD)

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 60/99
Table-4: Table for the Number of Stretchers Permitted Onboard, and for Maximum Number of
Stretchers Allowed to be Attached as per Aircraft Types
Number of Passengers Maximum Number of
Aircraft Type on Stretcher Permitted Stretchers Allowed To
Onboard Be Attached*
A340 11 35
A330 11 35
A310 8 27
A321 2 18
A320 2 14
A319 2 12
B738 7 8
B734 6 14
B734 (1) 2 2
B777-300 (excluding JJA- Please refer to Please refer to
JJD) TBF 0-25-009 TBF 0-25-009
Please refer to Please refer to
B737-900
TBF 0-25-009 TBF 0-25-009
(*) Upon the approval of the CEO and President
(1) JDH, JDG, JDF
1.5.13.3.2. Examples for Securing Stretches as per Aircraft Types

For further information, please refer to TBF NO:0-25-009
Figure-1: View of the Stretcher Secured On Board the B-737 Aircraft
1.5.13.3.3. Addresses of Stretcher Messages

EA Line Maintenance Management
ES Aircraft Shop Shift Supervisor's Office

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 61/99
EL Line Maintenance Supervisor

It is mandatory in case of departure/arrival at ESB/ADB/AYT and ADA on the
route.
KZ Station Management
It is mandatory for all domestic and international airports.
KK Station Duty Management
It is mandatory in case of availability of ESB/ADB/AYT/ADA on the routes.
KL Ground Operations Center
It is mandatory in case of departure/arrival at IST/ESB/ADB/ADA/AYT/DLM/
BJV/TZX on the routes.
KI International Lines Supervisor's Office
It is mandatory in case of departure/arrival at IST/ESB/ADB/AYT/ADA/BJV/
DLM/TZX, which is the international route.
KD Domestic Lines Supervisor's Office
It is mandatory in case of departure/arrival at IST/ESB/ADB/AYT/ADA/DLM/
BJV/TZX, which is the domestic route.
1.5.13.4. Medical Equipment Used During Flights

1.5.13.4.1. Oxygen Cylinder
During the flights, it is possible to supply the passengers with oxygen, the amount of
which is specified in the medical doctor's reports of the passengers traveling by sitting
or on stretcher. Also, the passengers may be supplied with humidifier oxygen upon
request of the medical doctor during long flights. (HUMIDIFIER) shall be used through
SSR code.
a. Any sick passengers may not use their own oxygen cylinders due to the fact
that there are medically certified oxygen cylinders on board the aircraft.
However, oxygen cylinders may be carried in the cargo compartment as
checked baggage upon performance of the checks to make sure that such
cylinders are empty. Maximum weight of oxygen cylinders shall be 5 kilogram.
b. Medical ZP-100 P/N oxygen cylinders, used in the fleet, may be used for a
period of 75-300 minutes. Oxygen flow may be adjusted depending on the need
of the passengers.
Oxygen,
 will last for a period of 75 minutes in case of provision through maximum flow
rate of 8I/min.,
 will last for a period of 300 minutes in case of provision through minimum
flow rate of 2I/min.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 62/99
c. Any and all requests for oxygen cylinders shall be filed at least 24 hours prior to
the flight.
d. Any and all requests for oxygen cylinders shall be necessarily directed to the
special requests department (QEP/TK...../S) of the relevant flight by the users of
the TROYA Booking System.
e. Reservation System Management Office shall necessarily report such requests
to the ISTKKTK address of Istanbul Station Coordination Center (SCC), and to
the ESBKKTK and ISTMVTK addresses for oxygen cylinders required to be
loaded in Ankara, by telex at least 24 hours before. Station Coordination Center
(SCC) ISTKKTK shall organize ESBKKTK for oxygen cylinders required to be
loaded in Ankara.
1.5.13.4.2. Respiratory Equipment
Portable oxygen concentrators (POC), respiratory equipment (respirator, ventilator) and
sleep apnea equipment (CPAP) may be carried either with the passengers in the cabin
or in the cargo compartment, and used. Such equipment shall necessarily comply with
RTCA standards, and be certified by FAA, and in compliance with EMI, and brands
thereof shall be accepted by the Company. Brands of the portable oxygen
concentrators, which are appropriate to be carried/used on board the aircraft in
accordance with the publication of the US Federal Aviation Administration dated
January 03, 2014, are specified in LS.67.025 List of Portable Oxygen Concentrators
(POC).
There is no list of brands, which are appropriate to carry/use the CPAP sleep apnea
equipment on board the aircraft, and it shall be ensured that such equipment is
carried/used upon the approval of the Technical Directorate.
In the event that the equipment is powered by its own battery; then the passengers
may use such equipment in the "cruise" phase, if and when needed, excluding the
"landing" and "take-off" phases of the flight, if such equipment does not operate by
emitting radio-frequency during operation, in line with "SIL 00-040".
POC (Portable Oxygen Concentrator) electronic respiratory aids shall not be confused
with the oxygen cylinders.
Booking department is required to be informed 48 hours before the flight time, and the
approval of the Technical Directorate is required to be obtained in respect of the
request for use.
The passengers are required to have sufficient amount of battery (extra battery in the
amount to meet the one and half times of the flight period), by taking into account the
flight period.
1.5.13.4.3. Incubator
Incubators shall be used for travels of new-born babies for medical purposes. No baby
shall be carried in the incubator during flights of the Company.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 63/99
1.5.13.4.4. Leg Rest

Leg rest is a special equipment used during travels of any passengers, whose leg is
broken, or the passengers with disability in their legs; however, leg rest is not available
at the flights of the Company.
Leg rests shall not be used during take-off and landing. In case of such requests,
additional seats shall be used during flights.
1.5.13.4.5. Medicines and Medical Equipment Unconditionally Allowed to be
Carried With Passengers
a. Equipment and products specially prepared for diabetic patients;
 Liquid and gel in the amount of maximum 200 ml (8 oz) for blood glucose
treatment,
 Insulin and insulin-loaded products,
 Flacon or boxes containing flacon,
 Jet injectors,
 Insulin pen,
 Disposable syringes,
 Syringes required for insulin with intact packages, lancet, blood glucose
meter strips, blood glucose meter test strips, insulin pump and products
for insulin pump,
 Insulin in all forms.
b. Adrenalin kits (for Anaphylaxis),
c. Nitroglycerin pills or sprays for medical use,
d. Syringes containing Heparin (Fraxiparine, Clexane, etc.),
e. Sprays and equipment for asthma (Ventolin, Pulmicort, etc.),
f. Nonprescription medicines, maximum 100 ml (4 oz),
g. Disposable injectors, ampules or pills containing hormone (Hormone Therapy,
In Vitro Fertilization Treatment, etc.),
h. Special equipment used to attach and detach the prosthesis equipment
(prosthesis drill, allen key, etc.) (Such equipment may be carried by the
persons, wearing prosthesis equipment, or by the persons accompanying
them.)
i. Devices specially prepared for visually-impaired persons (Braille Note-Taker,
Slate and Stylus, Augmentation Devices)
1.5.13.4.6. Medicines and Medical Equipment Conditionally Allowed to be Carried
With Passengers
Medicines and medical equipment may be carried with the passengers provided that
the following requirements are fulfilled.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 64/99
a. In the event that the passengers state during booking process that they are
required to use medicines and/or medical equipment during the flight, then they
shall be informed that they are required to carry the prescription, signed and
stamped by the medical doctor, or any equivalent documents, with them.
b. The passengers shall be obliged to present the prescription, signed and
stamped by the medical doctor, or any equivalent documents, in respect of the
medicines and/or medical equipment, which are required to be carried with the
passengers, during "check-in" or "boarding" process or on board the aircraft. In
the event that they present the required documents, then they may carry
medicines and/or medical equipment required to use during the flight, with
them.
c. The documents, submitted by the passengers during "check-in" or "boarding"
processes, shall be forwarded to the cabin crew members by the passenger
services officer.
d. In case of detection of the fact that the passengers carry medicines, especially
the medicines used with injectors, with them although they have not submitted
the required documents, then cabin crew members shall keep such passengers
under surveillance. The passengers shall be warned about the fact that they are
required not to leave the used injectors in any areas such as seat pockets,
which may accidentally damage the crew, cleaning personnel or any other
passengers.
Name of medicines and/or medical equipment, and name of the manufacturer shall
definitely be specified on the tags, affixed to medicines and/or medical equipment.
Such tags shall not be distorted.
1.5.14. Pregnant Passengers

a. The declaration of the passengers shall be taken as basis in respect of the pregnancy
period and the passengers shall be asked about how many weeks pregnant they are
and how many babies they expect.
b. The passengers who are 28-35 weeks pregnant (early days of the 28th week and last
days of the 35th week) and who expect one baby, are allowed to travel through the
report, which they have obtained from their own medical doctor, and which bears the
expression "The passenger is fit to travel by air". The passengers, who are 36
weeks and more pregnant, are not allowed to travel even if they have obtained
medical doctor's report.
c. The passengers who are 28-31 weeks pregnant (early days of the 28th week and the
last days of the 31st week) and who expect two or more children, are allowed to travel
through the report, which they have obtained from their own medical doctor, and
which bears the expression "The passenger is fit to travel by air". The passengers,
who are 32 weeks and more pregnant, are not allowed to travel even if they have
obtained medical doctor's report. The station managers shall be responsible for
adopting the final decision in relation to ensuring that any pregnant passengers will

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 65/99
travel. Further details in relation to travels of the pregnant passengers are available in
TL.10.67.004 General Instruction on Admittance of Disabled and Sick Passengers.
d. In the event that the passengers declare that they suffer from bleeding or pain, then it
shall be stated that the flight may pose any risk to their babies and their own health,
and such passengers are requested to consult their medical doctors, and to obtain
medical report accordingly.
e. Such report shall be issued by any specialist in the relevant matter.
f. The medical doctor's report shall have been obtained within the last seven days
before the flight date.
g. Such report shall have been issued on the letterhead of the medical doctor or
healthcare organization.
h. Date of issue of the report shall be necessarily specified.
i. The full name, diploma number and signature of the medical doctor, who has issued
the report, shall be specified definitely on the report.
j. The report shall have been issued in Turkish or English. In order for medical doctor's
reports issued in different languages other than Turkish or English to be valid, the
passengers are made sure to travel after the related personnel translate the
expression "the passenger is fit to travel by air." and indicate her/his first/last name
together with her/his title and sign the medical doctor's report. In the event that the
relevant personnel is the personnel of the ground handling agent, then the mentioned
practice shall be carried out by the personnel of the ground handling agent; and the
first signature shall be affixed by the personnel of the ground handling agent as the
issuing person, and then shall be approved by the personnel of the Company; and it
shall be ensured that the passengers will travel upon affixing the second signature.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 66/99
Table-5: Table for Pregnant Passengers
PREGNANT PASSENGERS EXPECTING ONE BABY
MEDICAL MEDICAL NOT

DOCTOR'S DOCTOR'S ADMITTED
REPORT IS NOT REPORT IS TO THE
REQUIRED REQUIRED FLIGHT
0-27 weeks pregnant (the last days of

X
the 27th week)
28-35 weeks pregnant
(early days of the 28th week and the X
last days of the 31st)
36 weeks and more pregnant (early
X
days of the 36th week)
PREGNANT PASSENGERS EXPECTING MORE THAN ONE BABY
0-27 weeks pregnant (the last days of

X
the 27th week)
28-31 weeks pregnant
(early days of the 28th week and the X
last days of the 31st)
32 weeks and more pregnant (early
X
days of the 32nd week)
1.5.15. Overweight Passengers

In the event that any overweight passengers, traveling on the seats at the emergency exit
doors and on the seats at the row of the emergency exit doors request any additional safety
belt, then they may not be seated on such seats.
1.5.16. INAD (INADMISSIBLE)

The passengers, who are not allowed to enter any country by the authorities of the relevant
country, or who are not allowed to continue their connection flight from the station of transfer
by the authorities of the airport or governmental officials due to no valid visa, expiration of
passport, etc.
a. The passengers who are not allowed to enter any country by the authorities of the
relevant country although all travel documents are valid, shall be considered as INAD
passengers.
b. Stations of departure shall be obliged to take any and all required measures in order
to prevent any INAD cases. Such measures are as follows:
 Any passengers, who are suspected to dispose their passports during the flight,
are required to travel upon delivering their passports to the cabin chief of the

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 67/99
relevant flight; and the message in relation to informing the stations of arrival about
the passports delivered to the cabin chief, are definitely required to be sent to the
KZ/KK/KO/KI and QISTCVTK telex addresses of such stations.
 The lists of passengers and the list of passengers having connection flights are
required to be checked.
 Any measures required to check the travel documents are required to be taken
(ultraviolet devices, magnetic readers, etc.).
 In respect of any travels for touristic purposes, the requirement for round-trip
tickets (R/T) are required to be sought.
 TIMATIC is required to be checked.
1.5.16.1. Processes Regarding INADs

a. The inbound carrier which brings INAD passengers shall be responsible for
returning such passengers.
b. Any INAD passengers shall be returned in compliance with the Annex-9 of the
ICAO in accordance with the regulations of the relevant country.
c. Accordingly, the document, which states the reasons for not allowing the relevant
passengers to enter the country by the authorities of the relevant country, shall
be submitted to the cabin crew members of the flight together with all documents
(ticket, passport, INAD form, etc.) of such passengers.
d. The inbound carrier is required to provide any bookings of the INAD passengers
in respect of the return route or routes.
e. In the event that the passengers, who are not allowed to enter the country, have
tickets for the return route, then it shall be ensured that such passengers will
return regardless of the restrictions available on their tickets, in accordance with
PSC RESO 701 2.1. "Restrictions Waived due INAD" details in the section
"Endorsements/Restrictions" available on the ticket shall be entered to the
coupon of passengers or the e-ticket system record.
f. In the event that INAD passengers have no return ticket, then it shall be ensured
that such passengers will purchase ticket. In the event that the passengers
cannot afford to purchase tickets, then the inbound carrier, which brings such
passengers to the station where the passengers are considered as INAD, shall
issue FR.67.0253 INAD Passenger Undertaking Form, and shall have the form
signed by such passengers, and shall issue ticket for such passengers against
letter of undertaking.
g. All documents (passports, tickets, etc.) together with one photocopy of the travel
documents of INAD passengers shall be put into FR.67.0254 INAD Deportee
Passenger Travel Envelope. It shall be ensured that FR.67.0101
Inadmissible/Deportee Pax Delivery Form is signed by the cabin chief. This form
shall be delivered so as to ensure that the first copy will be retained at the station
sending such copy, the second copy will remain with the cabin chief, and the third

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 68/99
copy will be retained at the station of arrival, and flight crew members shall be
informed about such matter.
h. INAD passengers shall be provided with the same services as the other
passengers.
i. INAD passengers shall be admitted to the flights as unaccompanied except for
the cases where they exhibit physically extravagant behaviors, and act in a
manner to jeopardize the flight and passenger security.
j. There are no limitations regarding the number of INAD passengers to be carried
at the flights of the Company.
k. In the event that there is no forgery regarding the tickets and other travel
documents of the passengers, then any INAD passengers with business ticket
shall be seated on the seat available at the aft of the business cabin, and any
INAD passengers with economy class tickets shall be seated on the seat
available at the aft of the economy cabin. Such passengers should be admitted to
the aircraft primarily, if possible.
The pilot-in-command of the flight shall be responsible for adopting the final decision in
relation to admitting INAD passengers as unaccompanied.
1.5.16.2. Travel Documents

a. Foreigners' Office may impound the forged, tampered, invalid or incomplete
travel documents.
b. Border police shall issue a report and attach photocopies of the forged
documents thereto.
c. One copy of travel documents of the INAD passengers shall be delivered to the
relevant airline company by the Foreigners' Office together with such report, in
order to be sent to the station of origin.
1.5.16.3. Information Messages

The latest status of the INAD passenger (reasons for being INAD, the person to whom
the documents have been delivered, the seat number, the number of baggage, the
baggage loading position, and the fact that whether the letter of undertaking has been
signed, or not, etc.) shall be reported to the stations of transit, transfer and arrival through
both PSM (Passenger Service Message) and the following message format. The stations
of departure shall report INAD passengers to KZ/KK/KO/KI and ISTCVTK addresses of
the stations of transfer, transit and arrival through the following message format.
THE MESSAGE FORMAT FOR INAD/DEPORTEE PASSENGERS:
SUBJ: INAD/DEPORTEE (DEPA OR DEPU) PAX
THE INFORMATION ABOUT INAD/DEPORTEE PAX ON FLIGHT TK...ON ../../200.
IS LISTED BELOW
BEARES NAME/SURNAME
NATIONALITY:
DATE OF BIRTH:

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 69/99
PLACE OF BIRTH:
TYPE OF TRAVEL DOCUMENT:
NUMBER OF TRAVEL DOCUMENT:
ARRIVAL ROUTE:
DEPARTURE ROUTE:
REASON:
PENALTY FOR TK:
SEAT NO:
BAG:
DOCUMENTS GIVEN TO CABIN CREW:
BEST REGARDS
1.5.17. Deportee
Any person, who has been legally allowed to enter the country by the authorities of the
concerned country, or who has entered the country illegally, but who has been decided to be
deported from the relevant country by the officials of the relevant country. Any details in
relation to travels of deportee passengers are available in PR.67.014 Procedure for Deportee
Transport.
1.5.17.1. Unaccompanied Deportees (DEPU)

Any unaccompanied deportee passenger.
1.5.17.2. Accompanied Deportees (DEPA)

Any accompanied Deportee passenger. The pilot-in-command shall be entitled not to
admit Deportee passengers, who fail to comply with the regulations, and who are
considered to disturb any other passengers or to jeopardize flight security. In such cases,
escorts shall be requested. Escorts shall be provided by the authorities of the concerned
country.
1.5.17.3. Processes Regarding Deportees

a. Unless otherwise stated in any provision of law, the authorities of the concerned
country shall be obliged to provide the ticket of any person (Deportee), who has
been deported from the relevant country by the authorities of the relevant
country, in accordance with IATA Passenger Services Conference Resolutions
Manual 701 3.1.
b. Booking processes of Deportee passengers shall be carried out by the authorities
of the relevant country.
c. Deportee passengers shall be provided with the same services as the other
passengers.
d. The pilot-in-command and the cabin chief shall be informed about Deportee
passengers.
e. There are no limitations regarding the number of Deportee passengers to be
carried at the flights of the Company.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 70/99
f. DEPUI/DEPA passengers shall be seated on the seats available at the aft of the
aircraft.
g. Deportee passengers shall be boarded primarily, and shall be disembarked upon
disembarkation of all passengers, if possible.
h. In the event that Deportee passengers are under the influence of any drugs,
taken other than medical purposes, then the carrier may not admit such
passengers to the flight.
1.5.17.4. Travel Documents

a. In the event that Deportee passengers travel as unaccompanied, then the
documents of such passengers shall be put into FR.67.0254 INAD Deportee
Passenger Travel Envelope. It shall be ensured that FR.67.0101
Inadmissible/Deportee Pax Delivery Form is signed by the cabin chief. This form
shall be delivered so as to ensure that the first copy will be retained at the
departure, the second copy will remain with the cabin chief, and the third copy will
be retained at the station of arrival, and flight crew members shall be informed
about such matter. Such documents shall be delivered to the station official upon
landing.
b. In the event that deportee passengers are accompanied by any official, then all
documents shall be delivered to the accompanying official.
1.5.17.5. Information Messages

The stations of departure shall send PSM (Passenger Service Message) for Deportee
passengers to KZ/KK/KO/KI and ISTCVTK addresses of the stations of transfer, transit
and arrival through the message format specified under the section 1.5.16.3.
1.5.18. Unruly Passengers

Any passengers, who act aggressively, threateningly, dangerously, disrespectfully,
negligently and disruptively in a manner to jeopardize the security of the ground and flight
(cockpit/cabin crew members) personnel and/or the passengers, and to cause loss of life
and/or property, and to damage aircraft or crew equipment, and to prevent the personnel
from carrying out their duties or to cause their performances to be impaired, and to affect
safe and efficient operation negatively, and/or who insist on acting in breach of the
instructions of the Company, and any kinds of regulations required to be followed legally, as
well as the instructions given by the relevant personnel based on such regulations.
The main objective of the Company is to ensure that the passengers travel in a safe, secure,
cozy and comfortable manner within the period of time elapsing form check-in process to the
station of arrival in accordance with the relevant international and national laws, regulations,
instructions, and principles of the agreements, as well as the regulations of the Company,
and to take any and all required measures for such purposes.
In the event that one or a group of passengers acts in a manner to disturb the peace and
comfort of any other passengers due to being under the influence of alcohol or due to their
unruly behaviors on the ground, (while the aircraft doors are open) prior to flight/on board the

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 71/99
aircraft, then the Company shall reject to carry such passenger or passengers with the
purpose of achieving the above mentioned objective.
The pilot-in-command shall be entitled to take measures and actions for ensuring safety and
order on board the aircraft, and to give orders and instructions to the passengers, crew
members and any other persons available on board the aircraft for such purpose, and to
disembark the persons, who disrupt safety and order, if and when required, in accordance
with the authority granted by the international conventions, national and international civil
aviation regulations, any other international agreements, contracts and conventions.
The official of the Company, being present at the location where the incident has occurred,
shall be responsible for and entitled to provision of any additional services, which s/he
deems to be necessary and appropriate, with the purpose of ensuring that the passengers,
prohibited from the flight due to unruly behaviors, are reintroduced to the Company.
Any verbal or physical attack, which may be performed by any passenger/passengers
towards the personnel of the Company, shall be unacceptable. The ground personnel and
cabin crew members, who encounter any unruly behaviors, shall be supported in respect of
the practices to be performed by the same.
The expenses such as transportation, accommodation, food, etc. incurred while any third
persons (such as passengers), who undersign the unruly passenger reports as witnesses,
are at the police station, prosecution office and/or courts, shall be borne by the Company.
1.5.18.1. Unruly Behaviors

Unruly behaviors, which may be encountered within the period starting from check-in
processes until the time when the passengers leave the aircraft upon completion of the
flight, are described as follows;
a. To act disrespectfully, negligently and disruptively in a manner to jeopardize the
passenger and flight safety through attacking, intimidating, menacing,
threatening, insulting, etc., and to cause loss of life and/or property,
b. To act in a manner to prevent the ground personnel and/or flight (cockpit and
cabin crew members) personnel from carrying out their duties, or to cause their
performances to be impaired through attacking, intimidating, threatening,
insulting, etc.,
c. To act in a manner to jeopardize security of the aircraft, flight (cockpit/cabin crew
members) personnel and/or the passengers, and to damage aircraft or crew
equipment,
d. To submit any misrepresentation and/or false statement, which may jeopardize
the flight safety,
e. To act in breach of the applicable legal orders, directives and laws, which ensure
safe, orderly and efficient ground and flight operation,
f. To disobey the instructions and orders given by the personnel assigned on the
ground and on board the aircraft with the purpose of ensuring fulfillment of
regulations of the Company (such as smoking, using electronic devices in breach
of the rules, etc.),
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 72/99
g. To act in a manner to disturb the peace and comfort of any other passengers due
to having consumed excessive amount of alcohol prior to the flight, or consuming
excessive amount of alcohol during the flight,
h. To be under the influence of drugs prior to the flight and/or to use drugs during
the flight (except for the drugs for medical purposes),
i. To act in a manner to disturb the peace and comfort of any other passengers due
to the general attitudes and behaviors in the cabin, speaking loudly, way of
sitting, behaviors in breach of the code of ethics and similar behaviors during the
flight,
j. To commit any crime (such as injuring, homicide, etc.).
1.5.18.2. Codes of Conduct of the Personnel

a. The personnel involved in the incident should remain calm.
b. Unruly passengers should be allowed to speak unless they insult.
c. Any other personnel of the Company, being present in the incident site, should
be informed about the matter, and the possibility of the fact that such personnel
may establish more constructive dialog with the relevant passenger, should be
taken into account.
d. The personnel should avoid from using violence except for self-defense.
1.5.18.3. Levels of Unruly Passengers

Unruly Passengers shall be considered in four levels. Any Unruly Passenger, who is
considered to be at a specific level, shall be considered to be at the next level in case of
her/his insistence on unruly behavior/behaviors.
 LEVEL I: To exhibit unruly behaviors in a manner not requiring the

response of police officers under normal circumstances and
ceased upon verbal warning.
 LEVEL II: To exhibit unruly behaviors in a manner requiring the response of

law enforcement officers through violating the civil aviation
regulations and flight safety and security; and to insist on
exhibiting behaviors specified under Level I, which pose any
threat in respect of the security of the passengers, ground and
flight personnel, and aircraft, in spite of verbal warnings.
 LEVEL III: Any incidents, which occur on the ground and during the flight,
and which require the response of law enforcement officers. (The
cases where any passenger attacks to the ground or flight
personnel, bomb and hijacking threat, carriage of weapons not
allowed to be carried, etc.)
 LEVEL IV: To enter and/or to attempt to enter into the cockpit. (The actions
specified under EK.73.002 Operations Manual Part-A and
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 73/99
EK.71.001 Cabin Crew Manual shall be applied to the behaviors

at this level by the flight crew.)
1.5.18.4. Actions and Measures to be Taken in Respect of Unruly Passengers

1.5.18.4.1. During Check-in Process
Level I Unruly Passengers: Passengers shall be warned verbally by the relevant
personnel. In the event that such verbal warning has been effective and sufficient,
then no further actions are required to be taken.
Level II Unruly Passengers: In respect of the passengers insisting on exhibiting
unruly behaviors as specified in the section 1.5.18 despite the verbal warning, the
relevant personnel shall cease the existing action, and shall inform her/his
immediate supervisor about the matter. In line with the decision of such supervisor;
In the event that such passengers are to be admitted to the flight:
 In respect of the unruly passengers, FR.67.0117 Unruly Passenger Ground
Incident Report shall be completed by the check-in personnel.
 Boarding personnel shall be informed about any possible developments.
 Boarding personnel shall inform the pilot-in-command and cabin chief of the
aircraft about any passengers, for whom FR.67.0117 Unruly Passenger
Ground Incident Report has been issued.
In the event that such passengers are not to be admitted to the flight;
Incident Report shall be completed by the check-in personnel.
 The baggage of such passengers shall be returned.
 Brief remarks in relation to the incident shall be specified on the PNR record
of such passengers.
“REFUSED TO BE CARRIED DUE TO UNRULY BEHAVIOR”
 Passengers shall be assisted with their passport-customs processes, if and
when so required.
Level III Unruly Passengers: In respect of the passengers requiring the response
of the law enforcement officers, the check-in official shall cease the existing action,
and shall inform her/his immediate supervisor about the matter. The supervisor
shall;
 have the Unruly Passenger Report issued.
 inform the local law enforcement officers about the matter.
 keep the personnel, who has involved in the incident, and who has witnessed
the incident, available with the purpose of informing the local law
enforcement officer.
 ensure that the baggage of such passengers are returned.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 74/99
 cancel the ticket and check-in processes of such passengers.

 The following remark in relation to the incident shall be specified on the PNR
record of such passengers.
"REFUSED TO BE CARRIED DUE TO UNRULY BEHAVIOR”
when so required.
1.5.18.4.2. During Boarding Process
Level I Unruly Passengers: Passengers shall be warned verbally by the relevant
personnel. In the event that such verbal warning has been effective and sufficient,
then no further actions are required to be taken.
Level II Unruly Passengers: In respect of the passengers insisting on exhibiting
unruly behaviors as specified in the section 1.5.18 despite the verbal warning, the
relevant personnel shall cease the existing action, and shall inform her/his
immediate supervisor about the matter. In line with the decision of such supervisor;
In the event that such passengers are to be admitted to the flight;
Incident Report shall be completed by the boarding personnel.
 Boarding personnel shall inform the pilot-in-command and cabin chief of the
aircraft about any passengers, for whom Unruly Passenger Report has been
issued.
In the event that such passengers are not to be admitted to the flight:
Incident Report shall be completed by the boarding personnel.
 Any required measures shall be taken in order not to load/unload the
baggage of such passengers to/from the aircraft.
 The ticket and check-in processes of such passengers shall be canceled.
 Brief remarks in relation to the incident shall be specified on the PNR record
of such passengers.
"REFUSED TO BE CARRIED DUE TO UNRULY BEHAVIOR”
when so required.
Level III Unruly Passengers: In respect of the passengers requiring the response
of the law enforcement officers, the boarding official shall cease the boarding
processes of such passengers, and shall inform her/his immediate supervisor about
the matter. The supervisor shall;
 have FR.67.0117 Unruly Passenger Ground Incident Report issued in
respect of the unruly passengers.
 inform the local law enforcement officers about the matter.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 75/99
 keep the personnel, who has involved in the incident, and who has witnessed
the incident, available with the purpose of informing the local law
enforcement officer.
 instruct the loading officers in order to return the baggage of such
passengers, and shall ensure that the baggage is returned.
 cancel the ticket and check-in processes of the passenger.
 The following remark in relation to the incident shall be specified on the PNR
record of such passengers.
when so required.
1.5.18.4.3. Preflight-On Board-On Ground (While the Aircraft Door is Open)
Level I Unruly Passengers: Such passengers shall be warned verbally by the cabin
chief within the knowledge of the pilot-in-command. In the event that such verbal
warning has been effective and sufficient, then no further actions are required to be
taken. In case of change of the crew, then the next crew members shall be informed
about such passengers.
Level II Unruly Passengers: Cabin chief shall warn such passengers, by completing
FR.73.0031 Unruly Passenger Report (On Ground/In-Flight) within the knowledge of
the pilot-in-command; and the pilot-in-command shall inform the personnel/official of
the Company, assigned at the station, about such passengers unless they stop
exhibiting unruly behaviors. The personnel/official of the Company shall discuss the
status of the passenger together with the pilot-in-command and the cabin chief. The
joint decision in relation to the fact that whether such passenger will be admitted to the
flight, or not, shall be adopted. In case of clash of ideas, then the decision of the pilot-
in-command shall prevail. The decision shall be specified on the unruly passenger
report, and such report shall be signed by the concerned persons.
In the event that it is resolved not to admit such passenger to the flight, then;
 The station official shall take any required measures in order not to load/unload
the baggage of such passengers to/from the aircraft.
 Brief remarks in relation to the incident shall be specified on the PNR record of
such passengers.
when so required.
Level III Unruly Passengers: In respect of the unruly passengers, FR.73.0031 Unruly
Passenger Report (On Ground/In-Flight) and FR.73.0066 On Ground/In Flight Incident
Report shall be issued by the flight (cockpit/cabin crew members) personnel. The pilot-
in-command shall submit the form, issued in order to be forwarded to the law
enforcement officers, to the station officials.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 76/99
Station Official shall;

 inform the local law enforcement officers about the matter, and shall ensure that
any required processes are monitored.
 instruct the baggage loading officers in order to return the baggage of such
passengers, and the baggage shall be returned.
 cancel the ticket and check-in processes of the passenger.
 Brief remarks in relation to the incident shall be specified on the PNR record of
such passengers.
when so required.
1.5.18.4.4. During the Flight (During TAXIING/While The Aircraft Door Is Closed)
In the event that the pilot-in-command returns and disembarks any unruly passengers
during taxiing, then the actions shall be taken in accordance with the section
1.5.18.4.3. The actions to be taken in respect of the incidents occurred during the flight
are described in EK.73.002 Operations Manual Part-A and EK.71.001 Cabin Crew
Manual.
1.5.18.4.5. Reporting of Incidents
1.5.18.4.5.1 Reports to be Used During Incidents
a. The pre-flight and the in-flight final warning reports shall be issued by the
flight crew members in 4 copies, in Turkish and English. The first copy shall
be submitted to the Flight Operations Directorate; the second copy shall be
submitted to the Cabin Crew Managing Directorate; the third copy shall be
submitted to the Station Management/Supervisor's Office (to the Station
Management/ Supervisor's Office of the airport landed in case of occurrence
of the incident during the flight); and the fourth copy shall be submitted to the
passenger.
b. FR.73.0031 On-Board Unruly Passenger Report (On The Ground/In-Flight)
shall be issued in 4 copies. The first copy shall be submitted to the Ground
Operations Directorate/Flight Operations Directorate; the second copy shall
be submitted to the Ground Operations Directorate/Cabin Crew Managing
Directorate; the third copy shall be submitted to the Station Management;
and the fourth copy shall be submitted to the passenger. FR.73.0066
On-Ground/In-Flight Incident Report shall be issued in 5 copies. The first
copy shall be submitted to the Law Enforcement Officers/Police Officers; the
second copy shall be submitted to the Ground Operations Directorate/Flight
Operations Directorate; the third copy shall be submitted to the Ground
Operations Directorate/Cabin Crew Managing Directorate; the fourth copy
shall be submitted to the Station Management; and the fifth copy shall be
submitted to the passenger.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 77/99
1.5.18.4.5.2 Assessment of Reports

The Directorate, to which the personnel issuing the Unruly Passenger Report and/or
On-Ground/In-Flight Incident Report reports, shall forward the reports to the Ground
Operations Directorate. Ground Operations Directorate shall report all reports to the
Directorate General of Civil Aviation on quarterly basis, upon completion of
FR.15.0015 Unruly Passenger Report for Turkish Civil Aviation Authority (Quarterly).
Further details in relation to reporting process are available in EK.10.15.001 Security
Programme.
1.5.18.4.6. Training
The purpose of the training program of the ground personnel is to train the relevant
ground personnel in relation to identification of any potential unruly passengers, and to
the resolution of any problems through implementation of the procedures of the
Company. The training program shall be implemented in a manner to cover the
following matters:
a. A brief introduction regarding the problematic and unruly passengers, and any
statistical details for the relevant matter shall be provided during the training,
and the vision of the Company shall be taught comprehensively.
b. Any tangible information about the international conventions, the relevant
provisions of the Turkish civil aviation regulations, and any phases required by
the law shall be provided during the training in relation to the relevant matter.
c. Details regarding the cases for carriage and refusal of carriage shall be
provided.
d. Details of the law enforcement officers to be contacted, if and when required,
shall be provided.
1.5.19. Carriage of Persons Subject to Judicial or Administrative Proceedings and of

Their Armed Guards
a. The organization, which has assumed the obligations of the persons subject to
judicial or administrative proceedings, shall inform the airline officials about the
planned travel, any details for the person to be carried, and the fact that whether such
person is considered as dangerous, or not, at least 24 hours prior to the flight, in
order to ensure that such persons will travel.
b. The airline shall not admit any person who is subject to judicial or administrative
proceedings without submitting a statement indicating acknowledgment and approval
of the related authorities and other companies that are involved in transportation of
the criminal until the final destination (including the final destination).
c. In the event that the person/persons subject to judicial or administrative proceedings
is/are considered as dangerous, then maximum one dangerous passenger, for whom
administrative or judicial proceedings have been initiated, shall be allowed to travel at
a flight.
d. In the event that the persons subject to administrative or judicial proceedings are
considered to have the potential to jeopardize the flight security, by the organization,
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 78/99
which has assumed the obligations of such persons, then the airline shall be entitled
to reject to carry the persons subject to administrative or judicial proceedings and
their escorts.
e. In the event that the persons subject to administrative or judicial proceedings are
considered as non-dangerous by the organization, which has assumed the
obligations of such persons, then each person shall be accompanied by at least one
law enforcement officer; and in the event that they are considered as dangerous by
the same, then they are accompanied by at least two law enforcement officers.
f. Escorts accompanying the persons subject to the judicial or administrative
proceedings shall be obliged to introduce themselves to the safety and security
personnel as well as to the cabin crew members. The pilot-in-command shall be
informed about the persons subject to judicial or administrative proceedings, who will
be carried on board the aircraft, as well as the persons accompanying the same and
the seat numbers of such persons.
g. The escorts shall be responsible for removal of any kinds of tools, items or materials,
which are carried by the passengers and may be used as weapon by the same,
and/or which may jeopardize the flight safety, as well as any kind of flammable items
(matches, lighters, etc.), from the persons subject to judicial or administrative
proceedings, prior to the flight.
h. The Company shall comply with the provisions set out in the relevant international
and national documents in relation to carriage of the armed persons and their
weapons in the cabin. The Company shall not allow to carry any weapons in the
cabin; however, the armed persons may exceptionally be allowed to carry weapon
with them in the cabin, provided that permission of the competent public institution
has been obtained on legal basis, and that the identity card with photograph is
submitted.
i. The escorts to accompany the persons subject to judicial or administrative
proceedings shall be warned by the airline personnel not to respond in case of any
illegal acts, which may occur during the flight, unless instructed by the pilot-in-
command.
j. Escorts shall be responsible for carrying the instruments (handcuffs, etc.), which they
can use in the cases where they may consider that physical restraint is required, with
them.
k. The persons subject to judicial proceedings, may not be fastened to the aircraft
components (seat, service desk, etc.) under normal circumstances.
l. Escorts to accompany the persons, who are subject to judicial or administrative
proceedings, may not carry any aerosol sprays, used for neutralization purposes, with
them in the cabin on board the aircraft.
m. Such passengers shall, at the discretion of the commander/pilot-in-command, not be
admitted in handcuffs, shackles and with their mouths tied (except for extremely
special circumstances).

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 79/99
n. The persons subject to judicial or administrative proceedings, and the escorts thereof
shall be boarded before all other passengers are boarded, and shall be disembarked
after all other passengers are disembarked. Such passengers and their escorts shall
not be allowed to seat next to or opposite the emergency doors and emergency exits.
o. Such passengers shall be seated at the far aft compartment of the aircraft. Such
passengers shall be seated on two-seat or three-seat rows at the window side in a
manner that at least one escort will seat between other passengers and the aisle of
the aircraft. In the event that there are two escorts accompanying such persons, then
they shall be seated between two escorts on three-seat rows.
p. All travel documents of such passengers shall be delivered to the escorts
accompanying them.
1.5.20. Armed Guard, Armed Accompanying Officers and Official Security Officers
The Company shall implement the provisions set out in the national and international
documents regarding carriage of armed persons and their weapons in the cabin. The
Company do not allow carriage of firearms inside the cabin but sometimes if the permission
of the authorized organization is obtained and identity cards with photograph are presented,
then such persons are allowed to carry their firearms inside the cabin. Turkish Airlines shall
carry out the following matters.
The license of firearms of the persons to travel with their weapons shall be checked. Such
license shall include the portrait photograph of the armed person, the signature of the official
granting permission and the official seal of the service to which the armed person reports.
Any details regarding the full name, seat and status of the person on board the aircraft shall
be reported to the pilot-in-command on the field "remarks" available in the dispatch notice
and/or similar written form, served to the pilot-in-command, through the phrases such as
"armed person", "accompanying person", "armed person traveling with the arrested person",
etc.
Local procedures, which will enable that coordination is established between the ground
operations personnel and the ramp and operation personnel, shall be set out in order to
ensure that the pilot-in-command is informed prior to leaving from the gate/boarding bridge.
In the event that the accompanying persons are armed, then they shall keep the safety lock
on.
Local authorities shall be informed about each of the armed security officers, who will be on
board the aircraft during the flight, minimum 24 hours prior to take-off or immediately after
the Company is informed about the carriage of any armed security officer on board the
aircraft within a period of 24 hours. Such information shall cover the ID details of each armed
security officers, the travel program and the identification of weapons carried.
Any further details regarding the weapons and ammunition allowed to be carried with the
passengers in the cargo compartment are available in Chapter 2/Baggage Handling and
PR.15.003 Procedure for Transportation of Firearms and Other Prohibited Objects Inside the
Cabin.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 80/99
1.5.21. Extra Seat (EXST)

The seats which have been purchased in addition to the passengers' own seats, upon
request of the passenger. The related system code is EXST.
1.5.21.1. Ticket and Booking Processes

a. Booking and payment processes of such seats shall be performed in advance.
b. Single ticket shall be issued for extra seats.
c. They shall be specified on the same PNR.
1.5.21.2. Payment Processes

a. The fare required for the extra seats shall be calculated as included in the
passenger ticket.
b. "EXST" expression shall be specified on tickets immediately after the name of the
passengers.
c. In case of any last-minute requests for extra seats at the airport, then such
processes may be issued at MCO.
d. In case of more than one request for extra seat, then "EXTS" expression shall be
specified for each extra seat requested.
For Instance: TATLI/SENNUR MS/EXST/EXST
1.5.21.3. Check-in Processes

a. Only one boarding pass shall be used.
b. Free baggage allowance shall be in the amount of the number of extra seats. No
additional catering materials shall be loaded.
c. Extra seats shall not be included in the calculation of miles.
d. The flight crew members shall be informed about the extra seats.
e. Operations coordinator shall be informed about such matter.
f. In respect of the flights with multiple routes, "SOM" in relation to the extra seats
shall be sent to each station of arrival.
1.5.21.4. Seat Selection

a. Extra seats shall not prevent to use the aisle, the doors and the emergency exit
doors.
b. Window side seats shall be allocated for extra seats.
1.5.22. Group Passengers

a. Passengers traveling with special fare tickets as a group of at least 10 people.
b. Actions shall be taken in accordance with the ticket rules.
c. Infants available in the groups shall not be included in such number.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 81/99
1.5.22.1. Group Passenger Processes

a. Baggage of the group passengers shall be recorded to the system individually for
each passenger, and shall be delivered to the check-in officials.
b. Check-in processes for group passengers traveling with their equipment
(musicians, sportsman groups, etc.) shall be performed as a group, and all
baggage shall be specified on the record of group leader on the system. Such
baggage shall be able to be displayed on the TROYA System as "POOLED".
c. Group passenger processes shall be carried out through the separate check-in
counter, if possible.
d. Group tags shall be affixed to the baggage.
e. Seats of the group passengers shall be booked before the flight in order to
ensure that they travel together.
f. In the event that there are BSCT, PETC, MEDA, etc. passengers in such groups,
then such passengers shall be seated on special seats, if available, and the
group leader shall be informed about such matter.
1.5.23. Meet and Assist Passengers (MAAS)

Below listed passengers shall be met and boarded first;
a. Passengers with language problems,
b. Elderly passengers,
c. Young passengers,
d. Passengers with aerophobia,
e. Visually-impaired and hearing-impaired passengers.
Any details regarding such passengers shall be sent to the stations of arrival and/or transit
and transfer through PSM.
For Instance: PSM
TK1951 GULTEPE/FERYALMRS MAAS ELDERLY 90 YRS
Passengers requiring special attention/service such as UM, VIP, etc. shall not be included in
this category.
1.6. REGULATIONS ON CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS AND BAGGAGE
1.6.1. Terms and Conditions of the Agreement

In respect of Domestic Passengers;
Warsaw Convention, and Hague Convention amending this convention shall be applicable to
the domestic flights, and such conventions shall set out the responsibility of the carrier for
death, injury and loss of baggage or damage to baggage, and shall restrict the same in many
cases.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 82/99
1. The phrase "Ticket" used in this convention means the passenger tickets and
baggage coupons and terms of convention together with warnings are integral parts
of the ticket; "Warsaw Convention" means the Convention, dated 12.10.1929,
conducted with regards to combine some regulations regarding the international air
carriage signed in Warsaw and Hague Convention, dated 28.09.1955, amending this
convention.
2. Pursuant to the Turkish Civil Aviation Law dated 14.10.1983 and numbered 2920,
such carriage shall be based on the regulations and restrictions regarding the
responsibility of the carrier, set out in the mentioned Law, Warsaw Convention and
Hague Convention amending this convention.
3. Unless to the contrary of the matters stated above; carriage and other services of the
carrier are subject to the provisions of this ticket, applicable lists of remuneration,
carriage conditions of the carrier that are integral part of this convention and
regulations of the same regarding these conditions
4. The regulations releasing or restricting the liabilities of the carrier shall be
implemented for the benefit of carrier's agencies, personnel and representatives, as
well.
5. The checked baggage shall be delivered to the passenger submitting the baggage
tag. In the event that the baggage is damaged during the carriage, then the
notification shall be served to the carrier in writing immediately after such damaged is
realized, and within a period of seven (7) days as of the delivery date, at the latest. In
case of delay, then such notification shall be served within a period of 21 days as of
the date of delivery of the baggage.
6. Open-date-tickets shall be valid for one (1) year as of the date of issue thereof. Any
increases in fares until the flight date shall not be reflected to such tickets once the
ticket fares have been paid. Any changes in taxes or expenditures may be collected
from, or refunded to the passengers.
7. The carrier shall reserve its right to refuse to carry any passenger, who has obtained
ticket by violating the applicable laws, or the lists of remuneration or the regulations of
the carrier.
8. The carrier shall assume the responsibility for making any kinds of reasonable efforts
in order to carry the passengers and their baggage on time. In case of no fault
attributable to the carrier, or in respect of any unexpected cases; the carrier may
change the departure times, specified on the schedules or any other places, and the
intermediate stations specified on the tickets, or may use any different flights and/or
carriers without stopping at any intermediate stations, through advance notice, if
possible.
9. No agency, personnel or representative of the carrier has been authorized to change
or repeal the provisions of this agreement.
10.The requests for refunding the ticket may be accepted in consideration of a fee
pursuant to the regulations of the fare class available in the ticket, or may be rejected.
No refunding process shall be carried out upon the scheduled time of departure.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 83/99
11.The requests for changing and canceling the booking may be accepted in
consideration of a fee pursuant to the fare rules, or may be rejected. No requests for
changing or canceling the booking shall be accepted upon the scheduled time of
departure.
Pursuant to the Turkish Civil Aviation Law; the passengers are required to comply with the
international agreements, to which Turkey is a party, and the provisions of this law as well as
the instructions of the airport authority and carrier, and shall be obliged to avoid from any
kinds of acts and behaviors, which may jeopardize the security of life and property, and
which may disturb the discipline and order of the flight.
In respect of the International Passengers;
Warning: Travel of passengers may be subject to Montreal Convention or Warsaw
Convention system, and such conventions may restrict the obligations of the airline
companies in cases of death or physical injuries, loss of baggage, damage to baggage and
delays.
1. The phrase "Ticket" used in this agreement shall mean the passenger tickets and
baggage vouchers, or the vouchers containing travel details in case of issuance of
electronic ticket; and terms and conditions of the agreement together with the notes
shall constitute the integral parts of the ticket; and the "carriage" shall mean
"transportation"; and the "carrier" shall mean all air carriers, which carry or assume
the responsibility for carrying the passengers or their baggage, or which provide any
other services regarding carriage, pursuant to this agreement. The "Warsaw
Convention" shall mean the Convention on combination of some regulations on
international air carriage, which was executed in Warsaw on 12.10.1929, and the
Hague Convention amending this convention, which was executed on 28.09.1955,
and the regulations of the applicable one shall prevail.
2. Such carriage shall be subjected to the regulations and restrictions, which have been
set out by the Warsaw Convention, and which are related to the responsibility;
however, this principle shall not be applicable in the event that such carriage is not an
international carriage, defined by the Warsaw Convention.
3. Unless contrary to the matters stated above, the carriage and any other services
provided by the carrier shall be subject to;
 The provisions of this ticket,
 Applicable lists of renumeration,
Conditions of carriage that constitute a part of this agreement, and the regulations
regarding such conditions (These may be seen at the offices of the carrier when
applied to). However; in the event that carriage is performed between any station in
the United States of America or Canada and any station located in any country other
than such countries, then the lists of renumeration, which are applicable in such
countries, shall be applied.
4. The abbreviation of the name of the carrier may be specified on the ticket due to the
fact that the full name and abbreviation of the name of the carrier are available in the
lists of renumeration, conditions of carriage, regulations and operations schedules of
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 84/99
the carrier. The station of departure available on the ticket opposite the first
abbreviation of the name of carrier shall be considered as the address of the carrier.
The intermediate stations, which are available on such tickets, or which are specified
as the scheduled travel route of the passenger on operations schedules are the
planned intermediate stations. In the event that such carriage is performed by more
than one successive carrier, then it shall be considered to be only one carriage
process.
5. Any air carrier, issuing tickets for the flights of any other air carrier, shall carry out
such process only through the agent of the other carrier.
6. The conditions releasing or restricting the liabilities of the carrier shall also be
implemented in favor of the agencies, personnel and representatives of the carrier as
well as of any person, whose aircraft is used by the carrier for carriage purposes, and
of the agencies, personnel and representatives of such person.
7. Checked baggage shall be delivered to the holder of the baggage voucher. In the
event that the baggage is damaged during the carriage, then the compliant shall be
served to the carrier, in writing, immediately after such damaged is realized, or within
a period of seven days as of the delivery date, at the latest. In case of delay, then
such compliant shall be served within a period of 21 days as of the date of delivery of
the baggage. In respect of domestic carriages, please refer to the lists of
renumeration and the conditions of carriage.
8. Such tickets shall be valid for one (1) year as of the date of issue unless otherwise is
specified on the ticket, lists of remunerations of the carrier, conditions of carriage or
the relevant regulations. Any increase in fares to occur until the flight date shall not be
reflected to such tickets upon performance of payment for ticket. Any changes in
taxes or expenditures may be collected from, or refunded to the passengers.
9. The carrier shall assume the responsibility for making any kinds of efforts in order to
carry the passengers and their baggage on time. Departure times, specified on the
lists of renumeration or any other places, shall not be guaranteed, and shall not be
included in this agreement. If and when required; the carrier may use any other
carriers or aircraft, and may change the intermediate stations specified on the ticket,
or may not stop at any intermediate stations, through advance notice, if possible. The
operations schedules may be changed through advance notice, if possible. The
carrier shall not assume any responsibility for flight connection.
10.The passengers are required to comply with the statutory regulations on travel, and to
present the applicable exit and entry documents as well as any other required
documents; and the carriers are required to be present at the airport at the pre-
determined time, or as much as earlier to complete the departure processes in the
event that no specific time has been determined.
11.No agency, personnel or representative of the carrier has been authorized to change
or repeal the provisions of this agreement.
12.The carrier shall reserve its right to reject to carry any passengers, who have
obtained ticket by violating the applicable laws or the lists of remuneration or the
regulations of the carrier.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 85/99
1.7. FLIGHT AND SERVICE IRREGULARITIES

Any services to be provided to the passengers in case of any flight and service irregularities are
described in PR.10.67.006 Flight and Service Irregularities Procedure in detail.
In case of any flight and service irregularities, then the passengers, who travel with the free ticket
(pass tickets such as duty pass ticket, travel pass ticket, ZED ticket, catering, etc.), shall be
provided with the services for accommodation (provided that the passengers do not reside in the
city where the station of departure is situated), transportation and catering as specified under
PR.10.67.006 Flight and Service Irregularities Procedure.
In case of any flight and service irregularities, priority and special attention shall be paid to the
following passengers.
a. Business Class passengers,
b. Passengers holding Elite Plus and Elite Card,
c. Star Alliance Gold member passengers,
d. The passengers requiring special attention (visually-impaired and hearing-impaired
passengers, sick passengers, meet and assist passengers, UM, Deportee, INAD, VIP,
CIP, etc.)
1.7.1. Delay of Flights

The fact that any flight, which could not be operated at the scheduled time of departure for
various reasons, may be operated within a period of 24 hours as of the pre-determined
departure time, in the event that the flight has not been canceled.
1.7.2. Cancellation of Flights

The fact that any flights are not operated for various reasons.
1.7.3. Change in Station of Arrival (Divert)

The fact that the aircraft lands on the station of departure or on any station other than the
station of arrival upon launch of flight operation, for various reasons.
1.7.4. Misconnection
The fact that any connection flight is not operated due to delay or cancellation, in respect of
the different flights enabling the passengers to continue their travel by stopping at some
intermediate stations from the station of origin to the station of arrival.
1.7.5. Baggage Irregularities

Late delivery of baggage of any passenger, any damage to baggage, loss of baggage, any
failure in carrying the same with passengers, and any irregularities occurred due to the
mentioned reasons.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 86/99
1.7.6. Booking Irregularities

The fact that the relevant flight number, departure time, stations of departure and/or arrival
are specified incorrectly on the ticket and/or booking, and that no confirmed booking record
is available although the ticket for the relevant flight has been confirmed.
1.7.7. Changes in Aircraft Capacity

Any irregularities occurred due to operational changes in the aircraft types.
1.7.8. Irregularities Arising From Lack of Airport Facilities and Failures by the
Personnel
Any irregularities arising from any failures in the systems used within the organization of the
Company (system interruption, slow operation of the system, and the system's becoming
unserviceable, etc.), or any failures arising from the personnel and the authorized agent,
which causes passengers to be aggrieved.
1.7.9. Denied Boarding Compensation

Denied Boarding Compensation refers to the service and payment system to be provided to
all domestic and international passengers, whose flight cannot be ensured either voluntarily
or involuntarily, despite the presence of the confirmed booking record and valid ticket, due to
the plus profile (overbooking), in respect of the Company flights. The practice in relation to
Denied Boarding Compensation is available in PR.10.67.006 Flight and Service Irregularities
Procedure.
1.7.10. Unification/Unified Flight

The fact that two or more flight are operated through one flight number.
In case of cancellation of flight, unification/unified flight and change in gates, then it shall be
ensured that the passengers are informed about such matters by sending SMS to their
mobile phones.
Any further details in relation to unification/unified flight processes are available in TL.80.001
Instruction for Informing Passengers by SMS.
1.7.11. Extraordinary Circumstances

a. In case of delay, cancellation, "Misconnection" and "Divert" occurred due to any
extraordinary circumstances, then the passengers shall be provided with the services
specified in PR.10.67.006 Flight and Service Irregularities Procedure.
b. No compensation shall be paid to the passengers in case of any cancellation of flights
occurred due to the extraordinary circumstances (meteorological conditions not
appropriate to operate flight, natural disasters, security risks, unexpected flight safety
defects, strike, political instability).
1.7.12. Internal Communication in Case of Irregularities

In case of passenger services or flight irregularities, then the station, to which the passenger
has connection flight, shall be informed about the matter in detail, by sending message.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 87/99
1.7.13. Assessment of Passenger Irregularities Under the Coverage of Insurance

The standard method for the assessments performed under the coverage of insurance in the
event that any passengers traveling under the liability of the Company suffer from any
physical injuries and material losses, which may arise due to the defect and liability of the
Company, in the cabin, while embarking and disembarking the aircraft, or at the areas
allocated for the use by the Company, are defined in detail in PR.10.41.004 Procedure for
Assessment of Passenger Irregularities in Terms of Insurance Coverage.
1.7.14. Communication Between the Star Alliance Members in Case of Irregularities

Any further details are available in PR.67.020 Star Alliance Handling Procedure.
1.7.15. Communication With Passengers

a. The passengers available in all areas, including all passenger lounges and check-in
areas at the airport, shall be informed through announcements in line with
EK.10.67.003 Announcement Manual.
b. It shall be paid attention to the fact that any details provided to the passengers are
informative, consistent and correct, and that the same are in the language appropriate
for the passenger profile, and that comply with the security/safety regulations.
1.7.16. Points to be Paid Attention in Respect of Passengers' Baggage in Case of

Service Irregularities
a. Carrier shall be responsible for tagging/referring the baggage based on new flight
numbers. (Tagging process may also be performed by the hosting airline in
accordance with the mutual agreement between the airlines.) The passengers shall
be informed at the area, where any and all baggage are tagged, about the fact that
their baggage has been tagged again.
b. In the event that baggage of any passengers could not be sent to the connection flight
on time, then such baggage shall be sent to the final destination by the first available
flight, and FWD message shall be sent. FWD message shall include the details of the
flight by which such baggage has been sent.
c. In the event that any passengers fail to catch the connection flight together with their
baggage, then it shall be ensured that such passengers travel by the next flight by
means of re-flight or re-route. In such cases the following requirements shall be
applicable.
 The details regarding the passengers and baggage shall be transferred to the
new/alternative flight on the TROYA System, and baggage reconciliation shall
be ensured.
 In the event that any changes are required to be performed in booking, then
check-in processes of the passengers in respect of their new flight shall be
carried out, and baggage tags shall be identified on the system manually
(K-edit). In case of plenty of time, it shall be ensured that new baggage tag is
issued and replaced with the previous at the chute area.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 88/99
 In the event that passengers receive their baggage at the first station of
arrival, then the check-in processes of such passengers shall be carried out in
respect of the next/alternative flight, and the baggage tags shall be re-issued.
1.7.17. Lost Tickets

Any processes regarding lost tickets are defined underPR.90.002 Procedure for Processes
Regarding Lost Tickets.
1.8. HAJJ FLIGHTS

Any further details regarding hajj flights are available in EK.10.67.006 Hajj Manual and
TL.10.90.001 General Hajj Instruction.
1.9. UMRAH FLIGHTS

Umrah flights shall be organized for Jeddah, Medina and Yanbu cities of Saudi Arabia. (The
passengers with "umrah" visas may not travel at Riyadh and Dammam flights.)
The processes regarding Umrah passengers are as follows;
a. Umrah passengers are required to have valid "umrah" visas and vaccination cards in
order to ensure that they travel.
b. Umrah passengers are definitely required to complete the UMRAH
DEPARTURE/ARRIVAL CARD requested by the authorities in respect of entry to Saudi
Arabia.
c. In the event that there are women under the age of 45, then it shall be ensured that they
travel only together with their fathers, brothers, sons (over the age of 18) or husbands,
pursuant to the laws of Saudi Arabia. Women over the age of 45 may travel as a group;
however, they are required to be accompanied by the group leaders until the station of
arrival.
d. Passports of such passengers shall be collected by the group leaders, and shall not be
delivered to the border police.
e. Round-trip tickets shall be issued for such passengers.
f. Their passports shall be valid for a period of at least six months.
g. Such passengers shall not be allowed to enter Saudi Arabia on the last day of Ramadan
after midnight, even if they have valid visas.
h. APIS details (passport, name, nationality, gender) shall be entered to the system in order
to issue boarding pass.
1.10. BIRTH/DEATH ON BOARD AND BOMB THREAT CALLS
1.10.1. Birth On Board

a. The pilot-in-command shall report any birth incident, which may occur on board the
aircraft, to the station officials available at the nearest station of arrival through the
agency of ATC.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 89/99
b. Station officials shall inform the law enforcement officers, airport authorities and
health-care departments.
c. All other passengers shall be evacuated upon arrival, and the report, which is issued
in two copies, and which includes the following details, shall be received by the
station official from the pilot-in-command.
 Date and time of birth (hour, minute),
 Place of Birth (latitude and longitude coordinate),
 Gender,
 Names of the mother and father,
 Nationality and place of birth of the mother/father,
 Home address of the mother/father,
 Witnesses of the birth, if any.
d. Such report shall have been signed by two witnesses.
e. The baby and mother received by the health-care team shall be referred to the
hospital.
f. The concerned directorate shall be informed about the matter.
1.10.2. Death On Board

a. In the event that any passenger has died on board the aircraft, then the
pilot-in-command shall report the situation to the station officials available at the
nearest station of arrival through ATC.
b. Station officials receiving the details shall inform the following departments/persons;
 Local law enforcement officers and airport authorities,
 Authorities of Turkish Foreign Affairs (for international stations),
 Health-care teams.
Family members shall be reached and informed about such matter, if possible.
c. The pilot-in-command shall submit the report, containing the following details, to the
station officials available at the station of arrival.
 Full name, gender, nationality, date of birth, address, flight details of the
deceased passenger,
 Details regarding death incident: Cause of death (if known), time of death, the
altitude at which such incident has occurred (cabin-aircraft), type of medical
response, if have been performed, and any other in-flight observations performed
in relation to the death.
 The fact that whether there is any person traveling with the deceased passenger,
or not.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 90/99
 The period elapsing from the station of origin to the time of her/his death.
d. The station official shall deliver one copy of the report, which s/he received from the
pilot-in-command, to the local law enforcement officer, and shall send one copy of
the same to the Ground Operations Directorate by co-mail.
e. The approval of the local authorities (prosecution office, police officer) shall be
obtained in order to embark the deceased passenger upon evacuation of all other
passengers.
f. It shall be ensured that the deceased passenger and his/her relatives are
transferred to the nearest health-care organization (ambulance, funeral coach) in
coordination with the station official.
g. Any checked and unchecked baggage of the deceased passenger shall be delivered
to the guardian of the passenger by the station official against the document
obtained from the police department or prosecution office.
The incident shall be forwarded to the DI/DU/OZ telex addresses.
1.10.3. Bomb Threat Calls

In case of detection of any bomb on board the aircraft, or in case of any threat call stating
that flight security is in danger, then;
a. In the event that the bomb threat call has been performed by telephone, then such
threat call shall be recorded in detail. The voice and behaviors of the person,
reporting the threat call, as well as the voices at the background, if any, shall be
detected and noted down.
b. The incident shall be immediately reported to the security units.
c. In the event that the passengers are on board the aircraft, then passengers and
flight crew members shall be disembarked from the aircraft immediately together
with the checked baggage, mails and cargo.
d. The aircraft shall be towed to any distant and isolate area of the airport with the
purpose of keeping any damage to the life and property in case of any possible
explosion, at the minimum level.
e. Air traffic service has been informed about the matter, and it shall be ensured that
air traffic and ground traffic shall be carried out at any area away from the incident
site in a safe manner.
f. The baggage, cargo and loads shall be carried to an area, which they will not
damage to terminal building, facilities and any other aircraft, in order to be
investigated by the security officers and the bomb squad.
g. The empty sections of the aircraft, and the cargo and baggage compartments shall
be searched by the bomb squad.
h. In case of detection of the fact that the relevant threat call is unfounded, then the
passengers shall be re-boarded the aircraft, which has been kept waiting for a
period of 30 minutes or for a period to be determined by the law enforcement

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 91/99
officers, upon searching, subjecting to the identification check, and ensuring

matching between the number of passengers and boarding passes.
i. Any passengers and cargo (including matrix), applying for the flight upon receiving
any threat calls, shall not be boarded the aircraft under any circumstances.
j. In case of detection of the fact that the relevant threat call is unfounded, then the
suspected persons serving such misleading threat call shall be primarily sought
among the existing passengers and cargo consigners. Any further details regarding
the bomb threat calls are available in PR.15.006 Procedure for Bomb Threat Calls.
1.11. ORGAN AND TISSUE TRANSPORTATION

Organ and tissue transportation shall be performed at the flights of the Company in accordance
with the protocol executed by and between the Ministry of Health, the Ministry of Interior
(Department of Turkish National Police), the Ministry of Transport (Directorate General of Civil
Aviation and Directorate General of State Airports Authority) and Head Office of Turkish Airlines.
In respect of any organs and tissues to be carried, the following requirements are required to be
satisfied;
a. Any organs and tissues shall be transported in the standard and specially-tagged organ
and tissue containers.
b. The size of such containers shall be maximum 35x50x30 cm.
c. The expression "ATTENTION! DO NOT SUBJECT TO X-RAY EQUIPMENT AND
WALK-THROUGH METAL DETECTOR" shall be written on such containers with
capital letters and in an easily visible manner.
d. Such containers are required to have been taped originally by the official preparing the
containers.
e. The officials of the Ministry of Health shall inform the station official about the
transportation by telephone or fax as soon as possible.
f. Organ transportation coordinators or 112 First Aid and Rescue Teams shall deliver the
organ and tissue containers, and such persons shall be kept waiting at the airport until
the time of departure.
g. Such containers shall be received at the checkpoint available at the entry of the
departure lounges, and shall be carried to the aircraft. Such containers shall be
delivered to the health-care officers by the personnel at the exit gate of arrival lounges,
upon landing.
h. The aircraft, to which organ and tissue containers have been loaded, shall be
prioritized as much as possible during take-off and landing, upon being reported by the
pilot-in-command.
i. In the event that the pilot-in-command provides information about the fact organ and
tissue are transported in case of "divert", then contact shall be established with the
relevant airport authorities and National or Regional Organ Transportation Coordination
Center through the agency of air traffic control, and it shall be ensured that the relevant
organ and tissue are received.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 92/99
j. Organs and tissues shall be carried in the passenger cabin. They shall not be carried in
the cargo compartment.
k. No payment shall be collected from the process for organ and tissue transportation.
l. The Company shall not be responsible for any possible irregularities, which may occur
in respect of transportation of the organs and tissues, and for exceeding the anticipated
periods for any reasons beyond the control of the Company.
1.12. SUPPORT DEPARTMENTS
1.12.1. DCS Coordination Center

DCS is the department, which establishes, controls and protects the infrastructure of the
system in order to ensure the security and operation entirety, and which carries out daily
changes in infrastructure, and which responds to, and refers the relevant requests of the
stations. E-ticket help desk department shall serve by reporting to this department.
1.12.2. Station Coordination Center (SCC)

Station Coordination Center (SCC) shall ensure the coordination of the departments included
in the operation, as well as exchange of information about the operation, at the stations
where SCC is available.
1.12.3. Stations Operations Control Center

The department, which ensures performance of control and coordination in all operational
subjects regarding job descriptions of domestic and international station departments.
1.12.4. Company Mails (CO-MAIL) Department

The department, which ensures that company mails of the Company and the contracted
airline companies are sent, carried and distributed in a free, quick and safe manner.
a. Company Mails (CO-MAIL)
The documentation or any other documents, which ensure the communication
between the Company and any other contracted airline companies or internal
departments, and which also ensures the business relations of the Company.
b. FR.67.0179 CO-MAIL Manifest
The form, to which the documentation and any other documents put into the Co-Mail
bag are recorded based on the sequence, number and stations of arrival, and in
which the signatures of the deliverer and receiver together with the flight number,
flight date and the loading and unloading stations are processed. Such form shall be
issued in three (3) copies. The first copy shall be retained at the sending station, the
second copy shall be retained at the station of arrival, and the third copy shall
remain with the cabin chief.
c. FR.80.0148 Shipment Document Form for Documents
The form, in which the co-mails prepared by the departments of the Company are
recorded, and which is issued for transfer and receipt processes carried out

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 93/99
between the sending department and the mail officers of the sending station, and in
which sequence number, date, number and content of the mail to be sent are
recorded, and in which SITA telex codes are specified on the fields "sent by" and
"sent to". Such form shall be issued in three (3) copies. The first copy shall be
retained at the station of arrival, and the second copy shall be retained at the Co-
Mail Supervisor's Office, and the third copy shall be retained at the station of
departure.
d. Co-Mail Messages
The messages, which are sent to the receiving station by the station or the co-mail
officers, and which state that the co-mail have been sent, as well as the section
where such co--mail is loaded, and the number of co-mails.
a. No item/package and money, which are not covered by the co-mail, may be sent.
b. Attention shall be paid to the customs prohibitions in respect of sending
international posts.
c. Co-mails shall be delivered only to the cabin chief of the flight, and shall be
received only from the cabin chief of the flight.
d. Boxes of co-mails shall be loaded to the warehouse of the aircraft numbered
"one".
e. Co-mails shall be sent by the station personnel available at the stations.
f. The co-mails received shall be distributed based on their departments and
significance and priority status against full name, personnel ID number and
signature.
g. Receiving stations shall be informed through message about the fact that co-
mails have been sent; and in case of failure in informing through message in
respect of the domestic flights, in particular, then officials shall not board the
aircraft.
h. In respect of the stations, which have more than one flight, any mails other than
the documents, required to be sent urgently, shall be sent all together.
i. Head Office and urban departments shall send the co-mails to Istanbul Station
Management/Co-Mails Supervisor's Office through the agency of the Private
Office Management/General Documents and Post Supervisor's Office.
j. The co-mail officers/station personnel shall receive the co-mail bags, which are
sent from the domestic or international stations of the Company, form the aircraft,
and shall check the content of such bags in accordance with FR.67.0179 Co-Mail
Manifest; and in the event that there are any lost mail although they are checked,
then such mails shall be detected, and the concerned station of arrival shall be
informed about the matter through message.
k. All documents, sent and received as CO-MAIL, as well as all telexes and
documents regarding the distribution of such mails shall be classified and filed.
CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 94/99
1.12.5. Aircraft Security Service

Aircraft security service is to plan, implement, and ensure implementation of any required
security measures with the purpose of protecting the personnel and passengers against any
kinds of sabotage, attack, hostage and any similar incident jeopardizing the security, in
respect of the aircraft of the Company.
Protection of Aircraft: Security Directorate/Aviation Security Management/Aircraft Security
Supervisor's Office shall provide patrolling service at the apron in order to prevent that any
aircraft is left unprotected and accessible at the apron. Any and all open aircraft shall be
monitored, and penal sanctions shall be imposed on the departments causing such situation.
Accompanying INAD and Deportee Passengers: In the event that Deportee and INAD
passengers pose any danger in respect of the other passengers or the aircraft, then Aircraft
Security Supervisor's Office shall be responsible for travels of such passengers. Such
personnel are required to have received any required trainings, and to have passports.
Transportation of Weapons of Passengers: Any sharp and penetrating objects and any
licensed firearms, carried by the passengers with them, shall not be admitted to the
passenger cabin for security reasons. Such items and firearms as well as the bullets and
cartridges shall be received from the police officers/law enforcement officers of the airport by
the Aircraft Security Supervisor's Office, and shall be carried inside the weapon containers in
the cargo compartment of the aircraft, upon issuing report. Such items and firearms shall be
delivered to police officers, available at the firearm delivery desk, by the aircraft security
officer, together with the report.
Response to Suspicious Objects: In case of detection of any suspicious items/objects
during the aircraft searching process carried out by the flight crew members, then aircraft
security department shall be informed about the matter. The aircraft security officers shall
detect, through bomb trace detector, that whether there are any explosives in the suspicious
item/object, or not. In case of detection of no explosives, then such items shall turn into the
found item status, and they shall be submitted to the Lost and Found Office together with
FR.67.0144 Found Property Release Form. In case of detection of any explosives, then law
enforcement officers shall be immediately informed about the matter. In respect of the
stations where there is no bomb trace detector; in case of detection of any suspicious
items/objects, then the law enforcement officers shall be informed about the matter, and the
required procedures shall be implemented.
1.13. DOCUMENTS TO BE ISSUED FOR FLIGHTS FROM TURKEY TO INTERNATIONAL

STATIONS
In respect of the documents required for the flights from Turkey to the international stations, the
actions shall be taken in accordance with the "ICAO Annex Clearance" documents.
Co-mail officers of the Company/station personnel shall be responsible for submitting the
following documents, which are required for the flights from Turkey to any other countries, to the
aircraft;
a. Arrival-Departure Check and Search Form (Prime Ministry Form),
b. Form for Searching Unoccupied Departing Aircraft (petition),

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 95/99
c. Cargo Manifest (including NIL flights).

Station officials shall obtain the “General Declaration” forms through “dokdec.thy.com” on the
Internet environment.
1.14. DOCUMENTS TO BE ISSUED FOR FLIGHTS FROM INTERNATIONAL STATIONS TO

TURKEY
Cargo manifest, crew declaration, customs forms, which are received from the ground personnel
of the Company in Turkey, shall be drawn up by the flight crew members. Station
personnel/personnel of the ground handling agents shall draw up the passenger manifest and
cargo documents, if any. Personnel of the ground handling agent of the Company shall be
responsible for submitting the following documents, which are required for the flights to Turkey,
to the aircraft;
a. Arrival-Departure Check and Search Form (Prime Ministry Form)
b. Form for Searching the Unoccupied Arriving Aircraft (petition),
c. Cargo Manifest (including NIL flights).
Station officials shall obtain the “General Declaration” forms through “dokdec.thy.com” on the
Internet environment.
1.15. STAR ALLIANCE

Any and all practices regarding Star Alliance are described under PR.67.020 Star Alliance
Handling Procedure.
1.16. FREE AND DISCOUNTED TRAVELS OF THE PERSONNEL (PASS)

 In respect of the pass tickets, which have been issued for the pass right of the
personnel of the Company, any required changes in the route, which has been
previously identified, shall be performed upon the request of the personnel, save for the
requirements of the procedures by the sales and station managements.
 The tickets, which are issued when the pass request of the Company personnel made
in the previous year is turned into ticket, shall be valid until the end of the current
calendar year.
 The tickets, issued based on the duty order, shall be valid for a period of 90 days as of
the date of issue. Such validity period shall be indicated on the tickets. Any pass
tickets, validity period of which has expired, shall not be used to fly. Such tickets shall
not be used for any purposes other than the duty-related ones. Duty tickets of the
Company, which have not been used, shall be returned to the Accounting and
Financial Control Directorate by the concerned managements.
 Validity period of the pass tickets, obtained from the international airlines, shall be
specified on the agreements.
 Any pass tickets, issued for the personnel of the international airlines by the Company,
shall be valid for a period of three months.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 96/99
 Any tickets, obtained from the international airlines, shall be valid for a period of three
months as of the date of issue, in accordance with the ZED agreement.
Any further details regarding the pass processes are available in PR.01.30.10 Free and
Discounted Domestic Travels and Implementation Procedure and PR.01.30.011 Free and
Discounted International Travels and Carriage Procedure.
1.16.1. Practice of Commercial Employee Discount Ticket
1.16.1.1. Staff Members and Family Members

 Staff members shall be entitled to benefit from commercial employee discount
ticket three (3) months after s/he starts to work.
 Her/His spouse and her/his own/step children (without seeking marital status/age
condition) shall be entitled to the same right as the staff member.
 The staff member's own mother-father shall be entitled to benefit from the practice
of commercial employee discount ticket as long as the respective staff member
continues to serve.
1.16.1.2. Retired Staff Members and Family Members

 The staff members who have served for at least a total of 10 years at Turkish
Airlines and State Airways and then left their jobs upon retirement as well as the
ones who have left the Company after having retired from any other companies
and then served for a period of 10 years at the Company, except for the cases
where the service agreement is terminated without notice, shall be entitled to the
commercial employee discount ticket.
 Her/His spouse and her/his own/step children (without seeking marital status/age
condition) shall be entitled to the same right as the staff member.
1.16.1.3. Family Members of Deceased Staff Members

 The spouse and own/step children (without seeking marital status/age condition) of
any staff member who has died in an occupational accident at a time when s/he
has been serving for at least 10 years at the Company and whose service relation
with the same is in effect or who has died after having retired, shall be entitled to
benefit from the commercial employee discount ticket, provided that the respective
spouse shall not marry again.
1.16.1.4. Procedures and Principles for Issue and Use of Tickets

 Such tickets may be issued only for TK and AnadoluJet operating flights.
 There are unlimited number of such tickets, and no limitation is in place regarding
the number of coupons.
 Rate levels varying based on mile values shall be used in respect of international
flights while fixed levels shall be used in respect of domestic flights without paying
any regard to route differences.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 97/99
 Any fractions, arising while calculating the levels in respect of domestic flights,
shall be rounded mathematically.
 All taxes applicable to the ZED tickets shall be collected. "TSC" and "YR" shall not
be collected.
 They shall be issued as N/CI and with the status code "Seat Available (SA)". They
shall not be issued with seat guarantee. These tickets shall be issued with seat
guarantee only for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and members thereof,
CEO and President and Chief Officers currently holding offices as well as the
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Members of the Board of Directors and
Inspection Board who have left the Company after serving for at least five (5)
years, and the spouses and children of the above-mentioned persons.
 They shall be issued as E-TKT. Extra USD 10 shall be added in respect of TAT
tickets.
 The station of departure shall not be sought.
 The tickets shall be valid for a period of one (1) year as of the date of issue.
 Such tickets shall be "reissued" without requiring any approving authority;
however, if the rate level is lower, then it shall not be refunded.
 The whole ticket fare or the remaining coupons upon deduction of the flown
coupons may be refunded.
 Child discount shall not be applicable.
 No fee shall be demanded for infants; only the taxes, if any, shall be collected.
 "Upgrade" processes of the executives of the Company shall be carried out in
accordance with the General Instruction on Upgrading the Travel Class At TK
Flights Free of Charge.
 In the event that the economy cabin is fully occupied and there is a seat available
in the business cabin, processes may be carried out in accordance with the
General Instruction on Upgrading the Travel Class At TK Flights Free of Charge.
 Such tickets may not be requested when the staff member is on unpaid leave.
1.16.2. Dead Head Crew Members (DHC)

The flight crew members traveling with the purpose of performing preparations of the aircraft
to be prepared for the flight at the station of arrival as well as of operating the relevant flight.
 Crew Planning Directorate shall report the list of assigned crew members, which
also includes one-month schedule, to the booking department, by specifying the
flight days/routes.
 Duty orders of the dead head crew members shall be organized by the CARMEN
System. In case of any irregularities, then it shall be referred to the ticket sales
office.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 98/99
 Boarding passes, issued for the pass crew members, shall be delivered to the
relevant personnel.
 In cases of any cancellation performed upon issuance of the ticket, then it shall be
ensured that the Station Coordination Center is informed about the matter at least
30 minutes before the scheduled departure, and that the crew members, who will
not fly, are offloaded.
 XXDHC PNRs of the assigned Dead Head Crew Members shall be displayed
through .Q/DHC entry upon entering their names.
 The seats on the first row of Y/CL or the seats on the last row of C/CL shall be
booked for the flight crew members available in such list, if possible; and the
"Emergency Exit" seats of Y/CL shall be booked for the cabin crew members.
 It shall be checked that whether the dead head crew members are displayed on
LDM and Load and Trim Sheet, or not.
1.16.3. Flight Technician on Duty

The technical personnel assigned at the station, where any unscheduled flights will be
operated, or at certain flights with the purpose of performing technical services.
 They shall be admitted to all flights of the Company without tickets.
 Their seats should necessarily be reserved.
 Such personnel shall be present on board the aircraft in advance together with the
flight crew members in order to prepare the aircraft for the flight.
 Such persons shall be seated on the first row of the economy class in respect of the
flights, where Business Class practice is available, and shall be seated on the
forward rows on aisle side in respect of the flights, where Business Class practice is
not available.
1.17. PASSENGER INFORMATION MATERIALS AND PASSENGER FEEDBACK
1.17.1. Informing the Passenger
Informing the passenger shall be made available on the web page of the Company and at
the points of contact with passengers in line with the requirements of the national and
international civil aviation authorities.
Visually-impaired passengers shall be informed verbally in respect of passengers' rights

during check-in and boarding.
Information brochures prepared in accordance with the Regulation on the Rights of

Passengers Traveling By Air (SHY-PASSENGER) shall be provided upon the request of the
passenger.

CHAPTER 1
Revision Number 02
PASSENGER HANDLING
Page Number 99/99
1.17.2. Passengers' Feedback
The passengers' feedback process and assessment methods are defined in detail under
PR.10.62.038 Procedure for Management of Customer Feedback. Representative of the
Customer Relations, which have been assigned at home and abroad in order for assessment
of any and all feedback, shall inform the passengers about the matter within a period of 10
business days as of the date of receipt of the feedback, at the latest. In respect of any
matter, resolution of which could not be performed within a period of 10 business days,
intermediate information is required to be performed within a period of maximum 10 business
days.
1.18. ATTACHMENTS
FR.67.0101 Inadmissible/Deportee Pax Delivery Form
FR.67.0117 Unruly Passenger Ground Incident Report
FR.67.0144 Found Property Release Form
FR.67.0179 Co-Mail Manifest
FR.67.0253 INAD Passenger Undertaking Form
FR.67.0254 INAD Deportee Passenger Travel Envelope
FR.67.0265 Unaccompanied Minor's Declaration Form
FR.67.0275 Accompanied Minor's Declaration Form
FR.67.0280 Flight Interruption Manifest (FIM)
FR.67.0423 Incapacited Passenger Medical Information Sheet
FR.67.0425 Release and Waiver of Liability Form
FR.73.0031 On-Board Unruly Passenger Report (On The Ground/In-Flight)
FR.73.0066 On Ground/In Flight Incident Report
FR.73.2011 Cabin Flight Form

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 1/36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. BAGGAGE HANDLING................................................................................................................. 3
2.1. GENERAL RULES .............................................................................................................. 4
2.2. CHECKED BAGGAGE ....................................................................................................... 4
2.2.1. Rejection of Carriage .................................................................................................... 4
2.3. WEIGHT CONCEPT ........................................................................................................... 5
2.3.1. Baggage Allowance When Entire Trip is Operated by Turkish Airlines ......................... 5
2.3.2. Baggage Allowance for Passengers Whose Trips Start By Turkish Airlines and
Continue With a Connection Flight By a Star Alliance Member Airline .......................... 6
2.4. PIECE CONCEPT .............................................................................................................. 6
2.4.1. Baggage Allowance When Entire Trip is Operated by Turkish Airlines ......................... 6
Continue With a Connection Flight By a Star Alliance Member Airline .......................... 7
2.5. UNCHECKED BAGGAGE (CARRY ON BAGGAGE) .......................................................... 7
2.5.1. Rejection of Carriage .................................................................................................... 8
2.5.2. Responsibility ............................................................................................................... 8
2.6. BAGGAGE OF THE PERSONNEL ..................................................................................... 8
2.7. CREW BAGGAGE .............................................................................................................. 9
2.8. PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED ITEMS TO BE CARRIED ON BOARD AIRCRAFT ......... 9
2.8.1. Acceptance of Weapons, Bullets and Sharp/Edged Objects ......................................... 9
2.8.2. Packing of Weapons..................................................................................................... 9
2.8.3. Fees ........................................................................................................................... 10
2.8.4. Acceptance of Dangerous Goods Inside Checked/Unchecked Baggage .................... 16
2.9. SPORTING EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................. 20
2.9.1. Golf Equipment........................................................................................................... 21
2.9.2. Ski Equipment ............................................................................................................ 21
2.9.3. Bicycles ...................................................................................................................... 21
2.9.4. Surfboard, Wind Surfing Equipments, Canoes, Rafting Equipments, Inflatable Boat .. 22
2.9.5. Diving Equipment ....................................................................................................... 22
2.9.6. Parachute, Paraglider, Hang Glider ............................................................................ 22
2.9.7. Ice Hockey Equipment................................................................................................ 23
2.9.8. Archery Equipment ..................................................................................................... 23
2.9.9. Mountain Climbing Equipment .................................................................................... 23
2.9.10. Tent ............................................................................................................................ 23
2.9.11. Fishing Equipment ...................................................................................................... 24
2.9.12. Bowling Equipment ..................................................................................................... 24
2.10. WHEELCHAIR .................................................................................................................. 24
2.11. CARRIAGE OF LIVE ANIMALS (PETC/AVIH) .................................................................. 24
2.12. PAID CABIN BAGGAGE (CBBG) ..................................................................................... 24
2.13. MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 25
2.14. DIPLOMATIC BAGGAGE (DIPL) ...................................................................................... 25
2.15. CARRIAGE OF BANKNOTES AND GOLD INSIDE THE CABIN ...................................... 25
2.16. BAGGAGE IRREGULARITIES ......................................................................................... 25
2.16.1. Lost and Found Property ............................................................................................ 26
2.17. BAG MANAGER SYSTEM ............................................................................................... 33
2.17.1. Purpose ...................................................................................................................... 33

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 2/36
2.17.2. Implementation ........................................................................................................... 34

2.17.3. Workstation ................................................................................................................ 35
2.17.4. Hand Held Terminals (HHT) ....................................................................................... 35
2.18. OFF-LOAD BAGGAGE ..................................................................................................... 35
2.19. ATTACHMENTS ............................................................................................................... 36

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 3/36
2. BAGGAGE HANDLING
Baggage comprises of clothes and personal belongings carried either as checked or unchecked
(carry on baggage) by the passengers.
Baggage Services Management
 shall carry out, develop the services in relation to any baggage carried by passengers in
accordance with national and international regulations, procedures and instructions of the
Company, as well as objectives determined by the provisions of the Montreal Convention
and the Warsaw Convention and shall ensure that the same is implemented.
 shall ensure that inquiry actions in relation to baggage handling operations management,
passenger relations management, execution of planning and improvement activities, any
baggage irregularities suffered (lost baggage, found baggage, damaged baggage, missing
baggage, late delivered baggage), are carried out and that payments are performed by
having determined methods for calculation of any claims.
 shall ensure that new practices in relation to conduct of baggage management process as
per the amendments in national and international regulations as well as practices are
announced to the concerned departments and that such practices are implemented and shall
check such practices.
 shall coordinate the required warnings and interventions in case of any process irregularities
suffered with regards to the other stations and the suppliers/service providers by conducting
checks during process of baggage services; detailed information is located at SM.67.015
Baggage Services Management and Improvement Process.
 shall examine non-finalized irregularity files received from all stations.
 Baggage services customer satisfaction management shall carry out any and all actions in
order to manage and improve the process for complaints and to ensure customer
satisfaction.
 Baggage services passenger operations management shall supervise process for baggage
reconciliation/delivery to passengers and baggage operations in order to ensure that
passengers travel along with their baggage.
 For any lost baggage, it shall endeavor to find such baggage by comparing each feature of
any lost baggage with any found baggage recorded on the system.
 By scrutinizing baggage irregularity files, it shall determine the liability of the Company.
 In cases, where it does not assume any liability, it shall provide the necessary explanation to
the passengers, in writing.
 In respect of files for lost/damaged/missing or late delivered baggage; it shall perform
inquiries if the requests of the passengers exceed the station limits and it shall perform any
and all actions for the claims.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 4/36
2.1. GENERAL RULES

a. During check-in, passengers must be explicitly asked if their checked/unchecked
baggage contains any dangerous goods or not and they must be questioned in case of
any suspicion.
b. Station officials shall be informed if any undeclared or falsely declared dangerous goods
are detected. Dangerous Goods Incident/Accident Report Form shall be filled in and
submitted to the civil aviation authority of the concerned country and to the Directorate
General of Civil Aviation of the Republic of Turkey within the prescribed period of time.
Further information in relation to the matter is available in EK.10.63.002 Dangerous
Goods Manual/Chapter 18.6 Dangerous Goods Occurrence Reports.
c. Passengers must be warned with regards to not to accept any items handed by any
other persons.
d. If any materials that are not accepted inside the checked and/or unchecked baggage are
found out by the country of departure or arrival, then the passengers must be
necessarily informed of this matter.
e. In order to prevent access by any unauthorized persons, blank baggage tags should be
kept and retained.
f. Any baggage tags, which have been issued, but which have not been used, and/or
which have been canceled, must be necessarily disposed of.
g. If baggage allowance (free of charge) is exceeded, excess baggage fee shall be
collected.
2.2. CHECKED BAGGAGE

Checked baggage is the baggage which is carried in cargo compartment (hold), for which the
carrier is entirely liable.
2.2.1. Rejection of Carriage

If the baggage;
a. is of a nature that jeopardizes the aircraft, passengers and other cargo;
b. has not been packed in a way to ensure proper and safe transportation;
c. contains any cargo prohibited to be carried by the laws or regulations of any country
of any airport of departure or arrival or any country to be overflown;
d. is not appropriate with regards to its weight or dimensions;
e. contains fragile and/or perishable goods;
f. consists of valuable items (money, jewellery, precious metals, silver items,
commercial and negotiable instruments, passports and identity cards etc.);
g. is not in compliance with the regulations on carriage of dangerous goods;
then it shall not be accepted.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 5/36
Upon approval of the station official, any furniture and furnishing articles such as carpets,
rugs, fabrics, etc. dimensions of which exceed the standard sizes, shall be admitted to the
flight as per TL.67.049 Instruction on Baggage Handling Practices at Stations, depending on
the dimensions of aircraft's compartment, by issuing FR.67.0198 Improper Items Carriage
Form and informing the passenger that in case of any irregularity, s/he will be liable for the
damage.
2.3. WEIGHT CONCEPT

It is the mode of conveyance of any checked baggage limited to weight.
2.3.1. Baggage Allowance When Entire Trip is Operated by Turkish Airlines

Table-1: Table for Baggage Allowance
Business Class *
Comfort Class *
Economy Class *
Infant Passengers 10 kg+ 1 foldable pushchair/stroller (maximum dimension 115 cm)
Elite Plus +25 kg extra baggage allowance

Elite +20 kg extra baggage allowance
Classic Plus +10 kg extra baggage allowance
Classic No extra baggage allowance.
Star Gold +20 kg extra baggage allowance
Star Silver No extra baggage allowance
* Free baggage allowance (free-of-charge) may vary depending on the ticket fare regulations.
 Any baggage exceeding 23 kg must be tagged with a heavy baggage tag.

 Any single piece baggage exceeding 32 kg shall not be accepted.
 Wheelchair or medical equipment required to be carried by the passengers shall be
carried in cargo compartment (hold) free-of-charge upon weighing and identifying the
same to the system on condition that the disabled passenger travels on the same
flight.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 6/36
Continue With a Connection Flight By a Star Alliance Member Airline
Business Class *
Comfort Class *
Economy Class *
Infant Passengers 10 kg+1 foldable pushchair/stroller (maximum dimension 115 cm)
Elite Plus +20 kg extra baggage allowance

Elite +20 kg extra baggage allowance
Classic Plus No extra baggage allowance.
Star Gold +20 kg extra baggage allowance
Star Silver No extra baggage allowance.

2.4. PIECE CONCEPT

It is the mode of conveyance of checked baggage limited to the number of the pieces.
2.4.1. Baggage Allowance When Entire Trip is Operated by Turkish Airlines

Maximum Maximum Dimension for
Quantity Weight for Each Each Piece
Piece (length+width+depth)
Business Class 2 pieces 32 kg 158 cm
Comfort Class 2 pieces 23 kg* 158 cm
Economy Class 2 pieces 23 kg* 158 cm
1 piece + 1 foldable
Infant Passenger 23 kg 115 cm
pushchair/stroller
Elite Plus +1 piece of extra baggage allowance
Elite +1 piece of extra baggage allowance
Star Gold +1 piece of extra baggage allowance

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 7/36

 Wheelchair or medical equipment required to be carried by the passengers shall be
carried in cargo compartment (hold) free-of-charge upon weighing and identifying the
same to the system on condition that the disabled passenger travels on the same
flight.
Continue With a Connection Flight By a Star Alliance Member Airline
Maximum Maximum Dimension for Each
Quantity Weight for Piece
Each Piece (length+width+depth)
Business Class 2 pieces 32 kg 158 cm
Comfort Class 2 pieces 23 kg* 158 cm
Economy Class 2 pieces 23 kg* 158 cm
1 piece+1
Infant Passenger foldable 23 kg 115 cm
pushchair/stroller
Elite Plus +1 piece of extra baggage allowance
Elite +1 piece of extra baggage allowance
Star Gold +1 piece of extra baggage allowance

Passengers coming from a destination, where Piece Concept System is applied and
continuing to another destination, shall reserve their right to piece baggage for the relevant
flight. If the beginning or end of a trip is connected to a domestic/international flight operated
by the Company, then Piece Concept System shall be applied on condition that such flight is
on the same ticket or on the ticket of the connection flight.
2.5. UNCHECKED BAGGAGE (CARRY ON BAGGAGE)

Unchecked baggage is the baggage, which is under responsibility of the passenger and which is
carried free of charge in the cabin. Such baggage must be suitable to be placed underneath the
seat in front of the passenger or inside the overhead bins in the passenger cabin of the aircraft.
Tennis and squash rackets (a pair at most), guitars, other stringed instruments etc. and small

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 8/36
musical instruments may be considered as carry on baggage together with their special cases
and may be carried inside the cabin. Further information on the practices regarding carry on
baggage carried free of charge inside the cabin is available in TL.60.001 Instruction for Carriage
of Cabin Baggage.
Any carry on baggage shall definitely be tagged with a cabin baggage tag. During check-in or
boarding, cabin baggage should be checked.
Table-5: Table for Carry On Baggage Allowance
Class of Travel Quantity Maximum Weight Dimensions

Business 2 pieces 8 kg (each piece) 23x40x55 cm
Comfort Class 1 piece 8 kg 23x40x55 cm
Economy Class 1 piece 8 kg 23x40x55 cm
Elite Plus and Elite Card
2 pieces 8 kg (each piece) 23x40x55 cm
Holders
Infant Passengers
1 piece 8 kg 23x40x55 cm
(Aged between 0-2)
2.5.1. Rejection of Carriage

An air carrier is entitled to reject a cabin baggage;
a. if there is any possibility that such baggage jeopardizes property or persons;
b. if there is any possibility that such baggage can be damaged during air transportation;
c. if it has not been packed properly;
d. if carriage of such baggage constitutes a crime pursuant to legislation of the country
of departure, arrival or the country, airspace of which will be used,
e. if its weight, dimensions or composition is not suitable for transportation regulations,
f. if it cannot be placed underneath the seats or inside the overhead bins and/or
fastened to the seat securely;
2.5.2. Responsibility
Carrier shall not be responsible for any damage to unchecked baggage unless such damage
occurs as a consequence of carrier's negligence. If passenger has concurrent negligence,
responsibility of the carrier shall be subject to provisions of the applicable legislation
regarding concurrent negligence.
2.6. BAGGAGE OF THE PERSONNEL

It is the baggage of the Company personnel traveling with a pass ticket.
a. Normal baggage check-in procedure shall be followed.
b. Baggage allowance of the Company personnel and his/her family traveling with pass
tickets is limited to 30 kg in weight concept and 2 pieces in piece concept.
c. In case of any baggage irregularity (damage, loss etc.), the exact procedures applicable
to normal passengers shall be followed.
CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 9/36
2.7. CREW BAGGAGE

The practices in relation to baggage of flight crews travelling as commissioned are available in
TL.67.045 Crew Baggage Instruction.
a. Flight crew shall deliver their own baggage.
b. Such baggage should bear a name tag thereon.
c. "Crew" tags issued by the system should be attached.
2.8. PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED ITEMS TO BE CARRIED ON BOARD AIRCRAFT
2.8.1. Acceptance of Weapons, Bullets and Sharp/Edged Objects

a. Weapons and bullets shall be carried in accordance with IATA DGR and IATA PSC
RESO 745a.
b. Passengers and flight crews are not permitted to carry sharp/edged objects or
firearms and ammunition inside the cabin or cockpit.
c. All types of sharp, edged and penetrating objects can be carried inside the cargo
compartment (hold) after having being suitably packed.
d. Blank bullets stated in 1.4S (UN 0012) and bullets with inert projectiles (UN 0014)
belonging to a passenger can be carried as checked baggage in the cargo
compartment (hold) provided that they are packed securely and the gross weight of
the same does not exceed 5 kg together with its pack.
e. For country transportation regulations, please refer to Travel Information
Manual/TIMATIC.
f. For acceptance processes in relation to weapons, bullets, sharp and edged objects
please refer to PR.15.003 Procedure for Carriage of Firearms and Other Prohibited
Objects Inside the Cabin.
g. During check-in at domestic and international flights, a separate tag shall be issued
for any passenger carrying any weapon and a “comment” (1/C/1 PIECE SECURITY)
shall be entered to the record of such passenger. During check-in at domestic and
international flights, a separate tag shall be issued for the passenger carrying a sharp,
penetrating object. Issued baggage tag number shall be recorded on the record of the
passenger by the entry code “1/GUN/TK123456”.
h. Ordinary procedure for weapons shall also be applicable for toy guns.
2.8.2. Packing of Weapons

a. All firearms must be unloaded.
b. Firearms shall be placed first inside a firearm bag, then into a security box, then shall
be accepted.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 10/36
2.8.3. Fees
No additional fee shall be demanded. If baggage allowance limit is exceeded, then excess
baggage fee shall be collected.
Table-6: Table for Weapons and Firearms
Inside the Cabin

(By the Passenger As Checked Baggage, in Cargo Compartment
Personally or inside the (Hold)
Carry on Baggage)
PERMITTED. Shall be loaded on board the aircraft

Rifled Firearms of All
NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Sizes
the law enforcement officers.
Smooth-bore Shotguns PERMITTED. Shall be loaded on board the aircraft

and Pump Rifles of all NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Types the law enforcement officers.
Dummies, Mocks or Toy
Firearms

Air Guns NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by

Toy Guns NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Concealed or PERMITTED. Shall be loaded on board the aircraft
Camouflaged Weapons NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
(Pen Shaped Guns etc.) the law enforcement officers.
Training Guns NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Gun Parts
(Excluding Telescopic
Sighting Devices and
Other Sighting Devices)
Ball Firing Guns
(Plastic and Metal)
Signal Pistols NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by

Catapults and Slingshots NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Taser & Stunguns NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 11/36
Inside the Cabin

Carry on Baggage)
Lighters in Shape of
Pistol

Industrial Bolts, Nails
and Spear Guns
Arch and Arrows NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Animal Soothers NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Paint Guns NOT PERMITTED by the security department, if found appropriate by
Popguns and its
Capsules
Table-7: Table for Sharp/Edged Weapons and Objects

Inside the Cabin
Carry on Baggage)
PERMITTED. If found to be appropriate by the law
enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
Axe and its Types NOT PERMITTED
checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on
board the aircraft by the security department.

Dart and its Arrows NOT PERMITTED

Javelin, Pike, Spear NOT PERMITTED

Hook NOT PERMITTED
Ice Axe NOT PERMITTED

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 12/36
Inside the Cabin

Carry on Baggage)
Chopper NOT PERMITTED
PERMITTED If found to be appropriate by the law
Throwing Stars NOT PERMITTED
Wedge NOT PERMITTED

Dagger NOT PERMITTED

Attack Knife NOT PERMITTED

Switchblades and enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Butterfly Knives checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Blade, Sword, Bayonet NOT PERMITTED

Sharp Knives and Knives enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
with Arrows checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Diving Equipment enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
(Diving knife etc.) checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Scissors
(Longer than 6 cm and NOT PERMITTED
sharp)

Ice Picks NOT PERMITTED

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 13/36
Inside the Cabin

Carry on Baggage)

Shaving Razors and enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Blades checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Metal Cutter NOT PERMITTED

Sewing Needle NOT PERMITTED

Pocket Knife, Pocket enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Knife for All Purposes checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Nail Clipper (longer than enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
6 cm) checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Corkscrew NOT PERMITTED

Equipment for Mountain
Climbing (Hatchet, NOT PERMITTED
Hammer, Ice Axe, etc.)

Walking and Climbing enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Sticks for Skiing checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Rasp (longer than 6 cm) NOT PERMITTED

Skewer NOT PERMITTED

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 14/36
Inside the Cabin

Carry on Baggage)

Umbrella with a Sharp enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Tip checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Box Cutter NOT PERMITTED
All Types of Equipment

Used in Martial Arts,
Offensive and Defensive
Combats PERMITTED. If found to be appropriate by the law
(Long sticks, swords, enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
telescopic clubs, checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on
knuckles, bayonet, knob, board the aircraft by the security department.
whip with a knob,
strangling wire or chain,
pikestaff etc.)
Ice Skating Boots NOT PERMITTED

Knives in Shape of a Pen NOT PERMITTED

Knives for Hunting enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Purposes checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on
All Types of Carpentry PERMITTED. If found to be appropriate by the law

Equipment (Hammer, enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
screwdriver, driller, saw, checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on
measuring tape etc.) board the aircraft by the security department.

Medical Incision Tools enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
(Scalpel, bistoury etc.) checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

Spoon, Knife and Fork enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Sets checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 15/36
Inside the Cabin

Carry on Baggage)

Hypodermic Needles NOT PERMITTED
Battery Powered Screw- PERMITTED. If found to be appropriate by the law

in and Drilling enforcement officers, it shall be carried inside the
NOT PERMITTED
Equipment and Their checked-in baggage, and if not, it shall be loaded on
Bits board the aircraft by the security department.

Electrical Saw NOT PERMITTED
Table-8: Table for Objects Which are not Sharp and Edged
As Unchecked Baggage, Inside the

As Checked Baggage, in Cargo
Cabin (By the Passenger Personally or
Compartment (Hold)
inside the Carry on Baggage)
Thick bats
(Golf clubs, cricket bats,
NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
baseball bats, hockey
sticks, lacrosse sticks)
Shovels (canoe etc.) NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
Handcuffs NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
Rackets (Tennis, squash) PERMITTED PERMITTED

All types of pool sticks
(Billiard)
Skateboard NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
Fishing Equipment and
Fishhooks
All types of club, bat and
stick
Snowboards NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
Rope, Manila rope, Steel
rope
All types of surfboards NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
Inflated Balls
(Football, basketball, NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
volleyball, handball etc. )

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 16/36
2.8.4. Acceptance of Dangerous Goods Inside Checked/Unchecked Baggage

Articles or objects, which pose the risk to impair health, safety and to damage the other
properties or environment during carriage and which have been defined within dangerous
goods list within IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations or which have been classified in
accordance with the relevant regulations.
These articles are defined and listed in accordance with IATA Dangerous Goods
Regulations.
Regulations regarding safe carriage of dangerous goods have been specified by ICAO in
Chicago Convention Annex-18 and Technical Instructions DOC 9284 AN/905.
Carriage of dangerous goods has been restricted, moreover forbidden for security purposes.
Thus, information panels concerning dangerous goods forbidden to be carried personally by
passengers and by the commissioned flight personnel or inside the baggage shall be made
available and visible at check-in, boarding, ticket sales, baggage delivery areas and kiosk.
Information regarding dangerous goods is also available on the website "www.thy.com".
For limits and carriage conditions of dangerous goods allowed to be carried personally by the
passengers and the commissioned flight personnel or inside the checked/unchecked
baggage, please refer to Table-9 and EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods Manual.
Table-9: Dangerous Goods Table

Inside the By the As Checked Baggage, in
Carry on Passenger Cargo Compartment
Baggage Personally (Hold)
Injurious Tools, Chemicals with

Stunning Effect When Sprayed on NOT NOT
NOT PERMITTED
Face, Irritants Such as Pepper Gas or PERMITTED PERMITTED
Incapacitating Substances
NOT NOT
Taser/Stungun NOT PERMITTED
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Secured Briefcases, Money Cases,
Money Bags etc. NOT NOT
NOT PERMITTED
(Excluding those allowed by IATA DGR PERMITTED PERMITTED
2.3.2.6)
PERMITTED
Secured Briefcases, Money Cases,
NOT NOT For carriage conditions,
Money Bags etc.
PERMITTED PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
(Those allowed by IATA DGR 2.3.2.6)
2.3.2.6
PERMITTED
Armoury and Ammunition
2.3.A Table
PERMITTED
Camp Type Stoves and Liquid Fuel NOT NOT For carriage conditions,
Containers PERMITTED PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
2.3.A Table.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 17/36

Wheelchairs or Other Battery Powered PERMITTED

Movement Devices; With Non-Spillable NOT NOT For carriage conditions,
(Liquid) Batteries Complying With A PERMITTED PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
123 2.3.2.2 Table
PERMITTED
Wheelchair or Other Battery Powered
Movement Devices; Spillable (Liquid)
Storage Batteries or Lithium Batteries
2.3.2.3 and 2.3.2.4
PERMITTED
For carriage
Wheelchair or Other Battery Powered
conditions, NOT
Movement Devices; With Lithium Ion NOT PERMITTED
please refer to PERMITTED
Batteries
IATA DGR
2.3.2.4(d)
PERMITTED
For carriage
conditions, NOT
Mercury Barometer or Thermometer NOT PERMITTED
please refer to PERMITTED
IATA DGR 2.3.A
Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
For carriage For carriage PERMITTED
conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
Devices with Lithium Ion Batteries
please refer to please refer to please refer to IATA DGR
IATA DGR 2.3.A IATA DGR 2.3.A 2.3.A Table
Table Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Lithium Ion Batteries (Not More Than 2 For carriage For carriage
Pieces); Used for Portable Electronic conditions, conditions, NOT PERMITTED
Devices above 100 Wh, 160 Wh or please refer to please refer to
Less (Watt-Hour Rate) IATA DGR 2.3.A IATA DGR 2.3.A
Table Table
PERMITTED
For carriage PERMITTED
conditions, NOT For carriage conditions,
Backpacks for Avalanche Rescue
please refer to PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
IATA DGR 2.3.A 2.3.A Table
Table
PERMITTED
Chemical Substance Monitoring PERMITTED
For carriage
Device (Cam) and/or Instruments
Containing Radioactive Substances
such as; (Raid-M) Rapid Alarm &
Identifier Device Monitoring
Table

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 18/36

PERMITTED
Calorific Devices
Table
PERMITTED
Dry Ice
Table
PERMITTED
Isolated Packages Containing Cooled conditions, NOT For carriage conditions,
Liquid Nitrogen please refer to PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Small Gas Cylinders specified in IATA conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
DGR Chapter 2.2 please refer to please refer to please refer to IATA DGR
IATA DGR 2.3.A IATA DGR 2.3.A 2.3.A Table.
Table Table.
Can be carried as
checked baggage after
Medical Oxygen or Air Cylinders NOT NOT
the checks required for
Belonging to the Passenger PERMITTED PERMITTED
ensuring that the tube is
empty, are performed.
PERMITTED PERMITTED
For carriage For carriage
conditions, conditions,
please refer to please refer to NOT PERMITTED
IATA DGR 2.3.A IATA DGR 2.3.A
Table Table
Portable Medical Electronic Devices
(Respiratory Equipment Included) For respiratory For respiratory For respiratory
equipments, equipment, equipments, also see
also see also see EK.10.67.001 Ground
EK.10.67.001 EK.10.67.001 Operations Manual
Ground Ground
Operations Operations
Manual Manual
Aerosols (Incombustible, Nontoxic); PERMITTED
Aerosols Without Any Side Effects for NOT NOT For carriage conditions,
Sporting Purposes and Domestic Use PERMITTED PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
Only 2.3.A Table

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 19/36

PERMITTED PERMITTED
Non-Radioactive Medicine or Toilet For carriage For carriage PERMITTED
Supplies (Aerosols included) conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
E.g. Hair Sprays, Perfumes, Cologne please refer to please refer to please refer to IATA DGR
and Medicine Containing Alcohol etc. IATA DGR 2.3.A IATA DGR 2.3.A 2.3.A Table
Table Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Alcoholic Drinks conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
Table Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Energy-Saver Light Bulbs conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
Table Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Portable Electronic Devices With Fuel
conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
Cell System and Back-Up Cell
Containers
Table Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Cylinders Containing Incombustible conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
and Nontoxic Gas please refer to please refer to please refer to IATA DGR
Table Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Non-Contagious Packed Samples
conditions, conditions, NOT PERMITTED
Containing A Small Amount of
please refer to please refer to
Inflammable Liquid
Table Table
PERMITTED
Standardization Devices PERMITTED PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
2.3.A Table
Portable Electronic Devices PERMITTED PERMITTED

Comprising Lithium Metal/Lithium Ion PERMITTED
Batteries; Watches, Calculators, For carriage For carriage
Cameras, Cell Phones, Laptops and conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
Recording Devices etc. Carried by please refer to please refer to please refer to IATA DGR
Passengers or Crew Members for IATA DGR 2.3.A IATA DGR 2.3.A 2.3.A Table
Personal Use Table Table

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 20/36

PERMITTED PERMITTED
Replacement Lithium Metal/Lithium conditions, conditions, NOT PERMITTED
Ion Battery please refer to please refer to
Table Table
PERMITTED
Portable Electronic Devices With Non- conditions, NOT For carriage conditions,
Spillable Battery please refer to PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
Table
PERMITTED
Curling Irons Comprising
Hydrocarbon; only One Piece Per
Person
Table
PERMITTED
Engines with Internal Combustion or NOT NOT For carriage conditions,
Fuel Cell PERMITTED PERMITTED please refer to IATA DGR
2.3.A Table
PERMITTED PERMITTED
Medical or Clinical Thermometer; conditions, conditions, For carriage conditions,
Containing Mercury please refer to please refer to please refer to IATA DGR
Table Table
PERMITTED
For carriage
Defibrillator (Radio-isotopic) or Other NOT conditions, NOT PERMITTED
Devices PERMITTED please refer to
IATA DGR 2.3.A
Table
PERMITTED
A Small Package of Safety Match or For carriage
One Lighter (Not Containing NOT conditions, NOT PERMITTED
Unabsorbed Liquid Fuel Except for PERMITTED please refer to
Liquefied Gas) IATA DGR 2.3.A
Table
2.9. SPORTING EQUIPMENT

Golf equipment, water/snow surfing equipment, bicycle, surfboard, cano, rafting, inflatable boat,
diving equipment (empty tube), parachute, para glider, hang glider, ice hokey, archery, mountain
climbing, tent, fishing and bowling equipment are considered as sporting equipment.
a. During reservation, information regarding dimensions of the equipment must be
obtained.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 21/36
b. Whereas there exists no special condition in relation to packaging, equipment must be

packed suitably to be protected.
c. It must bear fragile item tag.
d. Sporting equipment must not be loaded on to the baggage band during check-in.
e. Sporting equipment shall only be accepted as checked baggage.
f. Special baggage fee shall not be applied for sporting equipment other than the above
mentioned and checked baggage procedure shall be followed.
g. Sporting equipment must be carried inside the cargo compartment (hold) as checked
baggage.
2.9.1. Golf Equipment

One set of golf equipment consists of a pair of golf shoes, golf balls, tee and a golf bag.
a. No extra fee shall be collected for the first golf set.
b. In the event that second or more golf sets exceed the baggage allowance at domestic
flights, excess baggage fee shall be demanded in proportion to its weight.
c. At international flights, second or more golf sets shall not be included in the baggage
allowance and the determined special baggage fee shall apply. Carriage fees
published by Revenue Management Directorate shall be collected.
2.9.2. Ski Equipment

A set of ski equipment includes;
 A pair of skis, a pair of ski sticks, a pair of boots or
 One snowboard and a pair of boots.
A set of water ski equipment includes;
 A pair of standard waterski or
 One slalom waterski.
a. No extra fee shall be collected for the first ski/snow set.
b. In the event that second or more sets exceed the baggage allowance at domestic
flights, excess baggage fee shall be demanded in proportion to its weight.
c. At international flights, second or more sets shall not be included in the baggage
allowance and the determined special baggage fee shall apply. Carriage fees
published by Revenue Management Directorate shall be collected.
2.9.3. Bicycles
a. Bicycles must be properly packed by the owners. A strong cardboard box is
considered as the suitable packing for a bicycle.
b. The tires shall be made deflated if deemed necessary.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 22/36
c. Handlebars shall be turned lengthwise in order to make the baggage less bulky and
easier to load. Also pedals shall be removed and all outstretched parts shall be
removed.
d. The remark "BIKE" shall be entered on to the reservation record of the passenger (or
on to the check-in record, if there is no reservation record).
e. Special baggage fee shall not be charged for domestic flights, checked baggage
process shall be performed. If baggage allowance is exceeded, excess baggage fee
shall be demanded in proportion to the weight.
f. At international flights, special baggage fee shall be applied. Carriage fees published
by Revenue Management Directorate shall be collected.
2.9.4. Surfboard, Wind Surfing Equipment, Canoes, Rafting Equipment, Inflatable

Boat
a. For carriage of wind surfing boards and canoes, approval by aircraft type must be
obtained during reservation. If approval could not be obtained,then the passengers
shall be directed to cargo unit.
b. Surfboards shall be accepted if their masts/sails are removable and foldable.
c. Special baggage fee shall not be charged for domestic flights, checked baggage
d. At international flights, special baggage fee shall be applied. Carriage fees published
2.9.5. Diving Equipment

Diving equipment consists of wet suit, vest, mask, shoes, lantern, nets, knife, oxygen cylinder
and regulator.
a. Diving cylinders must be empty. (The meter must show zero.)
b. They shall be accepted within special containers or as properly packed.
c. Special baggage fee shall not be charged for domestic flights, checked baggage
d. At international flights, special baggage fee shall be applied. Carriage fees published
2.9.6. Parachute, Paraglider, Hang Glider

a. They shall be accepted if properly packed.
b. Special baggage fee shall not be charged for domestic flights, checked baggage

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 23/36
c. At international flights, special baggage fee shall be applied. Carriage fees published
2.9.7. Ice Hockey Equipment

Hokey equipment consist of hockey bag, hockey sticks, a pair of ice skating boots, one
protective kit (shoulder, arm, knee pads etc.) and a helmet.
a. Special baggage fee shall not be charged for domestic flights, checked baggage
b. At international flights, special baggage fee shall be applied. Carriage fees published
2.9.8. Archery Equipment

Archery equipment consist of arch and arrows together with their containers.
a. They shall be accepted within their special containers or as properly packed.
2.9.9. Mountain Climbing Equipment

They shall be accepted within special protective bags or packages. Carriage of equipment
within the scope of dangerous goods is forbidden.
a. Special baggage fee shall not be charged for domestic flights, checked baggage
b. At international flights, special baggage fee shall be applied. Carriage fees published
2.9.10. Tent
Tent consists of canvas, metal bars and apparatus.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 24/36
2.9.11. Fishing Equipment

Fishing equipment consists of: a rod, a reel, a landing net, one pair of fishing boots and one
fishing tackle box.
b. Special baggage fee shall not be applied. Checked baggage process shall be
performed. If baggage allowance is exceeded, excess baggage fee shall be
demanded in proportion to the weight.
2.9.12. Bowling Equipment

Bowling equipment consist of bowling ball, bowling bag and a pair of bowling shoes. Special
baggage fee shall not be applied. Checked baggage process shall be performed. If baggage
allowance is exceeded, excess baggage fee shall be demanded in proportion to the weight.
2.10. WHEELCHAIR
Wheelchairs, which are of foldable or battery-powered nature, can be carried free of charge (one
piece) as checked baggage inside the cargo compartment (hold) on condition that the respective
disabled passenger travels on the same flight. For wheelchairs powered by dry and liquid
batteries, please refer to Chapter 5/Load Control.
a. Wheelchairs shall be tagged with a name tag.
b. Wheelchairs shall be placed into a special carry bag.
c. In order to provide priority to wheelchairs to be delivered at gate or to be picked up at
the gate upon landing, Gate/Ramp Delivery Tag shall be tagged to the wheelchairs.
"GATE DELIVERY” and details of baggage type (WHBD, WHMP, WCBW) shall be
entered on to the passenger record through TROYA System. At the off-line stations,
such details shall be communicated to the counter station by telex.
2.11. CARRIAGE OF LIVE ANIMALS (PETC/AVIH)

Regulations regarding carriage of live animals are specified in PR.60.005 Procedure for Carriage
of Live Animals and Accompanying Persons.
2.12. PAID CABIN BAGGAGE (CBBG)

a. In line with the request of the passenger or in the event that the baggage does not fit
cabin baggage weight and dimensions; baggage shall be carried on the seat as paid
cabin baggage (CBBG).
b. For paid baggage (CBBG) to be carried in the cabin, reservation shall be made and
CBBG ticket shall be issued.
c. Baggage must have dimensions (50cmx50cmx67cm) that can fit into a seat and be
able to placed securely; whereas its dimensions must not obstruct the visibility of
warning lights by the passengers. Maximum weight of the baggage must not exceed 75
kg. One (1) piece of baggage shall be accepted per seat.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 25/36
d. The seat where the baggage shall be carried shall be blocked at the relevant flight for
the reserved and paid cabin baggage (CBBG).
e. If the ticket is a TAT ticket, only one boarding pass, if it is an electronic ticket, then
boarding pass for both the passenger and the CBBG shall be issued.
f. Tickets issued as CBBG are not included in the mileage system.
2.13. MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

a. Total dimension of small musical instruments such as guitars, other stringed
instruments etc. carried inside the cabin as free carry on baggage should not exceed
118 cm (width+length+height).
b. Musical instruments such as cello can be carried as paid cabin baggage (CBBG) in line
with the request of the passenger. Maximum weight must be 75 kg. For musical
instruments to be carried as CBBG, reservation must be made and CBBG ticket must
be issued.
c. Musical instruments (contrabass etc.) that cannot be carried inside the passenger
cabin due to its great dimensions shall be carried in the cargo compartment (hold) as
paid checked baggage. If baggage allowance is exceeded, excess baggage fee shall
be demanded in proportion to the weight.
Musical instrument carried inside the cargo compartment (hold);
 shall be accepted as placed in hard shell/ robust special boxes/containers,
 shall bear fragile item tag,
 and cannot be loaded on the baggage belt during check-in.
2.14. DIPLOMATIC BAGGAGE (DIPL)

Diplomatic baggage below 20 kg shall be carried free of charge inside the cabin; and any
baggage exceeding 20 kg shall be carried as paid cabin baggage (CBBG). For detailed
information, please refer to Chapter 2.12/Paid Cabin Baggage (CBBG).
2.15. CARRIAGE OF BANKNOTES AND GOLD INSIDE THE CABIN

a. They shall be carried as accompanied by a courier.
b. In line with the request of the passenger or in the event that the baggage does not fit
cabin baggage weight and dimensions; baggage shall be carried as paid cabin
baggage (CBBG). For detailed information, please refer to Chapter 2.12/Paid Cabin
Baggage (CBBG).
2.16. BAGGAGE IRREGULARITIES

In case of loss of, or damage to any accepted baggage or item, carrier shall be liable for the
arising inconvenience. However, loss and/or damage giving rise to the inconvenience must have
occurred during the carriage performed by the airline. (Warsaw and Montreal Conventions)
Moreover, carrier shall be liable for the damage caused by the delay during carriage of the
baggage and items by the airline.
CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 26/36
Liability of the carrier has been limited by the regulations, available in Warsaw and Montreal
Conventions, for carriage of accepted baggage and items.
2.16.1. Lost and Found Property

In the event that checked or carry on baggage is lost at the station of arrival or received in
damaged or missing condition; applications shall be submitted to Lost and Found Office at
arrival lounge or baggage claiming spots with the purpose of minimizing grievance of the
passenger.
Any baggage irregularities occurred during the flights of the Company are being monitored
through World Tracer System. Furthermore, lost baggage can be traced through
www.turkishairlines.com and www.staralliance.com.
For detailed information on baggage irregularities, please refer to PR.67.002 Baggage
Services Management Procedure.
2.16.1.1. Lost Baggage

Passengers, whose baggage could not be found, shall apply to Station Lost and Found
Office within the same day, before they leave the arrival lounge, with
a. Flight ticket,
b. Baggage tag,
c. Identity card or passport
and then a Property Irregularity Report (PIR) shall be issued. Upon issuing a Lost
Baggage Report (AHL) through World Tracer System, inquiry for such baggage will have
been initiated. It shall be ensured that any found baggage is delivered free of charge to
the passenger as soon as possible. For the first five (5) days, it shall be the responsibility
of the station lost office to inquire the lost baggage. For any baggage which could not be
found within the first five (5) days;
a. PIR (Copy of the Baggage Irregularity Report issued at the station of arrival),
b. Photocopy of the ticket or boarding pass,
c. Photocopy of the baggage tag,
d. Flight ticket,
e. Photocopy of the ID or passport;
f. FR.67.0184 Baggage Identification Form, (brand of the lost baggage, a list showing
the prices and details (brand/color) of the properties inside the baggage (for
example; (X brand, blue-jeans ……TL/USD/EUR; X brand, corrective glasses with
metal frame in red ……….TL/USD/EUR).
g. Permanent address, e-mail address and phone number of the passenger;
file created by the station official at the moment of issuance of the report, shall be
submitted to Ground Operations Directorate/Baggage Services Management, by e-mail.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 27/36
2.16.1.2. Late Delivery/Advance Payments

Lost Baggage Report shall be issued and overnights kit shall be offerred to the
passenger irrespective of her/his permanent address. (Details regarding provision of
overnights kit shall be added to the field KT of PIR; for example KT 1F entry for one
female overnights kit, KT 1M entry for one male overnights kit and KT 1F/1M entry for
multiple overnights kits in a single file must be performed.) At the cases, where
overnights kit does not fulfill the needs of the passengers, payment shall be made for
urgent needs. The passengers shall be asked to submit the invoices of expenditure spent
for their urgent needs. (Invoices must not be asked if the expenditure for urgent needs
has not been performed; but in cases of requests for late delivery, such invoices must be
asked.) For station limits, please refer to PR.67.002 Baggage Services Management
Procedure and TL.67.049 Instruction on Baggage Handling Practices at Stations.
Passengers, who have received their baggage late due to any irregularities, must apply
to the carrier in person, or in writing, within 21 days as of the date on which they received
the baggage.
If the request is within the station limits, then payment shall be performed by the station.
Requests exceeding station limits shall be submitted by e-mail to Baggage Services
Management in order to be assessed (within five days); at the moment when the station
official issues the report after obtaining the following necessary documents from the
passenger.
a. Photocopy of the ticket or boarding pass,
b. PIR,
d. Photocopy of the passport or ID card;
e. Invoices for urgent expenses, credit card slips, if the passenger submits a request
due to late delivery;
f. Address of residence, e-mail address and phone number of the passenger;
Station limits:
Domestic: 150 TL
International: 50 USDx6 (for a maximum of six days) shall be paid.
Payments shall be performed for six days in maximum and irrespective of number of
pieces of baggage.
2.16.1.3. Damaged-Missing Baggage

If the damage on the baggage is of significant nature (broken wheel or handle, torn
baggage or missing items), then application shall be submitted to the station lost and
found office within the same day, without leaving the arrival lounge, with
a. Flight ticket,
b. Baggage tag,

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 28/36
c. Photocopy of the ID card or passport;

and then Damaged Baggage and/or Missing Property Report (DPR) shall be issued.
For cases of damaged or missing items, which cannot be immediately recognized,
passengers must apply to the carrier in person, or in writing, within seven days as of the
date of the travel.
In case of any damaged baggage irregularities, a replacement baggage shall be offered
to the passenger. Equivalent baggage or baggage repair service shall be provided within
the opportunities of the station. If the passenger does not accept such offer, then
payment shall be performed to the passenger, if it is within the station limits. If the
request of the passenger is not within the station limits, below given documents shall be
fully obtained from the passenger at the time of issuance of report by the station official
and shall be sent within five (5) days to Baggage Services Management, by e-mail.
In case of missing properties, payment shall be performed, if it is within the station limits.
If the request of the passenger is not within the station limits, below given documents
shall be fully obtained from the passenger at the time of issuance of report by the station
official and shall be sent within five (5) days to Baggage Services Management, by e-
mail.
Documents required for irregularities regarding damaged baggage;
a. Photocopy of the ticket or boarding pass and baggage tag,
b. Photocopy of the PIR (if any),
c. Photocopy of the ID card or passport,
d. Invoice for the repair, if the baggage is in a repairable condition,
e. If baggage could not be repaired; a letter stating that the baggage could not be
repaired and a proof of receipt (invoice, receipt etc.), if any and the request petition
of the passenger if a letter/document to indicate the value of the baggage is not
declared;
f. Address of residence, e-mail address and telephone number of the passenger.
For details regarding damaged baggage practices and compensation payments, please
refer to TL.10.67.003 General Instruction on the Procedures for the Payment of the
Compensation for Damaged Baggage.
Station limits for damaged baggage:
Domestic: 400 TL
International: 400 USD
Documents required for irregularities regarding missing baggage;
a. Photocopy of the ticket or boarding pass,
b. Photocopy of the PIR (if any),
d. Photocopy of the ID card or passport,
CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 29/36
e. Price list of items missing from the baggage (invoices of missing items, if any);
f. Address of residence, e-mail address and phone number of the passenger.
Station limits for missing baggage:
Domestic: 150 TL
International: 200 USD
All payments performed for baggage irregularities must be recoursed in line with
TL.67.010 Instruction on Recourse of Baggage Irregularities to Ground Handling Agents
and Airport Authorities in the event that the irregularity is detected to have arisen from
ground handling or airport operator.
The files for which payment order has been sent by the Baggage Services Management
must be monitored by the concerned stations and release forms and/or payment
documents must be forwarded to the Baggage Services Management within five (5) days
upon performing the payment to the passenger.
2.16.1.4. Unclaimed Baggage and Properties

Unclaimed and left baggage should be recorded by issuing an OHD Report through
World Tracer System within the same day by indicating the type, colour, tag number,
weight, name and address; and shall be kept at the warehouse.
Unclaimed baggage (OHD) and lost baggage (AHL) shall be automatically reconciled by
World Tracer System. Upon reconciliation, a FOH message shall be sent to the
concerned station for the requested baggage and the baggage shall be shipped with a
"RUSH" tag. If any name/address is detected on the baggage, then it shall be ensured
that such baggage is shipped/delivered to its owner.
In case of any baggage checked-in at another station, then a FWD message shall be
sent to such station and the baggage should be shipped by attaching a "RUSH" tag
thereon.
Any unclaimed baggage at domestic/international stations, should be forwarded by
having attached "RUSH" tag thereon, upon sending a FLZ message to Baggage Services
Management after having been kept for a period of five days. Also, forwarding messages
should be notified to the address BATDEPO2@THY.COM by e-mail.
2.16.1.5. Found Properties

Any properties found at the flights of the Company, at CIP lounges and counters, shall be
delivered to Station Lost and Found Office against signature, after having issued
FR.67.0144 Found Property Release Form in three (3) copies. Such kind of properties,
which have been received, shall be recorded and shall be kept thereby. In the event that
the passenger applies for any left baggage, the flight details and type of the property
shall be checked; after it is determined that the concerned property belongs to the
passenger, then it shall be delivered to her/him against signature by performing identity
check and the same shall be deleted from the records of the warehouse programme. In
respect of any properties, owners of which can not be determined;

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 30/36
 Pursuant to TL.67.032 Left and Unclaimed Properties Processes Instruction, any

properties, which have been left in the cabin and which could not be delivered to the
concerned passengers, should be forwarded to Baggage Services Management
within the last week of each month;
 Such properties should be recorded on to FR.67.0085 Unclaimed and Left Items
Delivery Form and details about their shipment should be forwarded to the e-mail
address bsmhelpmg@thy.com;
 Any non-precious, oversized properties should be sent as "Rush Baggage" (by
sending FLZ, FWD messages) by providing information to the e-mail address
bsmhelp@thy.com,
 Any unclaimed and left properties to be forwarded, should not be sent on weekends
or public holidays since the warehouse of Baggage Services Management will be
closed on such days;
 Valuable items (money, jewellery, electronic devices, ID cards, credit cards etc.)
should be recorded on a different list and should be sent by company mail (Co-mail)
by providing information to the e-mail address bsmhelpmg@thy.com.
For details regarding found items, please refer to TL.67.032 Left and Unclaimed
Properties Processes Instruction.
2.16.1.6. Processes for Interline Baggage Irregularities

If the baggage of a passenger, who has been transfered at the transfer station, has not
arrived at the station of arrival and/or if such baggage is damaged, then the last carrier
shall issue a PIR Report regardless of the fact that the first carrier is another company.
If passengers, who are traveling at international flights operated by any airlines, which
are not Star Alliance members, continue to any domestic flight by the flights of the
Company, then such passenger should receive their baggage at the immediate station of
arrival as per customs regulations and should be then admitted to the flights of the
Company and no report shall be issued by the Company for any baggage irregularities
which may be suffered otherwise. Same services shall be provided to the passengers of
codeshare flights at which the Company acts as the operational carrier and to the
passengers of Star Alliance member airlines.
2.16.1.7. Rush Baggage (Unaccompanied Baggage)

Baggage tagged after ticket and baggage checks have been performed, responsibility of
which is fully delegated to the carrier and not loaded on board the relevant aircraft for any
reason whatsoever. Such baggage is not accompanied by the passengers. Such kind of
baggage shall be forwarded by the first available flight after receiving the inquiry
message, upon having attached "RUSH" tags thereon and after information is provided to
the station of arrival and it is detected as a consequence of system checks that the
concerned passenger has flown. Any and all unclaimed baggage, for which processes for
rush baggage have been performed, shall be retained after the authorized personnel of
the station fills in FR.67.0226 Rush Baggage Delivery Form. Station Official/Station Lost
and Found Office shall be responsible for retention and shipment of such baggage.
CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 31/36
Security practices in respect of rush baggage are described in EK.10.15.001 Security

Programme.
Shipment process for any and all baggage shipped as "Rush" shall be performed on
controlled basis upon subjected to security regulations of the relevant country's authority.
Rush baggages shall be defined in TROYA DCS System in accordance with TL.67.042
Instruction on BSM Transactions for Rush Baggage and a BSM (Baggage Source
Message) shall be generated. BSMs may be generated through Bag Manager System
(by means of World Tracer connection).
2.16.1.8. Baggage Tags to be Used for Baggage Irregularities

Tag for Untagged Baggage: The tag for untagged baggage shall be filled in and
attached on the baggage, tag of which is missing and can not be identified.
Tag for Misconnection Baggage: "Misconnection baggage" tag is the baggage tag, on
which barcode is not available and which is attached on the existing tag of the baggage
of the passengers, who could not perform their transit connection flights, when such
passengers are forwarded together with their baggage at the next flight to which they are
transferred. "Misconnection baggage" tag shall be used with the purpose of ensuring that
the baggage, bearing the previous and current flight numbers, is carrier together with the
passenger.
Mini Rush Tag: Mini Rush Tag shall be used for forwarding the baggage, which are left
behind en masse (overload, etc.) for some reason (Hajj, Umrah operations) or which
could not be loaded inadvertently or as a result of an operational irregularity, to the
relevant station with the next scheduled flight. Mini Rush tags shall be used upon
obtaining the approval of the station official. Rush baggage shall be defined in TROYA
DCS System in accordance with TL.67.042 Instruction on BSM Transactions for Rush
Baggage, and a BSM (Baggage Source Message) shall be generated. BSMs may be
generated through Bag Manager System.
2.16.1.9. Found Baggage Received By Baggage Services Management

If the baggage received from the stations arrive by international flights (from international
stations), then such baggage shall be kept at the central warehouse located at the
airside. Any baggage owner of which has been determined shall be sent to the relevant
address or station in order to be delivered. In the event that the owner of any baggage
can not be determined, then such baggage shall be delivered to the concerned Customs
Office upon completion of the waiting period as per the customs regulations.
Any baggage and unclaimed items received from domestic stations shall be kept at the
domestic lines warehouse. Since retention of unclaimed baggage and found items is
burdensome, they shall be offered to sale by tender upon completion of a period of one
year. Proceeds received from the tender shall be kept in the safekeeping account of the
Company during the statutory waiting period of five (5) years.

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 32/36
2.16.1.10. Statutory Retention Period for Baggage Irregularity Files

At international transportation; in accordance with the provision of Article 29 of the
Warsaw Convention, which reads as "if no actions are filed within a period of two years to
start from the date, on which the goods have arrived at the destination or from the date
on which the aircraft should have arrived or on which carriage has been ceased, then the
right of claim shall be forfeited"; the files should be kept for a period of two (2) years.
However, any correspondence of the passenger shall re-start lapse of time.
As per principle of good faith of the Company to the passengers, such provisions are also
being applied for domestic transportation.
Figure-1: IATA Standard Baggage Definitions Table

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 33/36
Figure-2: IATA Standard Baggage Definitions Table
2.17. BAG MANAGER SYSTEM

In accordance with international civil aviation and security regulations; any baggage belonging to
a checked-in passenger should only be loaded on board the aircraft if such passenger travels on
the flight for which s/he has been checked-in. The baggage of any passenger, who does not fly
on the relevant flight, should not be loaded on board the aircraft or if such baggage has already
been loaded, then it should be found and offloaded. Baggage and passenger reconciliation is
being carried out through Bag Manager System at the flights of the Company. At the cases,
where a different baggage reconciliation system is not available and/or in case of any system
failure, baggage reconciliation is being performed by having the passengers showing their
baggage in person. During such action, the passengers shall not be allowed to place or remove
anything inside/from their baggage. Any baggage, the owner of which could not be determined
upon passenger and baggage reconciliation, shall not be loaded on board the aircraft for security
purposes in any manner for whatsoever.
For baggage of each passenger checked-in electronically through DCS, the system creates a
standard BSM (Baggage Source Message) message in order for identification of the baggage
and forwards the same to the Bag Manager System.
2.17.1. Purpose
Bag Manager System is used for the following purposes;

a. To prevent inaccurate baggage loading,

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 34/36
b. To ensure security with a view to carry the passengers together with their baggage,
c. To minimize or to eliminate liabilities arising from inaccurate baggage loading and
losses, as well as to contribute to the prestige of the Company by preventing
passenger dissatisfaction,
d. To be able to receive details in relation to all loading reports retroactively on flights
basis, all processes carried out in relation to baggage and the persons who have
performed the same,
e. To prevent any delays arising from any baggage irregularities.
In order for sound performance of Electronic Baggage Reconciliation System, it is required
that all entries in relation to passengers and baggage on DCS are accurately performed.
2.17.2. Implementation
a. Bag Manager integrated in DCS and UHM System includes information such as
flight details, time of departure, gate and parking position, number and details of
baggage to be loaded on board the aircraft, through Hand Held Terminals (HHT)
used by loading personnel. Standard IATA Baggage Source Message (BSM) and
Baggage Unload Message (BUM) generated in DCS, which will enable transfer of
baggage details to Bag Manager System, constitute the basic sources of
information, forming the main database.
b. Required condition for baggage scanning through Bag Manager System is to have a
baggage tag with readable barcode.
c. It is necessary to attach small tags, containing baggage tag number and barcode,
on other sides of the baggage except for the main tag.
d. BSM, which covers baggage details for baggage tag for each piece generated
through DCS along with passenger check-in processes, will reach Bag Manager
System simultaneously.
e. Baggage tag details pertaining to the passengers checked-in at all
domestic/international stations, where DCS on-line or "edifact through check-in" is
available, will reach Bag Manager System similary on BSM format.
f. Since baggage details of the passengers checked-in from stations, where DCS on-
line is not available, will not be automatically transferred to Bag Manager System;
baggage details of such passengers, who will be transferred from Istanbul station,
shall be sent to bscc@thy.com and ataistkedit@tgs.aero via e-mail after FR.67.0180
Offline Station Baggage Tag Notification Form is completed and the flight is closed.
Baggage tag numbers shall be entered manually to the system (k-edit) in order to
ensure identification through Bag Manager System.
g. If processes are manually performed due to DCS failure, then manual tags with
barcode shall be used. If the ground handling agent is not using automatic baggage
tag at off-line stations, then baggage tags with barcode shall be used. (These tags
must definitely include passenger name, route and date.)

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 35/36
2.17.3. Workstation
Workstation is the work unit, where details of checked-in passengers and baggage as well as
baggage scanning process are traced, while Hand Held Terminals (HHT) and the
authorities of HHT users are determined and HTTs are made ready for such scanning.
2.17.4. Hand Held Terminals (HHT)

a. Containers with barcode or baggage cart tags (container sheet) generated through
"Work Station" shall be scanned through HHT and the required ULD (AKE/AKH,
etc.) or CAR (baggage cart) number shall be typed with HHT and upon scanning of
the baggage, the baggage to which system grants loading authorization shall be
loaded on board the aircraft.
b. When the container or baggage cart gets full, the tag shall be scanned through HHT,
and the container or baggage cart shall be closed for loading.
c. Baggage unloading processes shall be performed through HHT.
d. Loading position of the container on board the aircraft shall be determined by HHT.
e. Baggage scanning to containers must definitely be carried out by using container
tags. Baggage shall be scanned to bulk loading compartments of the aircraft after
specifying the relevant loading position (Example: H1, H52 etc.). In the event that
baggage barcode could not be scanned, then baggage tag number shall be entered
manually by HHT, then the baggage shall be scanned.
f. In the event that the baggage details are not recorded on TROYA DCS when the
baggage was scanned or in case of any interruption of BSM due to any system
failure, then Bag Manager System shall give the warning "Unidentified Baggage" on
HHT in respect of such baggage. In that case, HHT user shall enter the other
passenger details on the tag to the system (passenger name, PNR etc.), and shall
ensure that such details are displayed on the "work station". By checking the list of
unidentified baggage on the "Work Station", it shall be ensured that only the
baggage of the passengers, who are admitted to the flight, are carried by performing
k-edit on TROYA DCS, or by correcting and identifying the same through (BSM)
passenger-baggage reconciliation. Thus, any baggage not authorized by the "Work
Station" cannot be loaded on board the aircraft.
g. Any baggage unaccompanied by the passengers (Rush baggage) cannot be loaded
on board the aircraft without having been identified and authorized.
h. Rush (RUSH), Security (SEC) and Crew (CREW) baggages (in respect of Rush
baggage, in case of any system failure while generating BSM) shall be recorded to
the Bag Manager System and shall be then uploaded.
2.18. OFF-LOAD BAGGAGE

Baggage of the passengers, who are offloaded for various reasons, or baggage of the
passengers, who do not show up at the boarding gate, shall be off-loaded from the aircraft by the
passenger operation personnel (as soon as off load is confirmed) and such personnel shall
inform the chute/baggage reconciliation department concerning the off-load. Off-loaded baggage

CHAPTER 2
Revision Number 02
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Page Number 36/36
should be unloaded from the aircraft by being scanned by Hand Held Terminal. Thus, Bag
Manager System can display that such baggage has been off-loaded. It is strictly prohibited to
load any unaccompanied baggage on board any aircraft of the Company. Operations
coordinator/station official shall be responsible for off-loading of any baggage.
2.19. ATTACHMENTS
FR.67.0085 Unclaimed and Left Items Delivery Form
FR.67.0144 Found Property Release Form
FR.67.0180 Offline Station Baggage Tag Notification Form
FR.67.0184 Baggage Identification Form

CHAPTER 3
Revision Number 02
CARGO HANDLING
Page Number 1/1
3. CARGO HANDLING
The Cargo operations carried out by the Company have been described in EK.10.63.001 Cargo
Regulations Manual.
Domestic and international cargo transportation is operated by various aircraft types available in the
fleet of the Company and listed in LS.50.004 SHY 6-A Fleet List.
Current information is available at www.turkishcargo.com.tr and www.tkcargo.com.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
AIRCRAFT HANDLING AND LOADING
Page Number 1/61
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4. AIRCRAFT HANDLING AND LOADING ..................................................................................... 2
4.1. AIRCRAFT HANDLING ...................................................................................................... 2
4.1.1. Ground Support Equipment and Positions ................................................................... 2
4.1.2. Aircraft Service Doors .................................................................................................. 8
4.1.3. Partition/Curtain and Seat Adjustment ....................................................................... 10
4.1.4. Clean Water and Aircraft Lavatory Services............................................................... 10
4.1.5. Aircraft Cleaning ........................................................................................................ 11
4.1.6. Refueling/Defueling ................................................................................................... 11
4.1.7. Communication with Flight Crew................................................................................ 18
4.1.8. Marshalling ................................................................................................................ 20
4.1.9. “Push-back” and “Towing”.......................................................................................... 31
4.1.10. De-Icing/Anti-Icing ..................................................................................................... 36
4.1.11. Aircraft Maintenance Log (AML) ................................................................................ 36
4.1.12. Ramp Safety .............................................................................................................. 37
4.1.13. Possible Emergency Cases at Ramp Area ................................................................ 43
4.1.14. Leakage, Flow and Spillage of Loads (Cargo, Mail, Baggage) ................................... 44
4.1.15. Classification of Dangerous Goods ............................................................................ 50
4.1.16. Ramp Accident/Incident Reporting ............................................................................. 52
4.2. LOADING ......................................................................................................................... 53
4.2.1. Loading Equipment .................................................................................................... 53
4.2.2. Baggage .................................................................................................................... 61
4.2.3. Cargo and Mail .......................................................................................................... 61
4.3. ATTACHMENTS ............................................................................................................... 61

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 2/61
4. AIRCRAFT HANDLING AND LOADING
4.1. AIRCRAFT HANDLING

a. Aircraft Ground Handling
Aircraft Ground Handling comprises all services provided to the aircraft during the period
between landing and take-off, including:
 Marshalling and parking,
 Placement of chocks and headset service,
 Supply of Power (GPU&400Hz),
 Opening of the aircraft doors,
 Curtain/Partition and seat adjustment,
 Toilet servicing and water supply,
 Loading of cargo and baggage in a safe manner,
 Taking "AML" pages from the aircraft and retention thereof,
 Supervision of the de-icing process (if under the responsibility of the ground
operations personnel of the station),
 Driving "Push-back" vehicle,
 Using of headsets during "Push Back" service,
 Using of headsets during engine start-up,
 Leaving the aircraft in safe.
b. Preflight Inspection Processes
Comprise all inspections performed in order to ensure that the aircraft takes off safely.
 Supervision of fuel supply (consists of automatic fuel replenishment and fuel check),
 Making sure that all doors and access panels are closed,
 Checking the external surface of the aircraft, wings and engine surrounding for ice,
snow, sand, dust and FOD.
4.1.1. Ground Support Equipment and Positions
4.1.1.1. Ground Support Equipment

a. Equipment restraint area (ERA) is marked with red lines in order to provide a safe
working area during all ramp operations.
b. Ground support equipment shall wait outside the area marked with the red lines
(ERA), inside the parking area, before the aircraft parking position.
c. Ramp surface of the equipment restraint area (ERA) shall be properly cleared of
ice, snow, etc. for ramp operations including aircraft arrival and movement

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 3/61
operations in order to ensure a safe working area during all ground handling
activities on the ramp. In case of slippery surface, speed shall be decreased and
more distance shall be left to be able to stop the equipment.
d. In case of limited visibility, a second personnel shall be assigned in order to
enable safe maneuvering around the aircraft.
Figure-1: Equipment Restraint Area
e. For a safe and secure operation, ERA and parking stands shall always be free
from any foreign objects (FOD). Collected FODs shall be placed in FOD boxes.
f. Surface of the stairs and/or bridges shall be cleared of any types of slippery
substances (water, snow, ice, waste leakage, grease, de-icing fluid, etc.)
g. Ground support equipment shall be assumed to be positioned like an extension of
the aircraft. Therefore, the same minimum safe distance shall be observed for the
relevant ground support equipment.
h. Minimum safe distance between a vehicle and any part of the aircraft is 3 m/10 ft.
i. Vehicles parking near the aircraft shall not be left running if not accompanied by
an operator.
j. Only authorized personnel may approach the aircraft before the aircraft arrives at
its dedicated parking stand and the anti-collision beacons, which indicate the
engine is still running, are off.
k. Ground/cockpit communication shall be established through headset, if applicable
(if not, by using sign language).
l. Ground support equipment and vehicles shall not be operated or parked under
the fuselage and/or wings.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 4/61
m. However, in the event that ground support equipment is required to be

maneuvered or parked under the fuselage and/or wings; always make sure that
necessary clearance is kept, and that maneuvers are guided by a marshaller.
n. No ground support equipment shall be parked in front of the fueling vehicle in
order to ensure an open exit route during refueling. In cases where hydrant
system is used, this requirement may vary depending on the local airport
authority.
4.1.1.2. Basic Start-Up/Operation Conditions for Ground Support Equipment

a. Personnel to be assigned to the operation of ground support equipment shall be
qualified and hold an operator's certificate for the relevant vehicle.
b. Attention shall be paid while positioning, removing or maneuvering any ground
support equipment in order to prevent an accident involving a person or material
and/or damage to the aircraft.
c. Ground support equipment shall not be moved faster than walking speed while
approaching to or moving away from the aircraft.
d. Ground support equipment shall not be approached to the aircraft before the
aircraft comes to a full stop, chocks are on and the anti-collision beacons,
indicating that the aircraft engines are still running, are off. (Except for the
authorized personnel providing GPU connection).
e. There shall not be any obstacles for ground support equipment to approach the
aircraft.
f. Equipment shall not be approached in a level preventing the movement of cabin
doors.
g. All ground support equipment to be used for aircraft handling -especially "parking"
brakes and protective tire bumpers- shall be checked before use. In cases where
the vehicle and equipment are not in use, make sure that they are secured
against movement, and that the parking brake is applied.
h. Before every movement, the surrounding area shall be checked by walking
around.
i. The operator of the ground support equipment shall carry out the required visual
inspections before and after the approach maneuver, and in the event that s/he
detects a dent or a notch on the fuselage, s/he shall immediately notify her/his
supervisor in respect thereof. Pilot-in-command and technical personnel shall be
warned in such cases. Required actions shall be taken pursuant to PR.10.21.002
Accident-Incident Notification and Investigation Procedure.
WARNING: Any incidents mandatory to be reported as well as situations posing
noticeable hazards during ground operation shall be reported through Corporate
Reporting System. For detailed information, see Chapter 6/Safety Management System.
j. Height-adjustable vehicles shall come to the aircraft parking stand at normal
height, and shall approach the aircraft in elevated position.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 5/61
k. Never approach the aircraft by maneuvering backwards (except for water and
septic vehicles).
l. Ground support equipment shall be maneuvered with extreme caution in order to
prevent personal injury and/or damage to the aircraft.
m. While positioning the ground support equipment, make sure that protective tire
bumpers do not apply pressure on the fuselage and sufficient clearance is kept
when pulling up near the aircraft, considering possible changes in aircraft weight.
n. Before maneuvering the ground support equipment, it shall be checked that there
is no personnel on the equipment and no obstacle within the maneuvering area.
o. Mobile devices shall not be used while operating the vehicles or equipment.
p. "Dollies" shall be locked up when not used for transferring any loads.
q. Dollies shall be locked securely in accordance with the rules, before the load is
transferred onto rear platform, when pallet and container "dollies" are raised to the
same level as high loader during loading/unloading. The load shall be aligned by
rotating (90°) on the rear platform, and then slided to the front platform for loading
on-board the aircraft.
r. In cases where the aircraft is to be in parking position for a long period of time,
equipment shall be retracted from the aircraft and parked outside the equipment
restraint area (ERA).
4.1.1.3. Safety Marker Cones

Safety marker cones provide a caution sign for drivers not to drive under wing and/or
between engines. They are used to mark out a safe working area. Safety marker cones
protect fragile parts of the aircraft against collision by ground support equipment. For
detailed information on use of safety marker cones, see TL.67.014 Instruction for the Use
of Cones Around Aircrafts.
4.1.1.4. Wheel Chock Placement

a. When placing the wheel chocks, do not approach the main gear wheels until the
anti-collision beacons, indicating that the aircraft engines are still running, are off.
b. Stand well clear of the path of the tires, as serious injury might occur in the case
of the aircraft begins to move.
c. Approach/leave the main landing gear from the forward or aft side. (This
minimizes the risk of serious injury since aircraft tires are designed to blow out in
the direction of the wingtips.)
d. Ensure that there is no clearance between the wheel chock and the tire in order to
minimize the possibility that the aircraft jumps a wheel chock by getting a rolling
start.
e. Ensure that adequate number of chocks are available for the aircraft arrival,
depending on the weather conditions.
f. Never put your hand between the chock and aircraft tire.
CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 6/61
g. Never place chocks between the wheels of the aircraft.

h. Place chocks forward and aft of the nose gear, promptly. This is the first action to
be taken around the aircraft, which shall be completed before any other
equipment moves towards the aircraft.
i. Make sure the ground power unit is connected, if applicable.
j. Place the chocks forward and aft of the main gear in accordance with the
applicable Chart for Chock Placement (normal) (Figure-2).
k. Under strong wind or icy conditions, or if required due to apron slope, place
additional chocks in accordance with the applicable enhanced chart for chock
placement.
l. Once the nose wheels are chocked, stand in clear view of the flight deck and use
the appropriate recognized hand signal to confirm that "chocks are on"
m. The chocks used shall conform to “SAE AIR4905” standards.
n. Chocks shall be in compliance with the requirements of Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA).
o. Chocks shall be made from black rubber coated with synthetic material, specially
designed to endure external weather conditions [Ethylene Propylene Diene
Monomer (EPDM)], and shall be resistant to heat variations, harmful solar rays,
moisture, salt and all corrosive chemicals.
p. They shall be of impact absorbing nature.
q. Structural endurance of the chocks shall be checked at regular intervals, and the
damaged ones shall not be used. Chocks shall not be left in the parking stands
when they are not used, and they shall be stored under suitable conditions.
r. The chocks shall be purchased by the concerned department in accordance with
the specifications.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 7/61
Normal Ground Time (<6 hours)
Aircraft with single axle Aircraft with double axle Aircraft with triple axle main-
main-gear bogie main-gear bogie gear bogie
(B737, A320, A319, A321) (A310, A330, A340) (B777)
Indicates a temporary chock placement in the normal procedure.
Extended Ground Time (>6 hours) / Layover / Strong Winds
Aircraft with single axle Aircraft with double axle Aircraft with triple axle main-
main-gear bogie (B737, main-gear bogie (A310, gear bogie (B777)
A320, A319, A321) A330, A340)
Figure-2: Chart for Chock Placement

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 8/61
4.1.2. Aircraft Service Doors
4.1.2.1. Cabin Doors

Cabin doors are passenger access and service doors. The personnel carrying out the
door opening/closing process shall have received the required training and certificates.
4.1.2.1.1. Opening/Closing of the Cabin Doors-Inside/Outside
a. Cabin doors shall be opened/closed by the cabin crew or a technician.
b. If there is not any cabin crew member and/or technician available, the cabin
door opening/closing process shall be carried out by a qualified and certificated
ground operations personnel.
c. Check whether the ground support equipment (bridge, stairs) is positioned
properly. The cabin crew shall be informed by means of standard signals
(by knocking the observation window twice and giving the "thumb up" signal,
meaning "OK").
d. Cabin doors shall be closed immediately after the service is completed.
e. While closing the door, the ground operations personnel make sure from
outside that the door handle is seated securely
4.1.2.1.2. Approaching and Retracting of the Ground Equipment to/from Cabin
Doors
a. No attempt shall be made to lower a platform or to move the service equipment
positioned in front of the cabin doors, without first ensuring that the door is fully
closed, seated in its recess and the handle is stowed.
b. Before positioning, approaching or removing any equipment, make sure that the
removable railings and/or equipment platform have been fully retracted.
c. Safety line shall be used, if applicable, prior to positioning or detachment of the
stairs.
d. Make sure that the equipment platform is positioned in such way that no part of
the platform hinders the cabin door from opening.
e. The passenger stairs shall be positioned in such a way that the cabin door can
be used as a clear escape route in the event of an emergency.
f. Keep sufficient clearance between the bottom of the cabin door and equipment
platform floor.
g. Make sure that the wheel stairs, which will approach the aircraft, are manually
positioned around the aircraft without using another equipment.
h. Make sure that positioning and removing of motorized stairs take place at very
low speeds.
i. After the cabin door has been closed, confirm that there is no personnel on the
stairs, and then, retract the stabilizers of the stairs.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 9/61
j. Before detaching the service equipment, conrtol that the maneuvering area is
clear of any obstacles and personnel. The service equipment shall be backed
away to its approved parking position and its covers/doors shall be closed (if
fitted).
k. Doors of the equipment shall be closed before moving away from the aircraft,
and the equipment shall start backing away only after it is made sure that there
is no obstacle behind the vehicle.
l. Any person who discovers that ground equipment has been incorrectly removed
from the aircraft, with the cabin door left open, shall watch the area in order to
prevent people from falling. Do not attempt to close the cabin door in any away
until ground equipment has been put into place. This kind of occurrences shall
be reported via Corporate Reporting System.
m. During loading and unloading of the aircraft, the distance between bottom of the
cabin door and the surface of the bridge/stair platform shall be checked
frequently, and the height of the bridge and/or stairs shall be adjusted, if
necessary.
n. If the aircraft is unattended, the equipment used to access the cabin shall be
moved away from the aircraft. If it is not needed, the equipment shall be parked
outside the equipment restraint area (ERA).
4.1.2.1.3. Bridges Used for Boarding of Passengers
Use of the passenger bridges is under the responsibility of the concerned terminal
operator.
4.1.2.2. Compartment Doors

Compartment doors mean the doors of the loading compartments.
4.1.2.2.1. Opening and Closing of Compartment Doors
a. Only authorized personnel shall open the compartment doors, manually or
automatically, after the engines are shut down, and the "anti-collision" beacons
are off. Compartment doors shall be closed as soon as loading is completed.
b. A visual inspection shall be carried out to check for any signs of damage to the
doors or surrounding areas before positioning the loading equipment or any
other ground support equipment at compartment doors and opening the
compartment doors.
c. If any irregularities/nonconformities are discovered during this visual inspection,
it shall be reported to aircraft maintenance personnel and, if available, to the
pilot-in-command.
d. If the compartment door can not be opened, aircraft maintenance personnel
shall be contacted for assistance.
e. Do not use force or ground support equipment to open, close, push or pull the
door.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 10/61
f. Before the doors are closed, make sure that the door latches of the
compartments configured for ULD loading are operational and locked; the door
protection nets are stretched properly and in accordance with the rules in bulk
loading compartments; the loading of the aircraft is competed, and that the
compartment lights are off.
g. A visual inspection shall be carried out to check for any sign of damage on or
around the doors, after the doors are closed.
4.1.2.2.2. Approaching/Moving Away of the Ground Equipment to/from
Compartment Doors
a. No attempts shall be made to open a closed door, once all aircraft doors are
closed and ready for departure. Where required, the doors may be re-opened
subject to the consent of the pilot-in-command.
b. It shall be ensured that sufficient distance is kept between the equipment
approaching the aircraft and the compartment door, by taking into account the
clearance needed for opening/closing of the compartment door.
c. It shall be controlled that there are no obstacles or personnel on the
maneuvering area before moving the service equipment away from the aircraft.
The service equipment shall back away to its approved parking position and its
covers/doors shall be closed (if fitted).
4.1.3. Partition/Curtain and Seat Adjustment

Partition/curtain and seat adjustment on-board the aircraft shall be made by the qualified
personnel.
4.1.4. Clean Water and Aircraft Lavatory Services

Aircraft water service shall be carried out by the qualified personnel. Aircraft water service
shall be conducted in accordance with PR.67.016 Procedure for Management of Drinking
and Potable Water on Board.
Clean water and aircraft lavatory services may never be performed by the same personnel,
and even if the relevant service vehicles are in operation, they may not be parked next to or
in close proximity to each other on the parking area.
4.1.4.1. Checking of Lavatory and Water Supply Service

It shall be made sure that there is no leak (blue ice) in the lavatory service or water
supply panels, and hatches are closed (Blue ice: If there is a water leakage in the water
supply or drain panels, ice will form while the aircraft is on the ground under poor weather
conditions, and in flight under normal weather conditions. This ice may break off after a
while, and cause damage to the aircraft and engines).
If the aircraft is to lay over for a long period of time under cold weather conditions, the
water and lavatory tanks shall be discharged by the responsible personnel.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 11/61
Lavatory service and water supply process shall be carried out by the qualified ground
operations personnel. Lavatory servicing process shall be carried out in accordance with
TL.67.047 Instruction on Aircraft Toilet Servicing.
4.1.5. Aircraft Cleaning

For detailed information on cleaning of aircraft, see EK.10.67.004 Integrated Aircraft
Cleaning and Equipment Manual and PR.32.076 Procedure for Disinfection and Disinsection
of Aircraft Interior.
4.1.6. Refueling/Defueling
While refueling/defueling with or without passengers on board, or during boarding or
deboarding of passengers; two-way communication shall be established between the ground
personnel supervising the ground operations and the qualified crew member on-board.
4.1.6.1. Refueling/Defueling without Passengers Onboard

a. Approach the fueling vehicle to the aircraft after the main engines are off.
b. If the auxiliary power unit of the aircraft (APU) is inactive, connect a ground power
unit (GPU) to the aircraft before fueling and do not switch it off or disconnect it
from the aircraft until fueling is completed.
c. Park the vehicle properly and pull the parking brake.
d. Connect the fueling vehicle to the aircraft
e. Check the fuel amount.
f. Reset the fuel-meter.
g. Connect the fuel hose to the aircraft through "PIT" system.
h. Check pressure and the fuel amount requested, while fueling.
i. Check whether there is water or not.
j. Check the fuel hoses for possible fuel leakage and potential fire hazard.
k. Disconnect the hoses and connection cables after refueling is completed.
For detailed information, see EK.74.001 Fuel Manual.
4.1.6.2. Refueling/Defueling with Passengers On-Board

Refueling and defueling while the passengers are on-board may be performed only upon
the approval of the pilot-in-command, so as not to jeopardize safety of the passengers. In
this case, the following measures shall be taken in addition to the standard fueling
processes:
a. There shall be at least one flight crew member present in the cockpit.
b. In cases where the bridge is in-use, the forward and the aft passenger doors shall
be open, and the stairs shall have been attached, for enabling evacuation of the
passengers in case of an emergency.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 12/61
c. Make sure that the equipment is positioned in a way so as not to obstruct the
emergency exits.
d. It must be kept in mind that the bridge in-use is also an evacuation exit, and an
internal exit way to terminal from the aircraft shall be provided.
e. Any items such as trolleys, baggage, cleaning supplies, etc. which might obstruct
the emergency exit shall not be present inside the bridge.
f. In cases where the bridge is not in-use, stairs shall be attached to both doors, and
the doors shall be kept open.
g. Cabin crew shall be informed about the time of start and the time of completion of
fueling.
h. Passenger access to the fueling field on the ramp area shall be restricted; and the
passengers shall not be allowed to use their mobile phones.
i. It shall be ensured that the passengers are informed about the fact that fueling will
be performed.
j. Fire brigade shall be readily available and/or located at a distance enabling to
reach the aircraft within a short period of time.
k. "Headset" communication shall be provided between the authorized personnel
supervising the fueling, and the flight crew.
l. In the event that any fuel smell or a dangerous situation is detected, then the
cockpit crew shall be immediately informed in order to stop refueling/defueling.
m. Newspaper distribution shall be carried out within the terminal before passenger
embarkation in order not to pose any obstacle to passenger disembarkation.
n. In certain countries, defueling is not permitted when passengers are on-board.
4.1.6.3. Refueling and Defueling During Boarding

Refueling/defueling, while passengers are on-board or during boarding, may be
performed upon the approval of the pilot-in-command so as not to jeopardize the safety
of passengers. In this case, the following measures shall be taken in addition to standard
fueling procedures:
emergency exits.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 13/61
fueling.
be performed.
k. Communication shall be provided between the authorized personnel supervising
the fueling, and the flight crew.
m. Bridge or stairs shall have been approached to the aircraft.
n. The ramp area where emergency exit and service doors of the aircraft are located
shall be left empty.
o. Cabin crew shall be ready at evacuation doors for emergency cases.
p. Boarding of passengers one by one shall be ensured through guidance to be
provided by the authorized ground operations personnel at the stairs or boarding
bridge.
q. Newspaper distribution shall be carried out within the terminal before passenger
embarkation in order not to pose any obstacle to passenger disembarkation.
r. In certain countries, defueling is not permitted while passengers are on-board or
during boarding.
NOTE: If refueling is carried out over the wing (non-pressurized system), boarding/de-
boarding of passengers is not allowed.
4.1.6.4. Refueling and Defueling During De-Boarding

Refueling/defueling, while passengers are on-board or during deboarding may be
performed only upon the approval of the pilot-in-command so as not to jeopardize the
safety of passengers. In this case, the following measures shall be taken in addition to
standard fueling procedures:

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 14/61
emergency exits. The ramp area where emergency exit and service doors of the
aircraft are located shall be left empty.
fueling.
be performed.
k. Communication shall be provided between the authorized personnel supervising
the fueling, and the flight crew.
m. Cabin crew shall be ready at evacuation doors for emergency cases.
n. Boarding of passengers one by one shall be ensured through guidance to be
provided by the authorized ground operations personnel at the stairs or boarding
bridge.
o. In certain countries, defueling is not permitted while passengers are on-board or
during de-boarding.
NOTE: If refueling is carried out over the wing (non-pressurized system), boarding/de-
boarding of passengers is not allowed.
4.1.6.5. Fueling Safety Zone

This zone is defined as the vertical radial area, limited by the ground, with a radius of 3
meters, centered on the area extending between the filling and venting points on the
aircraft, and the fueling vehicle and its hoses in use, including hydrant pits.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 15/61
a. Do not allow any persons and motorized ground equipment, not concerned with
the aircraft servicing, to access the fueling safety zone.
b. Do not use portable electronic devices, such as mobile phones, two-way radios or
similar wireless communication equipment in the fueling safety zone.
c. Do not allow passengers to access the safety zone.
d. It shall be provided that any ground operations services and processes to be
performed on board such as catering and cleaning are carried out so as not to
pose any danger or obstruct the exit routes.
e. Make sure that fuel trucks and their pipes do not hinder the access to the cabin
and hold compartment doors.
f. Make sure that the aircraft has come to full stop, the chocks are on and the
aircraft parking brake is engaged.
g. The fueling vehicle shall approach after the aircraft engines are off, and shall be
parked so as not to obstruct the emergency exits of the aircraft; it shall come to
full stop, unless otherwise necessary and be connected to the aircraft.
h. The aircraft and fueling vehicle shall be grounded by connecting ground wires.
i. Keep the fire extinguishers readily available against possible fire hazard.
j. Do not smoke around the aircraft, and keep fire away. Do not use devices which
might start a fire such as lamp, etc.
k. Do not run any electrical or internal combustion engine around the fueling device.
l. The personnel responsible for fueling shall not carry matches or lighters and they
shall not wear footwear with exposed metal studs or tips.
m. Air radar and HF equipment on board the aircraft shall not be on. Strobe lights
shall not be on.
n. The ground equipment shall not be parked in such a manner hindering the aircraft
fueling and under the wings.
o. The fuel dump system shall not be activated.
p. A clear path shall be maintained to permit the rapid removal of fueling vehicles in
case of emergency.
q. Fueling shall be stopped in case of thunderstorms of CB clouds surrounding the
airport.
r. In case of any fuel leakage/spillage, the process shall be discontinued
immediately and the cockpit crew shall be informed. Then, airport authority shall
be informed to ensure cleaning of the fuel leakage/spillage. It shall be ensured
that APU is shut off during this process.
s. It shall be ensured that the ground support equipment, including ground power
unit or air conditioning unit connected to the aircraft is positioned outside the
fueling zone, where applicable.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 16/61
t. Taking into account of decrease to occur in the aircraft height during or after
fueling, the ground support equipment approaching the aircraft shall be parked
minimum 25 cm away from the aircraft against possible accidents/destructions
(catering vehicle, high loader, conveyor, etc.).
u. Make sure there is no equipment below the aircraft fuselage and/or wings, which
could cause damage when the aircraft descends during refueling.
v. No vehicle or personnel shall be permitted underneath the fuel venting system of
the aircraft.
w. No ground equipment shall be parked within the area immediately in front of the
fuel hydrant emergency stop button, that could obstruct access to it in case of an
emergency. Access to fuel hydrant emergency stop button and fire extinguishers
shall be kept clear at all times.
x. It shall be checked whether the fuel type is correct or not.
4.1.6.6. Fuel Quality Control Methods

Quality of the fuel shall definitely be checked before starting aircraft refueling.
4.1.6.7. Refueling/Defueling
a. Line maintenance technician, authorized station personnel and authorized
personnel of the contracted agent shall be responsible for refueling and defueling
processes.
b. The pilot-in-command shall be informed about the time of start and the time of
completion of fueling.
c. The relevant fields of the "Official Flight Log" shall be completed by the
technician; and it shall be completed by the pilot-in-command at the stations
where "transit check" is not accomplished.
d. The responsible ground operations personnel supervising the fueling process
shall check the labels indicating the fuel type, attached on the fueling vehicle and
hydrant pits, before starting fueling, in order to be made sure that the fuel type
and density conform to applicable fuel specifications.
e. The condition of the fuel hoses shall be checked for any leakages or escapes.
f. After recording the fuel amount remaining in the aircraft fuel tanks, refueling may
be started after checking that the fuel meter is reset.
g. The ground operations personnel responsible for fueling shall check and sign the
fuel receipt after fueling; and a copy thereof shall be kept. The "FMM" form shall
be completed based on the details provided in the fuel receipt. FMM details shall
be entered into the fuel system through Expense Project within the same day.
Details of the flights, for which fueling service has not been provided at the
stations, shall be entered into the Expense Project System.
NOTE: FMM forms shall be retained for a period of one (1) year at the relevant stations.
CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 17/61
Figure-3: FR.41.6001 Fuel Order and Monitoring Message
4.1.6.8. Fuel Spillage

All fuel spillages shall be regarded as a potential source of fire, irrespective of spillage
amount. The following measures shall be taken in case of fuel spillages.
a. Stop fueling immediately.
b. Call the airport fire brigade.
c. Inform the pilot-in-command and the authorized technician about the incident
immediately.
d. Inform the station official regarding the incident.
e. Evacuate all personnel and remove the vehicles from the ramp.
f. Disconnect the ground power unit and other ground equipment within the fueling
zone after the aircraft has been fully evacuated and all measures have been
taken. Make sure that the ground operations personnel have left the fueling zone.
g. Never resume fueling until the fire department and/or the airport authority
ensure(s) full security and cleaning of the incident scene.
h. Tow the aircraft to a safer place, if deemed necessary.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 18/61
4.1.6.9. Fuel Vapor Vent Valve

a. Fuel vapor vent valve is located on the wingtips of the aircraft and is considered
as a dangerous zone.
b. Air is drawn into the fuel tank through vent valves to offset the fuel consumed in
order to maintain the pressure balance in the fuel tank during flight. The air filled
in the tanks during the flight vaporises and is exhausted through the vent valves
again, during refueling. Therefore, no vehicle and personnel shall pass under the
vents during refueling.
c. However fueling has been completed, fuel vapor released settles down on the
ground as it is heavier than air. Therefore; no vehicles, equipment and/or loads
shall be positioned directly within the 30-m² safety zone surrounding the aircraft
wings.
4.1.6.10. Refueling/Defueling with One Engine Running

In the case of ground support equipment is not sufficient (no GPU available), or the APU
is not operative, If fueling is to be performed through engine running :
a. Nobody, except for the cockpit crew, shall remain on-board the aircraft during
refueling.
b. Refueling shall be carried out under the supervision of the airport authority.
c. Only one engine shall be running.
d. Fire brigade shall be readily available and/or located at a distance enabling to
4.1.6.11. Refueling/Defueling Inside the Hangar

For detailed information on refueling/defueling inside the hangar, see EK.74.001 Fuel
Manual.
4.1.6.12. Fueling Under Adverse Weather Conditions

In case of severe thunderstorms or CB clouds around the airport, the pilot-in-command
shall decide on fueling in accordance to the decision of the airport authority.
4.1.7. Communication with Flight Crew

Communication with the flight crew shall be established in an precise and clear way by the
qualified personnel using standard signals and expressions so as not to cause any
confusion. The station official, authorized technician or the authorized personnel of the
contracted ground handling agent or the headset operator shall be authorized for
establishing communication with the flight crew by means of headset and/or signals.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 19/61
Figure-4: Communication
a. In case of severe thunderstorm and CB clouds around the airport, the communication
shall be established by means of sign language upon agreement with the pilot-in-
command.
b. After the aircraft reaches the parking line and the engines are stopped by the pilot,
the nose and main landing gears shall be chocked.
c. Chocks shall be placed and brakes shall be switched off by keeping contact with the
cockpit; and "external power" and "air condition" unit shall be connected, if necessary.
d. The marshaller shall primarily obtain information through "headset" from the
pilot-in-command about the technical condition of the aircraft and whether there are
any technical defect, or any recorded failures on the "log page" of the aircraft. Where
a technical performance is required, the technical department shall be informed
immediately.
 Communication with Cockpit through Headset (Turkish)
YER PERSONELİ : Yer personelinden kokpite
KOKPİT : Devam edin
YER PERSONELİ : Takozlar yerleştirildi.
KOKPİT : Kokpitten yer personeline
YER PERSONELİ : Devam edin
KOKPİT : Uçağa harici takat (jeneratör) bağlayın
YER PERSONELİ : Harici takat (jeneratör) bağlandı

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 20/61
 Communication with Cockpit through Headset (English)

GROUND : Cockpit ground
COCKPIT : Go ahead
GROUND : Chocks in position
COCKPIT : Ground cockpit
GROUND : Go ahead
COCKPIT : Connect external electric power
GROUND : External electric power connected
4.1.8. Marshalling
4.1.8.1. Actions to be Taken Before Arrival of the Aircraft at the Parking Stand
a. All ground operations personnel shall be responsible for alerting the
pilot-in-command of the aircraft against any potential hazards while the aircraft is
taxiing to its parking stand, which might require the aircraft to be brought to an
emergency stop.
b. Make sure that the ramp area is clear of any object around in order to avoid
foreign object damages (FOD).
c. Make sure that the apron surface condition is sufficiently cleared of ice, snow, etc.
to ensure safe aircraft movement.
d. Make sure that the taxiway and ramp area to be used by the aircraft are secured
of any objects which the aircraft might strike , or which may jeopardize the safety
of others due to "jet blast" effects.
e. All ground support equipment, vehicles and bridges shall be parked in a safe
position secured of the aircraft taxiway, outside the equipment restraint area
(ERA), except for those are necessary for the arrival operations carried out in
accordance with the local regulations.
f. A stand guidance system shall be available (marshaling or automated system).
g. Make sure that the aircraft docking guidance system is operating, or a marshaller
is readily available.
h. Suitable and sufficient equipment shall be made available for the intended arrival.
i. All personnel shall stand in a safe position in accordance with the local
regulations. (A safe position shall mean the area located outside the aircraft
parking stand, at least.)
j. Any personnel not directly involved in chock placement shall wait in ERA.
k. Whenever possible, as the aircraft enters the parking stand, a member of the
ramp personnel shall stand in a position clearly visible to the flight crew to give
"STOP" signals, or, where required, shall be stationed by the "EMERGENCY
STOP" button to activate the emergency stop system, where such button is fitted
on the stand guidance system.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 21/61
l. Where the "EMERGENCY STOP" buttons are fitted at both ramp level and in the
boarding bridge, either button may be attended. Where the "EMERGENCY
STOP" button on the boarding bridge is attended and other ramp personnel are
present, a person shall be allocated to attend the ground level "EMERGENCY
STOP" button.
m. No personnel or equipment shall approach the aircraft until it has come to a full
stop at its final stop position, engines have been switched off and anti-collision
beacons have been off.
n. Cockpit shall be informed when chocks are inserted.
o. Upon it is visually confirmed that safety cones are in position and it is safe to
operate, other personnel and equipment may approach the aircraft to conduct
aircraft servicing.
4.1.8.2. Marshalling Hand Signals

a. These signals shall be used by ground operations personnel, to assist the cockpit
crew during maneuvering of the aircraft and engine startup.
b. Do not perform aircraft marshalling unless allowed by the local airport authority.
c. Give marshalling hand signals from a position forward of the left-wing, facing the
aircraft and within view of the pilot. If this is not possible (e.g. visual contact
blocked), then give the signals from the other side of the aircraft, provided that it is
agreed upon with the cockpit crew beforehand.
d. Use illuminated torch lights/wands to increase the visibility of the hand signals
when the following situations exist;
 Insufficient apron lighting,
 Poor visibility,
 Night conditions and,
 When required by local airport authorities or regulations.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 22/61
Table-1: Table for Marshalling Hand Signals
Identify Gate Continue to Taxi Straight Slow Down

Ahead
Raise fully extended arms Bend extended arms at Move extended arms
straight above head with elbows and move hands up downwards in a “patting
wands pointing up. Move and down from waist to gesture”, moving wands up
hands back and forward to head. and down from waist to
keep from blending into knees.
background.
Turn Right (from the pilot’s Turn Left (from the pilot’s Stop/Emergency Stop
point of view) point of view)
With left arm and wand With right arm and wand Fully extend arms and
extended at a 90° angle to extended at a 90° angle to wands to cross above the
the body, right hand makes the body, left hand makes head.
the come ahead signal. The the come ahead signal. The
speed of signal motion speed of signal motion
indicates the desired rate of indicates the desired rate of
aircraft movement to the aircraft movement to the
pilot. pilot.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 23/61
Hold Position/Standby Proceed to Next Marshaller End Marshalling

or as Directed by
Tower/Ground Control:
Fully extend arms and Point both arms upward, Perform a standard military
wands downwards at a 45° move and extend arms salute with right hand and/or
angle to the sides. Hold the outward to side of body and wand to dispatch the aircraft.
position until the aircraft is point with wands to direction Maintain eye contact with the
clear for the next maneuver. of next marshaller or taxi flight crew until the aircraft
area. has begun to taxi.
Fire Set Brakes Release Brakes
Move right hand in an Raise hand just above Raise hand just above
exaggerated figure of eight shoulder height with open shoulder height with hand
(8), or a fanning type motion, palm. Ensuring eye contact closed in a fist. Ensuring eye
from the shoulder to the with the cockpit crew, close contact with the cockpit
knee, while at the same time hand into a fist. DO NOT crew, open palm. DO NOT
pointing with the left-hand move until receipt of thumbs move until receipt of thumbs
wand to the area of the fire. up acknowledgment from the up acknowledgment from the
cockpit crew. cockpit crew.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 24/61
Chocks Inserted Chocks Removed Start Engines
With arms and wands fully With arms and wands fully Raise right arm to head level
extended above head, move extended above head, move with wand pointing up and
wands inward with a wands outward in a “jabbing” start a circular motion with
“jabbing” motion until the motion. DO NOT remove hand, at the same time with
wands touch. chocks until authorized by the left arm raised above
the cockpit crew. head level point to aircraft.
Cut Engines
Extend arm with wand

forward of body at shoulder
level, move hand and wand
to top of left shoulder and
draw wand to top of right
shoulder in a slicing motion
across throat.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 25/61
4.1.8.3. Conditions for Using Hand Signals

The following hand signals are defined in order to standardize the communications
between two ground operations personnel, or a ground operations personnel and cockpit
crew:
The person using the hand signals shall;
a. Use the approved hand signals only.
b. Be fully qualified and certificated in the field.
c. Be the single person in charge and clearly identified so as to avoid any possible
confusion.
d. Wear a distinctive fluorescent identification vest -different than other personnel-
allowing the cockpit crew to identify that s/he is the person responsible for the
marshalling operation.
e. Use sticks or signs of highly visible colors during day, and wands during night or
under low visibility conditions. (The requirements of the local airport authority shall
be followed).
f. Act as the single person in charge of the procedure from the beginning to the end.
g. Keep permanent visual contact with the other ground operations personnel (or
cockpit crew) from the beginning to the end of maneuvering. If visual contact is
lost, the operation shall be stopped, and shall not be re-commenced until visual
contact is re-established.
h. If the aircraft is supposed to maneuver between other aircraft, two wing-walkers
shall be available, standing at the two wingtips so as to be visible to marshaller.
The wing-walkers shall use the same sign language to give signals.
i. Do not use guideman hand signals for equipment until all aircraft marshalling has
been completed in order to avoid any possible confusion of the cockpit crew.
4.1.8.4. Guideman Hand Signals

These signals shall be used by a specific guideman in direct liaison with the equipment
operators to facilitate movements of any type of ground support equipment.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 26/61
Table-2: Table for Guideman Hand Signals
To Attract Operator’s To End Command Move Ahead (Towards

Attention and Take Guideman)
Command
Arms held above head in Arms crossed on chest. Arms a little aside and
vertical position with palms, Meaning: I am no longer repeatedly moving upwards,
facing forward. giving you orders. backwards, beckoning
onwards.
Meaning: I am in charge of
this maneuver. You will take
orders only from me.
Move Back Turn Right Turn Left
Arms by sides, palms facing Left arm downward, hand Right arm downward, hand
forward, swept forward and extended, right arm extended, left arm repeatedly
upward repeatedly. repeatedly moved upward moved upward backward.
backward. Speed of arm Speed of arm movement
movement indicating rate of indicating rate of turn.
turn.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 27/61
Lift Lower Accompanied Movement
Stretch both arms toward Stretch both arms toward Come with load or
load or equipment, palm up, load or equipment, palm equipment. Maintain eye to
hand movement in upward down, hand movement in eye contact with operator or
direction. downward direction. driver. Swing down opposite
arm.
Stop Indicate Distance OK. All Clear
Arm repeatedly crossed Distance shown between Lift stretched right arm, hand
above head (the rapidity of hands must correspond closed, thumb raised
the arm movement must be exactly with existing margin. upwards.
related to the urgency of the
stop).
Immediate Stop: Hands

cross over head with
clenched fists.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 28/61
Chocks Inserted; Chocks Removed; To Interrupt Power Source

Stabilizers On Stabilizers Off (Electricity, Fuel, Air)
Arms down, hand closed Arms down, hands closed Right arm and hand level
facing inward, thumbs facing outward, thumbs with shoulder, palm
extended, move arms extended, move arms downward horizontally
inwards. outward. swinging from extended arm
to throat.
Stop Engine To Connect or Disconnect Brakes On/Off
Right arm and hand level Raise left arm and hand, with Right arm and hand raised
with shoulder, palm fingers extended horizontally in front of body.
downward, hand on throat horizontally.
making horizontal move to Release Brakes: With fist
the right, passing hand Connect: Right hand with clenched, then extend
across throat. clenched fist moving upward fingers, palm inward.
to contact left palm.
Engage Brakes: With
Disconnect: Right hand with extended fingers, palm
clenched fist leaving left inward, then clench fist.
palm downward.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 29/61
4.1.8.5. Technical/Servicing Hand Signals (Ground Operations Personnel to

Cockpit Crew)
a. Technical/Servicing Hand Signals: These signals shall be used by ground
operations personnel to communicate technical/servicing information to cockpit
crew,
b. Only use manual signals when verbal communication is not possible
c. Make sure acknowledgement is confirmed bythe flight crew on all occasions.
Table-3: Table for Technical/Servicing Hand Signals (Ground Personnel to Cockpit Crew)
Connect Towbar Air Up (Supplying Affirmative/All Clear

Pressurized Air For Engine
Start)
Bring arms above the head Wave arms up&down from

Raise right arm to head level with
and grasp forearm with thigh to waist with palms up.
wand pointing up or display hand
opposite hand.
with thumbs up, left arm remains
at side by knee.
Negative Connect Ground Power (External Power)
Hold right arm straight out at Hold arms fully extended above head, open left hand and move
90° from shoulder and point finger tips of right hand into and touch the open palm of the left
wand down to ground or hand (forming a “T”). At night, illuminated wands may also be used
display hand with thumbs to form the “T” above the head.
down, left hand remains at
side by knee.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 30/61
Disconnect Ground Power (External Power)
Hold arms fully extended above head with finger tips of right hand touching the open horizontal
palm of the left hand (forming a “T”), then move the right hand away from the left. At night,
illuminated wands may also be used to form the “T” above the head.
DO NOT disconnect power until authorized to do so by the flight crew.
Interphones Do Not Touch Controls
Extend both arms at 90° from body and move Raise right hand above head level and close fist or
hands to cup both ears. hold wand in horizontal position, left arm remains
at side by knee.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 31/61
4.1.8.6. Technical/Servicing Hand Signals (Cockpit Crew to Ground Personnel)

Table-4: Table for Technical/Servicing Hand Signals (Cockpit Crew to Ground Personnel)
Brakes Engaged Brakes Released Insert Wheel Chocks
Raise arm and hand, with fingers Raise arm, with fist clenched, Arms extended, palms
extended, horizontally in front of horizontally in front of face. outwards, and hands
face. Hand is then closed to a fist. Hand is then opened to an moving inwards.
open palm.
Remove Wheel Chocks Ready to Start Engine(s) All Clear
One hand raised with the Acknowledgment of all

Hands crossed in front of face,
appropriate number of ground actions.
palms outwards, and arms moving
fingers stretched indicating
outwards.
the number of the engine to
be started.
4.1.8.7. Push-back Hand Signals

These signals shall be used during the tractor/towbar connection/disconnection process,
and at the start and end of the "push-back" operation.
4.1.9. “Push-back” and “Towing”

The process of pulling the aircraft from one place to another place with a bar or with a
special-design tractor is called “Towing”, and pushing it with the same method is called
“Push-back”. "Push-back" and "towing" shall be carried out by authorized personnel only.
Communication with the cockpit crew shall be established by means of headset during
towing and push back operations.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 32/61
4.1.9.1. Push-Back
4.1.9.1.1. Actions to be Taken Before Push-Back
a. Make sure that all equipment has been removed from the aircraft and moved
away from the "push-back" route of the aircraft.
b. Close and lock all doors and panels. After passenger and cargo handling
processes have been completed and passenger/service and cargo doors have
been closed, perform a quick check around the aircraft to see if there are any
open doors/hatches left, prior to beginning push-back. If any, ensure that they
are closed by the ground personnel (passenger, cargo doors, water servicing
panels, GPU, air starter, connection plugs for air conditioner). Always call a
technician, if any panel is found open (for all panels not mentioned above).
c. Take safety measures for cargo and baggage loading.
d. Make sure that no FOD has occurred.
e. Check if the ramp surface is suitable for push-back.
f. Make sure that passenger bridge, external power, air connection, static
electricity grounding cable have been disconnected from the aircraft.
g. Make sure that appropriate distance is left between the aircraft and the facilities
and barriers located on the "push-back" route.
h. Remove landing gear pins, pitot static covers, engine protectors (if fitted).
i. Check that there is no ice, snow, sand, dust and FOD on the external surface of
the aircraft, wings and around the engines. After passenger and cargo handling
processes are completed and passenger/service and cargo doors are closed,
always walk around the aircraft to check quickly and carefully that there is no
ice, snow, sand, dust and FOD on the external surface of the aircraft, wings and
around the engines.
j. Make sure that flight control surfaces, wings and engines are free from any
agent including ice, snow, sand and dust, etc.
k. Insert the "steering pin". Insert the steering pin when the hydraulic pressure
does not exist (Also, remove the pin when the hydraulic pressure is off, after
"push-back").
WARNING: Removing the pin when the hydraulic pressure exist might cause injuries.
l. Diameter and length of the steering by-pass pin vary by aircraft type. Use a
suitable steering by-pass pin for the aircraft type. Otherwise, "steering system"
cannot be "by-passed". And, this may cause injuries, and damage to
equipment.
m. "By-pass" the steering system by inserting the pin.
n. Connect the "push-back" vehicle to the aircraft.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 33/61
o. Check the piston length of the nose landing gear; if it is too long or too short, do
not tow or push-back the aircraft without bringing strut to normal position as a
precaution against possible damage.
p. Always check whether the aircraft is on balance or not, prior to push-back.
q. "Push-back" may start after landing gear chocks are removed.
r. Give "chocks have been off" acknowledgment to the pilot-in-command.
s. Make sure that the ramp area is free of objects/obstacles which may be
impacted by the aircraft or may endanger others due to jet blast effects.
t. Make sure that all persons not involved in the aircraft departure operation
remain clear of the departing aircraft.
u. Make sure that additional ground operations personnel (such as wing-walkers)
are present, if required.
v. Conduct a walkaround check on the ground level under normal lighting
conditions such as day light, ramp lighting and/or flashlight.
w. Report completion of the pre-departure aircraft handling process to the cockpit
crew, by giving an "all clear" acknowledgment, indicating that all pre-flight/pre-
departure aircraft handling checks have been carried out and no abnormality
has been detected.
4.1.9.1.2. Actions to be Taken During Push-Back
a. Upon completion of aircraft preparations, plug in the headset and establish
contact with the cockpit crew. Ask the pilot which runway end will be used for
departure during this communication and point "push-back" direction to the
push-back operator according to this information.
b. Keeping at least three-meter distance from the tractor and landing gears, in
order to avoid any injuries during "push-back".
c. Never increase or decrease the push-back speed drastically during push back
and always reduce speed at least three (3) meters before the final position,
align the strut to the center and complete the "push-back" process in such a
way that the nose tires face forward.
d. Do not signal the pilots to set brakes before receiving the "push-back
completed" signal from the operator of the "push-back" tractor.
e. Advise the cockpit crew to set brakes upon completion of "push-back", and
ensure that the tow-bar is disconnected from the aircraft upon receipt of the
"brakes engaged" acknowledgment.
f. Make sure that the "steering by-pass pin" is removed and the "by-pass" handle
is restored to normal position. Remove the "steering pin" after disconnecting the
tow-bar.
g. Inform the cockpit crew that all set for engine startup.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 34/61
h. Plug-off the "head set" from the aircraft upon engine startup, and leave the
aircraft in a safe manner.
4.1.9.1.3. Operating Push-back Vehicle
Push-back vehicle shall be operated by a qualified personnel.
4.1.9.1.4. Actions to be Taken During Engine Start-Up
a. It shall be ensured that the ramp is clear of all FOD items in order not to harm
persons, engines or environment during engine start-up or while the engines
are running.
b. Any abnormalities that might be observed on the engines or the aircraft shall be
reported to the Pilot. (Fire extension, exhaust smoke, leakage of fuel or grease
etc.)
c. Keep away from the danger areas while the engine is running. Strictly obey the
warning signs where it is required to approach the aircraft. Take precautions for
environmental safety. Also, if the engine has been started-up during "push-
back", keep an appropriate distance from the engine while walking.
d. The engine on the opposite side shall be started-up first where it is necessary to
approach an external air supply unit to the engines during engine start-up.
Then, the air supply unit shall be removed from the aircraft and the other engine
shall be started using the air supplied by the running engine.
e. Wheel chocks shall be removed after all ground equipment around aircraft has
been removed before engines start.
f. The interphone connection shall be disconnected after all engines start and all
ground equipment has been moved away from the aircraft. The marshaller shall
ensure communication thereafter.
g. The cockpit crew shall be informed before disconnecting headset
communication. The marshaller shall ensure the necessary communication with
the cockpit crew if interphone connection is not used for communication with the
cockpit crew.
h. If there are more than one personnel at ramp, all of them shall leave the aircraft
at the same time. The pilot may start taxiing after making sure that all ground
operation personnel have moved away from the aircraft.
i. The marshaller shall remain in position within the view of the cockpit crew until
s/he gives "clear to taxi" signal and receives acknowledgment from the pilots.
The marshaller shall move away from the aircraft after contacting the cockpit
crew in case of occurrence of any failure during engine start-up. S/He shall
proceed to the parking stand, direct the aircraft back to parking area, and inform
the technical crew. If a failure occurs while no engine is running, the
pilot-in-command shall be requested to call in the "push-back" tractor; the
aircraft shall be attached to the tractor again and towed to the parking stand
after obtaining clearance from the pilot-in-command.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 35/61
4.1.9.1.5. Usage of Headsets During "Push-back" Operation

Starting “Push-back” (Turkish)
YER PERSONELİ : Devam
KOKPİT : “Push-back” için hazırız.
YER PERSONELİ : Steering pin takılı, frenler serbest
KOKPİT : Frenler serbest
YER PERSONELİ : “Push-back” başlıyor.
Starting “Push-back” (English)
GROUND : Go ahead
COCKPIT : Ready for push back
GROUND : Steering pin inserted, release brakes
COCKPIT : Brakes released.
GROUND : Pushing back
“Push-back” Removal (Turkish)
YER PERSONELİ : Uçağı park freni alın lütfen
KOKPİT : Uçak park freninde uçağı motor startı ve “taksi”ye hazırlayın
lütfen
YER PERSONELİ : Towing sistem ayrıldı.
“Push-back” Removal (English)
GROUND : Set parking brake
COCKPIT : Parking brake set. Prepare engine start and airplane for taxi
GROUND : Towing system removed.
Before Engine Start-Up (Turkish)
YER PERSONELİ : Devam
KOKPİT : Motor startı için hazırız.
YER PERSONELİ : Bütün motorlar temiz.
Before Engine Start-Up (English)
GROUND : Go ahead
COCKPIT : Ready for engine start
GROUND : All engines clear
After Engine Start-Up (Turkish)
KOKPİT : Motorlar tamam. Taxi için hazırlıkları yapınız, sol taraftan
işaretinizi bekliyorum.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 36/61
YER PERSONELİ : İşaret için bekleyin

After Engine Start-Up (English)
COCKPIT : Engines okay. Prepare airplane for taxi and give hand signal
on left side
GROUND : Wait for hand signal
4.1.9.1.6. Towing and Push-back Assistant Operator Actions
For detailed information on towing and push-back processes, see TL.67.002 Aircraft
Pushback and Towing Instructions for Assistant Operators.
Engines shall be numbered from left to right, from the aft side view of the aircraft.
a. Tractor operator shall carry out the operation at a very low speed on inclined
surfaces in order to prevent the aircraft from overtaking the tractor during push-
back or towing.
b. Lighting shall be provided to ensure aircraft visibility, if the operation is carried
out under low visibility conditions (such as adverse weather conditions, etc.)
and at night.
c. The assistant operator shall leave the ramp upon the instruction of the headset
operator, after "push-back".
d. Necessary measures shall be taken against adverse weather conditions during
"push-back".
4.1.10. De-Icing/Anti-Icing
For detailed information of De-Icing/Anti-Icing processes, see EK.10.67.002
De-Icing/Anti-Icing Manual.
Figure-5: De-icing/Anti-icing Vehicle
4.1.11. Aircraft Maintenance Log (AML)

AML is the log book indicating that aircraft is released to service in an airworthy condition.
The AML used for the aircraft available in the fleet of the Company consists of three (3)
copies in WHITE, GREEN and RED colors. The RED page of the Aircraft Maintenance Log
(AML) shall be received by the technical personnel or ground operations personnel,
depending on the nature of the process performed, after the section "Preflight Inspection" is
signed off by the pilot-in-command. For detailed information on these practices, see

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 37/61
PR.50.028 Procedure for Usage of Aircraft Maintenance Log and PR.50.051 Procedure For
Usage of Aircraft Maintenance Log. The following practice, explained in detail below, shall
apply to the aircraft registered to the Company fleet:
For Istanbul Station;
For flights receiving technical service or not: The red AML page shall be kept by the ground
operations personnel and delivered to Line Maintenance Directorate of Turkish Technic Inc.,
reporting to the Technical Directorate, together with the daily flight list.
For Other Stations:
For flights receiving technical service: The red AML page shall be kept by the ground
operations personnel and delivered to the department providing technical service.
For flights not receiving technical service: The red AML page shall be kept by the ground
operations personnel and retained for three (3) years at the concerned station. If the AML
pages are archived together with the flight sets, then this period shall be equal to the period
of retention of the flight sets.
The WHITE copy shall never be taken from the aircraft. In the event that it is taken out of the
aircraft by mistake or that it is found to be missing, MCC (Maintenance Control Center) shall
be informed.
The Green AML pages shall never be taken by the ground operations personnel.
4.1.12. Ramp Safety

All ramp safety rules are for a safe ground operation. All safety rules shall always be applied
and understood by all personnel working on the ramp.
4.1.12.1. Actions to be Taken to Ensure Ramp Safety

The following actions shall be taken to ensure ramp safety:
a. The aircraft and the equipment used on the ramp shall be protected against
damage,
b. Ramp safety shall be improved by effectively supporting and promoting the
planned actions,
c. Compliance with the applicable safety rules shall be ensured,
d. It shall be ensured that the personnel have received the necessary training
against possible hazards,
e. The personnel briefing on ramp safety shall be managed,
f. The ramp accidents and incidents shall be reported properly and the reports shall
be retained.
4.1.12.2. Operating Motorized Vehicles on the Ramp

a. Only those personnel holding both a valid driver's license and an operator's
license issued by the airport authority are authorized to operate equipment and
vehicles on the ramp.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 38/61
b. The special vehicles (high loader, conveyor, staircase etc.) used on the ramp
shall only be operated by qualified personnel who have been trained and
certificated for operating these vehicles.
c. Provisions of SHY-22 Regulation on Airport Ground Handling shall apply to
operation of vehicles/equipment on the ramp.
4.1.12.3. Passenger Safety on the Ramp

a. When stairs are used for passenger disembarkation or embarkation, attention
shall be paid to ensure that the stairs have fully approached the aircraft, hand rails
are drawn and the step lightings of the vehicle are on.
b. Passengers shall be directed on the route to be followed between the aircraft and
terminal building and/or buses.
c. Passengers shall be kept clear of jet blast, intake, venting areas of the other
aircraft and the ground equipment.
d. Where the passengers go to the aircraft or to transportation vehicles on foot, it
shall be made sure that the road is cleared of all kinds of slippery materials
(water, snow, ice, waste water flow, oil, de-icing fluid etc.).
e. Passengers shall always be supervised on the ramp.
4.1.12.4. Aircraft Safety on the Ramp

4.1.12.4.1. Access to Aircraft
a. Persons Permitted to Access the Aircraft Being Prepared for Flight
 The personnel providing ground handling to the aircraft shall be permitted to
access the compartments related to her/his field of responsibility.
 Officers working at the airport (police, customs officers, immigration office
and medical staff). Any personnel authorized to carry firearms may not
access the aircraft with their weapons expect for emergency cases (taking
hostage, hijacking, smuggling etc.).
 Quality Assurance Auditors and Quality Inspectors as well as auditors of the
competent authority visiting the aircraft for auditing
b. Persons Permitted to Access Empty Aircraft Not Being Prepared for Flight
 Other airlines' personnel,
 Guided tours for small groups of guests,
Subsequent to obtaining permission from the concerned Company departments
and local authorities, if necessary, the above mentioned visitors shall be
permitted to access the aircraft under sufficient supervision.
NOTE: Visitors are not allowed during fueling.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 39/61
c. Preventing Access by Unauthorized Persons During Ground Time

The officials of the station and/or ground handling agents shall take necessary
measures to prevent access by unauthorized persons to:
 Aircraft parking stand,
 Storage/parking areas dedicated for ramp equipment and vehicles,
 Load, storage and processing areas.
The concerned department and security officials shall be informed of any concerns
about presence of a suspicious or doubtful person at the above mentioned areas.
4.1.12.4.2 Protection of Aircraft
The station official shall take all necessary precautions to protect the aircraft, its load
and servicing equipment. Detailed information on protection of the aircraft in parking
position apart from operation is available in PR.15.001 Procedure for Protection of
Aircrafts at Parking Position.
The following precautions shall be taken when it is required to leave the aircraft
unattended:
a. Cabin and compartment doors shall be closed.
b. Any kind of ground support equipment (passenger stairs, passenger boarding
bridges, container/pallet loaders, catering vehicles and conveyor belts) shall be
moved away from the aircraft upon ensuring of coordination with the flight crew
and/or ground technician.
c. It shall be ensured that power units connected to the aircraft are switched off
and disconnected from the aircraft in line with the instructions.
d. The ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator shall be
responsible for coordinating disconnection of the equipment with ramp officials,
and the process of closing and securing the aircraft with technical personnel.
4.1.12.4.3 Unexpected Incidents
The station official shall be responsible for any incident related to aircraft safety. Any
such incident including stow-away passengers or illicit load and cargo shall be reported
to the concerned department of the Security Directorate and incidents concerning the
cargo department shall also be reported to the concerned department of the Cargo
Directorate.
4.1.12.5. Danger Areas Around the Aircraft
a. Blast Area
The area located behind the aircraft and affected by the blast wind and exhaust gas
of the running engines. No personnel, vehicles and equipment shall be positioned
within the 100m² zone affected by the jet blast area. Exhaust gas at high
temperatures may cause skin burns when a person stands too close.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 40/61
Blast area may considerably extend depending on weather and environmental

conditions (wind, snow, ice, inclined runway, poor runway surface conditions etc.).
Ground operations personnel and/or equipment shall stand off from the intake and
blast areas.
Figure-6: Blast Area

b. Intake Area
The area in front of the running jet engines. No personnel, vehicles and equipment
shall be positioned within the 8m2 zone affected by the intake area. Intake power of
the running jet engines is 5 times stronger than twister. Therefore, it poses a risk that
people and other objects around might get caught into the engine due to its suction
power.
Figure-7: Intake Area
c. Venting Area
The spherical zone with a radius of 8 meters around the fuel vent valves of any
aircraft, where inflammable fuel vapors might occur during refueling. This area shall
be kept under surveillance by taking special security measures. When it is not windy,
this area shall be regarded as venting area for three (3) minutes longer, even after
fueling has finished.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 41/61
NOTE: In the event that the surface wind exceeds 25 knot, the danger area shall be
extended by 20%.
Figure-8: Venting Area
4.1.12.6. Fire on the Ramp

In case of fire on the ramp;
a. The crew and personnel on board shall be alerted immediately to start evacuation
and airport fire brigade shall be called in. These processes and the course of
action to be followed in case of fire shall be carried out in accordance with the
emergency plan of the local airport authority.
b. The technical department shall be informed if the fire is on the aircraft engines,
and ground operations personnel shall not attempt to extinguish it by using
portable fire extinguishers since engine fire suppression system shall be used by
the flight crew.
4.1.12.6.1 Fire Extinguishers
Portable fire extinguishers shall;
a. always be available for emergency use.
b. be used for fires caused by liquid spillages and other combustible materials and
for fires on the landing gears.
c. meet the applicable standards and be periodically checked in accordance with
the local regulations.
d. be available in all ramp vehicles.
e. At least one extinguisher with the capacity specified by the Company, shall be
available within the radius of 50 meters from the aircraft’s parking position.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 42/61
NOTE: The extinguisher used by Company contains either 12 kg halon gas or 18 kg

foam.
4.1.12.7. Boarding/Deboarding and Loading/Unloading While Engines Are Running
Boarding/deboarding while engines are running shall not be permitted under normal
circumstances.
It may be allowed in exceptional cases such as;
a. In cases where APU is not operative, it may be allowed while the right engine
(at the side of the compartment doors) is running.
b. It shall be performed by ensuring coordination between the pilot-in-command,
ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator and the
technician.
c. The aircraft shall be in parking position.
d. Passengers shall be admitted onboard through the boarding bridge or passenger
staircase positioned at the forward cabin door.
e. Loading/unloading shall not be permitted.
Loading/unloading while engines are running shall not be permitted under normal
circumstances.
It may be allowed in exceptional cases such as;
a. In cases where APU is not operative, it may be allowed while the left engine
(at the side of boarding) is running.
b. It shall be performed by ensuring coordination between the pilot-in-command,
ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator and the
technician.
c. The aircraft shall be in parking position.
d. Passenger boarding and/or deboarding shall not be permitted.
4.1.12.8. Foreign Object Damage (FOD) and Measures to be Taken
All aircraft movement areas (ramp, taxiways, runways) shall be regularly cleaned in order
to prevent injuries and material damages caused by foreign objects such as bolts, nails,
stones etc. which may cause damage to the aircraft engines and tires.
a. The official of the concerned airport authority shall be informed if cleaning of
these areas is required, as such areas under the responsibility of the airport
authority.
b. The ground operations personnel of the airport shall also be responsible for
keeping the aircraft parking area clear of any foreign objects.
c. For a safe and secure operation, ERA and parking stands shall always be free
from any foreign objects (FOD). Collected FODs shall be placed in FOD boxes.
WARNING: Attention shall be paid not to leave personal belongings near the aircraft.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 43/61
4.1.13. Possible Emergency Cases at Ramp Area

a. Fuel spillage,
b. Fire onboard and/or around the aircraft,
c. Dangerous Goods incidents,
d. Security incidents.
In case of occurrence of any potential emergency cases on the ramp area;
1. The ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator onboard and
the pilot-in-command shall be informed immediately.
2. If the emergency prevents physical access to cockpit, the flight crew shall be
informed by means of signals and sound alarms.
3. At the same time, all departments of the station and the competent authorities shall
be informed.
4. After the pilot-in-command is informed about the emergency, passenger evacuation
shall be initiated in line with the instructions of the pilot-in-command. All available
exits shall be used during evacuation. The evacuation time shall be minimized by
making maximum use of all available exits.
5. All equipment (except for those assisting the evacuation) around the aircraft shall be
taken away from the scene. Equipment such as bridge, stairs facilitating the
evacuation, shall be made available at exits. If such equipment is unavailable or
insufficient, a warning shall be given immediately and the equipment shall be
approached to the aircraft from a convenient position.
6. All personnel and/or passengers shall be evacuated and taken to the safe gathering
area to be determined depending on the emergency, if deemed necessary.
7. A sterile area shall be created and cordoned off; and access to this area by
personnel, passengers, vehicles or equipment (except for the fire brigade and
authorized vehicles) shall be prevented.
8. The first moments are of vital importance in case of fires. If there is someone on fire;
a. Do not apply any fire extinguisher or non-flammable liquid (water, fruit juice) to the
person on fire.
b. Lay down the person, and cover her/him with a blanket or coat, jacket etc..
c. Press down the blanket etc. by using your hands to cut off the supply of oxygen to
the burning part.
d. Remove the blanket, coat or jacket, etc. slowly and carefully after you are sure
that the fire is extinguished.
WARNING: In cases of emergency, it shall be acted in accordance with the instructions of
the Emergency Action Plan. For detailed information, see Chapter 6/Safety Management
System.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 44/61
4.1.14. Leakage, Flow and Spillage of Loads (Cargo, Mail, Baggage)

Any damaged loads (baggage, cargo or mail) shall be reported to the concerned
departments (e.g. cargo handling, lost&found office etc.).
For detailed information on damaged loads, see TL.67.010 Instruction on Recourse of
Baggage Irregularities to Ground Handling Agents and Airport Authorities.
a. If any leakage/spillage is detected on the compartment floor; the station official,
aircraft technician and flight crew shall be informed.
b. The source of the leakage/spillage shall be located and identified and photographed if
necessary.
WARNING: If the substance cannot be clearly identified, leave it where it is found for further
investigation.
c. Local station representative and local cargo official shall be informed (if cargo is
damaged).
d. In case of dangerous goods, the local authority and fire department shall be informed
depending on the content and characteristics of the substance.
The cargo, mail and baggage details provided in the following table shall be gathered to
inform the relevant departments (Operation Control Center, technical departments; Cargo
Management/Office of Supervisor Cargo, if the cargo is damaged; and Lost&Found
Office/Customer Relations, if the baggage is damaged).
Table-5: Table for Baggage, Cargo and Mail Details
Subject Details to be Communicated
 Flight number and date
 Baggage tag number
 Full name and address of the passenger
Baggage
-(according to the name tag or inquiry at the baggage claim area)
 Baggage type (material and definition)
 Name and/or definition of the leakage (color, smell, viscosity)
 AWB number
 Technical name and/or definition of the leakage content (see AWB)
 Type of packaging (e.g. cardboard box, wooden chest, textile bag, steel drum
etc.)
Cargo
For Dangerous Goods;
 UN number and proper shipping name (See NOTOC or shipper's declaration or
dangerous goods).
 UN specification code for packaging (See the mark on the package).
 Damaged part of packaging (e.g. lid, seal etc.)
 Dispatch number
Mail
 Origin/final destination
 Name and/or description of the leaking substance

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 45/61
WARNING: Any incidents mandatory to be reported, as well as situations posing noticeable

hazards during ground operations shall be reported through the Aviation Quality Database
(AQD) System. For detailed information, see Chapter 6/Safety Management System.
4.1.14.1. Actions to Be Taken Depending on the Location of The Occurrence of

Leakage, Flow, Spillage in Loads Carried as Cargo
Actions to be taken in case of leakage, flow or spillage are defined under different
headings by location of the occurrence (inside the compartment, at ramp, cargo hold).
4.1.14.1.1. Occurrences Inside the Compartment
a. Loading/unloading process shall be discontinued immediately and the
personnel shall be moved away from the area. The area shall be isolated. This
shall be carried out by the ground operations personnel acting as the operations
coordinator for passenger aircraft and by load master for cargo aircraft.
b. The station official shall be informed about the occurrence.
c. In case of cargo, descriptive details shall be obtained from the labels, and
information on the contents of the cargo shall be obtained from cargo officials.
This shall be carried out by the ground operations coordinator acting as the
operations coordinator of the aircraft.
In Case of Dangerous Goods;
a. The Operation Control Center and the technical department shall be informed
about the occurrence by the station official.
b. The aircraft shall be removed from service by the concerned Operation Control
Center.
c. Passengers, if any, shall be disembarked.
d. If the content of the cargo has contacted with the body or clothes; (For detailed
information, see EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods Manual/Chapter 18
Emergency Procedure).
e. Personnel shall be transferred to a physician or medical institution.
In Case of Non-Radioactive Dangerous Goods;
a. For passenger aircraft, the ground operations personnel acting as the
operations coordinator, and for cargo aircraft the load master shall inform the
station official and the technical department shall be informed.
b. The consignor/consignee shall be informed, and detailed information about the
content of the cargo shall be forwarded to the Line Maintenance
Directorate/Line Maintenance Management of Turkish Technic Inc., reporting to
the Technical Directorate (ISTESTK, ISTEATK, ISTEMTK) and the Health
Department.
c. At domestic stations, technical and station official shall decide whether the
aircraft is to be released to service right away or not, and this decision shall be
notified to Operation Control Center.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 46/61
d. At international stations, technical and station official shall decide whether the
aircraft is to be released to service right away or not, depending on the
information received from the airport authority and this decision shall be notified
to Operation Control Center.
e. At domestic stations, before commencement of the cleaning of cargo
compartment, the Health Department shall inform the Line Maintenance
Directorate/Line Maintenance Management of Turkish Technic Inc., about
whether the dangerous goods item in question (for toxic/infectious substances)
poses a risk to the employee health or not.
f. At international stations, before commencement of the cleaning of cargo
compartment, the airport authority shall inform the station official about whether
the dangerous goods item in question (for toxic/infectious substances) poses a
risk to the employee health or not.
g. Any package, which appears to be damaged or leaking (except for radioactive
packages) shall be unloaded and taken to a safe area, depending on its
content. Contamination of other baggage and/or packages shall be prevented.
h. If there is not any health-threatening risk, cleaning of the cargo compartments
shall be ensured by Line Maintenance Directorate/Line Maintenance
Management of Turkish Technic Inc. at domestic stations, and by the station
official at international stations.
i. In case of any health-threatening risk, it shall be ensured that the aircraft is
cleaned by a specially-equipped cleaning team.
j. The Operation Control Center shall release the aircraft back to service after
receiving (by telex, fax etc.) a document from the technical department stating
that there is no structural damage to the aircraft, as well as a report from the
Health Management/airport authority stating “the situation posing a risk to
employees' and passengers' health has been eliminated".
k. Dangerous Goods Occurrence/Accident Report Form shall be completed and
submitted to the Civil Aviation Authority of the concerned country and to the
Directorate General of Civil Aviation of the Republic of Turkey within the
prescribed period of time. For details, see EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods
Manual.
In case of radioactive dangerous goods, the following actions shall be taken in
addition to above-mentioned ones;
a. At domestic stations, the authorized cargo personnel shall ensure that radiation
measurement is carried out and a controlled area is created by following the
necessary processes depending on the type of radioactive contamination, in
accordance with EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods Manual (DGM) Radiation
Protection Program/Emergency Procedures, until TAEK experts arrive.
Cleaning and debris removal processes shall not be started before TAEK
experts arrive. Necessary actions shall be initiated in line with the information
provided by TAEK experts.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 47/61
b. At domestic stations; if contamination level detected as a result of

measurements conducted by TAEK is within the acceptable limits specified in
IATA DGR, the Operation Control Center shall release the aircraft back to
service, after receiving (by telex, fax etc.) a document from the Health
Management, stating that “the situation posing a risk to employees' and
passengers' health has been eliminated".
c. At international stations, the station official/handling agent shall contact the
airport authority to ensure provision of necessary response, and shall inform the
Operation Control Center.
d. At international stations, the Operation Control Center shall release the aircraft
back to service, after the document (by telex, fax etc.) received from the
national competent authority stating that “the situation posing a risk to
employees' and passengers' health has been eliminated" is forwarded by the
station official to the Operation Control Center.
In case of non-dangerous goods;
a. For passenger aircraft the ground operations personnel acting as the operations
coordinator; and for cargo aircraft the load master shall inform the technical
department.
b. Cleaning of the cargo compartment shall be carried out by the cleaning team
under the supervision of technical department.
c. Upon completion of the cleaning, the Operation Control Center shall release the
aircraft back to service.
4.1.14.1.2. Occurrences at Ramp
a. The source of the leakage/spillage shall be located and identified, and
photographed if necessary.
b. Local station representative and local cargo official shall be informed (if cargo is
damaged).
c. A security circle shall be created around the cargo immediately. Details
regarding the content of the cargo shall be obtained from the cargo department.
In case of dangerous goods;
a. For passenger aircraft, the ground operations personnel acting as the
operations coordinator; and for cargo aircraft the load master shall inform the
concerned Operation Control Center and technical department about the issue.
b. The personnel shall be transferred to a physician or a medical institution.
In case of non-radioactive cargo;
a. At domestic stations, the State Airports Authority and fire department; and at
international stations, the station official/ground handling agent shall ensure
proper response, by contacting the airport authority.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 48/61
b. The consignor/consignee shall be informed and details regarding the content of

the cargo shall be obtained.
c. Dangerous Goods Occurrence/Accident Report shall be issued and forwarded
to Cargo Management.
In case of radioactive cargo, the following actions shall be taken in addition to
above given procedures;
a. At domestic stations ALO TAEK 172, and at international stations the
competent national authority shall be informed immediately.
b. The Operation Control Center and the station official shall be informed about
the occurrence.
a. It shall be put into cargo rescue package by the cargo department.
b. Cleaning team shall be called in to clean the area.
4.1.14.1.3. Occurrences Inside the Cargo Hold
For details, see EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods Manual/Emergency.
a. Cargo official shall be informed.
b. The source of the leakage/spillage shall be located and identified, and
photographed if necessary.
c. Local station representative and local cargo official (if cargo is damaged) shall
be informed.
d. Content of the cargo shall be identified.
e. A security circle shall be created around the cargo.
In case of dangerous goods;
If the content of the cargo has contacted with the body or clothes;
a. Take off the contaminated clothes.
b. Wash them under pressurized water.
c. Do not eat or drink anything.
d. Keep your hands away from your eyes, mouth and nose.
e. The personnel shall be transferred to a physician or medical institution.
In case of non-radioactive cargo;
a. At domestic stations, State Airports Authority and fire department, and at
international stations the competent national authority shall be informed
immediately.
b. The consignor/consignee shall be informed and details regarding the content of
the cargo shall be obtained.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 49/61
c. Dangerous goods occurrence/accident report shall be issued and forwarded to

Cargo Management.
In case of radioactive cargo, the following actions shall be taken in addition to
above given procedures;
a. At domestic stations ALO TAEK 172, and at international stations the
competent national authority shall be contacted immediately.
b. The emergency procedures specified in EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods
Manual shall be applied until relevant authority officials arrive.
a. It shall be put into cargo rescue package by the cargo department.
b. Cleaning team shall be called in to clean the area.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 50/61
4.1.15. Classification of Dangerous Goods

Table-6: Table for Dangerous Goods Classes
Hazard Class
Division And Cargo Dangerous
Label Hazard Description Immediate Action
Compatibility IMP Code Goods Class
Group
• In case of leakage,
make sure that powder
is not subjected to
friction or impact.
• Keep away from heat or
• Small fire hazard spark.
Explosives
1.4 S RXS • Explodes when • Do not use radio
(safety) exposed to heat or fire. transmitters within 100
m of electric detonators.
• Call the emergency
services of the airport.
• Keep fire away.
• Place damaged
packages in the open
air.
• May be ignited by heat, • Ventilate the area to
sparks or flames. remove traces of gas.
• May form explosive • In case of leakage,
mixtures with air. ensure that powder is
• Vapors from liquefied not subject to friction or
gas are initially heavier impact.
2.1 RFG Flammable Gas than air. • Keep away from heat or
• Vapors may contact spark.
with a source of ignition • Do not use radio
and glow. transmitters within 100
• Their containers may m of electric detonators.
explode.
• Keep fire away.
• Causes suffocation in
high concentrations. • Call the emergency
• Contact with liquefied services of the airport.
Compressed (cryogenic) gases may • Keep fire away.
2.2 RNG gas, non-toxic cause severe frostbite. • Never use water.
gas • Causes dyspnoea. • Ventilate the area,
• Gases heavier than air especially closed
accumulate on ground rooms.
level.
• Vapors could be ignited • Call the emergency

by heat, sparks or services of the airport.
flames. • Keep fire away.
• Many Vapors are • Throw sand on the
heavier than air. liquid.
• Vapors may form • Eliminate all sources of
Flammable
3 RFL liquid
explosive mixture with ignition.
air and they may • Absorb with earth, sand
contact with a source of or other non-
ignition and glow. combustible material.
• 1 lt mineral oil might • Do not inhale vapors.
spoil 1.000.000 lt • Ventilate the area.
drinking water.
• May be ignited by heat,
sparks or flames.
• Keep fire away.
• Liable to cause fire
Flammable • Never use water.
4.1 RFS solid
through friction,
• Avoid contact with the
moisture absorption or
spillage.
chemical reaction.
• Keep dry.
• Avoid friction.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 51/61
• See explosives.
• Liable to spontaneous
Spontaneously • Never use water under
combustion.
any circumstances.
4.2 RSC combustible • Liable to heating in
• Avoid contact with the
material contact with air.
spillage.
• May flare subsequently.
• May ignite when

• Never use water under
contacted with moist or
any circumstances.
water (rain) and burn.
Dangerous • Call the emergency
4.3 RFW when wet services of the airport.
• Some react vigorously
• Keep fire away.
or explosively on
• Never use water.
contact with water.
• Emits oxygen rapidly • Call the emergency

and exacerbates fire. services of the airport.
5.1 ROX Oxidizer • Contributes to • Ventilate the area.
combustion. • Avoid contact with other
• Rapidly stimulates fire. explosives.
• The organic liquids and • Never use water.

solids that contain • Call the emergency
oxygen and cause services of the airport.
sudden flashing. • Keep fire away.
• Friction, exposure to • Throw sand on the
moisture and chemical liquid.
Organic reaction may cause fire. • Eliminate all sources of
5.2 ROP peroxide • Heat shock, friction or ignition.
contamination may • Absorb with earth, sand
cause explotion. or other non-
• Some may decompose combustible material.
severely at ambient • Do not inhale vapors.
temperature. • Ventilate the area.
•
• Isolate the affected
area.
• Dangerous when • Do not touch without
Toxic
6.1 RPB swallowed, inhaled or gloves.
Substances contacted. • Ask for medical
assistance.
• Avoid handling of
packages or keep it at
minimum level.
• Inspect adjacent
packages for
• Living microorganisms contamination.
that may cause disease • Immediately notify
because of the toxins public health units.
Infectious they contain. • Immediately inform all
6.2 RIS Substances • Inhalation or contact persons who have been
with substance poses involved in handling
risk of infection, activities.
disease or death. • Contact and notify the
person specified on the
package or airwaybill
(cargo).

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 52/61
Biological • Infectious substances,

which do not meet the
6.2 RDS Substances criteria for being
Category B categorized as RIS.

• They emit invisible,
• Isolate the affected area
imperceivable and
(minimum 25 m).
odorless radiation
• Never contact with the
which can be detected
package.
by special devices only.
• Ask for assistance from
RRY • They are dangerous.
Radioactive radio-chemical
7 • However, it is possible
Materials authorities. Radiation
to ensure protection by
RRW means of a metal
level shall be
measured.
shield.
• If exposure to radiation
• Stay away from the
is detected, check all
source of radiation at a
the articles inside or
safe distance.
removed from the
compartment.
• These substances
cause damage to
tissues.
• Their smoke cause
serious damage to the • Call the emergency
eyes, throat and services of the airport.
respiration tract. • Keep fire away.
• They also cause • Isolate the affected
corrosion of the body of area.
• Avoid contact.
8 RCM Corrosives the aircraft and damage
• Remove other cargo
to other cargo.
• If in contact with from the affected area.
ROX/ROP or other • Notify the station
chemicals, they pose official.
fire risk.
• Mercury may cause
rapid and dangerous
corrosion on all parts of
the aircraft.
9 ICE DRY ICE Causes subcooling and Avoid contact with skin.
suffocation.
4.1.16. Ramp Accident/Incident Reporting

Any damage to any aircraft shall be immediately reported to the flight crew and ground
technician. For details, see Chapter 6/Safety Management System and PR.01.60.001
Procedure for Reporting and Investigation of Apron Traffic Accidents. The reports issued
shall be submitted to Corporate Safety Directorate via SRS for assessment.
These records shall be retained by Finance Directorate/Insurance Management for three (3)
years.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 53/61
4.2. LOADING
4.2.1. Loading Equipment

Loading equipment consists of locking systems, ULDs, fastening devices and the nets
installed onboard.
a. Loading equipment shall be stored under suitable and safe conditions by the station
officials and these stocks shall be periodically reported to the relevant departments.
b. Stock numbers allotted to each station shall be complied with.
c. Station officials shall be responsible for the loading equipment.
4.2.1.1. Restraint Equipment

Various types of restraint equipment shall be used to secure the loads loaded in the
cabin or hold compartment of the aircraft.
Necessary restraint devices such as nets, ropes, straps, planks, stretchers etc. shall be
obtained from Cargo Directorate (ISTFHTK).
4.2.1.1.1. Restraint Devices
a. Single stud fitting
Maximum bearing strength 900 kg
Figure-9
b. Double stud fitting

Figure-10:
c. Rope
Figure-11
d. Strap
Figure-12:
4.2.1.2. Unit Load Device (ULD)

ULD is a loading equipment used for safe carriage of baggage, cargo and mail onboard
the aircraft with a locking mechanism on the floor of the cargo compartment.
a. ULDs shall conform to IATA standard dimensions.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 54/61
b. ULDs shall bear tags indicating their content, weight and destination. Baggage
and cargo ULDs shall be tagged by the departments carrying out the operation for
the respective load.
c. ULDs are identified by IATA identifier codes. These codes define type, base
dimension, form, conformity and airworthiness certificate factors as well as the
carrier.
d. Standard ULDs specified by the manufacturer for each aircraft type shall be used.
e. ULDs shall be placed by use of mechanical power drivers or manually depending
on the aircraft type.
f. Standard restraint equipment shall be used for ULDs.
g. While accepting ULDs, the limit set by the ULD manufacturer or the structural limit
of the aircraft, whichever is less, shall be used.
h. ULDs which are non-conforming to the regulations shall not be loaded onboard
the aircraft. Further details are available in IATA ULD Manual.
i. The specific weight limits shall not be exceeded in case of lock failure(s) at ULD
loading positions. [Detailed information on Airbus aircraft is available under Cargo
Equipment (Hold Nets) Malfunction Limitations (CEML) at
http://ahmthy.com/ceml/.]
j. The positions where no ULD is loaded shall be locked.
k. Never place any loads on the spaces between two ULDs or a ULD and a
compartment wall.
l. Make sure that loads are distributed evenly and placed close to the base as much
as possible in the ULD. The center of gravity of loads shall not exceed the limits
specified in aircraft manuals.
m. Pay attention to limitations for ULD loading on positions next to conformal fuel
tank.
n. Never accept any damaged and dirty ULDs for loading.
o. Do not load any damaged ULDs and send them to hub for repair. Use a tag to
specify that it is damaged.
p. Inform the officials about the damaged ULDs by completing FR.67.0013 Damage
Release Form.
q. ULDs shall be carried empty only in following cases:
 To replenish the ULD stock at the arrival station,
 While sending the surplus ULDs from the present station to the hub,
 While sending the surplus ULDs to another station in need of ULD, in
coordination with the hub.
 Weight of ULDs loaded empty shall also be indicated in the Loadsheet.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 55/61
 ULDs shall be tagged even if they are empty. If the ULD is a container, a
tag shall be put into its side pocket indicating that the container is empty.
 Station of departure/arrival, net weight of the load, tare weight of the ULD,
total weight, flight number, loading position shall definitely be indicated on
the tags.
 Pallet tags shall be attached on the nets over the pallet.
 The ULD number shall be entered into the system even if the ULD is
empty.
 ULD tare weights shall be specified as equipment in compartment (EIC) in
the manual loading plan and the loadsheet.
 TROYA System automatically adds ULD tare weights.
Maximum allowable load capacity for each ULD varies depending on the ULD type, as
specified in the following table.
Table-7: Standard ULD Table
DEFINITION TARE MAXIMIM AIRCRAFT

VOLUME DIMENSIONS HEIGHT
CODE WEIGHT LOAD LIMIT TYPE
A310
AKE/AVE A330
A340
B777
A320
AKH
A321
A310
PLA A330
A340
B777
For limits, see ahm.thy.com
A310
PAG A330
A340
B777
A310
PMC A330
A340
B777
A320
PKC
A321

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 56/61
For Standard ULD Table;

a. The maximum load limit given in the ULD table is the maximum allowable load
capacity set by the manufacturer.
b. Pallet nets shall be included in the standard weight of the pallets in calculations.
c. ULD tare weights specified by the manufacturer on the ULD shall be used.
d. When tare weight cannot be determined, standard ULD table shall be used.
e. ULD tare weights have been identified on DCS system.
f. If ULDs from another carrier will be used, it shall be made sure that they are certified
and suitable for the aircraft type and their tare weights are known/determined.
4.2.1.2.1. Loading
a. It shall be made sure that the ULD is not in an unfavorable condition for loading.
b. It shall be checked before loading if there are any ULDs damaged by the load.
c. In case of leakage or spillage, the authorized personnel shall be called in for
inspection depending on the content of the load. Detailed information is
available under 4.1.14.1 Actions to Be Taken Depending on the Location of The
Occurrence of Leakage, Flow, Spillage in Loads Carried as Cargo
d. ULD tags shall be checked and ULDs shall be loaded in accordance with the
loading plan.
e. ULDs shall be cleared of snow, water and ice etc. before loading. Snow and ice
may prevent ULDs from being properly loaded and locked in the cargo
compartment and may cause severe damage to the aircraft cargo loading
system.
f. ULDs shall be loaded to the aircraft by using a high loader.
g. Authorized personnel shall ensure that ULDs are loaded on correct positions
and tied-down.
h. Any improper loading which may threaten flight safety shall be reported to
safa@thy.com, and any improper loading which may cause technical damage
shall be reported to defect@thy.com.
i. After loading, ULDs shall be securely locked in their positions.
j. The positions where no ULD is loaded shall be locked.
k. ULD number shall be recorded in order to use in UCM message.
4.2.1.2.2. Unloading
a. Necessary preparations shall be carried out based on the UCM, LDM, CPM
messages sent by the station of departure about the flight (forklift, conveyor,
dolly, funeral coach, ambulift etc.).

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 57/61
b. Necessary actions shall be taken for unloading in accordance with the weather
conditions at the station of arrival (rain, snow, extreme temperatures) and
characteristics of the loads.
c. Make sure that loads unloaded at intermediate stations are belong to that
station.
d. In compartments where bulk loading is performed, the volume of the load and
details provided in the loading plan shall be compared by estimation; in case of
outstanding difference, the reasons thereof shall be found out and the
concerned station shall be warned with a message.
e. Contents of the special loads shall be handled with special care during
unloading.
l. Any improper loading which may threaten flight safety shall be reported to
safa@thy.com, and any improper loading which may cause technical damage
shall be reported to defect@thy.com.
f. Any improper loading detected during unloading shall be reported to the station
of departure.
g. It shall be ensured that loads are transferred within the planned delivery times.
h. It shall be made sure that all compartments are completely empty at the station
of final destination.
i. Load support devices (plank, rope, strap, net etc.) unloaded from the
compartments shall be collected to be sent back.
4.2.1.3. Usage of Outsourced ULDs

If ULDs from other airlines are used at domestic or international stations for carriage of
cargo or baggage, the ULD type and number shall be communicated to the station of
arrival. The station of arrival shall complete FR.67.0183 ULD Delivery Report and deliver
the ULDs to the concerned airline/ground handling agent.
The cost of rent and any liabilities arising from usage of such ULDs shall be covered by
the department which has rented the ULDs.
4.2.1.4. Tagging of ULDs

ULDs shall be tagged even if they are empty. If the ULD is a container, a tag shall be put
into its side pocket indicating that the container is empty.
Station of departure/arrival, net weight of the load, tare weight of the ULD, total weight,
flight number, loading position shall definitely be indicated on the tags.
Pallet tags shall be attached on the nets over the pallet.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 58/61
4.2.1.5. ULD Inspection and Tracking

4.2.1.5.1. Airworthiness of the ULDs
ULDs shall be completely ready for service. In order to prevent damages to aircraft
loading system during loading and unloading, ULDs shall be controlled through the
following stages.
a. After aircraft unloading,
b. After receiving from third parties,
c. Before re-use for departure.
Following the inspection process, the damaged equipment shall be classified as low,
medium or high damage. It is important to distinguish the damaged equipment from
usable ones.
Damaged equipment shall be divided as;
a. Out-of-service equipment,
b. Damaged but serviceable equipment.
If the damaged equipment is a container, TL.67.046 Instruction on Use of Damage
Assessment Report for Containers shall be followed.
In case of damaged nets, Equipment Control Center (ECC) shall be informed. New
nets suitable for the aircraft type shall be procured.
In the event that the damaged equipment is a pallet, PR.63.007 ULD Tracking
Procedure shall be followed if it is damaged or it is detected to have been damaged.
Tracking of pallets shall be carried out in accordance with the same procedure.
4.2.1.5.2. ULD Tracking At Departures
Other than Istanbul station:
Ground operations personnel shall enter ULD numbers into ULD Tracking Form at
ramp and shall enter "CPM" and "UCM" messages of the respective flight.
At Istanbul Station:
a. Ground operations personnel shall enter ULD numbers into FR.67.0045 ULD
Prosecution Form and then shall scan and identify containers on Bag Manager
System. S/he shall ensure entry of "CPM" and "UCM" messages of the flight.
b. FR.67.0045 ULD Prosecution Form shall be delivered to equipment control
center by the ground operations personnel.
c. The personnel of Equipment Control Center shall compare the details provided
in UCM OUT message with the ones available in FR.67.0045 ULD Prosecution
Form and Bag Manager System. S/he shall ensure that correct container
numbers are entered into TACTIC System though triple verification method.
d. Upon arrival at the station of destination, the UCM IN message sent by the
station of arrival shall be compared with the details entered into TACTIC
System.
CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 59/61
e. In the event that container details are different, the personnel of the Equipment
Control Center shall contact the other station and request confirmation of the
details in UCM IN message.
f. Container numbers in the system shall be corrected according to the container
numbers given in the confirmation message received from the station of arrival.
g. The personnel of Equipment Control Center shall issue and monitor the List of
Flights Available for Daily ULD and Mix Loading for containers, in respect of
departures from Istanbul Station.
h. FR.67.0045 ULD Prosecution Form shall be filed by the personnel of Equipment
Control Center.
4.2.1.5.3. ULD Tracking At Arrivals
Other than Istanbul station:
Ground operations personnel shall enter ULD numbers into FR.67.0045 ULD
Prosecution Form at ramp and shall ensure that "UCM IN" message is sent.
At Istanbul Station:
a. Ground operations personnel shall enter ULD numbers into FR.67.0045 ULD
Prosecution Form at ramp.
b. FR.67.0045 ULD Prosecution Form shall be delivered to ECC office by the
ground operations personnel.
c. The personnel of Equipment Control Center shall compare "UCM OUT" and
"CPM" messages sent to Istanbul station with FR.67.0045 ULD Prosecution
Form.
d. In case of any inaccurate or missing container numbers, the personnel of
Equipment Control Center shall send a warning message to the station of origin
and ask for a "UCM OUT" correction message.
e. Upon review of the details provided by the station of origin, the personnel of
Equipment Control Center shall enter the necessary details into TACTIC
System, based on the physical inspection on the container.
f. FR.67.0045 ULD Prosecution Form shall be filed by the personnel of ECC.
4.2.1.5.4. ULD Storage and Stock Control
a. ULDs shall not be stored on the ground; storage systems which will prevent
their contact with the ground shall be used for storage.
b. There shall be a restraint mechanism to prevent the movement of the
containers in the ULD storage system and the latches shall be locked after
placement of ULDs.
c. Proper equipment, enabling the downward and upward movement of ULD
shall be used in storage systems with multiple-levels.
d. ULDs shall be stored at sheltered areas depending on the weather conditions.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 60/61
e. It shall be ensured that the area used for storage of ULDs is kept clean.
f. ULDs shall be stored at sections categorized by their characteristics
(damaged, non-damaged, outsourced from other airlines etc.) indicated by
informative signboards.
g. ULDs shall not be carried by forklifts.
h. ULD tags indicating their content shall be collected before placing ULDs inside
the storage area and their covers shall be closed properly.
i. All station officials shall submit an "SCM" to ISTKUTK and/or tkm@thy.com for
containers, and to ISTFBTK and/or uld@thy.com for pallets, every Tuesday.
j. ULD stock status at Istanbul station shall be listed through TACTIC System.
k. If the details in the "SCM" message received and those listed by the TACTIC
System are consistent; a confirmation message shall be sent to the relevant
station by ECC officials for containers, and by cargo officials for pallets.
l. If the details in "SCM" message received and those listed by the TACTIC
System are inconsistent, a warning message shall be sent to the relevant
station to check their stocks and send another "SCM".
m. In case of any lost or missing ULD, ULD numbers shall be used to track it
down, and the station where ULD is stocked as well as the ULD movements
shall be determined.
n. ULDs registered in the stock of a station despite physically being at another
station shall be registered into the stock of the station where they are
physically present.
o. ULDs with no stock registration at any station shall be included in the "Lost"
stock on TACTIC System, a message shall be sent to the last station it was
seen according to ULD movement records as well as to other domestic and
international stations requesting a general search for it.
p. The ECC personnel shall determine the container quota for all stations and
ensure tracking thereof daily on FR.67.0044 Container Port Stock Form.
q. At night shift, stock control process shall be completed.
4.2.1.5.5. Container
Containers are special storage containers of standard-sized defined in IATA ULD
Manual, in which loads are placed.
a. Load bearing capacity of the floor shall be checked and planks shall be used to
distribute the weight throughout the surface, if necessary.
b. While stowing loads into containers, big and heavy baggage shall be placed at
the bottom whereas light and small baggage shall be placed on top.
c. Baggage labeled as fragile shall be placed in such a way that the fragile label
will be visible when the container cover is opened and it shall be secured to
prevent any damage.

CHAPTER 4
Revision Number 02
Page Number 61/61
d. After placement of the baggage into the container properly, the container cover
shall be closed and locked so as not be opened during transportation.
e. Container requests and stock details shall be reported to Ground Operations
Directorate/Equipment Control Center (ISTKUTK or tkm@thy.com).
f. Make sure that all container covers are properly and safely closed.
4.2.1.5.6. Pallets
These are standard sized units as defined in IATA ULD Manual, on which loads are
placed.
a. Pallet nets shall be secured by the latching mechanism located at the edge of
the pallet.
b. Pallet nets shall be tightened firmly without deforming the pallet or obstructing
the locking mechanism of the aircraft.
4.2.2. Baggage
a. Baggage shall not be loaded on pallets. However, in exceptional cases, baggage
may be loaded on pallets upon instruction by the highest ranking supervisor at the
station.
b. Baggage shall be loaded in different containers according to their characteristics.
4.2.3. Cargo and Mail

Carrying with ULDs shall be preferred primarily depending on the aircraft type.
4.3. ATTACHMENTS
FR.41.6001 Fuel Order and Monitoring Message
FR.67.0013 Damage Release Form
FR.67.0041 Baggage-Cargo Damage/Irregularity Report
FR.67.0044 Container Port Stock Form
FR.67.0045 ULD Prosecution Form
FR.67.0183 ULD Delivery Report

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 1/124
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5. LOAD CONTROL ....................................................................................................................... 3
5.1. DEPARTURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DCS) ......................................................................... 3
5.1.1. Check-in and Seating Layout ....................................................................................... 3
5.1.2. Boarding ...................................................................................................................... 3
5.1.3. Close-Out .................................................................................................................... 4
5.1.4. Flight Lists and Print-Out ............................................................................................. 4
5.2. AIRCRAFT LOADING COMPARTMENTS .......................................................................... 4
5.2.1. Compartment Numbering............................................................................................. 6
5.2.2. Compartments ............................................................................................................. 6
5.3. LOADS ............................................................................................................................... 8
5.3.1. Checked Baggage ....................................................................................................... 8
5.4. SPECIAL LOADS ............................................................................................................... 9
5.4.1. Designation Codes ...................................................................................................... 9
5.4.2. Special Load Codes................................................................................................... 10
5.4.3. Special Cargo Segregation Table .............................................................................. 15
5.4.4. Big (BIG)/Heavy (HEA) Cargo.................................................................................... 16
5.4.5. Equipment in Compartment ....................................................................................... 20
5.4.6. Ballast (BAL).............................................................................................................. 21
5.4.7. Aircraft Spare Part (FKT) ........................................................................................... 22
5.4.8. Company Mail (COM) ................................................................................................ 22
5.4.9. Diplomatic Loads (DIP) .............................................................................................. 22
5.4.10. Undeveloped Film (FIL) ............................................................................................. 23
5.4.11. Foodstuff (EAT) ......................................................................................................... 23
5.4.12. Vegetable and Fruit (PEP) ......................................................................................... 23
5.4.13. Hatching Egg (HEG) .................................................................................................. 24
5.4.14. Human Remains (HUM)............................................................................................. 24
5.4.15. Live Human Organ and Blood (LHO) ......................................................................... 25
5.4.16. Serum ........................................................................................................................ 26
5.4.17. Vaccines .................................................................................................................... 26
5.4.18. Semen ....................................................................................................................... 26
5.4.19. Magnetized Material (MAG) ....................................................................................... 27
5.4.20. Valuable Cargo (VAL) ................................................................................................ 27
5.4.21. Wet Cargo (WET) ...................................................................................................... 27
5.4.22. Guts ........................................................................................................................... 28
5.4.23. Frozen Fish and Sea Food (PES) .............................................................................. 28
5.4.24. Meat and Meat Products (PEM) ................................................................................. 28
5.4.25. Small Cargo ............................................................................................................... 29
5.4.26. Wheelchairs ............................................................................................................... 29
5.4.27. Perishable Cargo (PER) ............................................................................................ 30
5.4.28. Flower (PEF) ............................................................................................................. 30
5.4.29. Newspapers and Magazines ...................................................................................... 31
5.4.30. Materials for Aircraft on Ground (AOG) ...................................................................... 31
5.4.31. Live animals (AVI)...................................................................................................... 31
5.5. DANGEROUS GOODS .................................................................................................... 32
5.6. LOAD LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................................ 32

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 2/124
5.6.1. Structural Load Limitations ........................................................................................ 32

5.6.2. Floor/Panel Limitations .............................................................................................. 35
5.7. PLACEMENT OF PLANKS ............................................................................................... 37
5.7.1. Plank Specifications................................................................................................... 37
5.7.2. Use of Planks ............................................................................................................ 38
5.7.3. Load Tie-Down .......................................................................................................... 41
5.8. BALANCE AND WEIGHT CONTROL IN GROUND OPERATION .................................... 44
5.8.1. Balance in Ground Operation .................................................................................... 44
5.8.2. Load Control .............................................................................................................. 50
5.9. LOADING INSTRUCTION/REPORT................................................................................. 56
5.9.1. EDP Loading Instruction/Report................................................................................. 57
5.9.2. Manual Loading Instruction/Report ............................................................................ 65
5.10. LOADSHEET .................................................................................................................... 74
5.10.1. Manual Loadsheet ..................................................................................................... 75
5.10.2. EDP Loadsheet ......................................................................................................... 79
5.10.3. Number of Copies and Distribution of Loadsheet ....................................................... 83
5.10.4. Points to be Taken into Consideration While Drawing up Loadsheet ......................... 83
5.10.5. Preparation of Loadsheet by the Center .................................................................... 84
5.11. LAST MINUTE CHANGES (LMC) ..................................................................................... 85
5.11.1. Final Loadsheet Details ............................................................................................. 86
5.12. FUEL ORDER AND DISTRIBUTION ................................................................................ 90
5.12.1. Planning for Fuel Economy ........................................................................................ 90
5.12.2. Taxi Fuel .................................................................................................................... 90
5.13. REMOVAL OF AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) AND/OR FORWARD STAIRS ............. 90
5.14. OPERATION MONITORING SHEET (LOAD AND TRIM SHEET INFORMATION) .......... 90
5.15. DISTRIBUTION OF TASKS .............................................................................................. 92
5.15.1. Arrival Flight............................................................................................................... 93
5.15.2. Departure Flight ......................................................................................................... 95
5.15.3. Preflight Inspection .................................................................................................... 99
5.16. WEIGHT AND BALANCE TRAINING AND AUTHORIZATION ....................................... 100
5.16.1. Training ................................................................................................................... 100
5.16.2. Preflight Inspection Training and Authorization ........................................................ 100
5.17. LOADING CONTROL PROCESSES .............................................................................. 102
5.18. STATION RESPONSIBILITY AND LOAD CONTROL LOG ............................................ 102
5.18.1. Basic Principles ....................................................................................................... 103
5.18.2. Messages ................................................................................................................ 104
5.18.3. Control Process ....................................................................................................... 104
5.19. SAFE AND ON-TIME TAKE-OFF ................................................................................... 105
5.19.1. SGT and MGT Tables for Narrow-Body (A312/A319/A320/B737) ............................ 106
5.19.2. SGT and MGT Tables for Wide-Body (A330/A340/B777) ........................................ 110
5.19.3. SGT and MGT Tables for All Flights Operated Under the Brand Name AnadoluJet . 118
5.20. CODES USED DURING OPERATIONS AND APRON SERVICES ................................ 120
5.21. ATTACHMENTS ............................................................................................................. 124

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 3/124
5. LOAD CONTROL
5.1. DEPARTURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DCS)

For all Turkish Airlines passenger flights, all information and loading procedures have been
issued in the form of a document constituting the basis for weight and balance calculations,
along with check-in, pursuant to IATA AHM 560 standard format. These documents consist of
the forms in standard format enabling transfer of information between Handling agents,
generating check-in and Loadsheet by means of computers, and the airline. Transfer of
information to Turkish Airlines TROYA DCS system is also performed through the same
procedure; and all procedures mentioned below for handling agents are also applicable to
Turkish Airlines TROYA DCS system.
If procedures are carried out electronically, passenger and load data shall be entered into the
DCS system by the ground handling agent.
Aircraft load and balance calculations shall be made manually (manual Loadsheet) by using
Load&Balance manuals and AHM 560-EDP (Semi Permanent Data for Check-in and Load
Control) document, or automatically (EDP Loadsheet) through the DCS system where such up-
to-date data have been defined for all aircraft types. Rules in relation to EDP Loadsheet
arrangements have been defined in PR.74.602 Procedure for Implementation of AHM560 EDP
System Document.
Details in relation to TYE(EO)s, containing all the details and requirements of flight operations
such as any aircraft modifications, repairs, etc. and the way of reflecting weight and moment
variations as well as the results of weighing reports on the "basic weight, basic index" values of
the aircraft are set out in PR.74.612 Procedure to Follow When EO and A/C Weighing Report
Published.
The DCS is fed by certain data, as it saves time during check-in processes and while closing
the check-in.
5.1.1. Check-in and Seating Layout

The seat numbers assigned to passengers during check-in are not only grouped as aisle and
window side, but they are also divided into zones in the cabin for the load and balance
control. Any changes in the seat number of the passenger shall definitely be indicated on
DCS. In cases where it is predicted that it will pose a threat in terms of load and balance
control of the aircraft, the seat numbers can be blocked in the system to prevent admission
of passengers to these seats. Information on defective seat practices are set out in
PR.67.034 Procedure for Defective Seats.
5.1.2. Boarding
Boarding is the process which passengers, whose ticket and baggage handling processes
have been completed, are admitted to the aircraft, as soon as it is ready for flight.
The Company obligates all passengers and their carry-on baggage to undergo security
check and to be checked by the law enforcement officer or private security unit prior to
boarding. For detailed information on boarding, see Chapter 1/Passenger Handling.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 4/124
5.1.3. Close-Out
Check-in is closed 45 minutes prior to the scheduled time of departure for domestic flights,
and 60 minutes prior to the scheduled time of departure for international flights.
For AnadoluJet flights; check-in is closed 30 minutes prior to the scheduled time of departure
for domestic flights, and 45 minutes prior to the scheduled time of departure for international
flights.
5.1.4. Flight Lists and Print-Out

Any and all required lists pertaining to the flights shall be made available for check-in
processes. Stations without system failure shall contact Station DCS Coordination
Management through the numbers provided below in order to receive the relevant lists.
These lists shall be accessed through online.thy.com, if it is available at the station.
Station DCS Coordination Management: 17180-17181-17182
Station DCS Coordination Management E-Ticket Help Desk: 17185-17186-17195
5.2. AIRCRAFT LOADING COMPARTMENTS

Loading compartments of passenger aircraft have been designed as compartments, sections,
bays and the passenger cabin.
Deck: It is divided into two sections as “Maindeck” and “Lowerdeck”.
Maindeck: It is the section where passengers are seated along the fuselage. (Cabin)
Cabin Section: Passenger cabin is divided into zones in line with the manufacturer's
instructions, in accordance with the Weight/Balance principles.
Lowerdeck: The compartment on the airframe (fuselage), where dead load is carried.
Figure-1: View of Main Sections of the Aircraft
Hold: It is the entire loading site inside the "lowerdeck" where "deadload" can be loaded. Hold is
divided into two as Forward and Aft.
Compartment: It is a loading site separated with nets, inside the hold. The compartment
number varies depending on the aircraft type.
Section: It is a loading site separated with compartment nets inside the cargo compartments for
bulk loading.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 5/124
Figure-2: View of "Lowerdeck" Compartments

Bay: It is the loading site where equipment (pallets, containers) called Unit Loading Devices
(ULD) are secured.
Position: It is a loading site separated with compartment locks inside the cargo compartments
where ULDs are loaded.
Figure-3: View of "Lowerdeck Bay" and "Position" on Aircraft with ULD Loading

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 6/124
5.2.1. Compartment Numbering

Table-1: Loading Site Numbering Table
Compartment
No
The forward part of the forward "hold" in the "lowerdeck", or the
1
entire forward "hold".
2 The aft part of the forward "hold" in "lowerdeck".
3 The forward part of the aft "hold" in "lowerdeck".
The aft part of the aft "hold" in the "lowerdeck", or the entire aft
4
"hold".
The entire forward compartment in the "maindeck", or the bulk

5
load compartment of the aircraft with ULD loading.
0 Cabin
The compartments shall be numbered starting from the nose of the aircraft from forward to
aft and from right to left.
5.2.2. Compartments
The following figures on the first line show compartment numbering.
Numbering of "sections" inside the compartment is shown on the second line from right to left
and also from the forward to aft.
Figure-4: Example for Numbering of Lowerdeck Loading

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 7/124
Table-2: Numbering of Airbus and Boeing Compartments
Airbus 319:
0
1 4+
Airbus 320:
0
1 3+4+ 5
Airbus 321:
0
1+2 3+4 5
Airbus 310:
0
1+2 4+ 5
Airbus 330/340:
0
1+2 3+4 5
Boeing 737-All Models:

0
1+2 3+4
Boeing 777:
0
1+2 3+4 5

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 8/124
5.3. LOADS
Table-3: Table for Load Designation Codes
CODE DEFINITION
BAGGAGE
BF First Class Baggage
BU Comfort Class Baggage
B BC Business Class Baggage
BY Economy Class Baggage
BS Short Connection Baggage
BT Transit/Transfer Baggage
BD Domestic Baggage
C Cargo
D Crew Baggage
E Company Equipment
N Transfer ULD
M Mail
N Positions Left Empty (ULD Positions)
Q Courier Baggage
U Out-of-service ULD
X Empty ULD
5.3.1. Checked Baggage

The baggage refers to the personal belongings of the passenger. The baggage shall be
weighed and tagged by the check-in personnel when the passengers consult to "check-in"
counter to get their boarding passes. The weight of the passenger's baggage shall definitely
be entered into the system. Further information on checked baggage is available in Chapter
1/Passenger Handling.
Baggage shall be loaded in the cargo compartments on the aircraft which are bulk loaded.
Baggage shall be loaded into containers on the aircraft loaded with ULD. Baggage shall not
be loaded on pallets. In exceptional cases, baggage may be loaded on pallets upon
instruction of the top supervisor at the station.
5.3.1.1. Short Connection Baggage

Any baggage with connection status, remaining below the minimum connection time limit
of the relevant station with regards to the time of arrival at the intermediate station which
shall be used for transfer. This type of baggage shall be tagged as "Quick Ramp
Transfer" by the passenger handling during check-in. For detailed information on “Short
Connection Baggage" processes, see Chapter 1/Passenger Handling.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 9/124
5.3.1.2. Transfer Baggage

Any baggage of the passengers, being carried by the same or another airline after
stopping over no longer than 24 hours at any intermediate station between the departure
point and arrival point, is called transfer baggage.
a. Transfer baggage shall be sorted out from the other baggage at the departure
point and intermadiate stations of transfer, and shall be sent to the final
destination. Any baggage to be transferred from the intermediate station by the
same flight shall be sorted out and loaded as HUB containers in ULD loading and it
shall be indicated in the "SI" section in LDM/CPM messages.
b. Tracing of baggage transfer between any member airlines shall be ensured.
c. All transfer baggage shall be delivered to the receiving airline or to the determined
location after the time of "block-in" and/or within the period of time agreed by
considering the local procedures.
d. In the event that any baggage is found to have missed the intended connection,
then "re-routing/re-flight" procedures shall be implemented. This procedure shall
be applied to any missed-connection baggage.
5.3.1.3. VIP Baggage

Information on VIP Baggage is available in Chapter 1/Passenger Handling.
5.3.1.4. Other Baggage

Any baggage other than the above-mentioned priority baggage is called "rush" baggage.
Information on "Rush Baggage" is available in Chapter 2/Baggage Handling.
5.3.1.5. Baggage Tagging

Baggage tags conforming to IATA Resolution 740 standards shall be used for baggage
tagging. The printing quality on the baggage tag shall meet the relevant standards. If
baggage tagging machines do not undergo regular maintenance, bar codes that might
cause irregularities in the automatic Baggage Sorting System will occur. In the event that
an indecipherable bar code is detected, the station, where the tag was printed, shall be
informed.
If manual baggage tags are used, baggage tag number shall be entered into the system
in order to ensure that it is included in the Baggage Sorting System. If the manual
baggage tag has not been entered into the system at the station of origin, it shall be
entered by the airline at the intermediate station. Detailed information has been set out in
Chapter 2 Baggage Handling and TL.67.013 Instruction on Baggage Tagging Procedures
5.4. SPECIAL LOADS
5.4.1. Designation Codes

The load codes provided below remain outside the scope of loads that are classified within
“IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations” and that are required to be loaded separately. These
codes shall be entered into the "remark" and "SI" boxes on the Loadsheet, whereas the triple
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 10/124
code and the position of the special load (and the station of arrival, in case of two-leg flights)
shall be specified in the special instructions box and in the messages in Loading Instruction.
5.4.2. Special Load Codes

Table-4: Table for Special Load Codes
CODE DEFINITION VIEW
ACT Certified, Active Temperature-Controlled Thermal Container .ACT/22L
Spare Parts For The Aircraft On Ground (Followed by the

AOG .AOG/2
loading position.)
AVI Live Animal In Hold (Followed by the loading position.) .AVI/2
BAL Balance Weight (followed by the loading position and weight.) .BAL/1/500
Stretcher, Followed by the Seat Reserved for the Stretcher and

BED Number of Passengers Traveling on These Seats (Patient and .BED/6/3Y
Accompanying Passenger), and the cabin class.
Stretcher loaded in the compartment, followed by the

BEH alphanumeric (1-5) loading position and weight of the stretcher .BEH/11L/35
after a slash "/".
Outsized Loads Placed On 2 or More Pallets Due to Their

Weight and/or Dimensions (Followed by an entry for the pieces
BIG loaded on each ULD position.) .BIG/11P12P/1589
NOTE: All details (content, weight, dimensions) shall be
indicated in the SI field of the CPM.
Dangerous Goods Tagged as "Cargo Aircraft Only" (followed by
CAO the alphanumeric (1-5) loading position and 1 to 4-digit load .CAO/1/50
weight after a slash "/".)
Cargo Crew Member on the Cargo Aircraft, (Followed by the

CAT .CAT/2
number of cargo crew members.)
Cool storage at 10 C and 50 C, (Followed by the loading position

COL and weight. It should be loaded in temperature-controlled .COL/1/250
compartments, if possible.
Company Mail shall be carried inside the cabin or in the

COM .COM/1/250
compartment with a CO-MAIL manifest.
Catering Supplies and Foodstuff not Used Throughout the Flight,

CSU (Followed by the alphanumeric (1-5) loading position and 2 to .CSU/21R/1200
4-digit load weight after a slash "/".
Deadheading Crew (Followed by number of seats occupied per

DHC .DHC/1/2/2
class.)

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 11/124
Diplomatic Mail/Diplomatic Cargo

DIP .DIP/2/2
(Followed by the loading position and the number of items.)
Foodstuff for Human Consumption (Followed by the loading

EAT .EAT/3
position.)
Equipment in Compartment (Not included in DOW/DOI).

EIC Supporting Equipment (BAL, BED, CSU, FKT and BEH) Used .EIC/2/251
on Pallets and Inside Containers shall not be considered EIC.
FIL Undeveloped Films (Followed by the loading position.) .FIL/2
Spare Tire Flight Kit (not included in DOW/DOI) (Followed by the

FKT .FKT/4/254
loading position and weight.)
Heavy Cargo Weighing 150 Kg or Above Per Piece (Followed by

.HEA/2/350
the number of compartment and weight. In the event that two or
HEA more heavy pieces are loaded in the same compartment and for
the same station of arrival, each piece shall be specified .HEA/3/190.HEA/3/
individually.) 340
HEG Hatching Eggs (Followed by the loading position.) .HEG/1
Human Remains (Followed by the loading position and weight.

Except for the special urns containing ashes of cremation,
HUM .HUM/3/258
"HEA" loading code shall not be entered for ("HUM") human
remains of 150 kg or above.)
Dry Ice (carbon-dioxide) (Followed by the loading position. Dry

ice included in the catering supplies depending on the aircraft
ICE type shall be added, and compliance with the Table of Limits For .ICE/3
Carrying Dry Ice On-Board shall be checked. Dry ice inside the
cooled containers shall also be specified.)
Living Human Organs/Blood,

LHO .LHO/1
(Followed by the loading position.)
MAG Magnetized Materials .MAG/2
Miscellaneous Operational Staff Other Than The Crew,

MOS Performing Flight-Related Functions and Occupying Passenger .MOS/0/0/2
Seats.
It indicates that there is no loaded and dispatched load.

NIL .NIL
(No items)
Obnoxious Load Emitting A Strong Odor, (Followed by the
OBX .OBX/22P
alphanumeric (1-5) loading position.)

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 12/124
Items Overhanging from One or More Pallets Apart from the

Pallets On Which They Are Loaded, (The ULD position(s) of the
OHG overhanging item shall be indicated in the "SI" field of the CPM. .OHG/22P/21P100
E.g. 100 cm of load overhanging from the pallet at the 22P
position towards 21P position)
Passenger Available for Disembarkation, holding a pass ticket .PAD/0/6/2

PAD without reservation (Followed by the number of seats occupied
per class and cabin layout.)
.PAD/0/0/0
Any Items Listed or Containing the Items Listed in CITES, Such
PEA As Hunting Trophies, Hide, Animal Skin (Followed by the .PEA/2
alphanumeric (1-5) loading position.)
PEF Perishable Flowers (Followed by the loading position.) .PEF/2
Perishable Meat and Meat Products (Followed by the loading

PEM .PEM/2
position.)
PEP Fresh Fruit and Vegetables (Followed by the loading position.) .PEP/2
PER Perishable Cargo (Followed by the loading position.) .PER/2
Perishable Fresh Fish, Salted Fish and Seafood, or Frozen Fish

PES and Frozen Seafood, .PES/2
(Followed by the loading position.)
PIL Pharmaceuticals Products .PIL/3
Cryogenic liquids (deep-frozen liquids) (Followed by the loading

RCL .RCL/1
position.)
Corrosive and Hazardous Substance (Labelled) (Followed by

RCM .RCM/2
the loading position.)
RCX Restricted Explosives 1.3 C .RCX/43P
REX Restricted Explosives .REX/12L
RFG Restricted Flammable Gases .RFG/7/21P
Restricted Flammable Liquids (Labelled) (Followed by the

RFL .RFL/1
loading position.)
Self-reactive Flammable Solids

RFS RFS/32L
(Restricted Flammable Solid)
Dangerous When Wet (Labelled) (Followed by the loading
RFW .RFW/1
position.)

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 13/124
RGX Restricted Explosives 1.3 G .RGX/7/21R
RIS Infectious Substance (Followed by the loading position.) .RIS/2
Class 9 Miscellaneous Dangerous Goods (Followed by the

RMD .RMD/2
loading position.)
RNG Restricted Non-Flammable Non-Toxic Gases .RHG/26R
ROP Organic Peroxide (Labelled) (Followed by the loading position.) .ROP/2
ROX Oxidizers (Labelled) (Followed by the loading position.) .ROX/2
RPB Poison (Followed by the loading position.) .RPB/1
RPG Restricted Toxic/Poisonous Gases .RPG/2
Restricted Radioactive Material Category I – White .RRW/2/3.2TI

RRW (Item in number 1
Radioactive Materials with Very Low Package Surface Radiation with TI of 3.2)
Level
Radioactive Materials, Category II and III (Yellow Label), .RRY/1/5.4TI
RRY
(Item in number 1
The figure expressing the TI shall be shown with one decimal. with TI of 5.4)
RSB Polymeric Beads (Followed by the loading position and weight.) .RSB/2/45
Spontaneously Combustible (Labelled) (Followed by the loading

RSC .RSC/1
position.)
RXB Restricted Explosives (1.4 B) .RXB/2
RXC Restricted Explosives (1.4 C) .RXC/3
RXD Restricted Explosives (1.4 D) .RXD/4
RXE Restricted Explosives (1.4 E) .RXE/26P
Explosive 1.4 S (Labelled)

RXS .RXS/1
Ammunition for Sporting and Hunting Purposes (Followed by the
loading position.)
Seats Occupied By Baggage, Cargo and/or Mail (The number of .SOC/0/0/30
SOC seats occupied per class shall be specified without being (.SOC/F cls/C cls/Y cls)
included in the cabin layout.) (Y cls 30 kg load)

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 14/124
Not indicated on
Valuable Cargo Such As Money, Diamonds, etc. (small but of
VAL the loadsheet and
high value)
load message.
WEA Weapon .WEA/51
Wet Materials Not Packed In Watertight Containers

WET .WET/1
(Followed by the alphanumeric (1-5) loading position.)
Crew On-Duty Occupying Passenger Seats .XCR/1/1/1
XCR
(Followed by the number of seats occupied per class. Not .XCR/0/02
included in the cabin class ratio.)
XPS Priority Small Package (Followed by the loading position.) .XPS/1

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 15/124
5.4.3. Special Cargo Segregation Table

Table-5: Special Cargo Segregation Table

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 16/124
5.4.4. Big (BIG)/Heavy (HEA) Cargo
5.4.4.1. Big Cargo (BIG)

It refers to loads placed on two or more pallets due to their weight and/or size. It shall be
payed attention to the position of floating pallets placed next to each other, and it shall be
payed attention to the arrival destination of the load for aircraft with multiple stations of
arrival.
5.4.4.2. Heavy Cargo (HEA)

It refers to any cargo weighing 150 kg or above per piece (machine parts, barrels, pipes,
aircraft engines, etc.), requiring special treatment due to its dimensions and weight.
Pursuant to Company regulations, maximum load weight that can be carried as single
piece in bulk cargo compartments is limited to 250 kg. Loads exceeding 250 kg shall only
be admitted to cargo compartments with ULD loading configuration, inside a container or
on a pallet.
a. All unpacked engine components shall be secured before loading on-board the
aircraft or on a pallet.
b. Center of gravity of the load shall be clearly specified.
c. While loading in bulk compartment, supporting materials shall be used in order not
to exceed the floor load capacity of the aircraft.
d. If the parts in contact with the ground are not of the same shape (such as engines,
pumps, etc.), the equipment shall be placed on a wooden pallet (plank), which will
be carried by a forklift.
e. During loading/unloading by forklift, it should be payed attention not to damage the
aircraft. Forks should not be lowered, in order not to damage compartment doors.
f. It shall be labeled "HEA", and "This Way Up" labels shall be attached on four
sides, if vertical loading is required.
Figure-5: Securing HEA Cargo

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 17/124
Figure-6: Heavy (HEA) Label Figure-7: This Way Up Label

g. NOTOC shall be issued.
h. It shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and the loading position and weight shall be
indicated in the field "SI".
i. If it is to be lifted by holding from certain points, such points shall be specified
clearly.
j. When it is tied down, attention should be paid while using tie-down devices in order
not to damage fragile parts.
k. If some pieces are shipped unpacked, these shall be brought together as a bundle.
(vehicle parts, vehicle doors, etc.)
5.4.4.3. Loading Big (BIG)/Heavy (HEA) Cargo

While loading such cargo;
a. Aircraft loading capacity shall not be exceeded,
b. Necessary means and labor force shall be deployed for the equipment to be carried
in the best way possible.
In order to perform the loading procedure in the best possible way, the cargo department
shall acquire or inform the weight, contents and loading requirements of each item. Prior
to cargo dispatch, approval shall be obtained from the relevant station about required
ground handling services can be provided. Cargo Booking department is responsible for
confirming the suitability of the dimensions of such cargo to fit into the compartment
(ISTFCTK).
5.4.4.4. Automobiles
a. Automobiles may be carried on board the wide-body aircraft.
b. LPG powered automobiles MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED on board the passenger
aircraft. They shall only be loaded on board the cargo aircraft in accordance with
DGR.
c. Fuel tanks shall be empty as per "IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations". Whereas
the maximum amount of fuel in the fuel tanks of diesel vehicles shall not exceed 3/4

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 18/124
of the tank, the maximum amount of fuel in the fuel tanks of gasoline vehicles shall
not exceed 1/4 of the tank. Some fuel shall be left in the tank in order to be used in
cases of emergency.
d. It should be checked if there is any oil or fuel leakage or not. It is not necessary to
drain the engine oil.
e. It should be checked that engine coolant and fuel tank caps are firmly closed. It is
not necessary to drain the engine coolant.
f. It is not necessary to deflate the tires.
g. Battery may remain on the vehicle provided that it is vertically and firmly secured.
However, terminals of the battery shall be insulated against to short circuit.
h. Engine shall not be started while loading/unloading the automobile into/from the
compartment. Where required for the automobiles with power steering, engine shall
not be started in order to facilitate steering during loading or unloading.
i. If the vehicle is to be started for essential reasons, make sure that it is brief and
there are no dangerous goods in the compartment.
j. Keys of the automobiles shall be left on the steering wheel or inside the glove box.
Pay attention not to lock the automobile inadvertently. In cases where the
automobile features a system which automatically locks the car after a specific
period of time, keys shall be attached firmly outside the automobile (door handle,
wind screen wipers). Make sure that parking brake has been applied and
automobile is left in gear.
k. Ensure that the automobile is fully secured on pallet while handling on the ground.
l. While loading an automobile on board, in order not to exceed the floor load capacity
and capacity for operation under load, make sure that all wheels of the automobile
are placed on the platform/plank. After suitably placing on the platform, each wheel
shall be secured by using two chocks which shall be nailed down the platform. Six
pieces of fastening ropes with a bearing capacity of 2000 kg each, shall be led
through the automobile and secured into the tie-down slots. Leave about 50 cm
between the slots in use. No belt/strap, rope or net shall be crossed over the body
of the automobile in order to prevent any damage to the automobile.
m. Automobile can be lifted above the pallet surface, when required, in order to
prevent it from damaging the angled compartment walls.
n. Platforms shall be returned to the procurement department subsequent to
operation.
5.4.4.4.1. Loading Automobiles On Board

Automobiles may be loaded on board longitudinally or latitudinally, depending on their
dimensions.
Latitudinal loading should be preferred as much as possible. Placement of automobiles
on pallets before loading it on board the aircraft save time during loading/unloading.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 19/124
A: The point of attachment for the straps to secure the doors.

B: Position of the straps used to secure the automobile.
Figure-8: Position of the Fastening Straps While Loading Automobiles

a. Latitudinal Loading
 This method is preferred for automobiles with suitable dimensions.
 Automobiles which may damage the lower walls of the compartment shall be
lifted above the pallet level.
Figure-9: Side View of Latitudinal Loading
Figure-10: Top View of Latitudinal Loading

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 20/124
b. Longitudinal Loading
 Empty pallets shall be loaded on board the aircraft and secured before loading.
Automobiles shall be conveyed to the pallet through "loader".
 If the automobile is to be loaded on two pallets (floating pallet), the code "BIG"
and the weight shall be specified in "CPM" message.
Figure-11: Top View of Longitudinal Loading
5.4.4.5. Barrel/Drum Loading

Barrel/drum dispatches shall be vertically loaded and secured inside the aircraft, and
fastened individually. Two different methods shall be used to tie-down depending on the
different shapes of barrel/drum dispatches.
a. A cubical shape shall be formed by placing plank or wooden pallet at the bottom,
and knurled plank (for the rope/strap to stay out) on the top of the barrel/drum, and
it shall be tied down to the aircraft floor.
b. A cubical shape shall be formed by placing two planks each at the bottom and on
the top of barrels/drums, and shall be tied down to the aircraft floor.
NOTOC shall be issued depending on the contents.
5.4.5. Equipment in Compartment

Company equipment and supplies shall be defined as "Equipment In Compartment". Such
load is designated as "EIC". It is not included in DOW/DOI values.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 21/124
The following equipments are considered as EIC;

a. Newspapers/magazines loaded into the compartment in order to be distributed on the
return flight,
b. Maintenance documents and equipment/tools,
c. Planks and fastening straps,
d. Empty ULDs,
e. Empty pallets (Procedures for empty pallets are defined in
TL.63.024 Empty Pallet Preparation Instructions.)
f. “First Aid Kit”s and “Doctor Kit”s
Figure-12: EIC Label
Any other special loads, which are categorized under the general EIC group but carry a
specific identifier code, are as follows:
AOG, FKT, STCR, BED, BEH, BAL, COM, CSU, etc.
All EIC items shall bear an EIC label in order to avoid the risk of mishandling the goods
designated as EIC. Destination, receiving department, date, flight number and weight shall
be specified on this label.
Equipment labeled as "EIC" by the concerned department shall be brought to ramp for
loading.
The equipment checked by the ground operations personnel acting as the operations
coordinator shall be loaded in the suitable compartment and secured. Such equipment shall
be added to the total weight of cargo load on the Loadsheet. Loading position and weight
shall be specified in the field "SI".
The dispatcher department (technical, cargo, catering, etc.) shall complete FR.67.0193
Equipment Compartment (EIC) Notice and take action in accordance with PR.67.073
Procedure for Carrying Company Equipment in the Compartment (EIC).
5.4.6. Ballast (BAL)

Ballast bags shall be made available at each station, to be used for flights with
actual/potential balance problems.
a. Each bag shall weigh 25 kg. Their weight and status shall be checked regularly.
b. Durable bags shall be used. Ballast bags shall be supplied by every station.
c. Their content may consist of dry sand or pebbles of 1.5 cm in diameter at most.
d. They shall be stored indoors in a dry environment. In the event that they are kept
outdoors, they shall be stored off the floor by means of pallet, etc., free-from water
and covered with a protective cloth suitable to weather conditions.
e. Ballast shall be returned by the return leg of the same flight, and if it is required to be
unloaded, it shall be stored for later use.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 22/124
f. In case of flights during which ballast is used, it shall be specified in the field "SI" of
the "LDM".
5.4.7. Aircraft Spare Part (FKT)

It refers to the spare equipment and tools (aircraft tire, etc.) belonging to the aircraft, which
are required to be carried by the relevant department in a specific compartment or position,
taking operational balance limits into account, as a measure against lack of technical
equipment at the station of arrival. Its ternary code is FKT.
FKTs may be carried on board the aircraft or stored at stations, depending on the operational
conditions.
FKT weight is not included in DOW/DOI values; it shall be included manually to the system.
They shall be loaded and tied-down to be secured by the ground operations personnel under
the supervision of a technician. Such loads shall not be unloaded at the destination of arrival.
They shall be tagged in order not be unloaded by mistake. Aircraft's name, loading position
and weight shall be specified on this tag. Tagging shall be performed by the technical
department.
5.4.8. Company Mail (COM)

The items listed below shall be considered co-mail;
a. All correspondences regarding the Company, office forms, printed forms, schedules,
manuals and advertisement materials for the company, company revenue/expense
documents and related vouchers,
b. Journals, books, newspapers, pictures and clippings related with aviation.
Co-mail bags shall not exceed 10 kg each. Company mail shall be weighed and indicated on
the Loadsheet. Company mail shall be loaded in the compartment no "1" of bulk-loaded
aircraft and in the compartment no "5" of aircraft with ULD loading.
Company mail service is carried out between Turkish Airlines general sales agencies and
branches, ground handling agents, ICAO, IATA and other aviation authorities.
They shall be delivered to and received from the cabin chief against signature. They shall be
loaded in the compartment with final destination baggage on narrow-body aircraft and in
"bulk" compartment on wide-body aircraft. Loading position shall be specified in "LDM" and
the destination of arrival shall be informed with a message.
5.4.9. Diplomatic Loads (DIP)

If the diplomatic load is cargo, it shall be handled as normal cargo.If diplomatic load is mail, it
shall be handled as valuable cargo.
Loading:
a. Shall not be loaded with Radioactive Materials (RRY) in same compartment
b. Shall not be mixed with other cargo, and loaded separately.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 23/124
c. DIP code and number of bags shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the field "SI"
of "LDM".
5.4.10. Undeveloped Film (FIL)

Unexposed or undeveloped films shall be loaded at a distance from radioactive materials.
Particularly x-ray films, if loaded close to radioactive materials of category II and III, may
create an adverse effect on the films due to radiation, and give rise to serious mis-diagnose.
Information on undeveloped films is set out in EK.10.63.001 Cargo Regulations Manual.
Figure-13: Undeveloped Film Label
5.4.11. Foodstuff (EAT)

EAT is the general identifier code for foodstuff. Special loads categorized under the general
group but carrying a specific identifier code are as provided below:
a. Vegetables and fruit (PEP).
b. Fresh fish, salted fish and seafood as well as frozen fish and seafood (PES).
c. Meat and meat products (PEM).
d. PES and PEM shall be treated as wet cargo (WET).
e. EAT shall only be loaded into temperature-controlled compartments.
f. They shall be loaded in accordance with Table 5-Special Cargo Segregation Table.
g. Cleaning requirements should be observed throughout the entire loading process.
h. EAT code and loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the section
SI of LDM.
i. NOTOC shall be issued if special temperature is required.
Information on foodstuff is set out in EK.10.63.001 Cargo Regulations Manual.
5.4.12. Vegetable and Fruit (PEP)

a. Vegetable and Fruit may only be loaded in ventilated compartments.
b. PEP shall be appropriately packed for air transportation (wooden box, tray, cardboard,
basket, etc.).
c. It shall be loaded in accordance with Special Cargo Segregation Table (Table-5).

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 24/124
Figure-14: Loading Vegetable and Fruit Packages Together

d. Heavy items shall not ne loaded on top of fruit and vegetable packages.
e. If specific temperature conditions are required for the compartment where vegetable
and fruit is loaded, NOTOC shall be issued.
f. The loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the field "SI" of "LDM".
5.4.13. Hatching Egg (HEG)

Hatching egg shall be carried under the temperature conditions specified by the sender. Any
other items shall not be loaded on them. It shall be loaded in accordance with Special Cargo
Segregation Table (Table-5). The pilot-in-command shall be informed via NOTOC about
temperature requirements. The loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in
the section "SI" of "LDM".
5.4.14. Human Remains (HUM)

a. Human remains shall be carried in accordance with government regulations and
TL.80.015 Instruction on Transport of Human Remains (HUM).
b. It shall be accepted as heavy (HEA) load. It shall be fastened and secured. A nylon
cover shall be spread to protect the aircraft floor.
c. In principle, normal (non-cremated) human remains may be carried in any
compartment, provided that weight and dimensions do not exceed the compartment
capacity and maximum limitations.
d. The coffin shall be loaded horizontally in the flight direction and tied down to the aircraft
floor. It shall be loaded and secured on a pallet on aircraft with "ULD" loading
configuration.
e. Cremated-human remains do not require any special treatment, if the urn is packed
suitably.
f. The coffin shall be carried inside a special vehicle, which does not attract the
passengers' attention.
g. It shall not be awaited at ramp, and it shall be loaded as soon as possible or
dispatched to the cargo handling.
h. Number of "HUM" that can be carried in the cargo compartment shall be determined by
the cargo/station official, taking passenger and baggage reservation entries into
account.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 25/124
i. It shall be loaded in accordance with Table-5-Special Cargo Segregation Table.

j. Pilot-in-command shall be informed via NOTOC.
k. "HUM" code and loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the section
"SI" of "LDM".
Information on admission of human remains on board is set out in EK.10.63.001 Cargo
Regulations Manual.
5.4.15. Live Human Organ and Blood (LHO)
5.4.15.1. LHO Carried Inside the Cabin

It refers to shipments of live organ, kidney, eye, cornea, bone marrow, cord blood, tissue,
blood, etc. Live organ and tissue transportation across Turkey is carried out by the
Ministry of Health, in accordance with "PROTOCOL Nr. 2002/81 ON SHIPMENT OF
ORGANS AND TISSUES BY AIR TRANSPORT".
a. If "LHO" is inside the cabin, it shall be carried under the supervision of the crew.
b. "Organ Transportation Label" created by the Ministry of Health shall be used in
domestic transportation.
c. Dispatcher station shall inform the station of arrival in cases of emergency, about
the flight number, date, code and position.
Figure-15: Organ Transportation Label
5.4.15.2. "LHO" accepted by cargo

Generally they are packed with dry ice, or cryogenic liquids. Loading shall be performed
accordingly. Information on carriage of blood and live human organs is set out in
EK.10.63.001 Cargo Regulations Manual.
Special warnings and requirements, specified in the cargo manifest or other additional
documents, shall be followed.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 26/124
Figure-16: “LHO” Label

a. No special informative message is required for non-urgent shipments such as
serum and plasma.
b. It shall be loaded in accordance with Special Cargo Segregation Table (Table-5).
c. They shall be loaded so as to be immediately accessible upon arrival.
d. Pilot-in-command shall be informed via NOTOC.
CAUTION: "LHO" code and loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in
the section "SI" of "LDM".
5.4.16. Serum
a. If serum is packed with dry ice or cryogenic liquids, IATA Dangerous Goods
Regulations shall be applied.
b. "PER" code and loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the
section "SI" of "LDM".
5.4.17. Vaccines
a. Vaccines are classified as restricted substances, since they may contain infectious or
biological products.
b. If they are packed with dry ice or cryogenic liquids, IATA Dangerous Goods
Regulations shall be applied.
c. Suitable code and loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the
5.4.18. Semen
As semen is generally cooled with liquid nitrogen, it is categorized as dangerous cargo, and
IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations shall be applied for loading. "PER" code and loading
position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the section "SI" of LDM. "RCL" code shall
also be used for semen cooled and packed with cryogenic liquids.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 27/124
5.4.19. Magnetized Material (MAG)

Magnetized materials shall be loaded after checking their radius in terms of its distance from
cockpit, since magnetized materials affect the electronic system of the aircraft. They shall be
loaded as far as possible from the cockpit. It shall be indicated in the section "SI" of the
Loadsheet.
Figure-17: Magnetized Material Label
5.4.20. Valuable Cargo (VAL)

It refers to valuable cargo such as money, gold, diamonds, etc., which are small in size but
high in value. A NOTOC shall be issued, and it shall be loaded last under the supervision of
cargo officials. It is not indicated in the Loadsheet or "LDM". Information on carriage of
Valuable Cargo is set out in EK.10.63.001 Cargo Regulations Manual and TL.63.052
Valuable Cargo Operation Instruction.
5.4.21. Wet Cargo (WET)

Wet cargo refers to shipments containing liquids, or may substantially produce/excrete
liquids by nature even though not included in the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations.
Liquid cargo in watertight containers, cargo not packed in watertight containers as well as
cargo packed with wet ice (fish, wet hides, etc.) which may produce liquids (such as certain
live animals) are considered wet cargo.
Absorbent pads shall be used to prevent possible damage from leakage of notably seafood.
Loads with torn, leaking or damaged packaging shall not be accepted. Avoid damaging the
packages while loading on the top of others. Humidity and wet conditions reduce the
durability of packages. Nylon cloth shall be spread under the loads, then folded from the
edges upwards, almost forming a package against leakage. The nylon cloth shall be
attached to the walls of "ULD", if carried in "ULD". After the loading is over, corners of the
nylon cloth shall be pulled upwards to the top and secured with a tape. Information on
carriage of wet cargo is set out in EK.10.63.001 Cargo Regulations Manual.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 28/124
5.4.22. Guts
It shall be treated as "WET" cargo. A nylon cloth shall be spread additionally under the loads.
Aircraft shall be protected against possible leakage. It has a heavy odor and its liquid is
corrosive. It may only be carried inside special containers.
5.4.23. Frozen Fish and Sea Food (PES)

a. Generally it is packed with dry ice.
b. It shall be packed in watertight containers in
accordance with inner and outer packaging
conditions.
c. Packages shall be secured in the compartment in
order not to be opened or damaged.
d. Absorbing pads shall be used against leakage,
particularly during shipment of fish.
Figure-18: Temperature Label

e. PES shall be protected with watertight material and loaded as wet cargo. In order to
prevent salt water from causing structural damage, nylon cloth shall be spread under
the load. The nylon cloth shall be attached to the walls of "ULD", if it is carried in
"ULD". After the loading is over, corners of the nylon cloth shall be pulled upwards to
cover the entire fish packages, and shall be secured with a tape. If it is loaded in the
bulk compartment, load stud fittings shall be attached to the tie-down hooks on the
compartment's floor.
f. When packed with ice, "ICE" code shall be entered in addition to "PES" in "CPM" or
"LDM".
g. It shall be loaded in accordance with Special Cargo Segregation Table (Table-5).
h. If it is not carried inside an adiathermal container, it cannot be loaded next to loads
requiring high temperature.
i. Internal surface of the containers, where this type of load is placed, should be covered
with paraffin.
Information on carriage of frozen fish and sea food is set out in EK.10.63.001 Cargo
Regulations Manual.
5.4.24. Meat and Meat Products (PEM)

It refers to fresh or frozen meat and meat products packed in gauze or cardboard boxes.
a. Such cargo shall be accepted in adiathermal packages subject to the permission of
Cargo Booking Management (ISTFCTK). EAT shall be protected with watertight
material and shall be loaded as wet cargo. The nylon cloth shall be attached to the
walls of "ULD", if it is carried in "ULD". After the loading is over, corners of the nylon
cloth shall be pulled upwards to covering the entire meat packages, and shall be

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 29/124
secured with a tape. If it is loaded in the bulk compartment, load stud fittings shall be
attached to the tie-down hooks on the compartment's floor.
b. If cooling is required, dry ice containers shall be placed above the cargo. In this case,
cargo is also treated as dry ice cargo. Dry ice shall be renewed in the event of long
term delay, if necessary.
c. It shall be loaded in accordance with Table-5-Special
Cargo Segregation Table.
d. EAT code and loading position shall be specified in the
Loadsheet, and in the section "SI" of "LDM".
e. NOTOC shall be issued.
Figure-19: Temperature Label
5.4.25. Small Cargo

a. Small cargo shall be placed in a bag or sack.
b. The sack shall be tagged and it may be loaded together with other loads to be
unloaded at the same station.
c. In order to prevent any type of damage, they shall be loaded so as not to be beneath
other loads.
5.4.26. Wheelchairs
NOTOC shall be issued by the load control department in cases where battery powered
wheelchair is carried on-board by the passenger.
Figure-20: Label for Battery Powered Wheelchair
5.4.26.1. Wheelchair with Non-Spillable Battery or Dry Cell Battery

The following order should be followed in order to load wheelchairs with non-spillable
batteries or dry cell batteries;
a. The battery shall be disconnected.
b. The battery terminals shall be insulated to prevent short circuit.
c. The battery shall not be removed from the panel of the wheelchair.
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 30/124
d. The wheelchair may be loaded into any compartment which is available.

e. They shall be secured after loading.
5.4.26.2. Wheelchair with Spillable Battery or Wet Cell Battery

The following order should be followed while loading wheelchairs with spillable or wet
batteries.
a. If Loaded Upright;
 The battery shall be disconnected.
 Battery terminals shall be insulated to prevent short circuit.
 The battery shall not be removed from the panel of the wheelchair.
 They shall be secured after loading.
b. If It Cannot Be Loaded Upright;
 The battery shall be removed.
 The battery shall be insulated against short circuit.
 The battery shall be wrapped with sufficient amount of absorbing material
against possible leakage.
 The removed battery shall be placed inside a watertight container resistant to
battery fluid, labeled as Wheelchair with Wet Battery as well as Corrosive.
 The container shall be loaded upright and secure.
5.4.27. Perishable Cargo (PER)

It refers to any materials, condition or intended function of which may deteriorate depending
on the temperature, humidity or delays in transportation. In cases where coolants such as
dry ice or cryogenic liquids are required, IATA Dangerous Goods regulations shall be
implemented. NOTOC shall be issued.
Figure-21: Perishable Cargo Label
5.4.28. Flower (PEF)

a. Flowers shall be wrapped in protective paper and packed in cardboard boxes or
baskets. Packages shall be loaded so as to avoid damage.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 31/124
b. All packages shall be loaded in accordance with the labels they bear. Such labels may
include "This Way Up" or "PER".
c. It shall be loaded in accordance with Special Cargo Segregation Table (Table 5).
d. No other load shall be placed above them.
e. NOTOC shall be issued and pilot-in-command shall be notified, if special temperature
conditions are required during transportation.
f. "PER" code and loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the
5.4.29. Newspapers and Magazines

a. Timing is crucial for transportation of such cargo.
b. They require fast transportation since they lose value in case of long delay.
5.4.30. Aircraft on Ground (AOG)

Loads tagged or marked as AOG are aircraft spare parts sent as priority cargo in order to
eliminate any technical defect causing the aircraft to remain on ground.
Suitable code and loading position shall be specified in the Loadsheet, and in the section
"SI" of "LDM".
Information on carriage of AOG is set out in PR.67.073 Procedure for Carrying Company
Equipment in the Compartment (EIC).
Figure-22: AOG Label
5.4.31. Live animals (AVI)

Live animals shall be carried in accordance with the rules set out under PR.60.005
Procedure for Carriage of Live Animals and Accompanying Persons.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 32/124
5.5. DANGEROUS GOODS

Dangerous Goods consist of substances and articles that may harm the passengers, crew
members, aircraft or other cargo, available on board any aircraft, as well as the environment due
to their chemical and/or physical characteristics, as described and listed under IATA Dangerous
Goods Regulations (DGR). Thus, they shall only be accepted if found in compliance with "DGR"
and the current publications; otherwise they shall never be accepted. The manual titled
“Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air” published by ICAO
constitutes the basis for carrying dangerous goods. While preparing this manual, studies and
procedures of Subcommittee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods (SCoETDG) and
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) have been taken as basis.
The personnel loading dangerous goods shall be familiar with segregation/sorting principles and
loading procedures, and shall have received the required training. (For detailed information
regarding acceptance of dangerous goods, carriage procedures and packaging requirements,
see EK.10.63.002 Dangerous Goods Manual.)
5.6. LOAD LIMITATIONS

Due to the flexible structure of the aircraft fuselage, contortion/distortion may occur, particularly
depending on the load it carries during flight.
Contortion/distortion, posing constant risk of damage in the long term, has been defined and
limited as "Airframe Structural Loading Limitation" by the airframe manufacturers. In this way,
contortion/distortion shall not exceed the maximum limits defined at any point.
These limits have been provided in "The Airframe Manufacturers Weight and Balance Manual"
specified by the airframe manufacturer and approved by the aviation authorities.
Load limitations are divided into two as Structural and Floor/Panel.
5.6.1. Structural Load Limitations

These are the limits to be complied with to avoid damage to the fuselage structure of the
aircraft.
a. Area Load Limitation
b. Running-Linear-Load Limitation
c. Cumulative Load Limitation
d. Combined Load Limitation
e. Compartment Load Limitation
f. Lateral Imbalance
5.6.1.1. Area Load Limitation

Compartment area limitation is the pressure limit in kg/m2, indicating the pressure applied
on the compartment floor in m2 by the weight of the load in kg set with the purpose of
ensuring that the capacity of the aircraft structure is not exceeded.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 33/124
Area limitation is checked by dividing the weight of the load by the area defined as the
external perimeter represented by the points of contact of the load with the floor.
Figure-23: Surface Area

S= LxI
If the result is higher than the area limitation, the load shall not be accepted as it is.
Planks shall be placed beneath the load after making necessary calculations.
If plank is required for the load, this means that maximum area limitation has been
reached. Thus, no other load shall be placed on the load or plank.
If area limitation has not been exceeded but actual area of contact of the load consists of
small chocks or mounts, surface area of each plank placed beneath the load shall be
equal to at least ¼ of the area calculated in the area limitation.
NOTE: Area limitation shall be checked again by including the weight of the plank used.
This is the maximum weight limitation for each 1 m2 of the aircraft floor, as specified by
the airframe manufacturer, in order to prevent damage to the beams, cross beams,
attachments and frame underneath the compartment floor. Area limitation expressed in
kg/m2, is found by dividing the weight of the load by the area defined as the external
perimeter (projection) represented by the points of contact of the load with the floor.
Any aircraft with an area limitation of 732 kg/m2 means that cargo item(s) with more than
732 kg of weight per 1 m2 of the aircraft may not be loaded.
In this case, pressure applied by a load with a weight of 240 kg, length of 60 cm, and
width of 50 cm per 1 m2 is calculated as follows:
240 kg
60 cm 50 cm
Figure 24: Sample Load of 240 kg

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 34/124
Weight of the
240 kg 240 kg
load
= = = 800 kg/m2 > 732 kg/m2
Surface of the
0.60 m x 0.50 m 0.30 m2
load
If the result exceeds the maximum limit set by the airframe manufacturer, load shall be
supported with plank, thereby its projection shall be increased.
5.6.1.2. Running Linear Load Limitation

Because of its flexible structure, fuselage contorts due to the load it carries during flight.
Thus, maximum linear limit, which does not exceed the airframe contortion limit set by
the aircraft manufacturer is provided in order to prevent permanent damage to the
aircraft. This limit is expressed in kg/m.
Linear limit helps to determine the total maximum load allowed in each bulk loading
compartment.
Linear limit shall be checked by dividing the weight of load by its length according to the
direction of the flight.
NOTE: Linear limit calculation is not required for the load exceeding the area limitation
and thus loaded on planks.
Heavy Packages: Linear limit shall be applied while carrying one or more heavy
packages.
Any aircraft with a linear limitation of 285 kg/m means that load(s) weighing more than
285 kg per 1 m of the aircraft may not be loaded.
In this case, the pressure applied by a load with a weight of 200 kg, length of 60 cm per 1
m is calculated as follows:
Weight of the load 200 kg

= = 333 kg/m > 285 kg/m
Length of the load 0.6m
If the result exceeds the maximum limit set by the airframe manufacturer, the load shall
not be loaded in the respective compartment.
The length of the load shall be increased by use of planks.
5.6.1.3. Cumulative Limitation

The maximum weight limitation that can be carried at the forward and aft of the fuselage,
set by the aircraft manufacturer.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 35/124
5.6.1.4. Combined Load Limitation

This shall be used in checking the total load amount at the "Maindeck" and "Lowerdeck."
5.6.1.5. Compartment Load Limitation

This refers to the maximum load amount permitted by the manufacturer to be carried in
compartment section.
5.6.1.6. Lateral Imbalance Limitation

The limitation set by the manufacturer, requiring loading of equal weights to the right and
left, taking into account the balance of the aircraft throughout the longitudinal axis
(tail-to-nose).
5.6.2. Floor/Panel Limitation

The limitation to observe in order to avoid damage to the floor of the aircraft by the loads.
a. Contact Load Limitation
b. Point Load Limitation
5.6.2.1. Contact Load Limitation

If area limitation has not been exceeded but actual area of contact of the load consists of
small chocks or mounts, surface area of each plank placed beneath the load shall be
equal to at least ¼ of the surface area calculated in the area limitation.
The following calculations shall be made in order to load a crate with a weight of 200 kg,
length of 80 cm, and width of 50 cm, which is in contact with the floor by its very small
metal mounts;
200 kg
80 cm 50 cm
Figure-25: Load Which May Damage the Floor/Panel Due to Small Surface Area of Contact

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 36/124
Weight of the
200 kg 200 kg
load
= = = 500 kg/m2 < 732 kg/m2
Surface of the
0.50 m x 0.80 m 0.40 m2
load
Minimum area of each plank to be placed underneath the load:
Surface of the
0.40 m2
load
= = 0.10 m2
4 4
This refers to the minimum area of the planks in contact with the floor.
200 kg
80 cm
Figure-26: Planking Method for Load Which May Damage the Floor/Panel Due to Small
Surface Area of Contact
Length of the plank: 80 cm
Width of the plank: 15 cm
Weight of the plank: 5 kg
Plank surface area = Length of the plank x Width of the plank
0.10 m2 = Length of the plank x 0.15 m
Length of the plank = 0.10 : 0.15 = 0.67 m = 67cm
Plank of 70 cm length may be used. However, when load length is 80 cm, planks to be
used to avoid the contact of mounts with the floor shall be of at least the same length as
the load.
Required minimum area shall be created by use of two planks of 80 cm length.
Plank surface area = 0.80 m x 0.15 m = 0.12 m2 > 0.10 m2

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 37/124
Note: It shall be re-checked whether the area limitation is exceeded, subsequent to plank
placement.
5.6.2.2. Point Load Limitation

This refers to the pressure limitation expressed in kg/cm 2 applied by the load on a small
area which can be called a point.
Limits for the floor of the bulk compartment are very high. Loads, that can be manually
loaded, do not reach this limit. Thus, point pressure load limitation is not provided in the
"manuals" published by the manufacturer.
However, certain rules shall be followed while loading, and applying pressure on the
aircraft floor shall be avoided.
While loading this type of load;
a. Avoid lifting only one side of a heavy load (over 50 kg) as it will cause the other side
to exert pressure on the floor
b. Pay attention not to drop or throw heavy loads (over 50 kg) to stand on one edge or
a corner. This type of handling may cause punctures on the aircraft floor.
While lifting the load with a lever, a plate shall be placed between the lever and the load
to distribute the pressure to avoid local damage.
Figure-27: Mishandling of Loads On Board and Use of Proper Supporting Equipment
5.7. PLACEMENT OF PLANKS

Items exceeding the maximum area limitation and/or linear limitation are required to be
supported with planks or platforms in order to distribute the weight to a wider area.
5.7.1. Plank Specifications

a. Planks shall have sufficient thickness and strength in order to allow load transfer.
b. Planks shall be placed under the actual contact points of the load or in a way
protruding maximum 5 cm.
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 38/124
c. No load shall be placed on a load with a plank, or on a new space created with
planks.
d. Required area shall be found by dividing the load weight by the area limitation set by
the airframe manufacturer.
Table-6: Standard Plank Dimensions
LENGTH WIDTH Plank Surface

WEIGHT (cm)
(cm) (cm) Area (m2)
0<x≤100 15 5 0.15
100<x≤150 15 7.5 0.225
150<x≤200 15 10 0.3
5.7.2. Use of Planks

 Minimum two planks shall be used.
 They shall be of sufficient thickness and strength.
Planks may be placed in two ways:
a. It may be placed underneath the actual contact points of the load.
b. It may be placed underneath the actual contact points of the load, protruding 5 cm.
Required minimum area;
Weight of the load 240 kg

= = 0.33m2
Area Limitation 732 kg/m2
On this area, planks may be placed in two alternative methods, as a minimum, to load the
cargo on the planks;

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 39/124
a. If planks are placed underneath the actual contact points, the created area shall
consist of the multiplication of the length of the plank and width of the load.
240 kg + 5 kg + 5 kg
5 kg
5 kg
50 cm
70 cm
Figure-28: Placement of Planks Without Protrusion
Required surface area = Length of the plank x width of the load

Minimum required surface area or larger surface area shall be obtained.
0.33 ≤ length of the plank x 0.50 m
0.33 : 0.50 ≤ length of the plank
0.66 cm ≤ length of the plank
Then, minimum length of the plank may be 70 cm.
New weight = Weight of the load + Total weight of the planks
= 240 kg+(5 kg+5 kg)=250 kg
Required minimum area shall be created by use of two planks of 70cm length. However,
area limitation calculations shall be re-checked due to change in load weight and length.
New weight of the load 250 kg

= = 714 kg/m2 < 732 kg/m2
New surface area of the
0.35 m2
load
b. If planks are placed underneath the actual contact points, protruding 5 cm at

most; the newly created area shall be obtained through multiplication of the length of
the plank and width of the protruding plank.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 40/124
240 kg + 5 kg + 5 kg
5 kg
5 kg
50 cm + 5 cm + 5 cm
60 cm
Figure-29: Placement of Planks With Protrusion
Required surface area = Length of the plank x Width of the load

Minimum required surface area or larger surface area shall be obtained.
0.33 ≤ Length of the plank x 0.60 m
0.33 : 0.60 ≤ Length of the plank
0.55 cm ≤ Length of the plank
Then, minimum length of the plank may be 60 cm.
New weight = Weight of the load + Total weight of the planks
= 240 kg+(5 kg+5 kg) = 250 kg
Required minimum area shall be created by use of two planks of 60 cm length. However,
area limitation calculations shall be re-checked due to change in load weight and length.
New weight of the

250 kg
load
= = 694 kg/m2 < 732 kg/m2
New surface area of
0.36 m2
the load
Area defined as the external perimeter of the contact points of the plank shall be equal or
below the maximum limit permitted.
Capacity of the compartment will be utilized more efficiently, since the length of the plank
may be shorter when planks protrude 5 cm from the mounts of the load. Therefore, the
second method is always ideal.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 41/124
5.7.3. Tie-Down the Load

Since the aircraft is subject to acceleration during take-off/landing as well as its airborne
movement, all types of baggage and cargo, which may pose danger or damage the structure
of the aircraft due to its form, density and content or which may cause significant variations in
the balance of the aircraft as a result of movement of the aircraft, shall be tied-down. There
are four reasons which might cause the load to move;
a. Acceleration during take-off: Load tends to slide backwards.
b. YAW (Sidewards Movement): Usually occurs under turbulent conditions. Load tends
to move towards both sides.
c. Deceleration: Load tends to slide forward.
d. Vertical movement: Load tends to bounce from the floor particularly under bumpy
weather conditions (turbulence, etc.).
The load shall be tied-down and secured considering the foregoing conditions.
 The load shall not be tied down with different fastening devices. Only straps or ropes
shall be used for fastening.
 Loads shall be fastened on three sides, which include the front, rear and upper side.
 Each strap or rope shall form a maximum 30-degree angle to the direction of tie-
down.
Figure-30: Views of the Load Tied-Down and Secured

In cases where ropes or straps are attached directly from the load to the ULD floor or edge
rails, such ropes or straps shall be used for single fastening. Same procedure shall apply to
all ropes used.
Figure-31: View of Single Rope Fastening When Load is Secured On a ULD

(Each Rope Should Be Used Individually.)
 Single fastening devices are fastened in three different directions depending on three
straps or ropes. There shall not be more than one strap or rope in the same direction.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 42/124
Figure-32: Directions of Ropes or Straps to be Attached to Stud Fitting

 Fasten the load from the point of restraint to a tie-down point behind this restraint
point in order to prevent forward movement.
 Fasten the load from the point of restraint to a tie-down point in front of this restraint
point in order to prevent backward movement.
 Fasten the load from a point as close as possible to it, preferably from the restraint
point on the load, to a tie-down point on the opposite side.
 Fasten the load from both sides to the opposite side in order to prevent sidewards
movement.
 Load with irregular shape or a high center of gravity requires to be fastened from both
left and right.
 Standard fastening shall be used for loads of proper shape. Standard fastening
requires four stud fittings, four fastening ropes and one security rope. Two fastening
ropes or straps shall be used against upward effects and two fastening ropes or
straps shall be used against forward and backward effects. As the sidewards effects
are already covered by the standard fastening, sides of the load do not require to be
fastened individually.
Figure-33: Proper Fastening

 Also, when a high and narrow item with a height twice as long as its width is loaded,
fastening against sidewards effects is required in addition to standard fastening. This
additional fastening shall be placed between half and two thirds of the height of the
item, and shall be secured by two security ropes to prevent it from sliding. Security
rope shall be used for preventing sliding of the ropes attached to prevent the forward
and backward movement of the load. Additional fastening may be required depending
on the weight of the item and the fastening devices used.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 43/124
5.7.3.1. Number of Fastening Required

Table-7: Table for Single Stud Fitting (With a Strength of 900 kg or 2000 lb)
Number Number of Ropes Hooked on Two Fittings
Load to be Tied-Down
of Single (Each Side of the Load)
Stud
Kg Lbs Fittings 1.5 G 3G
Left Right Forward Aft Upwards

Less than
Less than 300 2 1 1 1 1 1
660
1 1
301-600 661-1320 4 1 1 2
601-900 1321-1980 6 2 2 2 2 3
901-1200 1981-2640 8 2 2 2 2 4
1201-1500 2641-3300 10 3 3 3 3 5
1501-1800 3301-3960 12 3 3 3 3 6
1801-2100 3961-4620 14 4 4 4 4 7
2101-2400 4621-5280 16 4 4 4 4 8
Table-8: Double Stud Fittings (With a Strength of 2250 kg or 5000lb)

Number of Standard Straps or Steel Cables Hooked On
Load to be Tied-Down Number Two Fittings
of (Each Side of the Load)
Double
Stud 1.5 G 3G
Kg Lbs Fittings
Left Right Forward Aft Upwards
Less than
Less than 6600 4 1 1 1 1 2
3000
3001-4500 6601-10000 6 2 2 2 2 3
4501-6000 10001-13300 8 2 2 2 2 4
6001-7500 13301-16500 10 3 3 3 3 5
7501-9000 16501-20000 12 3 3 3 3 5

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 44/124
5.8. BALANCE AND WEIGHT CONTROL IN GROUND OPERATION
5.8.1. Balance in Ground Operation

As any other objects, aircraft also have a center of gravity and equilibrium. Each object is
attracted towards the earth surface in proportion to its mass. However, each object has a
point of equilibrium. This point, which is altered as a result of every impact acting on the
object, is represented by the mid-point of gravity acting on the entire object, i.e. "center of
gravity" (CG). The point of equilibrium is on the chord where the wing is attached to the
airframe since the buoyant force is the force keeping the aircraft on air, which is generated
only by the wings.
Center of gravity and equilibrium are as crucial in ground operation as they are during flight.
Weight calculation shall only be performed by the authorized personnel manually or through
the system, for each flight. For a safe flight, weight balance calculation shall be performed
prior to each flight, and it shall be checked if the flight is operated within the safety limits set
by the manufacturer. Such calculations shall be made in accordance with the current AHM
560 reference published by the Integrated Operation Control Directorate/Operation Planning
and Support Management.
Actual weight of the aircraft shall be determined by adding fuel, catering, crew, passengers,
deadload (cargo, mail, baggage, company equipment) and other weights to the structural
dead weight of the aircraft. These calculations shall be repeated after the information at hand
is confirmed.
Load distribution shall be handled within the ideal range of equilibrium and safe range set by
the manufacturer, taking fuel economy into account, pursuant to loading regulations. Load
distribution shall be performed in proportion to compartments at the forward and aft of the
center of gravity, in order to establish balance in ground operation.
Loads shall be planned considering their categories, station of arrival and compartment
limitations. For flights with multiple stations of arrival, sorting/segregation shall be primarily
made with regards to station of arrival. Then, items for the same station of arrival shall be
loaded according to their unloading order. Special loads shall be loaded under specific
loading conditions.
Load distribution shall be performed in accordance with the principles of balancing and so as
not to exceed loading limitations at each station of arrival. Load message (LDM, CPM)
received from the previous station (transit/arrival station) shall be checked, and transit load
shall be taken into account in planning, if any.
Load weights shall be determined by use of actual weight or standard weight.
5.8.1.1. Actual Weights

Weight details of baggage, cargo and mails shall be obtained through weighing pursuant
to Company regulations. Calculations shall be expressed in kg, unless otherwise
specified.
Actual baggage weight cannot be determined under two circumstances:

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 45/124
a. If weighing is completed, but baggage weight for each piece remains

unknown;
 Total weight of the checked baggage shall be divided by the total number of
baggage items. Average weight of a single baggage item is calculated as a
result of this procedure.
 The average baggage weight shall be multiplied by the number of items loaded
in each compartment or ULD.
 Items shall be counted while loading on baggage carts or in ULDs.
 Total number of items loaded on each compartment shall be noted on the
loading instruction form.
b. If it cannot be weighed;
Standard baggage weight shall be used for load control in cases where scale is not
available or inoperative, etc.
5.8.1.2. Standard Weights

5.8.1.2.1. Passenger Weights
Standard passenger weights provided below shall be used for weight and balance
calculations;
 A male of female person who has reached his/her 12th birthday or above as of the
date of commencement of travel is considered an adult passenger;
 A person who has reached his/her second birthday but not his/her 12th birthday as
of the date of commencement of travel is considered a child passenger;
 A person who has not reached his/her second birthday as of the date of
commencement of travel is considered an infant passenger. (Aged between 0-2).
Unchecked carry-on baggage is included in the standard passenger weight.
Table-9: Standard Passenger Weight Table
PASSENGER ADULT FEMALE MALE CHILD INFANT

All Flights Excluding
84 70 88 35 10
Holiday Charter
Holiday Charter Flights 76 69 83 35 10

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 46/124
In the event that passenger profile differs from the standard profile, for example; if
the number of Young Passengers traveling in group is 20 or more, then the actual
weight will be significantly different than the accepted adult passenger weight. If the
Loadsheet is prepared manually by the authorized operations coordinator,
passenger weights shall be adjusted through the calculation method specified in
AHM531, if Loadsheet is prepared through DCS, then adjustments shall be made
after informing DCS. This situation shall be reported to the Station DCS
Coordination Management by the station official to provide data statistics for
subsequent flights. "The holiday charter" section of the above-given table only
indicates that the flight is an element of a holiday travel package. "Holiday Charter"
values may be used if the number of passengers traveling free-of-charge does not
exceed 5% of passenger seating capacity of the aircraft. Company personnel, tour
operator employees, press representatives and JAA/civil aviation officials may be
included in this 5%.
5.8.1.2.2. Passengers Traveling On Crew Seats
Passengers may be permitted to travel on a crew seat under the following conditions;
FR.73.2011 Cabin Flight Form shall be issued by the Flight Operations Directorate if
required by a Company personnel who will travel on our domestic and international
flights with a pass ticket. In order to have FR.73.2011 Cabin Flight Form approved,
which is obtained for traveling on the "empty crew seat"; personnel are required to
personally apply and have the form signed by presenting their ID card and pass ticket
to the Flight Operations Directorate, or to the station manager at the station of
departure, or sales manager where the station manager is not available. The personnel
shall be enabled to travel upon approval by the pilot-in-command of the flight.
The passengers traveling on crew seats (Jumpseat passengers) shall definitely be
specified on the Loadsheet. Standard passenger weight shall be added for such
passengers. "Jumpseat" passengers shall be included in the class of service for which
they have been accepted on board.
They shall be indicated as LMC in L/S; and index value of their seats shall be checked
from AHM 560 and specified across LMC in the field "Index".
Passengers traveling on crew seats shall be accounted for in the balance calculation
by their actual seat location. An explanation shall be given by an appropriate remark,
including destination/station of arrival in multi-sector flights, in the section "SI" of the
Loadsheet.
It shall be specified as “1 pax on fwd crew seat” on the Loadsheet. The expression
"FWD", if the seat is on the forward side of the cabin, and "AFT", if the seat is on the aft
side of the cabin, shall definitely be used. If the passenger is to travel in the cockpit, it
shall be specified as “1 pax in cockpit”.
The jumpseat passengers are those on the "Standby" list of the flight and specified by
the system automatically on the passenger entry as “TRAVELS ON JUMPSEAT“ with
the 1/G entry. Following completion of the "APIS" entries of confirmed "Jumpseat"
passengers, "1/APP" shall be entered and "standby" cards shall be issued for such
passengers.
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 47/124
5.8.1.2.3. Crew Weights

The following standard weights shall be used for the flight crew on-duty in weight and
balance calculations. Only the carry-on baggage of the crew is included in these
weights.
If the weights of the crew baggage loaded on the compartment cannot be determined
in long-haul flights, kilogram specified in AHM 560 per piece (SPB) shall be included in
the baggage weight.
5.8.1.3. Baggage Weights

a. Checked Baggage Weight
Checked baggage is accepted to flight during check-in process and its actual
weights are entered into the system. Approval and calibration control records
performed on the devices used for weighing baggage by the relevant authorities
shall be retained by the station management.
b. Unchecked Baggage Weight (Cabin Baggage)
Unchecked baggage is the baggage, which is under the responsibility of the
passenger, and which is carried free of charge in the passenger cabin. Such
baggage shall be of suitable shape and size to be placed underneath the seat in
front of the passenger, or inside the overhead bins in the passenger cabin of the
aircraft.
Table-10: Table for Unchecked Carry-On Baggage Allowance
Business Class 2 pieces 8 kg (each piece) 23x40x55 cm (each piece)
Comfort Class 1 piece 8 kg (each piece) 23x40x55 cm (each piece)
Economy Class 1 piece 8 kg (each piece) 23x40x55 cm (each piece)
Any carry-on baggage shall definitely bear a cabin tag. Cabin baggage shall be checked
during "check-in" and/or "boarding".
Any baggage that does not correspond to the carry-on baggage description shall also be
tagged during "boarding". In cases where automatic tagging is not available, manual
baggage tag shall be used for tagging.
"K-edit" shall be entered into the system, baggage shall be carried to the cargo
compartment as checked baggage, and the baggage details shall be submitted to the
ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator.
In addition to cabin baggage; coat, topcoat, women/men hand bag, small video-camera
or camera, laptop, bag-type strollers and baby supplies bag for other needs of the baby
shall be carried on board free of charge.
 Cabin Baggage Loaded in Hold
Any and all baggage, non-conforming to the cabin baggage standards (determined
during boarding or in the passenger cabin), or carry-on baggage, not accepted in the
passenger cabin due to lack of space, shall be loaded in "hold".
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 48/124
This type of baggage, weight of which cannot be determined, shall be accepted to

weigh 12 kg while loading in "hold"; and CK entries of the same shall be made in
DCS. If the Loadsheet is already issued, last minute changes (LMC) shall be made
in the Loadsheet by the operations coordinator.
Baggage loaded in "hold" shall definitely be tagged. (If automatic tagging is not
available, perform manual tagging and identify the tag number into DCS.)
Courier baggage, musical instruments, tennis racket, which are subject to special
carriage conditions inside the cabin, are not included in the scope of cabin baggage
standards, and shall be carried inside the cabin taking their actual weights into
account.
 Non-Acceptance of Cabin Baggage for Transport
Any cabin baggage shall not be accepted to the flight, if:
 It poses a danger to the environment or persons,
 It is likely to be damaged during air transportation;
 It is not packed properly;
 Carriage of such baggage constitutes a crime pursuant to legislation of the
country of departure, arrival or the country, airspace of which will be used,
 Its weight, dimensions or composition is not suitable for air transportation,
 It cannot be placed underneath the seats or inside the overhead bins and/or
fastened to the seat securely.
5.8.1.4. Cargo and Mail

Actual weights shall be used without any exception in cargo and mail transportation.
Accordingly, standard weight practice is not implemented within the organization of the
Company.
5.8.1.5. Catering Supplies

Standard weights of catering supplies for each aircraft type are designated by Catering
and In-Flight Products Directorate (ISTHZTK). Standard weights of catering supplies are
coded individually for forward, mid and aft galleys by each aircraft type and flight type
(domestic, international, charter, all economy) and published in AHM 560.
All "trolley" and "standard unit" weights are included in the dead weight of the aircraft.
Missing "trolley" and "standard unit" weights shall be adjusted with "Service Weight
Adjustment".
In some cases, the weight of catering supplies loaded on board may be increased or
decreased. Then, necessary adjustments shall be made in the Loadsheet (DOW/DOI)
with regards to the weight increase or decrease in catering supply. If the Loadsheet is
issued by the crew, such information shall be communicated to the flight crew.
Catering supply carried in the cargo compartments shall be added as additional weight in
loadsheet calculations, and specified as CSU (company supply).

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 49/124
The trolley or catering supply tag shall contain the following details;
 Trolley (catering) number,
 Destination/station of arrival,
 Flight number,
 Net weight.
If the catering supplies contain dry ice,
 A sign or tag indicating dry ice content,
 Number of dry ice packs,
 Net weight of dry ice per pack,
 The information that the pack is watertight and intact and it can be secured on
board
Details regarding the weight reduction and position shall be specified in the section "SI"
of the "Loadsheet". (E.g. “DRY ICE as CSU/ UN 1845/ Class 9/10x700=7000 gr loaded in
comp 1/LHR”)
The respective equipment shall be returned to the dispatcher station.
In the event that catering supplies are loaded in the cargo compartment for the return
flight, this shall be specified in the "LDM" message (as position and weight).
Detailed information on use of EIC label is provided in PR.67.073 Procedure for Carrying
Company Equipment in the Compartment (EIC).
5.8.1.6. Additional Calculations

Calculation of actual weights as "+/-" due to operational requirements is under the
responsibility of ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator.
Significant differences shall be clarified prior to take-off. Weight and balance calculations
are also obligatory to be made in training, technical and test flights. In the event of
increase in planned weight (due to high number of passengers or load increase for some
reason), flight plans shall be revised.
5.8.1.7. Overload
Overload refers to the overcapacity load, exceeding the limitation certified by the
manufacturer. In this case, some loads are required to be unloaded.
In such cases, the loads shall be unloaded in the following order till the total weight is
within the capacity limits of the aircraft;
a. Cargo,
b. Mail,
c. Rush baggage,
d. Normal baggage,
e. Transfer/transit baggage,

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 50/124
f. "Priority" baggage,
g. VIP baggage (Owners of the baggage shall be informed while overloading)
The ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator shall inform the
local cargo department, and the cargo department at the station of arrival about the
cargo unloaded due to reasons mentioned above.
5.8.2. Load Control

a. Load items shall be loaded so as not to cause any damage to each other or the
aircraft.
b. Load shall be secured and its movement in any direction within the compartment shall
be prevented, since the changes in the position of loads affect the center of gravity.
c. Load weighing 150 kg or more shall be secured tightly, irrespective of the fact that it
occupies the compartment or net section fully. Heavy loads shall always be tied-
down, and it shall be ensured that they conform to floor load capacity or linear
restraint limitations, by placing planks, if necessary.
d. Loads which may cause damage/harm to the loading device, crew or aircraft due to
their form, density or structure shall be secured inside the aircraft through fastening
(liquids, barrels, protrusive loads).
e. Special loads [dangerous goods, live animals, human remains, liquids (de-icing), etc.]
shall be loaded in accordance with the requirements of the label (fragile, position
upright, etc.) they bear.
f. Unlabeled loads shall be identified and re-labeled, before loading.
g. Damaged or torn loads, if any, shall be identified before loading and the concerned
departments shall be immediately informed.
h. Loads with a unit weight between 50-150 kg are not required to be fastened if ¾ or
more of the compartment is filled. Loads shall not pose a risk against security with
regards to structure and content, in order not to be fastened.
i. Baggage shall be loaded into separate sections depending on baggage tags so as
not to be mixed up.
j. Pay attention to cargo with priority (special cargo, or packages containing dangerous
goods) and substances which shall not be loaded together.
k. Mail is a priority load.
l. Loads shall be protected against rain, snow, etc. at the ramp prior to loading.
m. Nets in the compartments shall be stretched properly, loads shall be prevented from
moving during flight.
n. Compartment nets and locks shall be checked against damage and loss. In case of
damage or loss, loading shall be performed in line with the limits provided by the
manufacturer. (Limitations for Airbus aircraft are provided in CEML-Cargo Equipment
Malfunction Limitations ahm.thy.com/ceml/).

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 51/124
o. Before the compartment doors are closed, protection nets shall be secured carefully.
p. Compartment height limits set by the manufacturer shall not be exceeded.
q. Every loading area has a maximum load capacity, and these limits are specified in
"Weight and Balance Manuals" by the aircraft manufacturers. These limits shall never
be exceeded in order not to damage the floor or ceiling of the aircraft.
5.8.2.1. Loading/Unloading
Loading shall definitely start from the forward during ground operation. Items shall be
loaded in line with the loading instructions for the flight.
Loading order;
 Cargo,
 Mail,
 Baggage (shall be loaded last in order to be unloaded first)
Before accepting any load on board for carriage, the load dimensions shall be compared
to cargo door dimensions. Other load limits shall be checked for items that can be loaded
passing through the cargo doors. See "Maximum Package Chart" in the relevant aircraft
manual for this purpose.
Unloading shall always start from the aft compartment. Necessary arrangement shall be
made prior to unloading, in line with the messages of the arriving aircraft. Unloaded items
shall be protected against weather conditions such as rain, snow. Load support
equipment unloaded from the compartments (plank, rope, strap, net, etc.) shall be
collected to be sent back. Unless otherwise requested, ballast loads shall definitely be
unloaded and retained to be used later on.
Loads may be refused or unloaded due to following reasons; volume problem, overload,
compartment limitations (height, area load limitation, floor panel limitation, etc.), weight
problem, ventilation, heating – cooling problems (AVIH, PER, etc.), balance problem,
load incompatibility (AVIH/HUM, etc.), exceeding quantitative transportation limits (DGR
TI limit), packaging problem (inappropriate packaging), extremely dirty load or live
animals with a heavy odor or causing discomfort.
The concerned cargo department shall be informed concerning the cargo and mail to be
unloaded.
In compartments which are bulk loaded, the volume of the load and details provided in
the loading plan shall be compared and estimated visually; if any significant difference is
detected, its cause shall be found out, and the station of departure shall be warned with a
message. Make sure that all compartments are completely unloaded at the final station of
arrival.
If crew baggage is temporarily unloaded and loaded back, make sure that the baggage is
loaded into correct positions and completely.
Special attention shall be paid to live animals transported as checked baggage, and they
shall be unloaded first and delivered to the passenger without any delay.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 52/124
Baby strollers and wheelchairs tagged as delivery at door shall be delivered to the
passengers at the aircraft door.
Baggage, cargo or mails that are damaged or identifying details of which are lost/missing
shall be reported to the concerned departments.
When the aircraft doors are being closed, the ground operations personnel acting as the
operations coordinator shall gather and communicate such details as total number of
passengers checked-in (total number of male, female, children and infants), total
baggage weight in kg, seating distribution of passengers as per each "zone" in the cabin
according to seating layout plan, operational weights, fuel amount, cargo and mail details
and special load details to the personnel drawing up the Loadsheet. S/He shall ensure
that Loadsheet is issued in line with these details, and that such details are recorded.
All priority baggage shall be loaded separately from other baggage, in a way enabling
unloading thereof first at the station of arrival. All baggage with "priority" tag shall be
loaded separately regardless of the travel service class of the passenger. Baggage shall
be loaded in different containers depending on their characteristics, and containers shall
be tagged with a "ULD" tag specifying their content. "Short connection" baggage shall be
loaded in an easily accessible position. "Short Connection", transfer, HUB (transfer
baggage container to the same flight), "Priority" and local baggage shall be loaded
separately at the station of origin and all intermediate stations. All baggage tagged as
"priority" shall be loaded separately from other baggage, in a way enabling unloading
thereof first at the station of arrival. "Priority" baggage shall be delivered first to the
baggage claim belt conveyors at the arrival terminal. While separating special and priority
baggage, practices concerning Star Alliance transfer baggage shall also be taken into
consideration.
All loading details shall be specified one by one in the section "SI" of the "CPM/LDM"
message such as VIP, "priority", transfer, "short connection".
Loading/unloading practices for cargo aircraft are set out in EK.10.63.001 Cargo
Regulations Manual.
a. Baggage By Priority Level
 "Short connection" baggage: "Short connection baggage tagged as Quick
Ramp" shall be loaded last and unloaded first.
 Transfer baggage has priority after "Short Connection" baggage.
 Baggage with "priority" tag shall be loaded separately from others, and shall
always be delivered first to the baggage claim belt conveyors at the arrival
terminal.
 It shall be ensured that transfer baggage of Star Alliance member airlines are
delivered before that of other airlines.
b. Priority of Baggage and Baggage Claim
Baggage shall be unloaded and then immediately delivered to the baggage claim.
First baggage, then mail and lastly cargo shall be unloaded, as opposed to the

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 53/124
loading order. Priority of baggage claim as per the baggage type shall be as
follows;
 Short connection baggage,
 VIP baggage,
 Baggage with "Priority" tag,
 Transfer baggage,
 Internal baggage,
 Lost item baggage.
This order may change, where required.
c. Loading Into Passenger Cabin
Items loaded in the passenger cabin consist of fragile, valuable and diplomatic
baggage, musical instruments, gold and banknotes, pets, and assistance animals
accompanying disabled passengers. Any load other than these is not permitted to
be loaded in the passenger cabin.
 Cabin load capacity per seat is 75 kg.
 Seats to be loaded with cabin load shall be determined and blocked by the
passenger handling.
 Weight of the cabin load reserved by blocking during passenger check-in
process shall be communicated to operations department through the system.
 "SOC" entry typed by the passenger handling is shown on the Loadsheet
printed from the system.
 For weight and balance calculations of the aircraft, cabin load weight shall be
indicated as load at the section "0" under the relevant load category in the
Loadsheet.
 Its weight shall be added as cabin baggage into the Loadsheet.
 Details of this special load shall be entered in the section "SI" of the Loadsheet.
d. Stowing Load in Passenger Cabin
 Lift the armrests of the middle seat, if necessary/possible.
 Protect the seat with blankets, if necessary.
 Place the load on the seats.
 Secure the load with seat belts.
 In the event that, use of straps or ropes is required due to dimensions of the
load, use the seat tracks for the installation of fastening devices, or attach the
straps/ropes directly to the seat-frame.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 54/124
5.8.2.1.1. Bulk Loading

It refers to loading by use of an equipment called conveyor belt system. There are nets
separating each compartment inside the hold, and preventing mingling of the loads.
Nets shall be tied even if the compartment is empty.
5.8.2.1.2. Loading with Unit Load Devices (ULD)
"ULD" loading shall be performed by means of the equipment called "highloader".
There are separate locking systems for container and pallet loading on the cargo
compartment floor. They shall be locked even if the positions are empty. Tare weights
of ULDs shall be included in manual Loading Plan and, in the traffic load as company
equipment (EIC) on the Loadsheet. They can be dispatched empty. Calculate the
empty "ULD"s by including them in the traffic load of the station. Enter the "ULD"
number into the system, regardless of the fact that "ULD" is loaded or empty. If a "ULD"
contains loads for multiple stations, tare weight shall be included in the weight
calculations of the final station. Tare weights of "ULD"s are automatically added by
TROYA System.
5.8.2.2. Load Control Tasks

The following processes shall be carried out for performance of the load control tasks;
a. Loading Instruction/Report shall be filled and signed in the same way as the
Loadsheet.
b. Total compartment load weights indicated on the loading report shall be compared
to the figures given on the "Loadsheet".
c. Preliminary balance form (non-finalized Loadsheet issued to provide approximate
figures based on the available data) shall be prepared, and such information shall
be communicated to the pilot-in-command, if required during operation.
d. Fuel order form indicating the final amount of the fuel replenished shall be
completed.
e. Taking the adjustments made on the loading report into account, Loadsheet shall
be edited, if the Loadsheet is already issued, actual figures shall be indicated
through performing Last Minute Changes (LCM).
f. Make sure that passenger figures given on the Loadsheet correspond to the actual
figures, and that the load distribution figures correspond to the actual figures as
well as to the Loading Plan.
g. Fuel figures shall correspond to the final amounts given on the fuel order form.
h. The Loadsheet shall be delivered to cockpit crew 15 minutes prior to the scheduled
time of departure (STD) or estimated time of departure (ETD).
i. The Loadsheet shall be delivered to the cockpit crew as soon as it is delivered to
the aircraft, and it should not be awaited for possible last minute changes.
j. The Loadsheet shall be checked and necessary adjustment shall be made in line
with the last minute changes.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 55/124
k. The copy retained by the cockpit crew shall match up with all other copies.
l. No adjustments may be made in any way on the form after flight close-out.
m. After the Loadsheet is signed, ground operations personnel acting as the
operations coordinator shall affirm the following:
 All details have been entered accurately and properly.
 Any load differences between preliminary planning and final stage have been
clarified.
 Weight and balance calculations have been performed by the authorized
personnel.
 Applicable flight safety rules and regulations have been followed. No limit has
been exceeded.
Detailed information is provided in paragraph 5.10.
n. NOTOC form shall be delivered to the pilot-in-command against signature where
special loads are carried in flight.
5.8.2.2.1. Notification to Captain (NOTOC)

Notification to Captain (NOTOC) is a notification given to the pilot-in-command for the
special loads in IATA standard format.
NOTOC shall be issued by cargo departments for the special load accepted through
cargo channel, and by the operations department for those carried by passengers.
NOTOC shall be signed by the personnel who issues it, the personnel who coordinates
loading thereof and the pilot-in-command.
In multi-destination flights, if special loads which require informing the pilot-in-command
through NOTOC form are carried, NOTOC shall be issued such that one copy thereof
is retained at each destination including the final destination.
The NOTOC form, a copy of which is issued for each destination, shall be delivered to
the pilot-in-command by the operations coordinator against signature.
The relevant station officer at every station of arrival shall take delivery of a copy of the
NOTOC from the pilot-in-command.
In the event that there is not any change in position, quantity and contents of the
special loads at the stations of arrival, then the NOTOC issued at the station of origin
shall be applicable and the special loads details shall be indicated on the loadsheet
issued at the stations of departure. In case of any change, a new NOTOC form shall be
issued in line with the details obtained from the station of origin and the changes
performed. The final version of the special load details shall be indicated on the
loadsheet which has been drawn up.
In the event that the pilot-in-command changes at intermediate stations, the crew
members shall hand over the current NOTOC copies to the new crew. In the event that

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 56/124
the crew do not meet up with each other, the handover shall be performed by the
station official.
NOTOC copies shall be archived by each department together with flight sets.
5.9. LOADING INSTRUCTION/REPORT

Loading Instruction/Report shall be issued and approved for every flight by the suitably
certificated personnel at the station of departure.
A separate unloading instruction/report may be issued for flights with one and multiple
intermediate stations. (In cases where some portion of the load is to be unloaded from the
aircraft, and the aircraft continues flight to another destination) Flow of load details and
communication of details regarding possible urgent loads (special loads, quick ramp, delivery at
aircraft door, etc.) shall be ensured between the relevant stations.
It is not mandatory to draw up an unloading instruction/report at stations of final destination
where the flight is completed. Instead, "LDM" and "CPM" messages may be used.
Loading Instruction/Report shall be retained together with the Loadsheet of the aircraft at the
station.
Loading Plan consists of two sections as provided below;
Table-11: Loading Duty Distribution
Authorized
Department Purpose
Personnel
Authorized Load planning in respect of priority and characteristics,
Loading
1 operations segregation/sorting as well as loading of special load in
Instruction
coordinator accordance with loading regulations.
Loading the aircraft in line with the Loading Instruction,

Aircraft coordinator
Loading and checking if the required adjustments have been
2 and the personnel in-
Report made after obtaining the final approval of the personnel
charge-of loading
issuing the relevant Loading Instruction/Report.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 57/124
5.9.1. EDP Loading Instruction/Report
5.9.1.1. EDP Bulk Loading Instruction/Report
LOADING INSTRUCTION/REPORT CHECKED EDNO

ALL WEIGHTS IN KILOS (22) (10)
FROM/TO FLIGHT STD A/C REG VERSION CREW DATE TIME
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
PLANNED LOAD (11)
JOINING SPECS (12)
TRANSIT SPECTS (13)
RELOADS (14)
LOADING INSTRUCTION ACTUAL
**************************************************************************************************** WEIGHTS
CPT 1 FLF MAX : : IN KILOS
(15) (16)
************************************
:ONLOAD (17)
:SPECS (18)
:REPORT (19)
*****************************************************************************************************
CPT 2 FLA MAX : : CPT 1 TOTAL :
(20)
*************************************
:ONLOAD
:SPECS
:REPORT
***********************************************************************************************
CPT 3 FLA MAX : : CPT 2 TOTAL : (20)
*************************************
:ONLOAD
:SPECS
:REPORT
*****************************************************************************************************
CPT 4 ALA MAX : : CPT 3 TOTAL :
(20)
*************************************
:ONLOAD
:SPECS
:REPORT
*****************************************************************************************************
: : CPT 4 TOTAL : (20)
*************************************
SI…….. (21)
THIS AIRCRAFT HAS BEEN LOADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND THE DEVIATIONS
SHOWN ON THIS REPORT.THE CONTAINER/PALLETS AND BULK LOAD HAVE BEEN SECURED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH COMPANY INSTRUCTIONS. (23)
SIGNATURE (24)
Figure-34: EDP Bulk Loading Instruction/Report Data Field

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 58/124
Table-12: EDP Bulk Loading Instruction Data Field Explanation

REF
HEADING REMARKS
NO
1 From Ternary IATA airport code of the station of departure
2 To Ternary IATA airport code of the station of arrival
3 Flight Flight number
4 STD Scheduled time of departure
5 A/C Reg Aircraft registration mark
6 Version Cabin configuration
7 Crew Number of cockpit and cabin crew members
8 Date Flight date
9 Time Flight Time
10 Ed No Edition number
11 Planned Load Estimated load
12 Joining Specifications Joining Special Loads
13 Transit Load Transit special load
14 Reload Reloading the transit load
Location and number of the compartment

E.g.: CPT 1
FLF- Forward Lower Forward
15 CPT FLA- Forward Lower Aft
ALF- Aft Lower Forward
ALC- Aft Lower Center
ALA- Aft Lower Aft
BLK-CPT 5
16 MAX Maximum structural weight capacity of the compartment
17 Onload Load weight added for each station of arrival
18 Specs Special load details
Instructions provided below shall be followed while issuing

the loading report:
19 Report - Ternary IATA airport code.
- Weight of the baggage cart shall be entered, if possible.
- For cargo and mail, weight given in the manifest shall be
entered if the weight of the baggage cart is unknown.
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 59/124
- If actual weight of the baggage cart is unknown, standard

figures for baggage weight and number of pieces shall
be used.
- BAL and EIC weights shall be entered separately.
Weight shall not be re-specified for the load transferred
from one compartment to another.
20 CPT Total Actual weight of the total load in the compartment
Supplementary Information:
- Load requiring special attention such as live animals or
21 SI
dangerous goods
- Entry indicating that items, which may pose danger due
to weight and/or dimensions, have been secured
Name of the operations coordinator in charge of preparing
22 Checked
the Loading Plan
Signature of the loading coordinator confirming that

23 Signature loading is performed in a secure manner and in
compliance with the Company regulations
24 Signature Signature of the personnel in-charge-of Loading Plan

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 60/124

ALL WEIGHTS IN KILOS
FROM/TO FLIGHT STD A-C/REG VERSION CREW DATE TIME

IST ADB TK 320 1020 TCJDY 24C126Y 2/ 5 06OCT06 1119
PLANNED LOAD
ADB F 0 C 14 Y126 C 276 M 16 B 1354
JOINING SPECS ADB EIC/4/254 HBG/4
********************************************************** WEIGHT
CPT 1 FLF MAX 1181 : : IN KGS
*****************************
: ONLOAD ADB C/5 O/45
: SPECS ADB HBG/40 EIC/5
: REPORT
**********************************************************
CPT 2 FLA MAX 2059 : : CPT 1 TOTAL :
*****************************
: ONLOAD ADB B/400

: REPORT
**********************************************************
CPT 3 ALF MAX 3062 : : CPT 2 TOTAL :
*****************************
: ONLOAD ADB B/854R C/276R M/16R

: REPORT
**********************************************************
CPT 4 ALA MAX1125 : : CPT 3 TOTAL :
*****************************
: ONLOAD ADB BC/100R O/200

: SPECS ADB EIC/200
: REPORT
**********************************************************
: : CPT 4 TOTAL :
*****************************
SI .
PREPARED BY: Y.NELİK
LOADING SUPERVISOR: O.CALISKAN
PLACE A PLANK UNDERNEATH THE CAT CARRIER AND TIE-DOWN IT.
LOAD THE CREW BAGGAGE INTO NO.1.
CHECK THE FKT.
LOAD THE BC BAGGAGE INTO NO.4.
VERSION CODE - 001
THIS AIRCRAFT HAS BEEN LOADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE INSTRUC –

TIONS AND THE DEVIATIONS SHOWN ON THIS REPORT. THE CONTAINER /
PALLETS AND BULK LOAD HAVE BEEN SECURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH COM –
PANY INSTRUCTIONS.
SIGNATURE :
Figure-35: EDP Bulk Loading Instruction/Report

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 61/124
5.9.1.2. EDP ULD Loading Instruction/Report

ALL WEIGHTS IN KILOS (25) (10)
FROM/TO FLIGHT STD A/C REG VERSION CREW DATE TIME

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
PLANNED LOAD (11)
JOINING SPECS (12)
TRANSIT SPECS (13)
RELOADS (14)
**************************************************************************************************** WEIGHTS
CPT 1 FLF MAX :: IN KGS
(15) (16) ***********************************
*************************************
:11P (17)
:ONLOAD (18)
:SPECS (19)
:REPORT (20) (21)
****************************************************************************************************
CPT 2 FLA MAX : : CPT 1 TOTAL : (22)
***********************************
:21P
:ONLOAD
:SPECS
:REPORT
******************************************************************** ****** ****** ****** ****** ******
CPT 3 ALF MAX : : CPT 2 TOTAL :
***********************************
:32
:ONLOAD
:SPECS
:REPORT
******************************************************************************************************
CPT 4 ALA MAX :: CPT 3 TOTAL :
***********************************
:41L :41R
:ONLOAD :ONLOAD
:SPECS :SPECS
:REPORT :REPORT
******************************************************************************************************
CPT 5 BLK MAX
:: CPT 4 TOTAL :
:51 ***********************************
:ONLOAD
:REPORT
******************************************************************************************************
:52
:ONLOAD
:REPORT
******************************************************************************************************
:53
:ONLOAD
:REPORT
******************************************************************************************************
: : CPT 5 TOTAL : (23)
***********************************
SI…….. (24)
THIS AIRCRAFT HAS BEEN LOADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND THE DEVIATIONS SHOWN ON
THIS REPORT. THE CONTAINER/PALLETS AND BULK LOAD HAVE BEEN SECURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH COMPANY
INSTRUCTIONS. (26)
SIGNATURE (27)
Figure-36: EDP ULD Loading Instruction/Report Data Field

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 62/124
Table-13: EDP ULD Loading Instruction Data Field Explanation

REF
HEADING REMARKS
NO
1 From Ternary IATA airport code of the station of departure
2 To Ternary IATA airport code of the station of arrival
3 Flight Flight number
4 STD Scheduled time of departure
5 A/C Reg Aircraft registration mark
6 Version Cabin configuration
7 Crew Number of cockpit and cabin crew members
8 Date Flight date
9 Time Flight Time
10 Ed No Edition number
11 Planned Load Estimated load
12 Joining Specifications Joining Special Loads
13 Transit Load Transit special load
14 Reload Reloading the transit load
Location and number of the compartment

E.g.: CPT 1
FLF- Forward Lower Forward
15 CPT FLA- Forward Lower Aft
ALF- Aft Lower Forward
ALC- Aft Lower Center
ALA- Aft Lower Aft
BLK-CPT 5
16 MAX Maximum structural weight capacity of the compartment
17 11P ULD Position Code
18 Onload Load weight added for each station of arrival
19 Specs Special load details

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 63/124
Instructions provided below shall be followed while issuing the

loading report:
20 Report 1- It specifies the ULD positions which are close to each other,
and indicated by container/pallet tags.
1- Volume code indicating the volume of the baggage containers
shall be entered.
21 Actual Weight Total weight typed on each ULD line
22 CPT Total Actual weight of the total load in the compartment
23 CPT Total Total weight loaded in BLK compartment
Supplementary information; load requiring special attention

24 SI (live animals, dangerous goods, etc.), lost item details, locking
mechanism, securing items which might pose a risk due to their
dimension and/or weight.
Name of the operations coordinator in charge of preparing the
25 Checked
Loading Plan.
Signature of the loading coordinator confirming that loading is

26 Signature performed in a secure manner and in compliance with the
Company regulations
27 Signature Signature of the personnel in-charge-of Loading Plan

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 64/124

FROM/TO FLIGHT STD A-C/REG VERSION CREW DATE TIME
IST JFK TK 1491 1045 TCJDL 34C237Y 3/ 11 06OCT06 1444
PLANNED LOAD
JFK 0 C 19 Y166 C 13865 M 71 B 4724
JOINING SPECS JFK HBG/4
************************************************************************************************************** WEIGHT
CPT 1 FLF MAX 9522 : : IN KGS
**********************************
: 11P PMC003381 TK
: ONLOAD JFK C/ 800
: REPORT
: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..............……………
: 12P PMC003032 TK
: ONLOAD JFK C/ 1630
: REPORT
**************************************************************************************************************
CPT 2 FLA MAX 19044 : : CPT 1 TOTAL :
**********************************
: 21P PMC003422 TK
: REPORT
: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….............……………….
: 22P PMC003405 TK
: REPORT
: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….............………………….
: 23P PMC003408 TK
: REPORT
: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….............…………………………….
: 24P PMC003344 TK
: REPORT
: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..............……………
**************************************************************************************************************
CPT 3 ALF MAX 13878 : : CPT 2 TOTAL :
*********************************
: 32 PLA001079 TK
: ONLOAD JFK C/ 800
: REPORT
: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..............…………
: 33 PLA001075 TK
: REPORT
: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..............……………………
: 34L AKE000968 TK : 34L AKE001128 TK :
: ONLOAD JFK C/ 465 : ONLOAD JFK C /710
: REPORT : REPORT
**************************************************************************************************************
CPT 4 ALA MAX 9522 : : CPT 3 TOTAL :
*********************************
: 41L AVE : 41R AVE :

: ONLOAD JFK B/750 : ONLOAD JFK B/750
: REPORT : REPORT
: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..............……………………
: 42L AVE : 42R AVE :
: ONLOAD JFK B/750 : ONLOAD JFK B/400 BC/277R
: REPORT : REPORT
**************************************************************************************************************
CPT 5 BLK MAX 3468 : : CPT 4 TOTAL :
*********************************
: 51
: ONLOAD JFK O/200
: SPECS JFK HBG/200
: REPORT
: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...............…………………………
: 52
: ONLOAD JFK B/500
: REPORT
: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..............…………………….
: 53
: ONLOAD JFK B/547R C/R-ANY M/71R
: REPORT
**************************************************************************************************************
: : CPT 5 TOTAL :
SI *********************************
PREPARED BY: Y.NELİK
LOADING SUPERVISOR: O.CALISKAN
LOAD BC BAGGAGE INTO 42R.
LOAD THE CREW BAGGAGE INTO NO.51.
CHECK THE FKY
VERSION CODE - 039
THIS AIRCRAFT HAS BEEN LOADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE INSTRUC TIONS AND THE DEVIATIONS SHOWN ON THIS REPORT. THE CONTAINER
/PALLETS AND BULK LOAD HAVE BEEN SECURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH COM PANY INSTRUCTIONS. SIGNATURE :
Figure-37: EDP ULD Loading Instruction/Report

(8) 763 kg. 4086 kg. 2670 kg. 888 kg.
TÜRK HAVA YOLLARI
TURKISH AIRLINES VARIŞ / A R R I V A L (9)
4 3 2 1
YÜKLEME TALİMATI/RAPORU
LOADING INSTRUCTION/REPORT
(7)
B737- 800
THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07

UÇUŞ NO. KUYRUK ADI TARİH
(FLIGHT NR.) (A/C REG.) (DATE) 361 kg 336 kg
(2) (4) (5)
ÇIKIŞ İSTASYONU VARIŞ İSTASYONU
(STATION) (DESTINATIONS) 402 kg 552 kg
AFT DOOR FWD DOOR
(1) (3)
HAZIRLAYAN: YÜKLEME TALİMATI / O N L O A D I N S T R U C T I O N S (10)
PREPARED BY: (6)
4 3 2 1
Loadsheet'i hazırlayan/yük kontrol personelinin imzası:
Signature of Load sheet agent/Load planner:
(13)
ÖZEL TALİMATLAR 361 kg 336 kg
5.9.2. Manual Loading Instruction/Report
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER 5
(12) 402 kg AFT DOOR FWD DOOR

552 kg
LOAD CONTROL
RAPOR / R E P O R T (11)
4 3 2 1
5.9.2.1. Manual Bulk Loading Instruction/Report
361 kg 336 kg
402 kg AFT DOOR FWD DOOR

552 kg
Figure-38: Manual Bulk Loading Instruction/Report Data Field

Page Number
Revision Date
Bu uçak, rapor bölümündeki düzeltmeler dahil, bu talimatlar doğrultusunda yüklenmiştir. Yük, şirket Yükleme sorumlusu veya yüklemeden sorumlu personelin imzası:
Revision Number
kurallarına uygun olarak emniyete alınmıştır. Name and signature of loading supervisor or person responsible for loading:
Document Number
This aircraft has been loaded in accordance with these instructions including the deviations
shown on the report. The load has been secured in accordance with company regulations. (14)
02
65/124
18.09.2014
EK.10.67.001

Issue Date: 01.05.2006
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 66/124
Table-14: Manual Bulk Loading Instruction/Report Data Field Explanation

REF
HEADING REMARKS
NO
Station of
1 Ternary IATA airport code of the station of departure
Departure
2 Flight No Flight number
Station of
3 Ternary IATA airport code of the station of arrival
Arrival
Registration
4 Aircraft registration mark
Mark
5 Date Flight date
Name/surname of the operations coordinator issuing the Loading

6 Prepared by Instruction
(in capital letters)
Compartment
7 Location and number of the compartment
No.
Maximum
8 Maximum structural weight capacity of the compartment
Weight
Loading information shall be written in detail in the "LDM" message

sent by the station of departure.
For multiple sector flights, the following details shall be written in the
section "Special Instructions", after ternary IATA airport code, when
required;
9 Arrival  Load category code in respect of Section 5.3 Table 3 Table for Load
Definition Codes,
Baggage (B), Cargo (C) and Mail (M), etc.
 Weight of the load,
Load service code in respect of Section 5.4.2 Table 4-Table for
Special Load Codes. Example: ESB/C/10/AVI
Items to be unloaded from the compartment(s) shall be circled.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 67/124
Load stacking instructions given by the station of departure, and

details of the load which will be unloaded and transported further in
transit flights shall be written.
Loading section "Special Instructions", after ternary IATA airport code, when
10 required;
Instruction
 Load category code in respect of Section 5.3 Table 3-Table for
Load Definition Codes,
 Weight of the load, Load service code in respect of Section 5.4.2
Table 4-Table for Special Load Codes. Example: ESB/C/10/AVI
Adjustments made in line with the Loading Instruction given for each
compartment shall be written.
If the position of the load remains the same at the station of transit,
details of arrival instructions shall be valid.
In the event that an adjustment has been made in loading, a new
loading report shall be issued.
11 Report section "Special Instructions", after ternary IATA airport code, when
required;
 Load category code in respect of Section 5.3 Table 3-Table for Load
Definition Codes,
 Weight of the load,
Load service code in respect of Section 5.4.2 Table 4-Table for
Special Load Codes (Example: ESB/C/10/AVI).
Special Instructions shall include;

 Loads requiring special loading and stacking procedures such as
live animals, dangerous goods, etc.,
 Supporting and securing heavy load,
Special
12  Securing load with hazard potential,
Instructions
 Change of loading position of the transit load
Also, other instructions shall be given to the personnel in-charge-of
loading in addition to details provided through Loading Instruction in
this section.
Signature of the operations coordinator issuing the Loading

13 Signature
Instruction.
Signature of the controller operations personnel and loading

14 Signature coordinator confirming that loading is performed in a secure manner
and in compliance with the Company regulations

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 68/124
Figure-39: Manual Bulk Loading Instruction/Report

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 69/124
5.9.2.2. Manual ULD Loading Instruction/Report
Figure-40: Manual ULD Loading Instruction/Report Data Field

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 70/124
Table-15: Manual ULD Loading Instruction/Report Data Field Explanation
REF
HEADING REMARKS
NO
Station of
1 Ternary IATA airport code of the station of departure
Departure
2 Flight No Flight number
Station of
3 Ternary IATA airport code of the station of arrival
Arrival
Registration
4 Aircraft registration mark
Mark
5 Date Flight date
Name/surname of the operations coordinator issuing the loading

6 Prepared by instruction
(in capital letters)
Compartment
7 Location and number of the compartment
No.
Maximum
8 Maximum structural weight capacity of the hold
Weight
Each "ULD" position and bulk compartment loading information shall be

written in "CPM" message in detail sent by the station of departure.
required;
 IATA ULD identification code,
9 Arrival  Load category code in respect of Section 5.3 Table 3-Table for Load
Definition Codes,
 Gross weight placed on the position (sum of load weight and "ULD"
tare weight),
 Load service code and net weight of the special load in respect of
Section 5.4.2 Table 4: Table for Special Load Codes. (Example:
21P/BKK/PAG-1234TK/C/1250.AVI/10)

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 71/124
ULD loading positions and bulk load details shall be written in this
section.
required;
 IATA ULD identification code,
 Load category code in respect of Section 5.3 Table 3, Table for
Loading
10 Load Definition Codes,
Instruction
 Gross weight placed on the position (total of load weight and ULD
tare weight)
Enter (X) for empty ULDs, and (N) for empty positions.
Section 5.4.2 Table 4-Table for Special Load Codes.
For Transit ULDs which will stay at the same position, (TRANSIT and/or
TRS) shall be written. Example: 21P/BKK/PAG-1234TK/C/1250.AVI/10
Adjustments made on each ULD position and bulk compartment loading

details in line with the loading instruction shall be written.
If the position of the load has not been changed at the station of transit,
details of arrival instruction shall be valid, otherwise this change shall be
indicated in the section report.
required;
11 Report  IATA ULD identification code,
 Load category code in respect of Section 5.3 Table 3-Table for Load
Definition Codes,
 Gross weight placed on the position (total of load weight and "ULD"
tare weight)
Section 5.4.2 Table 4-Table for Special Load Codes. (Example:
21P/BKK/PAG-1234TK/C/1250.AVI/10)

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 72/124
Special Instructions shall include;

 Loads requiring special loading and stacking procedures such as
live animals, dangerous goods, etc.,
 Supporting and securing heavy load,
 Securing load with hazard potential,
Special
12  Change of loading position of the transit load.
Instructions
Also, other instructions shall be given to the personnel in-charge-of
loading in addition to details provided through loading instruction in this
section.
Note: All personnel physically involved in loading process is
responsible for tying down and securing each load which may pose
danger, even if it is not specified in the section special instructions.
13 Signature Signature of the operations coordinator issuing the Loading Instruction.
Signature of the controller operation personnel and loading coordinator

14 Signature confirming that loading is performed in a secure manner and in
compliance with the Company regulations

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 73/124
Figure-41: Manual ULD Loading Instruction/Report

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 74/124
5.10. LOADSHEET
It is the official document issued for each flight, containing weight data and balance conditions of
the aircraft which is being loaded. This definition shall also refer to Preliminary Loadsheet, Final
Loadsheet and ACARS Loadsheet.
The issue number of the Loadsheet, whether it is a preliminary and final Loadsheet, and details
of the personnel issuing the form shall definitely be specified in the Loadsheet issued through
ACARS. It will be enough to indicate "actual" values only.
Load control personnel is responsible for ensuring that aircraft weight and balance limitations are
observed. Figures communicated verbally -affecting the weight and balance of the aircraft- shall
also be confirmed in writing. Name-surname, original signature and/or electronic signature of
each personnel responsible for performance of such tasks shall be indicated in the respective
document. The responsible personnel undertakes liability for the task and control s/he, by
signing the relevant document.
Following statements shall be confirmed by signing the Loadsheet:
 Details have been entered accurately.
 Details have been compared to those provided in the preliminary calculations.
 Significant variations have been clarified.
Details provided on the Loadsheet reflect the actual aircraft loading values. Every occurrence
regarding the load control and/or loading activities shall be reported.
Data used while preparing the Loadsheet;
a. Flight number in line with the flight schedule or special instruction received from the
operations coordination,
b. Aircraft registration mark,
c. Aircraft version number in line with the aircraft type, cabin configuration and "ULD"
configuration, if any.
d. Number of crew members in line with the details received from the Crew Planning
System and/or pilot-in-command.
e. "DOW/DOI" and "pantry" group code in line with the details obtained from the internal
publications of the airline,
f. Departure and trip fuel figures in line with the details received from the crew or
dispatcher,
g. Maximum weight limitation of the aircraft in line with the published details (AHM 560),
or the data received from the flight crew, (Detailed information is available at
ahm.thy.com )
h. Amount of potable water available on board the aircraft,
i. Transit load details in line with the "LDM/CPM",
j. Cargo and mail weights in line with the cargo manifests,
k. Weight of the items and equipment not declared and/or not included in the manifest,
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 75/124
l. Number of passengers checked-in and weight of the checked baggage load,

m. Load distribution in line with the Loading Instruction/Report.
5.10.1. Manual Loadsheet

Approved manual Loadsheet shall be issued where EDP is not in use.
Figure-42: Sample Manual Bulk Loading Loadsheet

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 76/124
Table-16: Sample Manual Loadsheet Explanation
Ref
Heading Definition/Explanation Format/Example
No.
1 Address(es) Address(es) receiving the load message E.g.: ADAKLTK
2 Flight Flight number/identifier Ternary airline code followed by

up to 8 characters. Flight
identifier consists of maximum
11 characters. Date comprising
2 characters -included in the 11
characters- shall be written after
a slash (/).
E.g.: TK001/23
TK1527
3 Originator Telex address of the station of departure E.g.: ISTKLTK
4 A/C reg. Aircraft registration mark Consists of 2-10 characters.

Dash (-) is not used while typing.
E.g.: TCJDN
TCJFD
5 Version Version/configuration codes
1-12 characters 18C/132Y
6 Captain Name of the pilot-in-command
7 Crew Number of crew members, cockpit crew, followed by the cabin

crew E.g.: 3/4
8 From/To Ternary IATA code of the stations of Departure/Arrival E.g.: IST/ADA
9 Date Local date when the Loadsheet is issued E.g.: 20 JUN 02
10 Basic Weight The weight covering configuration equipment of the aircraft

including fixed equipment, system fluids, unused fuel and galley
structure
11 Pantry Weight of pantry and additional unmanifested catering supplies

transported in the galley
12 Crew Weight of the cockpit and crew members shown under Item 7
13 Empty line to show Basic Weight adjustments
14 Dry Operating “Basic Weight” plus crew, crew baggage, flight equipment and
catering supplies
15 Take-off Fuel The amount of fuel on board minus the fuel consumed during
taxiing
16 Operating Weight Sum of Items 14 and 15
17 Formula for index calculation
18 Maximum Weight For Maximum weight in case of zero fuel

Zero Fuel
19 Maximum Weight for Maximum take-off weight

Take-off
20 Maximum Weight for Maximum landing weight

Landing
21 Trip Fuel Fuel amount estimated to be consumed between take-off and

landing

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 77/124
Ref
No.
1 Address(es) Address(es) receiving the load message E.g.: ADAKLTK
2 Flight Flight number/identifier Ternary airline code followed by

up to 8 characters. Flight
identifier consists of maximum
11 characters. Date comprising
2 characters -included in the 11
characters- shall be written after
a slash (/).
E.g.: TK001/23
TK1527
3 Originator Telex address of the station of departure E.g.: ISTKLTK
4 A/C reg. Aircraft registration mark Consists of 2-10 characters.

Dash (-) is not used while typing.
E.g.: TCJDN
TCJFD
5 Version Version/configuration codes
1-12 characters 18C/132Y
6 Captain Name of the pilot-in-command
7 Crew Number of crew members, cockpit crew, followed by the cabin

crew E.g.: 3/4
8 From/To Ternary IATA code of the stations of Departure/Arrival E.g.: IST/ADA
9 Date Local date when the Loadsheet is issued E.g.: 20 JUN 02
10 Basic Weight The weight covering configuration equipment of the aircraft

including fixed equipment, system fluids, unused fuel and galley
structure
11 Pantry Weight of pantry and additional unmanifested catering supplies

transported in the galley
12 Crew Weight of the cockpit and crew members shown under Item 7
13 Empty line to show Basic Weight adjustments
14 Dry Operating “Basic Weight” plus crew, crew baggage, flight equipment and
catering supplies
15 Take-off Fuel The amount of fuel on board minus the fuel consumed during
taxiing
16 Operating Weight Sum of Items 14 and 15
17 Formula for index calculation
18 Maximum Weight For Maximum weight in case of zero fuel

Zero Fuel
19 Maximum Weight for Maximum take-off weight

Take-off
20 Maximum Weight for Maximum landing weight

Landing
21 Trip Fuel Fuel amount estimated to be consumed between take-off and

landing

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 78/124
Ref
No.
43a Total number of transit adult passengers (male/female) for all

routes
43b Total number of transit child passengers for all routes
43c Total number of transit infant passengers for all routes
44 Total deadload weight for all routes
45 Load weight per each compartment and cabin for all routes
46 Total number of baggage, cargo and mail pieces for all routes
47 Total number of PAD passengers for all routes
48 Total cabin baggage weight
49 Total weight of infants
50 Total weight of children
51 Total weight of adults (male/female)
52 Zero Fuel Weight Actual Zero Fuel Weight

Sum of Items 24 and 14
53 Take-off Weight Actual Take-off Weight

Sum of Items 15 and 52
54 Landing Weight Actual Landing Weight

Difference between Items 53 and 21
55 LMC Last Minute Changes
55a DEST Destination of LMC load
55b PCS Number of LMC load pieces
55c Specification LMC load type
55d CL/CPT Class of the passenger with LMC or compartment number of the
load with LMC
55e +/- Addition/subtraction definition
55f Weight LMC load weight
55g +/- Index LMC load index effect
56 LMC Total Total weight and index of all LMCs
57 SI Supplementary information
58 NOTES Notes
59 RWY/OAT/WIND C. Take-off runway, external air temperature and wind component
60 Number of passengers per cabin and in total
61 BI/DOI Basic Index/Dry Operating Index
62 FLT DECK When BI is applied, additional crew trim area in cockpit
63 FWD ATT/AFT ATT When BI is applied, cabin crew trim area

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 79/124
Ref
No.
64 GALLEY When BI is applied, catering trim area
65 CABIN Passenger trim area per cabin
66 CARGO Load trim area per compartment
67 TAKE-OFF FUEL Fuel trim area
68 Safety zone where the Center of Gravity (CG) of the aircraft is to

be located
69 PREPARED BY Signature of the personnel issuing and checking the Loadsheet
70 APPROVED BY Signature of the pilot-in-command
5.10.2. EDP Loadsheet

In cases where EDP system is used for weight and balance calculations, an EDP Loadsheet
shall be issued instead of a manual Loadsheet.
Prior to printing an EDP Loadsheet, EDP System automatically checks the following;
a. Maximum gross weight limitations of the aircraft are not exceeded,
b. Weight limits of each compartment, net sectors or "ULD" positions are not
exceeded,
c. Combined load limits are not exceeded,
d. Calculated center of gravity of the aircraft is within the set limits.
This system prevents printing the Loadsheet, if any weight limit is exceeded or if the
calculated center of gravity is outside the set limits.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 80/124
47 48 9
LOADSHEET CHECKED APPROVED/TIME EDNO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FROM/TO FLIGHT A/C REG VERSION CREW DATE TIME
aaa aaa aaffff m ------- m t --------- t f/f f/f f f f a a a f f ff ff
WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION
LOAD IN COMPARTMENTS 10 f f f f f f t ----------------------------------------- t
t ----11---------------------------------- t
PASSENGER/CABIN BAG 12 f f f f f f 13/14/15/16 TTL 17 f f f CAB 18 f f f

PAX19/20 f f/ f 21 f f f SOC f f / 22/f f
BLKD f f/23/f f
...........................................................................................................................................................................
TOTAL TRAFFIC LOAD 24 f f f f f f AFTER LMC
DRY OPERATING WEIGHT 25 f ------- f WEIGHT IND MAC
ZERO FUEL WEIGHT ACTUAL 26 f ------- f MAX f 27 f f f a ADJ
TAKE OFF FUEL 28 f ------- f
TAKE OFF WEIGHT ACTUAL 29 f ------- f MAX f 30 f f f 34 ADJ 44
TRIP FUEL 31 f ------- f
LANDING WEIGHT ACTUAL 32 f ------- f MAX f 33 f f f a ADJ
.....................................................................................................
BALANCE AND SEATING CONDITIONS LAST MINUTE CHANGES
t ---------------------------------------------t DEST SPECS CL/CPT + - WEİGHT IND
t ---------------------------------------------t 37 38 39 40 41 42
t -------------------36-----------------------t
t ---------------------------------------------t
t ---------------------------------------------t
t ---------------------------------------------t
UNDERLOAD BEFORE LMC 35 f f f f f f LMC TOTAL 43

............................................................................................................................................................................
LOAD MESSAGE AND CAPTAINS INFORMATION BEFORE LMC
CAPTAINS INFORMATION/NOTES 45
LOADMESSAGE AND BEFORE LMC 46
Figure-43: EDP Loadsheet Data Field

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 81/124
Table-17: EDP Loadsheet Explanation

Ref
Heading Definition/Explanation Format/Example M/C/O Notes
No.
Part 1 Address and Headings
1 From Ternary IATA airport code of the E.g.: IST M

station of departure. DLM
2 To Ternary IATA airport code of the M

station of arrival.
3 Flight Flight number/identifier Binary or Ternary airline M

code followed by up to 8
characters. Flight identifier
consists of maximum 11
characters. Date comprising
2 characters -included in the
11 characters- shall be
written after a slash (/).
E.g.: TK001/23
TK1527
4 A/C Reg Aircraft registration mark Consists of 2-10 characters. M

Dash (-) is not used while
typing.
E.g.: TCJDN
TCJFD
5 Version Version/configuration codes 1-12 characters 18C/132Y M
6 Crew Number of crew members, 3-7 characters Crew figures shall be

cockpit crew, followed by the separated with a slash
cabin crew (/)
7 Date Date E.g.: 17.Feb.01 M Local date shall be

used
8 Time Four-digit local time at which the E.g.: 1003 O
Loadsheet is issued 1215
9 Ed. No. Edition no. and signature of the E.g.: YK/01 O

issuing personnel
Part 2 Load and Distribution
10 Total Weight Total load in the compartment M
11 Load in Total load in each compartment C

compartments and/or position
12 Total weight Total passenger weight M

In respect of Items 13,14, 15, 16
and 18
13 M Total number of male M

passengers
14 F/Adults Total number of female or adult C

passengers
15 Chd Total number of child M

passengers
16 Inf Total number of infant M

passengers
17 Total No. Total number of passengers O

Sum of Items 13, 14, 15 and 16

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 82/124
18 Cabin Bag Baggage weight carried in the O

cabin
19 PAX Passenger identifier O
20 Actual class identifying the O

service
21 Total number of seats occupied M

by the passengers per class,
including PAD
Maximum three classes
22 SOC Number of seats occupied for C

cargo, baggage and/or mail per
class
23 Blocked Number of seats blocked, not O

BLKD used for passengers or load
24 Total Traffic Load Total weight of passengers, M

baggage, cargo and mail
Part 3 Gross Weight Calculation
25 Dry Operating “Basic Weight” plus crew, crew M

Weight baggage, flight equipment and
catering supplies
26 Actual Zero Fuel Sum of Items 24 and 25 M

Weight
27 Maximum Zero Fuel Maximum weight during zero M

Weight fuel
28 Take-off Fuel The amount of fuel on board M

minus the fuel consumed during
taxiing
29 Actual Take-off Sum of Items 26 and 28 M

Weight
30 Maximum Take-off Maximum take-off weight M

Weight
31 Trip Fuel Fuel amount estimated to be M

consumed between take-off and
landing
32 Actual Landing Difference between Items 29 M
Weight and 31
33 Maximum Landing Maximum landing weight M

Weight
34 L Identifier indicating the M

maximum value which limits the
allowed traffic load
35 Underload before Difference between the M

LMC maximum and actual gross
weight indicated with L

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 83/124
Part 4 Balance and Seating Plan
36 Balance and seating Balance and Seating Plan C

Conditions
37 Dest. Destination of LMC load C
38 Specification LMC load type C
39 CL/CPT Class of the passenger with C

LMC or compartment number of
the load with LMC
40 +/- Addition/subtraction definition C
41 Weight Load weight specified in Item 38 C
42 IND LMC load index effect C
43 LMC Total Weight Total weight and index of all C

LMC
44 Adj Item 43 affects item 44 C
Part 5 Captain's Information/Notes
45 Captain’s Empty area for details and notes O

Information/Notes
Part 6 Load Message Before LMC
46 Loadmessage Loadmessage in standard O

format
Part 7 Signature
47 Checked Signature of the authorized M

personnel checking the
Loadsheet
C
48 Approved Signature of the pilot-in-
command
5.10.3. Number of Copies and Distribution of Loadsheet

Loadsheets shall be drawn up in four copies, and shall be signed by the flight crew at closing
phase of aircraft doors and distributed as follows;
 The original copy shall be delivered to the station of departure for archiving
purposes,
 The 2nd copy shall be delivered to passenger handling department,
 The 3rd copy shall be delivered to the cockpit crew,
 The 4th copy shall be delivered to the cabin chief.
5.10.4. Points to be Taken Into Consideration While Drawing Up Loadsheets

 Make sure that the aircraft registration mark indicated on the Loadsheet matches
with the aircraft registration mark available on the aircraft in parking position.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 84/124
 Captain, commissioned technical and all crew members, commissioned on board

but traveling on passengers seats, without a ticket, shall be included in "DOW" and
"DOI" values.
 Only the crew members who occupy the seats made for the crew shall be indicated
in the field "Crew" on the Loadsheet.
 Crew members traveling on passenger seats shall not be indicated in the field
"Crew"; their weight and index shall be noted in the field "SI". The seats they occupy
shall be blocked as "Z" and their weights shall be recorded through "SW" entry
because even if they are seated on passenger seats, they are considered crew
members; therefore they affect the "DOW" and "DOI" value.
 Passengers traveling on crew seats but not considered a crew member shall not be
included in "DOW" and "DOI" but in total traffic load and "CG" values. They shall be
indicated as "LMC" on the Loadsheet.
 It shall be checked whether the catering code is received accurately, and the code
shall be indicated on the Loadsheet.
 "Basic Weight" of the aircraft is calculated assuming that the water tank is full. The
amount of such portion of the water tank which is empty due to operational
requirements, shall be subtracted from the "DOW" value. The index value
corresponding to the subtracted weight shall be added or subtracted. Refer to
ahm.thy.com to make sure about the amount of weight to be subtracted and the
requirement for index addition or subtraction.
 In domestic flights, generally catering supplies are loaded on board on turnaround
basis. If the catering supplies for the return flight are available on board the aircraft
which has arrived, then the concerned station shall use the code "G" on the
Loadsheet. If, however, the catering supplies for the return flight are loaded at that
station, then the catering code "D" shall be used. Coordination may be required from
Load Control and Ground Operation Risk Tracking Management in exceptional
cases.
Detailed information is available in TL.67.050 Instruction on Drawing up Loadsheet.
5.10.5. Issuance of Loadsheets by the Center

 Loadsheet shall be issued by or under the control of Load Control and Ground
Operation Risk Tracking Management, where necessary.
 In the event that the Loadsheet of the subsequent flight cannot be issued by the
pilot-in-command after landing on alternate airports due to diversion or emergency,
then IOCC/SOCC shall inform Load Control and Ground Operation Risk Tracking
Management and submit such request.
 In cases which require issuance of the Loadsheet by the Center, the station official
shall be responsible for coordination of the loading and provision of the necessary
information. Where station official is not available, the relevant coordination and
notification shall be ensured through IOCC or directly by the cockpit crew.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 85/124
 When the Loadsheet is issued by the Center, the name and signature of the person
issuing the Loadsheet shall be sufficient (SONIC code also substitutes for
signature.) The field "Checked by" shall be signed by the responsible coordination
officer before submitting the same to the pilot-in-command of the flight.
 Load Control and Ground Operation Risk Tracking Management may be contacted
through GLC@THY.COM.
5.11. LAST MINUTE CHANGES (LMC)

It refers to the changes and adjustments made so as not to exceed the set limits without any
need for re-issuance of the loadsheet.
Only authorized personnel can perform "LMC".
Technicians commissioned on board as well as personnel traveling as jumpseat passengers with
a pass ticket may be indicated with "LMC". Weight and index value shall be specified in case of
"LMC". Weight and index of the passengers traveling on jumpseat with a pass ticket shall not be
included in "DOW" and "DOI" values.
"LMC" is limited to 800 kg for the narrow body aircraft, and to 1500 kg for the wide-body aircraft
available in the fleet of the Company. "LMC" may be performed provided that such limits are not
exceeded, that the index value is calculated, that its effect on total "CG" is indicated, and that it
is ensured to remain within the safe zone. In cases of "LMC" to be performed on factors that
might influence "DOW" and "DOI" values, the latest "DOW" and "DOI" values shall definitely be
recorded on the field "LMC" and initialed.
Pilot-in-command may request calculation of the new fuel amount by the dispatch department in
respect of "AZFW", when there is a difference between the "ZFW" on the Loadsheet and that of
the flight plan. Pilot-in-command shall decide on whether to refuel the aircraft or not in line with
the information received. Pilot-in-command shall demand a new flight plan if s/he deems
necessary.
When calculating the overall "LMC" index, the "+/-" effect of each kg (with respect to passengers
and load) depending on its location (cabin or compartment) on the index shall be multiplied by
the added or subtracted weight to compute the effect of the added cargo or passenger on the
balance. Where this load is subtracted from the aircraft weight, the weight is reduced with an
inverse effect on the balance. When required by the cockpit crew, "CG" calculation according to
"index" after "LMC" shall be made through the "trim" section of the manual loadsheet kept inside
the cockpit.
While making a LMC;
 "LMC" value shall not exceed the "Underload Before LMC" value.
 While making a "LMC", attention shall be paid attention on not exceeding the limitations
such as compartment capacity, maximum combined compartment capacity, "ULD"
capacity.
 It shall be verified that maximum weight limitations (MZFW-MTOW-MLW) of the aircraft
have not been exceeded.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 86/124
 It shall be verified that new center of gravity (CG) of the aircraft following the "LMC" as
well as forward and aft operational center of gravity have not been exceeded.
5.11.1. Final Loadsheet Details

Loadsheet submitted to the pilot-in-command is required to be signed following the last
minute changes.
Relevant changes shall be specified on the field "LMC" and the values given on the
Loadsheet shall be corrected.
Effect of the "LMC" weights, performed on the Loadsheet, on the balance is found by adding
to or subtracting (±) from the indexes specified in AHM 560.
5.11.1.1. Take-off Weight (TOW)

a. ADJ TOW = ACTUAL TOW ± LMC TOTAL
b. ADJ TOW INDEX = LITOW ± LMC TOTAL INDEX This index value is used to
calculate ADJ "TOW MAC %".
c. "ADJ TOW, ADJ TOW index" and "ADJ TOW MAC %" are indicated in the row
"ADJ" on the box "AFTER LMC".
5.11.1.2. Zero Fuel Weight (ZFW)

a. ADJ ZFW = ACTUAL ZFW ± LMC TOTAL
b. ADJ ZFW INDEX = LIZFW ± LMC TOTAL INDEX
c. This index value is used to calculate "ADJ ZFW MAC %".
d. "ADJ ZFW, ADJ ZFW index" and "ADJ ZFW MAC %" are indicated in the row
ADJ on the box "AFTER LMC".
5.11.1.3. Landing Weight-LAW

a. ADJ LAW = ACTUAL LAW ± LMC TOTAL
b. ADJ LAW INDEX = LILAW ± LMC TOTAL INDEX
c. This index value is used to calculate "ADJ LAW MAC %".
d. "ADJ LAW, ADJ LAW index" and "ADJ LAW MAC %" are indicated in the row
"ADJ" on the box "AFTER LMC".

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 87/124
Figure-44: Sample Loadsheet for Manual ULD Loading

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 88/124
LOAD SHEET CHECKED APPROVED/TIME EDNO

ALL WEIGHTS IN KILOS YK/ 01
IST AYT TK0414/24MAY TCJGD 36C129Y 2/5 24MAY01 1318
WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION
LOAD IN COMPARTMENTS 2838 2/ 2036 3/ 802
PASSENGER/CABIN BAG 13315
110/48/ 7/ 3 TTL 168 CAB 0
PAX 0/ 36/ 129 SOC 0/ 0/ 0
BLKD 0 /
...............................................................................
TOTAL TRAFFIC LOAD 16153 AFTER LMC
DRY OPERATING WEIGHT 42792 WEIGHT IND MAC
ZERO FUEL WEIGHT ACTUAL 58945 MAX 62459 L ADJ
TAKE OFF FUEL 6470
TAKE OFF WEIGHT ACTUAL 65415 MAX 79015 ADJ
TRIP FUEL 2855
LANDING WEIGHT ACTUAL 62560 MAX 66088 ADJ
..........................................
BALANCE AND SEATING CONDITIONS . LAST MINUTE CHANGES
BI 48 . 3 DOI 46 . 2 . DEST SPECS CL/CPT I - WEIGHT IND
LIZFW 39 . 8 LITOW 45 . 1 .
LILAW 40 . 5 MACZFW 18 . 0 .
MACTOW 20 . 0 MACLAW 18 . 3 .
STABTO SETTING FOR 5 DEG FLAP 5 . 5 NOSE UP
A42 . B48 . C75 . .
CABIN AREA TRIM .
.
UNDERLOAD BEFORE LMC 3514 . LMC TOTAL
................................................................................
LOADMESSAGE AND CAPTAINS INFORMATION BEFORE LMC
TAXI WGT 65745 MAX 79242
-AYT . 110/48/7/3 . 0 . T2838 . 2/2036 . 3/802 . PAX/0/36/123 . PAD/0/0/0

.DHC/0/0/6 . EIC/3/241
SI
BW42033 BI 48 . 3 APS XFG109 XAG105
SERVICE WEIGHT ADJ WGT/IND
ADD
NIL
DEDUCTIONS
NIL
. . . . PL TEXT ADDITION . . . .
CPT : A . MUTLU.KORMAN
W/B : S.T.KARAGENÇ
TRS BAGS O/B FWD 02
DOM BAGS O/B AFT 03
RUSH BAGS O/ AFT 04
PANTRY CODE A
AUTHORISED WEIGHTS USED FOR PASSENGERS CREW AND BAGGAGE
ADB FRE 276 POS 16 BAG 82/ 1354 TRA 0
Figure-45: Sample Loadsheet, EDP Bulk Loading

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 89/124
LOAD SHEET CHECKED APPROVED/TIME EDNO

ALL WEIGHTS IN KILOS YK/ 01
IST JFK TK1491/10MAR TCJDN 34C237Y 3/11 10MAR00 1119
WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION
LOAD IN COMPARTMENTS 20491 1/ 2925 2/ 8970 3/ 3635
4/ 3621 5/ 1340
PASSENGER/CABIN BAG 15160 197/ 11/ 0 TTL 208 CAB 0

PAX 0/ 32/ 176 SOC 0/ 0/ 0
BLKD 0/
...............................................................................
TOTAL TRAFFIC LOAD 35651 AFTER LMC
DRY OPERATING WEIGHT 129810 WEIGHT IND MAC
ZERO FUEL WEIGHT ACTUAL 165461 MAX 178000 ADJ
TAKE OFF FUEL 85000
TAKE OFF WEIGHT ACTUAL 250461 MAX 26000 L ADJ
TRIP FUEL 73700
LANDING WEIGHT ACTUAL 176761 MAX 190000 ADJ
..........................................
BALANCE AND SEATING CONDITIONS . LAST MINUTE CHANGES
BI 126 . 0 DOI 123 . 1 . DEST SPECS CL/CPT I - WEIGHT IND
LIZFW 105 . 0 LITOW 114 . 1 .
MACZFW 26 . 2 MACTOW 26 . 9 .
MACLAW 26 . 9 .
STABTO 5 . 2 NOSE UP
A10 . B22 . C94 . D82 . .
CABIN AREA TRIM .
.
UNDERLOAD BEFORE LMC 9539 . LMC TOTAL
................................................................................
LOADMESSAGE AND CAPTAINS INFORMATION BEFORE LMC
TAXI WGT 251161 MAX 260900
-JFK . 197/11/0 . 0 . T20491 . 1/ 2925 . 2/8970 . 3/3635 . 4/3621 . 5/1340

. PAX/0/32/176 . PAD/0/0/2
SI
BW128030 BI 126 . 0 APS XG1100 XG2100 XG3100 XG4100 XG5100 XG6100 XG7100
ADD
. JFK 01/00 CREW XFD 85 0.9-
DEDUCTIONS
. JFK 00/01 CREW XAC 75 0.6-
. . . . PL TEXT ADDITION . . . .
CPT : B . DAMARGUC
W/B : D.G.KIRIMLIOĞLU
PANTRY CODE A
AUTHORISED WEIGHTS USED FOR PASSENGERS CREW AND BAGGAGE
Figure-46: Sample Loadsheet for EDP Bulk Loading

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 90/124
5.12. FUEL ORDER AND DISTRIBUTION

Fuel order and distribution shall be carried out in line with the data provided in Preliminary
Loadsheet and flight plans. (Detailed information on fueling/defueling is set out in Chapter 4
Aircraft Handling and Loading.)
5.12.1. Planning for Fuel Economy

When the Loadsheet is prepared within the ideal "CG Trim Line" specified in AHM 560, the
flight shall take place with the lowest amount of fuel possible operationally. While using the
EDP Systems programmed to include the ideal trim line, this ideal line shall be taken into
consideration.
5.12.2. Taxi Fuel

Standard taxi fuel in flight plans (15 minutes of taxi + 1 hour of APU consumption) is as
follows. Calculations can be made by using the following fuel flows in accordance with the
relevant airport’s taxi durations and use of APU.
A319 280 kg
A320 305 kg
A321 335 kg
A340 600 kg
A330 600 kg
A310 485 kg
B737-400 280 kg
B737-700 285 kg
B737-900ER 330 kg
B737-800 330 kg
B777-300 735 kg
Standard taxi fuels are as provided above. Such fuel values include 15-minute taxi duration.
NOTE: Taxi fuel may be changed by the pilot-in-command Taking taxi distance and ground
time into account,
5.13. REMOVAL OF AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) AND/OR FORWARD STAIRS

In the event of removal of APU and/or forward stairs from the aircraft by the Operation Planning
and Support Management (ISTOFTK), adjustments required on BASIC/DRY OPERATING
WEIGHT (kg) and INDEX values shall be published. These adjustments shall definitely be
reflected to the calculations on the Loadsheet.
5.14. LOAD AND TRIM SHEET INFORMATION

FR.67.0272 Load and Trim Sheet Information shall be given to the cockpit crew on their arrival in
every flight. FR.67.0272 Load and Trim Sheet Information shall be completed with the flight
details of the operation and signed by the cockpit crew and operations coordinator. Flight and
ground operations personnel are responsible for the accuracy of the details provided on their

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 91/124
respective pages. This form will facilitate information flow between the cockpit and ground
operations personnel, ensuring issuance of the "Loadsheet" with accurate data.
Figure-47: FR.67.0272 Load and Trim Sheet Information

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 92/124
Table-18: Explanation of Load and Trim Sheet Information

FLIGHT NO Flight number
FROM/TO Origin/Destination
A/C REG Aircraft registration mark
DATE Date
RWY Runway
REGULATED MTOW Maximum take-off weight as per the existing conditions
If refueled, the fuel value shown on the indicator
TOTAL (RAMP) FUEL
If not, the fuel amount agreed with the Dispatch
TRIP FUEL Trip fuel indicated in the flight plan
TAXI FUEL Taxi fuel indicated in the flight plan
FLIGHT TIME "Flight Time" indicated in the flight plan
Final crew values (If there is a technician commissioned on board,
CREW (Cockpit/Cabin)
s/he shall not be regarded as CREW.)
EIC
Includes "Flyaway Kit" (spare tires, tool bag, etc.). This row shall be
(Equipment in filled by the Load Controller (coordinator).
Compartment)
If the APU is removed due to a technical failure, this row shall be
APU filled to indicate the actual weight of the aircraft on the "Load and
Trim Sheet".
AML PAGES (Aircraft The red copy of the AML shall be taken before the aircraft doors
Maintenance Log Page) are closed.
Commander It shall be signed by the commander.
Load Controller It shall be signed by the operations coordinator.
5.15. DISTRIBUTION OF TASKS

a. Where possible, three individual load control classes given in the task distribution chart
shall be carried out by different personnel.
b. Any personnel who has not completed the mandatory trainings specified in the
respective task description shall not be assigned to such operation.
c. The personnel, who has completed the trainings and holds the required certification,
shall work under the supervision of a qualified personnel until s/he gains sufficient on-
the-job experience.
d. It shall be verified that all weight details provided on the Loading Plan and Loadsheet
are accurate and within the weight and balance limits of the aircraft. The personnel
acting as the operations coordinator shall make sure that possible changes are
reflected accurately on the Loading Plan and weight-balance calculations by
establishing coordination between the personnel issuing the Loadsheet and the
loading/unloading personnel.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 93/124
e. Load distribution and weight/balance calculations can be performed manually through

approved Loading Plan and Loadsheet, or via EDP System.
f. For the flights diverting to stations without scheduled flights, as well as charter and VIP
flights, Loadsheet shall be issued by the pilot-in-command.
Table-19: Distribution of Load Control Tasks
Position Load Control Tasks
Operations - Issues and signs the loading plans and Loadsheet in line with the
Coordinator Issuing relevant instructions upon specifying her/his name thereon.
the Loadsheet - Authorized personnel: The operations coordinator holding a certificate
for Loadsheet and load plan.
- Checks and signs the Loadsheet.

Operations Personnel
- Performs Last Minute Changes (LMC) in accordance with the
Acting As the
relevant regulations.
Operations
Coordinator - Authorized personnel: The operations coordinator holding a
certification for Loadsheet and Loading Plan
- Supervises the aircraft loading.

Loading/Unloading - Performs loading in line with the Loading Plan, and signs it upon
Personnel specifying her/his name thereon.
- Authorized personnel: Loading personnel holding a certificate.
5.15.1. Arrival Flight

Operations coordinator;
a. Checks the unloading process at the arrival of the aircraft (arrival/transit) against
"LDM" and "CPM" messages.
b. Tracks down and files operation (MVT) and load control (LDM) and/or (CPM)
messages indicating the estimated time of arrival of the aircraft.
c. Directly reflects the loading of the arriving aircraft on the arrival section of the
Loading Plan.
d. Checks and/or ensures that the equipment required for unloading (container, dolly,
baggage cart, bus, etc.) is readily available in parked position prior to aircraft
landing.
e. Informs the relevant departments in the event that the equipment needed for
passengers requiring special attention is not in parked position at the time of
passenger disembarkation.
f. Supervises unloading. Completes FR.67.0013 Damage Release Form if a damaged
"ULD" is detected, and FR.67.0041 Baggage-Cargo Damage/Irregularity Report in
case of damaged baggage or cargo.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 94/124
g. In case of difference in load message(s), issues FR.67.0195 Irregular Loading

Declaration Form and informs Load Control and Ground Operation Risk Tracking
Management. Detailed information regarding aircraft with ULD loading is set out in
Chapter 4 Aircraft Handling and Loading.
h. Ensures that dangerous goods and special load are unloaded in accordance with
the international regulations (IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations, etc.) and
Company documents.
i. Takes necessary measures and informs the relevant departments about the
damaged loads and/or loads damaged during unloading.
j. Takes necessary measures to ensure that the baggage is delivered to the
passengers or transferred to the connection flight as quickly as possible.
k. Checks all cargo compartments and makes sure that the entire load is unloaded at
the end of baggage unloading.
l. Checks if there is any damage to the compartments, panels, nets or locks at the end
of unloading. Contacts with the relevant departments to repair the damage.
m. Makes sure that the compartment is clean after unloading.
n. Retention of flight documents;
 At IST station, the cabin chief shall put all flight documents, sealed in an envelope,
into "Co-mail" bag and deliver the bag to "Co-mail" personnel. "Co-mail" personnel
shall ensure delivery of the envelopes to dispatch department. Where "CO-MAIL"
is not available, envelopes shall be delivered to the dispatch department by the
cockpit crew.
 At other stations, all flight documents shall be received from the captain or cabin
chief of the flight in a sealed envelope, and shall be retained at the station for three
months. Upon expiry of the three-month retention period, the documents inside the
flight envelopes shall be disposed of, and the envelopes shall be used for
subsequent flights.
 Performs and/or ensures performance of, the procedures described in Chapter
4/Aircraft Handling and Loading upon arrival at the station.
Loading/unloading personnel;
a. Is responsible for the equipment required for transportation of baggage belonging to
inbound flights, as well as ensuring loading and unloading of the same in line with
the instructions of the operations coordinator.
b. Checks the unloading process against "LDM" and "CPM" messages upon arrival of
the aircraft (arrival/transit).
c. Checks inbound "ULD"s and loads for damage. Informs the operations coordinator
in case of detecting damaged "ULD"s or loads.
d. Ensures transportation of the load according to order of priority, within the specified
periods of time.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 95/124
e. Ensures distribution of baggage according to order of priority.

f. Ensures that dangerous goods, special cargo and other loads are unloaded in
accordance with the instructions as well as labels and markings on the package.
g. Ensures that loading/unloading personnel carry out the unloading procedure in line
with the Company instructions.
h. Checks the cargo compartments of the aircraft, makes sure that the entire load has
been unloaded and ensures that compartments are cleaned, if necessary, after
unloading.
i. Checks if there is any damage in the compartment (panels, nets, locks) after
unloading. Contacts with the relevant departments to repair the damage.
j. Takes necessary precautions to prevent load from being damaged depending on the
weather conditions.
k. Takes necessary measures, with particular attention to the weather conditions,
during operation and parking of equipment, to prevent any damage or injury.
5.15.2. Departure Flight

Operations coordinator issuing the Loadsheet;
a. Performs the weight and balance calculations of the aircraft within the specified time.
b. Coordinates services of any internal/external organizations/institutions providing
services to the aircraft. Is the highest level official of the station where s/he works,
whereas the final responsibility is incumbent on the Company personnel in charge of
ground operation.
c. Prepares and signs the Loading Plan in line with the aircraft loading principles, taking
the number of passengers, estimated baggage and net cargo details as well as aircraft
restrictions into account. (In cases where balance cannot be established through
loading, blocks certain seats on the passenger seating plan.)
d. Determines whether the reserved entire load can be transported or not based on
taking the determined total capacity. If cargo exceeds the current capacity,
responsible cargo personnel shall determine the load and amount to be unloaded.
e. Takes necessary security measures and/or ensures that such measures are taken
with the purpose of loading special loads (DGR, HUM, AVI, DIP, VAL, FKT, etc.) in
accordance with the international regulations and Company documents.
f. Works in coordination with the ground operations personnel acting as the operations
coordinator throughout the operation, follows any changes in the load, passengers or
operation and revises plans if necessary; and reflects the received changes in data on
the Loadsheet.
g. Issues and signs the Loadsheet after making the required adjustments (subsequent to
closing of the aircraft through the system) prior to the scheduled time of departure of
the aircraft, and ensures delivery of the same to the ground operations personnel
assigned as the operations coordinator.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 96/124
h. Ensures that all messages (LDM, CPM, UCM, etc.) related to the flight are delivered to
the relevant departments/stations and/or monitors the same subsequent to departure
of the aircraft.
i. Performs required information entries into the UHM System regarding the flight, before
releasing the aircraft for flight. (parking position, names of the coordinator and
responsible loading personnel, boarding gate numbers, ED message for delayed
flights, etc.) Monitors changes and updates the data in the system, and informs the
relevant departments.
j. Checks the details of the flight plan, orders a new plan due to changes in the number
of passengers, fuel and load amount.
Ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator;
a. Receives the Loading Instruction/Report of the aircraft assigned for the flight
containing details such as number of passengers and special passenger requests
(stretcher, oxygen cylinder, etc.), curtain/partition details with regards to configuration
at flights with “Business Class”, details concerning cargo, mail, baggage and other
load, and special loading instructions, as well as requests received from the station of
arrival (stretcher, ULD, etc.) from the operations coordinator issuing the Loadsheet.
b. Checks each cargo compartment of the aircraft prior to loading and makes sure that
there is no load left behind from the inbound flight.
c. Cockpit/cargo signature box may not be signed prior to cargo check, since
FR.73.0001 Aircraft Security Search Check-List also includes cargo check. Therefore,
security check of the cargo section may be carried out by the ground operations
personnel upon agreement by the pilot-in-command and local Company station
official. If the security check is to be conducted by a flight crew member, the pilot-in-
command shall determine and assign the flight crew member to perform the check. If
the security check of the cargo compartment is performed by a personnel other than
the flight crew; name, title and company of the person conducting the checking shall
be communicated to the pilot-in-command following completion of the check. A printed
empty envelope shall be delivered to the aircraft to preserve the flight sets if requested
by the cockpit crew.
d. When necessary, ensures delivery of the flight plan to the cockpit crew.
e. Checks if the equipment required for preparing the aircraft for flight (catering, water,
septic carter, etc.) and loading (conveyor and loader), as well as the loading/unloading
and cleaning crews are readily available at parking position, and/or ensures the same.
f. Performs and/or ensures performance of, the required checking processes in line with
the data received from the personnel issuing the Loadsheet.
g. Checks if cargo, mail, baggage and other load are ready at the ramp, and/or ensures
their transportation to the ramp by establishing coordination with the relevant
departments.
h. Ensures that the required security measures are taken for loading special loads in
accordance with the international regulations and Company documents.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 97/124
i. Informs the loading/unloading personnel in accordance with the Loading

Instruction/Report and have the loading instruction signed by her/him.
j. Makes sure that cargo, mail, baggage and other load are in compliance with the
Loading Instruction/Report, and signs the same.
k. Checks the compartments after loading, and makes sure that compartment nets, locks
and/or ULD locks are fastened.
l. Ensures that the differences between the current flight values and the flight values
provided on FR.67.0272 Load and Trim Sheet Information completed by both the
cockpit crew and ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator
together are reflected on the Loadsheet.
m. Informs the pilot-in-command and takes necessary measures, if there is a delay
caused by reasons (slot, technical, insufficient facility at the station, etc.) other than
flight preparations.
n. Works in coordination with the operations coordinator issuing the Loadsheet
throughout the operation, and agrees on and reflects the changes on the Loading
Instruction/Report.
o. Prevents damaged load from being loaded on board the aircraft, and completes
FR.67.0041 Baggage-Cargo Damage/Irregularity Report for damaged load.
p. Checks the NOTOC form brought on board the aircraft by the cargo department an
hour prior to the time of departure, informs the pilot-in-command thereof and has the
form signed by her/him.
q. Confirms with her/his name and signature that mandatory checking procedures
relating to special load including dangerous goods are followed prior to loading, and
the position indicated on NOTOC is in conformity with the actual loading.
r. Ensures tracing and loading of baggage belonging to the flight by using Baggage
Tracing System.
s. Ensures that "off-load" baggage is offloaded from the aircraft in accordance with the
information received from Baggage Tracing System.
t. Ensures that failures reported by the flight crew are rectified by the technical
department.
u. Takes necessary measures by following the regulations (for detailed information, see
Chapter 4/Aircraft Handling and Loading) regarding fueling the aircraft under the
supervision of fire brigade, when fueling is required during passenger boarding, to
avoid a possible delay.
v. Invites the passengers on board and informs the pilot-in-command about the
commencement of passenger boarding if no technical irregularity is reported by the
pilot-in-command 30 minutes prior to the scheduled time of departure.
w. Checks the following prior to passenger boarding;
 Cabin and cockpit crew is on board,

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 98/124
 Fueling is completed in accordance with the flight plan,

 There are no technical problems with the aircraft,
 Catering is loaded on board properly,
 There is no deficiency in the cabin posing obstacle to boarding,
 “Business Class” partition and seat settings are arranged in accordance with the
configuration,
 Baggage is lined up at ramp area in case of baggage reconciliation,
 Stretcher is secured in the correct position, if any.
x. Reports possible irregularities experienced during operation to the department
supervisor.
y. Informs the relevant department about irregularity and problems which might be
related to a passenger, and ensures that they are solved.
 Informs the Operation Center 10 minutes prior to departure time of the aircraft
about the final status.
 Ensures that correct passengers are accepted on board, and makes sure that total
number of passengers on-board prior to operation/departure conforms to the
Loadsheet.
 Agrees with the boarding personnel upon the passenger count performed by the
cabin crew.
 In the event that actual weight of carry-on baggage collected during boarding or not
accepted inside the cabin cannot be determined, the standard baggage weights
specified below shall be used. Agrees with the boarding personnel upon the entry
of "k-edit" for carry-on baggage. Standard baggage weights are specified in
paragraph 5.8.1.3.
 Makes sure that such baggage is specified in the Loadsheet, if not, ensures that it
is entered in compliance with "LMC" regulations.
 Reports the changes in load and/or loading position to the pilot-in-command
verbally and in writing by performing changes in the NOTOC and the Loadsheet.
 Checks the consistency of operational details provided in the Loadsheet with the
aircraft loading basing on the Loading Instruction/Report, performs and signs last
minute changes (LMC) for passenger and load, if required, in accordance with the
Company regulations.
 Gives the Loadsheet to the pilot-in-command. Takes two copies of the Loadsheet
checked and signed by the pilot-in-command (original and the 2nd copy)
 In case of delay, identifies and communicates its cause(s) to the Operation Center.
 Identification of delay cause is under the full responsibility of the ground operations
personnel acting as the operations coordinator.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 99/124
Loading/unloading personnel;
a. Is responsible for coordinating -without any irregularity- the equipment required for
transportation of baggage belonging to all outbound flights for which s/he is assigned,
taking measures to prevent a flaw in operation as well as ensuring loading and
unloading of the same in line with the instructions of the ground operations personnel
acting as the operations coordinator.
b. Performs the loading of ULDs and bulk load in line with the Loading Instruction/Report
including special conditions (load distribution, tie-down, load sorting, etc.).
c. Adjusts and checks load securing equipment (locks, nets, straps).
d. Agrees with the relevant operations coordinator upon the changes made during
loading, and makes the necessary adjustments on the Loading Instruction/Report.
e. Makes sure that all items are loaded completely and securely in line with the Loading
Instruction/Report given by the ground operations personnel acting as the operations
coordinator.
f. Checks that whether "ULD"s dispatched to the aircraft are operative and in intact
condition (doors closed, package nets tightly secured, package load balance and
securing established, bands/straps properly positioned, no water or snow deposit on
the "ULD"s, etc.).
g. Communicates the final load distribution data for preparation of loadsheet documents
prior to departure, upon completion of loading.
h. Ensures that dangerous goods, special cargo and other load are loaded in accordance
with the instructions as well as labels and markings on the package.
i. Ensures that loading-unloading personnel carry out the loading processes in line with
the Company regulations.
j. Traces the baggage of the relevant flight from the baggage segregation/sorting
department, and brings or enables them to be brought to the ramp.
k. Informs the ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator about
any damaged load.
l. Checks the cargo compartments after loading, and makes sure that compartment nets
and "ULD" locks are fastened.
m. Signs the Loading Instruction/Report.
5.15.3. Preflight Inspection

Cockpit crew;
Performs the checking processes required pursuant to the items listed on Preflight Inspection
Check List (PFIC), after arriving at the aircraft.
Checks the Aircraft Maintenance Log (AML).

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 100/124
Ground operations personnel acting as the operations coordinator;

a. Ensures fueling of the aircraft in line with the fuel data received from the pilot-in-
command.
b. Checks the fuel quality prior to fueling, or ensured that the same is checked.
c. Carries out “Business Class” partition and seat setting arrangements in line with the
cabin configuration, or ensured that the same is carried out.
d. Checks if all passenger and service doors of the aircraft are closed before "push-
back", upon closing of aircraft doors, or ensured that the same is checked.
e. Checks for foreign object damage (FOD) or ensured that the same is checked, if the
aircraft is to start the engine at the parking stand.
f. Provides headset service to establish ground-cockpit communication, during push-
back.
g. Collects AML pages from the aircraft in line with the descriptions given in Chapter
5.16.2. Detailed information is available in PR.50.051 Procedure For Managing Of
Aircraft Maintenance Log Pages and PR.50.028 Procedure for Usage of Aircraft
Maintenance Log.
Detailed information on Preflight Inspection processes is set out in EK.50.001 Continuing
Airworthiness Management Exposition.
5.16. WEIGHT AND BALANCE TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION
5.16.1. Training
a. Sequential training on weight and balance should be successfully completed with a
certification. (If the load control course has been failed, course and test shall be
repeated.)
b. Personnel to be assigned for the preparation of Loadsheet at any station shall be
preferably the personnel holding a valid certification and assigned as coordinator.
c. Certification obtained from weight and balance trainings shall be valid for 36 months.
(SHT-Training/HAD Instruction)
d. Refresher trainings shall be repeated within 36 months. Initial training shall be
repeated if 36 months have been exceeded. (SHT-Training/HAD Instruction)
e. Load control duties cannot be carried out after the date of expiry.
f. When refresher training and written examination are completed successfully,
renewal of certification shall be deemed valid.
5.16.2. Preflight Inspection Training and Qualification

a. Trainings on checking processes to be carried out by the ground operations personnel
specified under EK.50.001 Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition Chapter
1.11, at all stations where "transit check" is not performed by the technician as a part of
"Preflight Inspection" shall be provided by the Training Directorate.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 101/124
b. In the event that the personnel to be assigned to "pre-flight" inspections to be conducted

by the Ground Operations departments/service providers in cases where transit check is
not performed by the technician is found qualified after being evaluated by the Quality
Assurance Directorate with regards to her/his training and experience; s/he shall be
authorized/qualified with FR.18.0030 Ground Operations Staff Authorisation Document,
then s/he starts working in "pre-flight" operations, otherwise s/he may not be authorized to
work in any way. Details on preflight inspection are available in PR.18.039 Procedure for
Authorization of Ground Handling Personnel for Pre-Flight Inspections.
c. Authorization process starts upon the request of the relevant department. The relevant
department shall apply to the Quality Assurance Directorate with an official letter, together
with the related training certificates held by the personnel to be authorized as well as
her/his experience records. Based on the application, Quality Assurance Directorate shall
conclude the authorization process and inform the respective department of the result
through an official letter.
d. Authorization granted by the Quality Assurance Directorate shall be valid for two (2)
years. The relevant department shall re-apply to the Quality Assurance Directorate for the
required authorization upon expiration of such period.
e. Quality Assurance Directorate shall submit the current authorized personnel list of Ground
Operations Directorate and Marketing and Sales Directorates prepared on station basis,
to Technical Directorate and Quality Assurance (Technical) Management and the relevant
stations on quarterly basis.
f. Authorization of an authorized ground operations personnel shall be revoked, if the
relevant personnel does not actually work for a period of one year or more. For re-
authorization of the personnel in such situation, s/he shall receive refresher training, and
the authorization process shall be executed from the beginning. When any updates of the
document content, affecting their practices, are required, they shall be added in the
training content and announced to the personnel.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 102/124
5.17. LOADING CONTROL PROCESSES
Figure-48: Loading Control Process Flow
5.18. STATION RESPONSIBILITY AND LOAD CONTROL LOG

The station is responsible for;
a. deployment of sufficient number of trained and qualified personnel for ensuring sufficiency
and security during load control operations,
b. ensuring that documents and records (Loading Instruction/Report, Loadsheet, NOTOC,
etc.) concerning the performed load control duties are retained,
c. creating a flight file containing -as a minimum- the following documents for each flight and
retaining the same for a period of five years,
.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 103/124
 Loadsheet,
 Loading Instruction/Report,
 NOTOC,
 Load and Trim Sheet Information,
 Documents on fueling/fuel check,
 Red copy of the aircraft maintenance log (AML) (For detailed information, see Chapter
4.)
 Messages/correspondences relating to flights (in standard and free text format),
 Cargo manifest,
 Aircraft Security Search Check-List.
5.18.1. Basic Principles

Personnel in-charge-of load control shall carefully observe the following principles:
a. Safety is always the primary principle in all loading operations.
b. Load distribution shall be performed in compliance with aircraft weight and balance
limitations as well as values published by the aircraft manufacturer.
c. The capacities set for aircraft compartments shall never be exceeded.
d. Loading regulations and restrictions as well as special loading regulations in
accordance with the relevant aircraft type shall be followed to maintain aircraft
balance on the ground.
e. Maximum height limit (line) by aircraft type shall not be exceeded.
f. Each station shall access first to its own load and baggage on arrival.
g. Each station shall access first to its own load and baggage on arrival.
h. If load from different stations are carried inside the same compartment, they shall be
separated in such a manner to avoid mixing up.
i. Proper planning shall be made to prevent the load from shifting from its position due
to balance at intermediate stations.
j. Baggage, dangerous goods, live animals and special loads shall be loaded in
accordance with their regulations.
k. Special loading rules shall be applied for the minimum/maximum quantity of live
animals and/or perishable materials allowed subject to loading restrictions based on
temperature limits.
l. All loads distributed to and secured in cargo compartments shall conform to loading
instructions and Loadsheet (Load and Trim Sheet).
m. All values provided on the Loadsheet shall reflect the actual aircraft loading values.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 104/124
n. For fuel economy, center of gravity of the aircraft shall be within the ideal index
range.
o. For flight safety, all procedures shall be checked through the check list.
5.18.2. Messages
For all messages relating to operations department are indicated in Chapter 7 Messages and
Addresses.
5.18.3. Control Process

All documents (Loadsheet, Loading Instruction/Report) shall be always checked to the full
extent and in accordance with their priority order to perform operations in a safe and secure
manner and provide proper handling to aircraft.
All documents related to load control shall be issued by the trained personnel in accordance
with the basic limitations and load control functions of the Company.
Note: IATA AHM560 document for the passenger aircraft in the Company fleet shall be
prepared by the authorized department and sent to our internal departments and ground
handling agents, and revision of the same shall be monitored by the concerned department.
Such document is also available at ahm.thy.com.
At stations where Loadsheet is prepared in electronic media, it is mandatory to communicate
to wabe@thy.com details such as e-mail, telephone, fax, SITA and correspondence address,
etc. of departments carrying out database entries into the DCS computer system, as well as
any changes thereto. For use of DCS at Company flights, control and approval of the
authorized department are required pursuant to IATA AHM 561. The address
wabe@thy.com may be contacted when necessary.
5.18.3.1. If The Service is Provided By A Ground Handling Agent

At stations where the Loadsheet is prepared by a ground handling agent, station official
shall be obliged to communicate telephone, fax, e-mail, SITA and correspondence
address, etc. of the contracted ground handling agent, as well as any changes in such
details to Stations Operation Control Center (SOCC) at socc@thy.com.
Load control duties shall be handled by the personnel of the contracted ground handling
agent, unless otherwise provided.
Station official shall make sure that ground handling agent is familiar with all regulations
of the Company, and the personnel of the contracted ground handling agent has received
the required trainings.
The Company personnel shall check and supervise the performance of load control
duties.
In exceptional cases, where the ground handling agent is not authorized, load control
duties shall be performed entirely or partly by the station official and a personnel or
cockpit crew assigned by the station official.
At stations where the Loadsheet is prepared in electronic media, personnel of the ground
handling agent shall have received DCS training.
CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 105/124
The department of the ground handling agent, responsible for issuing the Loadsheet,
shall be obliged to communicate telephone, fax, e-mail, SITA and correspondence
address details, etc. of the departments carrying out database entries into the DCS
computer system used at stations where the Loadsheet is prepared in electronic media,
as well as any changes in such details to the relevant department.
5.19. SAFE AND ON-TIME TAKE-OFF

Punctuality and on-time take-off are the basic quality standards. Schedules, ground times and
transit connections are determined on the basis of applicable time frames under normal
circumstances. All stations shall endeavor their best efforts subject to their local resources in
order to ensure on-time take-off, and shall definitely comply with last passenger boarding time.
A delayed aircraft carries the risk of consecutively delaying all connected flights (transfer
passenger, aircraft, crew, etc.). Therefore each delay means consecutive and unpreventable
delay for multiple flights.
In the event that a delay occurs despite all measures operationally, delay code shall be
determined and sent via relevant messages as defined in EK.10.67.005 Delay Codes Manual.
FR.67.0154 Delay and Transfer Pax Report completed by the station of departure shall be
submitted to SOCC in case of delays over 30 minutes or more after the scheduled time of
departure.
Standard Ground Time has been abbreviated as SGT and Minimum Ground Time has been
abbreviated as MGT.
MGT tables, provided below, have been drawn up only in order to be used as reference in
delay calculations at the stations and may not be used as reference in any other
processes of the Company.

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 106/124
5.19.1. SGT and MGT Tables for Narrow-Body (A321/A319/A320/B737)

Table-2: Narrow-Body Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 60 minutes-IST
Region Process Start End Duration
Deboarding 2 10 9
Disembarkation/Embarkation of crew 10 12 3
Cleaning 11 25 15
ON WING
Catering 11 27 17
Crew briefing/Equipment check 23 26 4
Security search 28 33 6
Embarkation of passengers 34 55 22
Acceptance of pushchairs/excess baggage 56 56 1
Bridge approach 1 1 1
Conveyor approach to bulk hold 1 1 1
Unloading of bulk hold 2 5 4
High-loader/Conveyor approach to aft hold 1 1 1
Unloading of aft hold 2 8 7
High-loader/Conveyor approach to forward hold 9 9 1
Unloading of forward hold 10 16 7

UNDER WING
Waste water 8 10 3
Clean water 11 13 3
Fueling 10 23 14
Loading of forward hold 17 26 10
Loading of aft hold 28 47 20
Loading of bulk hold 33 53 21
Closing of hold doors 56 56 1
Loading of pushchairs/excess baggage 57 57 1
Closing of bulk hold, push-back preparation,

58 60 3
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 107/124
Table-22 Narrow-Body Minimum Cycle Time Corresponding to 50 minutes-IST
Deboarding 2 10 9
Cleaning 11 22 12
ON WING
Catering 11 22 12

UNDER WING
Waste water 8 10 3
Clean water 11 13 3
Fueling 9 22 14

48 50 3
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 108/124
Table-23: Narrow-Body Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 55 minutes-IST Excl.
Deboarding 2 10 9
Cleaning 11 25 15
ON WING
Catering 11 25 15

UNDER WING
Waste water 8 10 3
Clean water 11 13 3
Fueling 9 22 14

53 55 3
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 109/124
Table-24: Narrow-Body Minimum Cycle Time Corresponding to 45 minutes-IST Excl.
Deboarding 2 9 8
Cleaning 10 19 10
ON WING
Catering 10 19 10

UNDER WING
Waste water 8 10 3
Clean water 11 13 3
Fueling 9 22 14

43 45 3
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 110/124
5.19.2. SGT and MGT Tables for Wide-Body (A330/A340/B777)

Table-25: Wide-Body (A340/A330) Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 100 minutes-
IST
Deboarding 2 16 15
Cleaning 17 46 30
ON WING
Catering 17 51 35

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 17 50 34

97 100 4
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 111/124
Table-26: Wide-Body (A340/A330) Minimum Cycle Time Corresponding to 85 minutes-

IST
Deboarding 2 15 14
Cleaning 16 43 28
ON WING
Catering 16 43 28

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 17 50 34

84 85 2
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 112/124
Table-27: Wide-Body (A340/A330) Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 90 minutes-

IST Excl.
Deboarding 2 16 15
Cleaning 17 46 30
ON WING
Catering 17 46 30

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 17 50 34

87 90 4
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 113/124
Table-28: Wide-Body (A340/A330) Minimum Cycle Time Corresponding to 75 minutes-

IST Excl.
Deboarding 2 15 14
Cleaning 16 38 23
ON WING
Catering 16 38 23

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 16 45 30

73 75 3
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 114/124
Table-29: Wide-Body (B777) Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 110 minutes-IST
Deboarding 2 16 15
Cleaning 17 46 30
UNDER WING
Catering 17 56 40

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 17 68 52

107 110 4
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 115/124
Table-30: Wide-Body (B777) Minimum Cycle Time Corresponding to 95 minutes-IST
Deboarding 2 16 15
Cleaning 17 46 30
ON WING
Catering 17 51 35

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 16 60 45

93 95 3
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 116/124
Table-31: Wide-Body (B777) Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 100 minutes-IST

Excl.
Deboarding 2 16 15
Cleaning 17 46 30
UNDER WING
Catering 17 51 35

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 16 60 45

97 100 4
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 117/124
Table-32: Wide-Body (B777) Minimum Cycle Time Corresponding to 85 minutes-IST

Excl.
Deboarding 2 16 15
Cleaning 17 43 27
ON WING
Catering 17 43 27

UNDER WING
Waste water 15 19 5
Clean water 18 21 4
Fueling 16 60 45

83 85 3
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 118/124
5.19.3. SGT and MGT Tables for All Flights Operated Under the Brand Name
AnadoluJet
Table-33: AnadoluJet Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 35 minutes-ESB, SAW
Deboarding 2 6 5
Cleaning 6 13 8
ON WING
Catering 6 13 8
Crew briefing/Equipment check
Conveyor approach to aft bulk hold 1 1 1
Unloading of aft bulk hold 2 11 10
Unloading of forward bulk hold 2 11 10
Waste water 5 10 6
UNDER WING
Clean water 5 10 6
Fueling 7 18 12
Loading of forward bulk hold 12 24 13
Loading of aft bulk hold 12 24 13

35 35 1
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 119/124
Table-34: AnadoluJet Standard Cycle Time Corresponding to 30 minutes-ESB, SAW

Excl.
Deboarding 2 6 5
Cleaning 6 11 6
ON WING
Catering
Crew briefing/Equipment check
Conveyor approach to aft bulk hold 1 1 1
Unloading of aft bulk hold 2 11 10
Unloading of forward bulk hold 2 11 10
Waste water 5 10 6
UNDER WING
Clean water 5 10 6
Fueling 7 16 10
Loading of forward bulk hold 12 24 13
Loading of aft bulk hold 11 23 13

30 30 1
walkaround

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 120/124
5.20. CODES USED DURING OPERATIONS AND APRON SERVICES

Table-35: Codes Table
Code Meaning Use
A/C Aircraft Abbreviation
ACT Actual Abbreviation
AD Actual Departure Aircraft Operation Code
ADJ Adjustment Abbreviation
AHM Airport Handling Manual Abbreviation
AOG Spare Parts Required For Aircraft On Ground Load Control
APU Auxiliary Power Unit Abbreviation
ATA Actual Time of Arrival Abbreviation
ATC Air Traffic Control Abbreviation
AVI Live Animal Load Control
AWB Airwaybill Abbreviation
BAL Ballast Abbreviation
BED Stretcher (installed) Load Control
BI Basic Index Load Control
BIG Big Load Load Control
BLKD Blocked Seats Load Control
BU “Bulk” Compartment Identifier Load Control
C Cargo Load Control/Abbreviation
C “Business Class” Load Control
C Crew Seat Load Control
CAB Cabin General Aircraft Handling Code
CAO Cargo Aircraft Only Load Control
CG Center of Gravity Load Control
CGO Cargo Load Control
CM Centimeter Load Control
COM Company Mail Load Control
COR Correction Standard Message Identifier
CPM Container/Pallet Distribution Message Standard Message Identifier
CPT Compartment Abbreviation
CRB Crew Baggage Load Control/Abbreviation
CTL Control Abbreviation
D Crew Baggage Load Control
D Defueling Load Control
DCS Departure Control System Load Control
DHC Dead Heading Crew Load Control
DIP Diplomatic Mail Load Control
DIV Diversion Message Standard Message Identifier
DL Delay Identifier Aircraft Operation Control
DLI Dead Load Index Load Control
DOI Dry Operating Index Load Control
DOW Dry Operating Weight Load Control
DR Diversion Reason Identifier Aircraft Operation Control

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 121/124
Code Meaning Use

E Equipment Abbreviation
E Emergency Exit Abbreviation
EA Estimated Time of Arrival Aircraft Operation Control
EAT Foodstuff Aircraft Loading/Unloading
ED Estimated Departure Aircraft Operation Control
EDP Electronic Data Processing Load Control
EIC Equipment in Compartment Load Control
EO Estimated Departure Identifier Aircraft Operation Control
F “First Class” and Priority Baggage Load Control
FIL Undeveloped Film Load Control
FKT Aircraft Equipment (Flight Kit) Load Control
FMM Fuel Monitoring Message Standard Message Identifier
FR Forced Return Aircraft Operation Code
FWD Forward Load Control
G Force of Gravity Load Control
G Groups Load Control
GMT Greenwich Meantime Abbreviation
H Incapacitated and Handicapped Passengers Load Control
HEA Heavy Cargo over 150 kg Load Control
HEG Hatching Egg Load Control
HUM Human Remains Load Control
IATA International Air Transportation Association Abbreviation
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization Abbreviation
ICE Dry Ice Load Control
IDM Standard Message Identifier Load Control
IN In Load Control
IN INCH Unit
J “Business Class” Load Control
K Kilo Load Control
KG Kilogram Load Control/Weight Unit
LUC ULD Transfer Message Standard Message Identifier
LW Landing Weight load control
L Maximum Weight Limit Indicator Load Control
L Liter Load Control
LAAND Landing Attitude Nose Down Load Control
LAANU Landing Attitude Nose Up Load Control
LB Pound Weight Unit
LD Lower Deck Load Control
LDM Load Distribution Message Standard Message Identifier
“LHO” Live Human Organ Load Control
LILAW Loaded Index Landing Weight Load Control
LITOW Loaded Index Take Off Weight Load Control
LIZFW Loaded Index Zero Fuel Weight Load Control
LMC Last Minute Changes Load Control
LPM Load Planning Message Standard Message Identifier
LT Liter Weight Unit
LTR Liter Weight Unit

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 122/124
Code Meaning Use

M Wheelchair Load Control
M Mail Load Control
MACDLW Mean Aerodynamic Chord Dead Load Weight Load Control
MACLAW Mean Aerodynamic Chord Landing Weight Load Control
MACTOW Mean Aerodynamic Chord Take-off Weight Load Control
MACZFW Mean Aerodynamic Chord zero Fuel Weight Load Control
MAG Magnetized Materials Load Control
MAX Maximum Load Control
MD Main Deck Load Control
MIM Mail Irregularity Message Standard Message Identifier
ML Milliliter Load Control
MOS Miscellaneous Operational Staff with Ticket Load Control
MVT Movement Message Standard Message Identifier
N No Smoking Load Control
N No fit/ULD Load Control
NCD Nose Cargo Door ULD Load Control
NI Next Information Aircraft Operation Control
NIL Nil/No Load manifested or loaded Load Control
NR Number Load Control
OUT Out Load Control
OW Operating Weight Load Control
P Stretcher Positions Load Control
P Parcel, Mail Load Control
PAD Passenger Available Disembarkation Load Control
PX Passenger Identifier Abbreviation
PEF Flower Load Control
PEM Meat Load Control
PEP Fruit/Vegetable Load Control
PER Perishable (load) Load Control
PES Seafood Load Control
PFS Passenger Final Sales Message Standard Message Identifier
PIL Passenger Information List Standard Message Identifier
PIR Property Irregularity Report Lost Property Report Format
POS Position Load Control
PWG Pallet Equipped With Extension Wings Load Control
Q Courier Baggage Load Control
Q Quiet zone Load Control
R Request Items Load Control
RCL Cryogenic Liquids Load Control
RCM Corrosives Load Control
REX Restricted Explosives Load Control
RFG Flammable Compressed Gas Load Control
RFL Flammable Liquids Load Control
RFS Flammable Solids Load Control
RFW Dangerous When Wet Load Control
RIS Infectious Substances Load Control
RMD Miscellaneous Dangerous Goods Load Control

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 123/124
Code Meaning Use

RNG Non-Flammable Compressed Gas Load Control
ROP Organic Peroxide Load Control
RP Poison Load Control
RPG Toxic Gas Load Control
RQL Request List Message Standard Message Identifier
RRW Radioactive Cat-I White Load Control
RRY Radioactive Cat-II Yellow Load Control
RSB Polystyrene Beads Load Control
RSC Spontaneously Combustible Load Control
RXB Explosive 1.4B Load Control
RXC Explosive 1.4C Load Control
RXD Explosive 1.4D Load Control
RXE Explosive 1.4E Load Control
RXG Explosive 1.4G Load Control
RXS Explosive 1.4S Load Control
S Sort On Arrival Load Control
S Non-Revenue Cargo Load Control
SAL Seat Availability List Standard Message Identifier
SCM Stock Control Message Standard Message Identifier
SEC Item Separated From Passenger Due to Security Reasons Load Control
SI Supplementary Information Abbreviation
SLS Statistical Load Summary Standard Message Identifier
SOC Seat Occupied By Cargo Load Control
SOM Seat Occupation Message Standard Message Identifier
SSM Standard Schedules Message Standard Message Identifier
STA Scheduled Time Of Arrival Aircraft Operation Code
STABLA Stabilizer Setting For Landing Load Control
STABTO Stabilizer Setting For Take-Off Load Control
STD Scheduled Time Of Departure Aircraft Operation Code
T Total Load Control
T Transfer Load Load Control
T Seat Near Toilet Load Control
TI Transport Index Load Control
TOAND Take-Off Attitude Nose Down Aircraft Operation Control
TOANU Take-Off Attitude Nose Up Aircraft Operation Control
TOF Take-Off Fuel Load Control
TOGW Take-Off Gross Weight Load Control
TOW Take-Off Weight Load Control
TTL Total Load Control
TW Total Weight Load Control
UCM ULD Control Message Standard Message Identifier
ULD Unit Load Device Load Control
UTC Universal Time Coordinated Abbreviation
UWS ULD/Bulk Load Standard Message Identifier
V Vacant Seat Load Control
VR Volume Available Load Control
VAL Valuable Cargo Load Control

CHAPTER 5
Revision Number 02
LOAD CONTROL
Page Number 124/124
Code Meaning Use

WET Wet Cargo Load Control
X Empty ULD Load Control
XCR Crew Occupying Passenger Seat Load Control
Y Economy Service Designator Service Class
Z Buffer Zone Load Control
Z Loads Segregated Per Station Load Control
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight Load Control
5.21. ATTACHMENTS
FR.18.0030 Ground Operations Staff Authorization Document
FR.67.0013 Damage Release Form
FR.67.0041 Baggage-Cargo Damage/Irregularity Report
FR.67.0154 Delay and Transfer Pax Report
FR.67.0193 Equipment in Compartment (EIC) Notice
FR.67.0272 Load and Trim Sheet Information
FR.73.0001 Aircraft Security Search Checklist

CHAPTER 6
Revision Number 02
SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Page Number 1/6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6. SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS) ................................................................................ 2
6.1. GENERAL .......................................................................................................................... 2
6.2. PROCESSING, NOTIFYING AND REPORTING THE INCIDENTS .................................... 2
6.3. CORPORATE REPORTING SYSTEM (SRS) ..................................................................... 3
6.3.1. Mandatory Reporting ................................................................................................... 4
6.3.2. Hazard Reporting......................................................................................................... 4
6.3.3. Confidential Reporting ................................................................................................. 4
6.3.4. Reporting and Fair Culture Philosophy ........................................................................ 5
6.3.5. Reporting Processes and Procedures.......................................................................... 5
6.4. EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN ............................................................................................ 5
6.4.1. Emergency Management ............................................................................................. 5

CHAPTER 6
Revision Number 02
Page Number 2/6
6. SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS)
6.1. GENERAL
Everyone requests that accidents and serious incidents are completely eliminated; however, it is
not a possible target to reach a safety rate of one hundred percent. Irregularities and deficiencies
may keep on occurring even if we try hard to avoid them. It can not be guaranteed that any
activity including any human factors or any man-made systems will be fully safe, that is free of
risks. Safety is a relative concept for which any natural risks at "any safe system" are accepted.
Safety is to reduce any potential risk, which may damage persons or goods, to the acceptable
level through constant performance of hazard identification and risk management processes,
and to keep such risk at or below this level.
Safety Management System (SMS) is an organized approach to management of safety,
including necessary organizational structures, responsibility, policies and procedures.
Turkish Airlines has been maintaining the Safety Management System, defining all aspects in
EK.10.21.001 Safety Management Manual which has been approved by the Directorate General
of Civil Aviation in accordance with SHT, SMS and ICAO Doc. 9859.
Ideally, the purpose of all safety systems is to develop a system which does not entail any
hazard. However, especially for aviation, which is a complicated socio-technical system with
inherent hazards, absolute safety is not possible in practice as it is not possible to avoid all
hazardous situations. The main purpose of safety systems is to identify, eliminate or control any
existing or potential hazards; to document the same and reinforce safety barriers; and ultimately
to provide a data-oriented process which will enable foreseeing such hazards.
Safety is regarded as a key priority by Turkish Airlines and a safety management system, which
has an optimized risk level and focuses on cost, time and operational effectiveness rather than
solely quantity, has been implemented within the organization of the Company. Accordingly, the
Safety Management System developed and implemented within the organization of Turkish
Airlines may be defined as dynamic Risk Management System based on an practical safety
culture and principles of the Quality Management System, which is structured in a manner
scaled in line with operational risks. Principally, this system is a systematic process in which the
risks or damages, which the individuals and properties may be exposed to, are reduced to an
acceptable level and maintained at or below such level through a hazard identification and risk
management process on continuous basis.
6.2. PROCESSING, NOTIFYING AND REPORTING THE INCIDENTS

Flight safety is the primary priority of Turkish Airlines. The purpose is to develop flight safety by
reporting any incidents and accidents and associating any data and identifying any potential
problem fields. Accordingly, utmost attention is required to be paid to report all incidents and
accidents and all flight crew members are encouraged to submit a written report in case of
observation of any incident, which may have any potential negative effects on safety of the flight
operations. Turkish Airlines' point of view regarding flight safety is clearly set out in the safety
commitment issued by the CEO and President. The original document can be accessed at the
intranet home page (info.thy.com) by clicking on the link “Flight Safety” and then the link
"Emniyet Bildirgesi ("Safety Declaration").

CHAPTER 6
Revision Number 02
Page Number 3/6
Turkish Airlines is determined and prepared to operate based on the highest safety standards.
As it is known, safety is the principal factor for existence of the airline companies. Building on
this principle, the Company strives to perform its activities and operations in a safe manner and
ensure satisfaction of all customers in that sense. Our Management intends to assure the
personnel that the Company aims to achieve its target with a primary focus on safety. We firmly
believe and fully trust in our personnel that they will approach such matter with the highest level
of sensitivity and responsibility as possible in line with the above-mentioned purpose, and that
they will share any kind of information, which may be useful for the flight safety.
"Confidential/Voluntary Reporting System" of the Corporate Safety Directorate has been created
with the purpose of achieving such target. The system intends to improve the flight safety
through the inputs provided by the personnel. Persons, who report a matter, or who are involved
in such a matter, shall not be subject to any penalty or disciplinary action under any
circumstances whatsoever due to the fact that such reporting is not a part of mandatory
reporting. Such immunity shall not be applicable in respect of any incidents and accidents in
relation to the reporting submitted by the third parties as well as of any legal results. Such
provided information shall be used only within the organization of the company with the purpose
of improving the flight safety.
Establishment of flight safety must be everyone's priority and duty, rather than just being the
management's priority. Therefore, all personnel should make the best efforts in order to be the
safest airline in the industry.
6.3. CORPORATE REPORTING SYSTEM (SRS)

The Corporate Reporting System (SRS) being implemented by Turkish Airlines consists of a
series of comprehensive and centralized tools, which integrate analysis of risk-associated
activities throughout the Company, including safety, quality and security management as well as
occupational safety. Corporate Reporting System process includes the mandatory reporting,
confidential reporting, occurrence reporting, Flight Data Monitoring (FDM) data, analysis and
investigation as well as inspection and corrective actions/measures monitoring.
The first step of the system flow is to report any incidents or potential incidents as e-reporting
through web interface accessible on SRS portal of Turkish Airlines (aqdportal.thy.com).
Subsequently, an occurrence record shall be created on the database upon such report.
It is of great importance to collect any details in relation to safety concerns, matters, hazards and
safety incidents in respect of all proactive safety processes with respect to maintaining and
strengthening the integrity of safety barriers. The processes, which are currently in place, mostly
require reporting of any incidents or hazards to the concerned departments within the
organization of the Company. Although it is disputable, this process is inefficient, and in most
cases, tends to cause delays in data integration between the departments during the internal
safety system processes. Data integration has been centralized, and has almost become
synchronized through implementation and e-functionality of Turkish Airlines Corporate Reporting
System (SRS).
Corporate Reporting System (SRS) tools have been designed to collect input from each
personnel, who has access to any web browser compatible with the intranet within the
organization of Turkish Airlines, regardless of the current location. Each user shall have a wide
series of reporting/report options, specially designed for her/his field of operation, upon logging

CHAPTER 6
Revision Number 02
Page Number 4/6
in the system. The following E-Reporting Table (Table-1) indicates the reporting/report types
available for each concerned department:
Table-1: E-Reporting Table
Cabin
Flight Maintenance Security Ground Dispatch Cargo
Crew
Operations Operations
Managing
Safety Reporting      
Hazard Reporting       
Confidential Reporting       
Fatigue Reporting    
Security Reporting       
Dangerous Goods Reporting   
6.3.1. Mandatory Reporting

Safety Management System of Turkish Airlines consists of reporting process, one of the
main factors, and investigation and hazard analysis, to be performed thereafter. Such
process enables each personnel to contribute to safety by reporting any kinds of incidents or
any potential hazard and to help such relevant investigation on complete basis. Any more
serious and destructive cases may be prevented by learning from such incidents and taking
any and all required actions.
DGCA SHY 65-02 Regulation on Reporting and Assessment of Safety Incidents relating to
Air Traffic Management Services shall set out the procedures in relation to any reportable
incidents required to be reported to DGCA in line with the national practices, on detailed
basis. In addition to promulgation of DGCA SHY 65-02, an extensive "Mandatory Reporting"
practice, which prescribes that the personnel will report certain incidents, has been initiated
by the Corporate Safety Directorate in the form of safety reports (ASR, CSR, MSR etc.)
Types of incidents, which should be reported on mandatory basis, shall vary depending on
the operational department.
6.3.2. Hazard Reporting

Human is the most important factor in respect of determining, reporting and controlling any
hazards. Many accidents are the consequenses of inappropriate human behaviors, human
errors, insufficient designs, insufficient procedures, loss of situational awareness, intentional
acts, insufficient ergonomics and human factor. Any kinds of incidents, which may result in
breaking the safety in an apparent way, or which have the potential to cause any damage
and/or injury, should to be reported through the hazard reporting process within the
Corporate Reporting System (SRS).
6.3.3. Confidential Reporting

Also, there is a confidential reporting system enabling to report any incidents, hazards and/or
concerns, which arise from or in relation to the human performance during the operations,
through the SRS portal throughout the Company. Such system is fully supported by the
senior management and intends to enable the personnel of the Company to report any

CHAPTER 6
Revision Number 02
Page Number 5/6
incidents, errors or irregularities, which such personnel may be reluctant to report through
ordinary means. For the purpose of eliminating the fear of retaliation against the person
submitting the reporting, the Safety Reporting System, which has been put into practice and
supported by the senior management, will guarantee the confidentiality,and the exemption
from any kinds of disciplinary actions, unless the concerned regulatory authority monitors
such incident independently or in the event that such matter subject to the reporting is not
included in the category of "Mandatory Reporting" to require such kinds of actions.
6.3.4. Reporting and Fair Culture Philosophy

Safety Management System (SMS) intends to reach the potentially maximum standards and
safety levels within the scope of its operations. It is mandatory that all personnel contribute to
the safety programs in order for achieving such kind of initiative. Non-restricted reporting at
all levels constitutes an essential defense against any compromises in system protection.
Therefore, each personnel shall be responsible for providing any kinds of details, which may
have impacts on safety and operations of Turkish Airlines.
Although Turkish Airlines supports the reporting and safety process, which is not based on
punishment, existence of extensive forgiveness on the reporting system impacts the
reliability of the system adversely. Any matters in relation to violating the standards and
procedures of the Company on intentional basis, acting reluctantly or conformances lasting
for a long period, may not be tolerable.
6.3.5. Reporting Processes and Procedures

Corporate Reporting System data shall be reviewed and processed in line with PR.10.21.009
Procedure for Assessment and Investigation of Safety Reports and shall be accessed by
various committees and sub-committees in order to review and distribute any relevant data
analyzed. Reporting procedures in relation to the personnel are available in PR.10.21.008
Safety Reporting System Procedure.
6.4. EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN
6.4.1. Emergency Management

Emergency Action Plan shall be coordinated by Crisis and Support Management. The
primary role of Corporate Safety Directorate in emergency management process is accident
and incident investigation and it shall carry out such process in accordance with
PR.10.21.002 Accident-Incident Notification and Investigation Procedure. PR.60.004
Emergency Unit Plan shall be issued by the Office of Chief Commercial Officer in
accordance with TL.74.301 The Emergency Unit Implementation Plan Preparing Instruction
and shall be distributed to the departments. Domestic and international stations shall be
responsible for drawing up the Emergency Action Plans pertaining to its departments.
Emergency Action Plan (EAP) is a structure whereby the responsibilities of the organization
and the individuals in case of a potential emergency, are clearly defined, and the actions to
be taken by the responsible persons are described in the simplest manner. Office of Chief
Commercial Officer shall review the Emergency Action Plan once in every six months, shall
revise when needed and shall distribute to the related departments.

CHAPTER 6
Revision Number 02
Page Number 6/6
Emergency Action Plan;

 Allows for systematic and efficient transition of the operations from normal status to
emergency status;
 Covers identification of the authorized persons for any emergency;
 Covers determination of responsibilities in case of any emergency;
 Covers authorization of key personnel for the actions included in such plan;
 Enables coordination of necessary actions for elimination of any emergency;
 Ensures that operational activities are maintained in a safe manner, or that such
activities revert to normal conditions within the shortest time possible.
EAP should set out the responsibilities, roles and actions in relation to all personnel and
organizations/institutions taking part in any emergency. In order for disciplined performance
of such duties, EAP should establish duty flowcharts for emergencies and should draw up
and implement training programs as well as ensure continuity of such programs for ensuring
that such flowcharts are completely adopted and understood by the concerned personnel.
Exercises in relation to EAP are carried out at regular intervals in order to:
 Remind the personnel about their responsibilities and the procedures,
 Assure functionality of emergency equipment and facilities;
 Determine and eliminate any imperfections in the plan and its functioning.
The responsibilities in relation to planning, performance and evaluation of such exercises
shall be determined.
EAP shall cover the following matters;
 Management instructions,
 Organizational structure,
 Reporting,
 First response (shock action),
 Additional support,
 Crisis Management Center,
 Records,
 Accident site,
 News and media,
 Official investigations,
 Family assistance and psychological guidance,
 Guidance for stress handling after a critical incident,
 Review of critical incidents.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
MESSAGES AND ADDRESSES
Page Number 1/37
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7. MESSAGES AND ADDRESSES ..................................................................................................... 2
7.1. MESSAGE PRIORITY CODES .................................................................................................. 2
7.2. MESSAGE TYPES..................................................................................................................... 2
7.2.1. Movement Messages (MVT) ........................................................................................... 2
7.2.2. Diversion Message (DIV) .............................................................................................. 13
7.2.3. Load Distribution Message (LDM) ................................................................................. 17
7.2.4. Container/Pallet Message (CPM) .................................................................................. 22
7.2.5. ULD Control Message (UCM) ....................................................................................... 29
7.2.6. Stock Control Message (SCM)...................................................................................... 33
7.2.7. Passenger Service Message (PSM) ............................................................................. 34
7.2.8. Teletype Passenger Message (TPM) ............................................................................ 34
7.2.9. Passenger Transfer Message (PTM) ............................................................................ 35
7.2.10. Passenger Final Sales (PFS) ........................................................................................ 35
7.2.11. Seat Occupied Message (SOM) ................................................................................... 36
7.2.12. Sending Message Through DCS .................................................................................. 36
7.3. DELAY CODES ....................................................................................................................... 36
7.4. CITY AND AIRPORT CODES .................................................................................................. 37
7.5. TELEX ADDRESSES USED WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION OF TURKISH AIRLINES ........... 37

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 2/37
7. MESSAGES AND ADDRESSES

Priority codes shall be typed before the addresses by leaving a space in between.
7.1. MESSAGE PRIORITY CODES

Table-1: Table for Message Priority Codes
CODE MESSAGE TYPE
SS First Degree Priority (Used only for aircraft accidents.)
QK Normal
QX Priority
QU Urgent
QD Deferrable (the same speed as QU)
WITHOUT A
All regular messages
CODE
7.2. MESSAGE TYPES
7.2.1. Movement Messages (MVT)

 MVT messages can be viewed in UR mode through TROYA System.
 All inquiries in respect of the flights, operated until two days before, can be performed
by entering MVT/TKXXXX/DATE/DEPARTURE STATION.
MVT/TK1705/30MAR08/IST
 All inquiries in respect of the flights, operated within the six-month period until the last
two days, can be performed by entering MVT/TKXXXX/DATE/DEPARTURE
STATION/LOCAL SCHEDULED TIME OF DEPARTURE.
MVT/TK1705/12FEB08/IST/1425
7.2.1.1. Departure Message (DEP)

Departure message shall be sent for all flights (including TC-ATA, TC-GAP) operated
through TK aircraft and TK flight number. Departure message shall be sent to relevant
addresses immediately after the aircraft takes off. Unless requested otherwise, all date
and time groups shall be stated as "UTC" in departure messages. A departure message
consists of the following items:

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 3/37
7.2.1.1.1. Address and Message Reference

Table-2: Table for Address and Message Reference Explanations
ITEM DEFINITION OF ITEM EXAMPLE
1 Message priority codes QD, QU or QX
2 Departure message addresses QX NYCTZTK JFKKZTK
Point of departure, binary code of the airline, date/time

group, initials of the personnel sending the message
3 .ISTKLTK TK/150952YK
Between 3.1 and 3.4
 Item 3 must be on a single line.
3.1 Address of the station of departure .ISTKLTK
Charging (if requested)

3.2  A space must be left between address of the TK
station of departure (Item 3.1.) and binary code of
the airline for charging (Item 3.2).
Date and time group
 Binary code of the airline for charging (Item 3.2)
and date-time group (Item 3.3) must be separated
3.3 /150952
with a (/) marking.
 (/) marking must be used in the event that the
code of airline charged is stated.
Initials of the personnel sending the message (if
requested),
3.4  A space must be left between date and time YK
group (Item 3.3) and initials of the personnel (Item
3.4).

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 4/37
7.2.1.1.2. Standard Message Identifier and Flight Record

Table-3: Table for Standard Message Identifier and Flight Record
4 Standard movement message identifier: MVT

 MVT identifier must be on an individual line.
Flight number and date
 Flight number must be the same as the flight
number stated on Loadsheet Form and LDM
5 message. TK1491/15
 Date of the message sent must be typed.
 Flight number and date must be separated with a (/)
marking.
Aircraft registration mark
6  Flight number (Item 5) and aircraft registration mark .TCJDK
(Item 6) must be separated with a (.) marking.
Airport of departure
 Aircraft registration mark (Item 6) and airport of
departure (Item 7) must be separated with a (.)
7 marking. .IST
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city must be
used.
 For Items 5 to 7, the same line must be used.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 5/37
7.2.1.1.3. Flight Details

Table-4: Table for Flight Details
Actual time of departure

 Release of chocking and take-off time must be
8 typed following the departure code AD. AD0740/0750
 Time groups must be separated with a (/) marking.
Estimated time of arrival

 Estimated time of arrival must be typed as UTC
following the EA code.
9 EA1530
 A space must be left between the actual time of
departure (Item 8) and estimated time of arrival
(Item 9).
Airport of destination
 IATA triple airport code shall be used.
10  A space must be left between the estimated time of JFK
arrival (Item 9) and code of airport of destination
(Item 10).
Code and duration of delay
 Delay code DL shall be followed by maximum two
delay codes and duration of delay on hour and
minute basis. Delay code and time group shall be
separated with a (/) marking.
 In the event that scheduled time of departure is DL99/0030
11 exceeded by three (3) minutes, then delay code DL
must be provided. More than two reasons for delay DL87/86/0015/0010
shall not be specified.
 In the event that there are more than two reasons
for delay, then total period of delay shall be stated
through two main reasons.
 Item 11 must be on an individual line.
Total number of seats used by the passengers
 The number of seats (including passengers with a
pass ticket-PAD) used by the passengers must be PX175
12 typed following the passenger code PX.
 The number of seats used by the passengers must
be in compliance with Loadsheet Form.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 6/37
7.2.1.1.4. Supplementary Remarks

Table-5: Table for Supplementary Remarks
Supplementary remarks
 Supplementary remarks shall be typed on a
individual line (SI code) by leaving a space in SI DL99/Sick
13 between. Passenger
 All other details regarding aircraft movements must
be specified at the bottom of the message.
Reasons for delay or requests of other companies
may be typed in a comprehensible manner.
 Example for Standard Departure Message
QX NYCTZTK JFKKZTK
.ISTLKTK TK/150952 YK
MVT
TK1491/15.TCJDK.IST
AD0740/0750 EA1530 JFK
DL99/0030
PX175
SI DL99 SICK PASSENGER
7.2.1.1.5. Correction of the Departure Message

In the event that any need of correction about a departure message, which has been
sent, then "COR" message identifier shall be used together with "MVT" message
identifier and corrected departure message shall be sent immediately upon
performance of such correction.
 Example for Standard Departure Message Corrected
QX NYCTZTK JFKKZTK
.ISTLKTK TK/150952 YK
COR
MVT
TK1491/15.TCJDK.IST
AD0740/0750 EA1630 JFK
DL99/0030
PX175
SI DL99 SICK PASSENGER
7.2.1.2. Arrival Message (ARR)

Arrival message shall be sent for all flights (including TC-ATA, TC-GAP) operated by TK
aircraft and under TK flight number. Arrival message shall be sent to relevant addresses

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 7/37
immediately after the aircraft lands. Unless otherwise requested, all date and time groups
shall be stated as "UTC" in arrival messages. A arrival message consists of the following
items:

Table-6: Table for Address and Message Reference
2 Arrival message address/addresses QX ISTKLTK ISTKKTK

3 .ISTKLTK TK/201110 YK
Between 3.1 and 3.4
3.1 Address of the station of departure .ISTKLTK

Date and time group
and date and time group (Item 3.3) must be
3.3 /201110
 (/) marking must be used in the event that the code
of airline charged is stated.
Initials of the personnel sending the message
(if requested)
3.4 YK
 A space must be left between date and time group
(Item 3.3) and initials of the personnel (Item 3.4).

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 8/37

Standard movement message identifier: MVT

4
 Flight number must be the same as the flight number
stated on Loadsheet Form and LDM message.
5 TK1131/20
marking.
6  Flight number (Item 5) and aircraft registration mark .TCJEI
7 marking. .TUN
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city must be used.

Actual time of arrival

 Time of touch down and door opening shall be typed
8 following the arrival code AA. AA1115/1125
 Time groups must be separated with a (/) marking.

13  Supplementary remarks shall be typed on a different SI
line (SI code) by leaving a space.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 9/37
 Example for Standard Arrival Message

QX ISTKLTK ISTKKTK
.TUNKRTU TK/201110 YK
MVT
TK1131/20.TCJEI.TUN
AA1115/1125
SI NIL
7.2.1.2.5. Correction of the Arrival Message

In the event that any need of correction on arrival message, which has been sent, then
"COR" message identifier shall be used together with "MVT" message identifier and
corrected arrival message shall be sent immediately upon performance of such
correction.
 Example for Standard Arrival Message Corrected
QX ISTKLTK ISTKKTK
COR
MVT
TK1131/20.TCJEI.TUN
AA1125/11
SI NIL
7.2.1.3. Delay Message (DL)

Delay message shall be sent for all flights operated by TK aircraft and under TK flight
number. Delay messages shall be sent in accordance with the following criteria:
 Delay message shall be sent in respect of the flights with delayed 15 minutes or
more in accordance with scheduled or another pre-determined time of departure.
 In case of estimation of delay, then the delay message must be sent before the
scheduled time of departure.
 If any flight exceeds the estimated time of departure specified in any message
previously sent, then the new delay message must be sent immediately upon
estimation of the fact that another delay may occur. Such message must not be
sent after the time of departure specified in the previous message.
Normal departure message shall be sent to all addresses, which delay message has
been sent to, after the aircraft takes off. Unless otherwise requested, all date and time
groups shall be stated as "UTC". Arrival message consists of the following items;

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 10/37

2 Message address/addresses ISTKLTK ISTKKTK

group, initials of the personnel sending the message .SINOOSQ TK/221533
3
Between 3.1 and 3.4 YK
3.1 Address of the station of departure .SINOOSQ

Date and time group
3.3 /221533
 (/) marking must be used in the event that the code
of airline charged is stated.

requested)
3.4 YK
A space must be left between date and time group (Item
3.3) and initials of the personnel (Item 3.4).

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 11/37

Standard movement message identifier: MVT

4
5 TK1035/22
 Date of the message must be typed.
marking.
6  Flight number (Item 5) and aircraft registration mark .TCJDN
7 departure (Item 7) must be separated with a (.) marking. .SIN
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city must be used.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 12/37

Estimated time of departure and next information

 Estimated time of departure or the time of the next
8
information to be provided
Estimated time of departure
8A  Date and estimated time of departure shall be typed ED221545
following the estimated time of departure code ED.
Next information
 In the event that estimated time of departure (Item 8A)
cannot be determined in a definite manner even at the
8B time of departure, then new delay message shall be NI221600
sent by using NI code (Next Information) instead of ED.
 Date/time group of the next information to be provided
must be typed following the NI code.
Code and duration of delay
 More than two delays shall not be typed following the DL99
9 delay code DL.
 Delay codes shall be separated with a (/) marking. DL87/86

10  Supplementary remarks may be specified at the end of the SI
delay message on a different line (SI code), by leaving a space
in between.
 Example for Standard Delay Message:

QX ISTKLTK ISTKKTK
.SINOOSQ TK/221533 YK
MVT
TK1035/22.TCJDN.SIN
ED221545
DL91
SI CONN PAX

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 13/37
 Example for Delay Message Example Corrected:

QX ISTKLTK ISTKKTK
COR
MVT
TK1131/20.TCJEI.TUN
ED1245
DL 41
7.2.2. Diversion Message (DIV)

 Diversion message shall be sent for all flights (including TC-ATA, TC-GAP) operated
by TK aircraft and under TK flight number.
 Any messages in relation to diversion shall be sent to all stations and departments.
 Diversion message must be sent by the first station or first department receiving the
information in relation to the fact that the flight will divert.
 Normal departure message shall be sent to all addresses, to which diversion
message has been sent, after the aircraft takes off.
 Original station of arrival must immediately send all operational and service
messages to the airport to which the aircraft has diverted.
Unless otherwise requested, all date and time groups shall be stated as "UTC". Diversion
message consists of the following items;

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 14/37
7.2.2.1. Address and Message Reference

2 Message address/addresses QX ISTKLTK ISTTZTK
The first station receiving the diversion information, binary

code of the airline, date/time group, initials of the personnel
3 sending the message .JFKKZTK/201810 YK
Between 3.1 and 3.4
Address of the first station receiving the diversion

3.1 .JFKKZTK
information

3.2  A space must be left between address of the station of TK
departure (Item 3.1.) and binary code of the airline for
charging (Item 3.2).
Date and time group
 Binary code of the airline for charging (Item 3.2) and
date and time group (Item 3.3) must be separated with
3.3 /201810
a (/) marking.
 (/) marking must be used in the event that the code of
airline charged is stated.
Initials of the personnel sending the message (if requested)
3.4  A space must be left between date and time group YK

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 15/37
7.2.2.2. Standard Message Identifier and Flight Record

Standard diversion message identifier: DIV

4
 DIV identifier must be on an individual line.
5 TK1492/20
 Scheduled flight number from the previous station
and date must be separated with a (/) marking.
6  Flight number (Item 5) and aircraft registration mark .TCJDK
Airport of original destination planned to land
7 marking. .IST
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city must be
used.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 16/37
7.2.2.3. Technical Landing Details

Table-16: Table for Technical Landing Details
Estimated time of arrival to the airport to be diverted to

8  Estimated time of arrival to the airport to be landed EA1212
shall be typed following the EA code.
Diverted airport
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city shall be used.
9  A space must be left between the estimated time of ZRH
arrival (Item 8) and code of the diverted airport
(Item 9).
 Items 8 and 9 must be on the same line.
Reason for diversion
10 DR72
 Delay code shall be typed following the DR code.
Total number of seats used by the passengers
 The number of seats (including passengers with a
pass ticket-PAD) used by the passengers must be
typed following the passenger code PX.
11 PX192
 A space shall be left between the reason for diversion
(Item 10) and total number of seats used by the
passengers (Item 11).
 Items 10 and 11 must be on the same line.
7.2.2.4. Supplementary Remarks

 All other details regarding the flight shall be typed at
the bottom of diversion message. Supplementary
remarks (SI code) shall be typed by leaving a space in
12 SI ALL RUNWAYS
between on a different line.
CLOSED DUE SNOW
 Diversion messages may be typed in the SI section of
the diversion message in respect of the diverted
airport in a comprehensible manner, such as
operational details or special load details.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 17/37
 Standard Technical Landing Message Example :

QU ISTKLTK ISTTZTK
.JFKKZTK TK/201810
DIV
TK1492/20.TCJDK.JFK
EA1212 ZRH
DR72 PX192
SI ALL RUNWAYS CLOSED DUE SNOW
7.2.3. Load Distribution Message (LDM)

Load message shall be prepared in accordance with IATA AHM 583.
 Load message shall be sent for all flights operated by TK aircraft and under TK flight
number.
 Transfer baggage shall be categorized as domestic and international baggage in
accordance with baggage loading regulations of Turkish Airlines. It shall be ensured
that Transfer Baggage (BT) is entered to the system through the command of
“BT/DOM-BT/INT”. Also, it is ensured to display the definition of any special baggage
such as WCHR/STRL, AVIH and VIP, PRIO required to be unloaded primarily, by
specifying them on the SI section.
Such entries required to be performed regarding any aircraft, which is loaded through
bulk loading, shall be displayed on CPM message in respect of any aircraft, which is
loaded through ULD loading. Any entries on CPM are specified under item 7.2.4.
 Load message must be sent within 10 minutes, at the latest, after the aircraft takes off.
 It shall be made sure that any last minute changes and final passenger and load
figures are added before sending the load message.
Unless otherwise requested, all date and time groups shall be stated as "UTC". Load
message consists of the following items;

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 18/37

1 Message priority codes: QD ,QU or QX
2 Message address/addresses QX ISTKLTK NRTKZTK

3 .NRTKMTK TK/072055 YK
Between 3.1 and 3.4
3.1 Address of the station of departure .NRTKMTK

Date and time group
3.3 /072055
Initials of the personnel sending the message, if
requested
group (Item 3.3) and initials of the personnel
(Item 3.4).

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 19/37

Standard load message identifier: LDM

4
 LDM identifier must be on an individual line.
5 TK1023/07
marking.
Aircraft configuration
7  Aircraft registration mark (Item 6) and aircraft 34C237Y
configuration (Item 7) shall be separated with a (.)
marking.
Number of crew members including commissioned
personnel (XCR) sitting on passenger seats.
 The first number refers to the number of flight crew
members, the second one refers to the number of
cabin crew members.
8  Number of crew members shall be separated with a .3/11
(/) marking.
 Aircraft configuration (Item 7) and number of crew
members (Item 8) shall be separated with a (.)
marking.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 20/37
7.2.3.3. Load Details

Table-20: Table for Load Details
Point of arrival.
 Airport, where passengers are disembarked and/or
cargo is unloaded
9 -IST
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city shall be
used.
Code shall be typed after a dash (-) marking.
Adults 237
Number of passengers based on each weight category Minors 0
 Numbers of adults, minors and infants shall be Infants 0
10 separated with a (/) marking. 237/00/00
 Point of arrival (Item 9 and Item 10) shall be Only if dead load is
separated with a (.) marking. available, such section
shall be typed as zero.
If no load is available for the point of arrival, "NIL" shall be

11 .NIL
typed.
T15684
T0
Total weight of dead load If no dead load is
12  The item shall start with a (.) marking and shall be available for the point of
typed after "T" identifier. arrival, then such
section shall be typed
as zero.
Load weight and/or ULD position for each compartment
1/2510.2/6305.3/3233.4/
 The item shall be repeated for each loaded 2724.
13
compartment/ULD position.
5/192
 Each item shall start with a (.) marking.
Total number of seats used by the passengers for each
class
14 .PAX/0/32/235
 The item shall start with a (.) marking and shall
continue with "PAX" identifier.
The number of seats used by the passengers with a pass
ticket for each class
15 .PAD/0/1/0
 The item shall start with a (.) marking and shall
continue with "PAD" identifier.
Any note for Loadsheet Form shall be typed following the

"codes of load details" and PAX F/C/Y for each point of
16 .HEA/1/220
arrival. This method must be repeated from Item 9 to Item
16 for each point of arrival.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 21/37

Supplementary remarks.
 All other details in relation to the entire flight may be
12 specified at the end of the load message. On a new SI
line, it shall start with SI identifier and continue by
leaving a space in between.
 Such message shall be entered with the baggage type
loading position through the preliminary format PL/LG*
13 by leaving a space. (Such identifying type for bulk PL/LG*BT/DOM/C5
loading shall be displayed on the CPM in respect of
any aircraft, which is loaded through ULD loading.)
 Example for Standard Load Message (Bulk Loading):

LDM
TK1662/06.TCJSM.16C164Y.2/5
-HAM.105/56/6/1.0.T5373.1/1000.2/1350.3/1800.4/695.5/528
.PAX/0/14/153.PAD/0/0/2. AVI/1.EIC/5/35.PER/2.CSU/5/136.ICE/5/
SI
BW49395 BI 41.6 APS CATERING 622/2.2
ADD
NIL
DEDUCTIONS
HAM WATER XI0.8- 50 0.8-
LOAD SIGNAL - LG
W/B S KAYALAR COORD V KILIC
F/C ..............
-BT/INT/C4
-BT/DOM/C5
-VIP/C1
-PRIO/C1
-AVIH/ C1
-B/C CPT5 270 -HAM
PANTRY CODE N
HAM FRE 1350 POS 0 BAG 218/ 3852 TRA 0

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 22/37
 Example for Standard Load Message (ULD Loading):

QU ISTKLTK ISTKBTK ISTGTTK NRTKZTK
.NRTKMTK TK/072055 YK
LDM
TK1023/07.TCJDN.34C237Y.3/11
- IST.267/0/0.T15684.1/2510.2/6305.3/3233.4/2724.5/91
.PAX/0/32/235.PAD/0/1/0.HEA/51/220
SI
HEA/220 O/B BLK-51
7.2.3.5. Correction of Standard Load Message

New "LDM" shall be sent.
7.2.4. Container/Pallet Message (CPM)

 Container/pallet message is required for stations of transfer and arrival.
 The message must be sent only for any aircraft loaded through ULD loading.
 It shall provide information about preparation of labor force and sufficient equipment for
unloading processes.
 Transfer baggage shall be categorized as domestic and international baggage in
accordance with baggage loading regulations of Turkish Airlines. It shall be ensured that
transfer baggage (BT) is entered to the system through the command of
“BT/DOM-BT/INT”. Also, it is ensured to display the definition of any special baggage
such as WCHR/STRL, AVIH and VIP, PRIO required to be unloaded primarily, by
specifying them on the SI section.
 It shall also provide information about the order of unloading and the calculations.
 CPM must be sent within 10 minutes, at the latest, after the aircraft takes off, in respect
of any and all wide body aircraft.
 The fact that last minute changes are in compliance with the actual Loading Report must
be checked before sending the Container/Pallet Message.
Unless otherwise requested, all date and time groups shall be stated as "UTC".
Container/pallet message consists of the following items:

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 23/37

1 Message priority codes: QD ,QU or QX
QX ISTKLTK NRTKZTK
2 Address/addresses of the container/pallet messages
ISTKUTK

group, initials of the personnel sending the message .NRTKMTK TK/072055
3
Between 3.1 and 3.4. YK
3.1 Address of the station of departure. .NRTKMTK
Charging, if requested
Date and time group
3.3 /072055
requested)
group (Item 3.3) and initials of the personnel (Item
3.4).

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 24/37

Standard container/pallet identifier: CPM

4
 CPM identifier must be on an individual line.
5 TK1023/07
marking.
Aircraft configuration
 Aircraft registration mark (Item 6) and aircraft .34C/237Y
7
configuration (Item 7) shall be separated with a (.)
marking.
 Identification specified on the message in
accordance with the pallet (PAG-PMC) configuration
7.1 used on board the aircraft and it shall be separated .11-24P
from (Item 7) with a (.) marking.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 25/37
7.2.4.3. ULD Details

Table-24: Table for ULD Details
ULD Details
 Message shall be sent by combining Items
8.1 to 8.7. -11P/PAG0251TK/IST/1225/C
8  CPM message shows all ULD positions -12P/PAG7436TK/IST/1285/C
(including empty ones).
-33L/AKE1199TK/IST/719/B
 CPM message shall make it easier to
understand that ULDs are on actual and
suitable positions within the aircraft.
ULD section identifier -11P
 ULD section identifier shall consist of 1-3
8.1 -12P
alphanumeric characters.
 The item shall start with a (-) marking. -33L
ULD type code and serial number

/PAG0251TK
 ULD section identifier (Item 8.1) and ULD
8.2 type code (Item 8.2) shall be separated with a /PAG7436TK
(/) marking.
/AKE1199TK
 ULD type code is required for all ULD types.
The airport where the ULD will be unloaded
 ULD type code (Item 8.2) and code of the
airport where the ULD will be unloaded (Item
8.3 /IST
8.3) shall be separated with a (/) marking.
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city shall
be used.
Weight of ULD
 Code of the airport where the same will be /1225
unloaded (Item 8.3) and weight of ULD (Item
8.4) shall be separated with a (/) marking. /1285
8.4  ULD tare weight shall be included in load /719
weight.
 Writing of weight details shall not be required
for empty ULDs.
 Writing of weight details shall be optional for
baggage ULDs.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 26/37
Codes of load categories

 Weight of ULD (Item 8.4) and load codes or
category group codes (Item 8.5) shall be
 Different load category identifiers are
specified on the following list.
B-Economy Class Baggage
BF-Comfort Class Baggage
BF-Business Class Baggage
8.5 D-Crew Baggage
C-Cargo
H-ULD and/or containing transit load (must be
specified in SI section.)
M-Mail
N-Empty position
T-Transfer load (T code shall be typed
following the load category, "BT" Transfer
Baggage, etc.)
U-Unserviceable container/pallet
X-Empty container/pallet
Volume code of baggage and cargo/mail container
 Usable ULD volumes left in transit stations
shall be specified by below given
expressions;
-32P/AKH0451TK/IST/746/B0
0 = insufficient volume
8.6 -41P/AKH0558TK/IST/226/B3
1 = ¼ usable volume of the container
2 = ½ usable volume of the container -42P/AKH0555TK/IST/346/B2
3 = ¾ usable volume of the container
 Volume code is not required for loads to be
unloaded in the station.
Codes of special load
 Each note shall be specified following a (.)
marking. Loading position and weight may not
8.7 be specified.
.RRY/2PT9
 Such regulation shall not be applicable to BIG
loads. Full details in relation to BIG shall
always be specified on the SI section of the
CPM message.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 27/37
7.2.4.4. Bulk Load Details

Table-25: Table for Bulk Load Details
Bulk load details

-51/IST/9/M
 All items available between Item 9.1 and Item 9.5.
9 -52/IST/55/C/448/B
 All compartment sections, including empty ones, must
-53/IST/400/BF.EIC/80
be specified in CPM messages.
Compartment section identifier
-51
 Compartment section identifier shall consist of a
9.1 -52
binary character.
-53
 The item shall start with a (-) marking.
IATA triple code of the airport where loads carried in the
compartment section will be unloaded
 Compartment section identifier (Item 9.1) and
unloading station (Item No. 9.2) shall be separated
with a (/) marking.
9.2 /IST
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city shall be
typed.
 Those not requiring IATA triple code of the unloading
airport;
 Single-leg flights and final leg of the multi-leg flights
Load weight of arrival station /9
9.3  Unloading station (Item 9.2) and weight (Item 9.3) /55
shall be separated with a (/) marking. /400
Codes of load categories
 Weight (Item 9.3) and code of load category or codes
of load category group (Item 9.4) shall be separated /M
9.4 with a (/) marking. /C
 Codes of load category shall be separated with a (/) /B
marking.
 Codes listed in Item 8.5 shall be used.
Codes of special load
 Each shall be specified following a (.) marking.
 Loading position and weight may not be specified.
9.5 .EIC/80
 In the event that any load from multiple stations is
carried in the same compartment section, then the
expressions specified between Item 9.2 and Item 9.5
shall be repeated for each station.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 28/37

Table-26: Supplementary Remarks
 All other details in relation to the flight regarding SI EIC/80
10 container/pallet may be specified at the end of the STRETCHER
CPM message. On a new line, it shall start with SI EQPMT
identifier and continue by leaving a space.
 Such message shall be entered with the baggage type PL/CG*BT/DOM/51
11 loading position through the format PL/CG* before by PL/CG*BT/INT/12P
leaving a space. PL/CG*PRIO/H51
 Example for Standard Container/Pallet Message

QU ISTKLTK ISTFETK ISTFHTK ISTGTTK NRTKZTK
.NRTKMTK TK/072055 YK
CPM
TK1023/07.TCJDN.34C237Y.11-24P
-11P/PAG0251TK/IST/1225/C
-12P/PAG7436TK/IST/1285/C.RRY/2PT9
-32/PLA0989TK/IST/1515/C
-33L/AKE1199TK/IST/719/B-33R/AKE0458TK/IST/703/B
-34/PLA0882TK/IST/296/B
-51/IST/9/M
-52/IST/55/C/448/B
-53/IST/400/BC.EIC/80
SI EIC/80 STRETCHER EQPMT
END

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 29/37
 Important Load Details on the SI section in respect of Example for Standard

Container/Pallet Message
CPM
TK1598/07.TCJPJ.12C141Y.MIX CON/PAL
-13P/AKH2034TK/IST/585/C.AOG/5
-31P/AKH2186TK/IST/495/C
-51/IST/135/O.CSU/135.VR15
-52/IST/45/O.SPB.VR14
-53/IST/241/BF/B/35/O.EIC/35.VR17
-0/X.AVI
SI –BT/DOM/11P
-BT/INT/12P
-BT/DOM/42P
-BH/H51
-VIP/H51
-PRIO/H51
-STRL/H51
-AVIH/H53
END
7.2.4.6. Correction of Standard Container/Pallet Message

New CPM shall be sent.
7.2.5. ULD Control Message (UCM)

 ULD movements must be reported to Apron/Ramp Services Control Center through
the UCM control message.
 UCM message must be sent even in case of no ULD change (NIL message).
 ULD control message UCM must be sent immediately after the aircraft takes off or
lands.
 UCM (in-out) message shall be sent in accordance with the following requirements
and combined (IN-OUT) UCM message shall be sent in the event that the arrived
aircraft takes off on the same day and within a period of two (2) hours.
 In the event that the arrived aircraft takes off on a different day and two hours after
arrival time then another UCM (IN-OUT) message shall be sent.
CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 30/37
Unless otherwise requested, all date and time groups shall be stated as "UTC". UCM control
message consists of the following items:

1 ULD control message priority codes: QD, QU or QX
QX ISTKLTK ISTFBTK
2 Address/addresses of UCM control message
ISTKRTK

group, initials of the personnel sending the message .ISTKMTK TK/081135
3
Between 3.1 and 3.4. YK
3.1 Address of the station of departure .ISTKMTK

3.2  A space must be left between address of the station of TK
departure (Item 3.1.) and binary code of the airline for
charging (Item 3.2).
Date and time group
 Binary code of the airline for charging (Item 3.2) and
date and time group (Item 3.3) must be separated with
3.3 /081135
a (/) marking.
 (/) marking must be used in the event that the code of
airline charged is stated.
Initials of the personnel sending the message (if requested)
3.4  A space must be left between date and time group YK

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 31/37

Standard message identifier: UCM

4
 UCM identifier must be on an individual line.
Flight number
5 TK0124/131
 Message shall be sent by combining Items 5.1 to 5.3.
5.1 Binary code of the airline TK
5.2 Inward flight number TK0124
Outward flight number

 Such details shall be used for inward-outward flights.
5.3 /131
 Inward flight number (Item 5.2) and outward flight number
(Item 5.3) must be separated with a (/) marking.
Date
 Combined date of Items 6.1 and 6.2
6 /08MAR
Flight number (Item 5.2 and Item 5.3) and date (Item 6)
must be separated with a (/) marking.
Day
6.1 08
 Calendar day
Month
 The following triple abbreviations shall be used:
6.2 JAN, FEB, MAR, APR, MAY, JUN, JUL, AUG, SEP, OCT, MAR
NOV, DEC.
 No space shall be left between day (Item 6.1) and month
(Item 6.2).
7  Day (Item 6.1) and aircraft registration mark (Item 7) shall TCJCZ
be separated with a (.) marking.
 IATA triple code of the airport or the city
8  Aircraft registration mark (Item 7) and airport of departure .IST
(Item 8) must be separated with a point (.).

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 32/37
7.2.5.3. ULD Movement Details

Table-29: Table for ULD Movement Details
Incoming ULD identifier: IN

9
 "IN" identifier must be on an individual line.
ULD details
 (IATA identifier codes) Items 10.1 to 10.3 shall be .AKE1240TK/AKE068
10
combined. 6TK
 ULD details shall start with a (.) marking.
10.1 Type code .AKE
10.2 Serial number 1240
Binary code of the operator airline

10.3  Type code (Item 10.1) and serial number (Item 10.2) TK
shall be idenfied with ULD signs.
Outgoing ULD identifier: OUT
11
 OUT identifier must be on an individual line.
ULD details
 (IATA identifier codes) Items 12.1 to 12.5 shall be
12 .AKE1040TK/ESB/C
combined.
 ULD details shall start with a (.) marking.
12.1 Type code .AKE
12.2 Serial number 1040
Binary code of the operator airline

12.3  Type code (Item 12.1) and serial number (Item 12.2) TK
shall be idenfied with ULD signs.
Arrival point of ULD:
12.4  Binary code of the operator airline (Item 12.3) and final /ESB
station of arrival (Item 12.4) must be separated with a
(/) marking.
Content codes:
B-Economy Class Baggage
M-Mail
C-Cargo
12.5 /C
E-Aircraft spare part without a manifest U-Unserviceable
ULD
BF Business Comfort Class Baggage
X-Empty ULD

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 33/37

 Information about damaged/unserviceable ULD
13  The details in relation to the status of any SI
damaged/unserviceable ULD shall be provided.
 On a new line, it shall start with SI identifier and
continue by leaving a space.
 Example for Standard ULD Control Message:

QU ISTFBTK ISTKLTK CPYXXXX MADTZTK
.MADKZTK TK/231507
UCM
TK1857/23FEB.TCJCZ.MAD
IN
.AKE0577TK/AKE0686TK/T02
OUT
.AKE0710TK/AKE0924TK/AKE0920TK/T03
LAST
7.2.5.5. Correction of ULD Control Message

New CPM shall be sent.
7.2.6. Stock Control Message (SCM)

Each station, from/to which flights with ULD loading are operated, must send stock control
messages for all ULDs (container and/or pallet) available at such station on weekly basis.
SCM must be sent to the following addresses:
ISTFHTK/ISTKLTK/ISTKRTK/ISTFBTK/ISTKUTK

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 34/37
Example:
QU ISTFHTK ISTKLTK ISTKRTK ISTFBTK
.SINFMSQ TK/260355 YK
SCM
.SIN.26APR/0158
.AKE.0399TK/0451TK/0618TK/0746TK/0782TK/0826TK/0865TK/0990TK/1030TK/
1117TK/1194TK/1217TK/1327TK/1341TK/1342TK/1402TK/1417TK/1439TK/1467TK/
1479TK.T20.PAG.0226TK/0314TK/0578TK/0582TK/5212TK/5286TK/5446TK/5479TK/
5516TK/7461TK.T10
.PLA.0001TK/0066TK/0595TK/0601TK/0604TK/0689TK/0859TK/0884TK/0919TK/
0938TK/0965TK/0966TK/0992TK/1000TK/1022TK/1092TK.T16
.PMC.3002TK/3017TK.T2
SI STOCK CHECK LIST AS OF 0158HR 26APR
7.2.7. Passenger Service Message (PSM)

 The message reporting any assistance required upon performance of check-in
processes, transit, transfer and arrival stations in respect of the passengers
requesting special service and the transit/transfer passengers.
 PSM must be sent immediately after the aircraft takes off.
 It shall be sent automatically by the system in the stations where DCS check-in is
available.
Example:
.CPTKKTK
PSM
TK1121 / 29 FEB
-IST COMPTON/MR 11K WCHS TK1979
7.2.8. Teletype Passenger Message (TPM)

 The message, which is sent after the aircraft takes off, and which shows the
passenger list.
available.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 35/37
 Example for Teletype Passenger Message:

.ISTKITK
TPM
TK1142 / 29 FEB CAI
KONYA E MRS
TATLI S MS
GULTEPE F MRS
ARICAN D MRS
SANCAK Y MS
DOGAN T MR
SAZAK N MRS
DERE O MR
NELIK Y MR
KIRIMLIOGLU G MRS
ERGIN C MR
END TPM
7.2.9. Passenger Transfer Message (PTM)

The message, which is sent by the station of departure to the transfer point and which covers
the passengers and baggage requiring transfer processes. PTM must be sent immediately
after the aircraft takes off. It shall be sent automatically by the system in the stations where
DCS check-in is available. It shall contain the details in relation to the passengers with a
connection flight within a period of 24 hours after the aircraft takes off, as well as the details
in relation to their baggage. The status of such passengers may be "OK" or "RQ".
 Example for Passenger Transfer Message:
.DXBKZTK
PTM
TK1169 / 29 FEB DXBIST PART1
TK1973 ARN 01Y 02B
TK1937 BRU 01Y 01B
TK1845 ATH 01Y 00B . RQ
TK1979 LHR 02C 04B . INF01
TK1184 TLV 02Y 03B
END PTM
7.2.10. Passenger Final Sales (PFS)

 The message showing the number of passengers on the basis of traveling class in
any flight.
 PFS must be sent immediately after the aircraft takes off.
available. Pass II and infants shall not be included in PFS messages.

CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 36/37
Example:
PFSTK 1491/29 FEB IST
JFK 20/151
7.2.11. Seat Occupied Message (SOM)

 The message which sent to the transit or transfer point on multi-leg flights and which
shows seats occupied.
 SOM must be sent immediately after the aircraft takes off. It shall be sent
automatically by the system in the stations where DCS check-in is available.
Example:
.ISTKITK
SOM
TK1034/29 FEB IST
-BKK. 1AB 03DE 17ACE 18ROW 24DEF
DIP BAG 01C
CELLO 12A
7.2.12. Sending Message Through DCS

Messages shall be sent in UR mode through TROYA System and the following processes
must be followed.
 At the end of each line, in order to go a line below, use the return key. (Press return
key.)
 Y (Fixed format) (Press return key.)
 QU ADAKZTK ADATZTK (Press return key.)
 Message priority code and addresses of the departments to which the message will
be sent
 .ISTKITK (Press return key.)
 Address of the sender department
 The message intended to be sent shall be typed in free format. (Press return key.)
 The message shall be sent by using the enter key.
7.3. DELAY CODES

Delay codes shall be used to specify the reasons for delay and other ground handling
irregularities. It must be applied on objective basis in order to identify the real reason.
 Any landing and take-off details in relation to the flights shall be recorded by the in-flight
systems through Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS)
available on board of some aircraft. Even if MVT message is not sent by the
departure/arrival airport, departure/arrival information of the flight may be viewed through
UHM display.
CHAPTER 7
Revision Number 02
Page Number 37/37
 SI section of the MVT message may be used in order for prevention of misinterpretation
and for various remarks.
Detailed information regarding delay codes is available in EK.10.67.005 Delay Codes Manual.
7.4. CITY AND AIRPORT CODES

Detailed information regarding city and airport codes is available in LS.67.002 List of City and
Airport Codes.
7.5. TELEX ADDRESSES USED WITHIN THE ORGANIZATION OF TURKISH AIRLINES

Detailed information regarding telex codes is available in LS.67.0003 List of SITA Telex
Addresses.

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS
Page Number 1/8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
8. GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS ...................................................................................... 2
8.1. IATA STANDARD GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS (SGHA) .................................... 2
8.1.1. Definition of Standard Ground Handling Agreement .................................................... 2
8.1.2. Composition and Content of the Agreement ................................................................ 2
8.2. DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................... 6
8.3. SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT (SLA) .............................................................................. 7
8.4. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS FOR SERVICE PROVISION STANDARDS
8
8.5. ATTACHMENTS ................................................................................................................. 8

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
Page Number 2/8
8. GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS

Ground handling agreements comprise the agreements executed by between the Company and the
ground handling company for the purpose of provision of ramp and passenger services, security and
cargo (At many stations, cargo agreements are executed separately.) services at all stations to/from
which the Company operates or will operate flights.
In respect of execution of ground handling agreements for provision of such services in the best way
possible according to the Company's interests as well as safe and secure conduct of operations;
passenger and ramp Handling agreements shall be executed by Handling Agreements
Management, cargo handling agreements shall be executed by Cargo Handling Agreements
Management and agreements regarding other matters shall be executed by the respective
managements of the Company in accordance with IATA Main Agreement SGHA (Standard Ground
Handling Agreement) or IATA SGHA Simplified Version and Company standards, whereas the same
shall be carried out by the concerned station managements and/or offices of supervisors in
accordance with the following general principles.
8.1. IATA STANDARD GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS (SGHA)
8.1.1. Definition of Standard Ground Handling Agreement

Phrases included in the Main Agreement and Annex A are also included in "Standard
Ground Handling Agreement" main agreement and its Annex A, AHM 810; without any
amendment made in relation to the text published in AHM 810. Any amendment made to the
standard agreement and the agreement accepted by the parties are executed in Annex(es) B
format.
8.1.2. Composition and Content of the Agreement
8.1.2.1. Agreement
8.1.2.1.1. Main Agreement

It includes the general classification of service definitions of the provisions which are
attained from international practices published by IATA and which are widely
recognized between the carrier and ground handling organization.
 Provision of services,
 Fair practices,
 Subcontracting of services,
 Carrier's representation,
 Standard of work,
 Remuneration,
 Accounting and settlement,
 Liability and indemnity,
 Arbitration,

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
Page Number 3/8
 Stamp duties, registration fees,

 Duration, modification and termination.
8.1.2.1.2. Annex A
Ground handling has been divided into sub parts, sections and sub sections stated in
Annex A. Conditions and phrases used have been accepted by IATA Ground Handling
Council (IGHC). It is an annex to the main agreement. The sections and sub sections
regarding provision of the services in Annex A are presented below;
SECTION 1. REPRESENTATION, ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION
1.1. General
1.2. Administrative Functions
1.3. Supervision and/or Coordination of Services Contracted by the Carrier with
Third Party/Parties.
1.4. Station Management
SECTION 2. PASSENGER HANDLING
2.1. General
2.2. Departure
2.3. Arrival
2.4. Remote/Off Airport Services
2.5. Inter-modal Transportation by Rail, Road or Sea
SECTION 3. RAMP HANDLING
3.1. Baggage Handling
3.2. Marshalling
3.3. Parking
3.4. Cooling and Heating
3.5. Ramp to Flight Deck Communication
3.6. Loading and Unloading
3.7. Starting
3.8. Safety Measures
3.9. Moving of Aircraft
3.10. Exterior Cleaning
3.11. Interior Cleaning
3.12. Toilet Service
3.13. Water Service
3.14. Cabin Equipment
3.15. Storage of Cabin Material
3.16. Catering Ramp Services
3.17. De-icing/Anti-icing Services and Snow/Ice Removal

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
Page Number 4/8
SECTION 4 LOAD CONTROL, COMMUNICATION AND FLIGHT OPERATIONS

4.1. Load Control
4.2. Communications
4.3. Flight Operations-General
4.4. Flight Operations-Flight Preparations at the Airport of Departure
4.5. Flight Operations-Flight Preparations at a Point Different From the Airport of
Departure
4.6. Flight Operations-En-route Flight Assistance
4.7. Flight Operations-Post-Flight Activities
4.8. Flight Operations-En-route Re-despatch
4.9. Flight Operations-Crew Administration
SECTION 5 CARGO AND MAIL SERVICES
5.1. Cargo and Mail Handling-General
5.2. Customs Control
5.3. Irregulaties Handling
5.4. Document Handling
5.5. Physical Handling of Outbound/Inbound
5.6. Transfer/Transit Cargo
5.7. Post Office Mail
SECTION 6 SUPPORT SERVICES
6.1. Accommodation
6.2. Automation/Computer Systems
6.3. Unit Load Devices (ULD) Control
6.4. Fuel Farm (Depot)
6.5. Ramp Refueling/Defueling Operations
6.6. Surface (Land) Transport
6.7. Catering Services-Liaison and Administration
SECTION 7 SECURITY
7.1. Passenger and Baggage Screening and Reconciliation
7.2. Cargo and Post Office Mail
7.3. Catering
7.4. Aircraft
7.5. Additional Security Services
SECTION 8 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
8.1. Routine Services
8.2. Replenishing of Oil and Fluids
8.3. Non-Routine Services
8.4. Material Handling

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
Page Number 5/8
8.5. Parking and Hangar Space
8.1.2.1.3. Annex B
Ground handling articles selected from Annex A and ground handling remunerations
accepted by the parties during negotiations are available in Annex B. Apart from the
main agreement, the fees to be paid for technical landings, in case of
delays/cancellations and the details of the extra service tariff are available. It includes
the payment method agreed by the parties as well as the technical services provided
per sector on a monthly or actual performance basis.
Amendments made in the main agreement, paragraphs, sub-paragraphs and services
as well as Standard Ground Operations Agreements agreed by the parties are
specified as "Annex B" to the main agreement. In respect of the passenger and ramp
handling agreement to be signed by the Handling Agreements Management, the
personnel commissioned at the station or directly concerned ground handling company
at the station shall be contacted and the quotations received from the agents shall be
assessed according to the following criteria;
 Company profile,
 Equipment Inventory,
 Customer Portfolio,
 Licenses and permits depending on the service type received in the domestic
stations,
 Compliance with the (SGHA) definitions which are specified by IATA and jointly
composed by IATA member air carriers and ground handling organisations,
 Compliance with IATA Airport Handling Manual (AHM), EK.10.67.001 Ground
Operations Manual as well as all relevant documents specified by the Company,
 Offers received from the handling companies shall be compared with the
requirements and standards of the Company; correspondences, meetings and
negotiations shall be carried out for inclusion of the additional service types,
which are deemed necessary, to the draft agreement, as well as excluding those
deemed unnecessary or remaining outside the scope of authority of the
department executing the Handling Agreements, from the draft agreement and
an agreement shall be reached concerning the prices and service types.
 Meanwhile, in the event of non-compliance with IATA SGHA definitions and
principles (such as submission of a Non-IATA agreement); Legal Directorate,
Office of Chief Commercial Officer and Office of Chief Financial Officer shall be
consulted if necessary.
 Ramp and passenger agreements shall be signed based on the approval
received by the Handling Agreements Management from the Executive
Committee whereas Cargo Handling Agreements and ramp agreements for
cargo aircraft are signed based on the approval received by the Cargo Handling
Agreements Management from the same, in line with IATA Main Agreement,

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
Page Number 6/8
taking into account national and recognized international regulations, ICAO

Annexes, EASA regulations, EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual,
EK.10.15.001 Security Programme, other relevant manuals and adjustments
made through Company's internal regulations.
 An original copy of the agreement mutually agreed and executed as a result of
negotiations shall be kept at Handling Agreements Management and another
original copy shall be sent as an attachment to the handling company which has
executed the agreement with the Company.
8.2. DEFINITIONS
Aircraft of the Carrier: Any aircraft owned, leased, chartered, hired or operated or otherwise
utilized by or on behalf of the carrier and in respect of which the carrier has either expressly or
implicitly contracted, instructed or otherwise requested the ground handling organization to carry
out or perform any ground handling service(s).
Airport Terminal: All buildings used for arrival and departure handling of aircraft.
Departure Control System (DCS): An automated method for performance of check-in (pre-
flight passenger ticket system), capacity and load control and dispatch of flights (by means of
automatic machines).
Direct Loss: A loss arising naturally or directly from an occurrence and which excludes remote,
indirect, consequential or special losses or damages, such as loss of revenue or loss of profit.
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI): The computer-to-computer (application-to-application
program processing) transmission of business data in a standard format.
Ticket: Either the document entitled ‘’Passenger Ticket and Baggage Check’’ or any electronic
ticket data held in the Carrier’s data base.
Making Arrangements: The handling organization may request an outside agency to perform
the service in question.The charge of the outside agency shall be paid by the Carrier.The
handling organization assumes no liability toward the Carrier for such arrangements.
Owning Carrier: A carrier who is the owner or lessee of a unit load device (ULD).
Provide (Provision): The fact that the ground handling organization itself assumes
responsibility for the provision of the service in question.
Receiving Carrier: A carrier receiving a Unit Load Device (ULD) from a transferring carrier at a
transfer point.
Special Shipments: Perishable goods, live animal, valuables, vulnerable cargo, news material,
dangerous goods etc.
Specialized Cargo Products: Express cargo, courier shipments and same-day deliveries.
Technical Landing: A landing for other than commercial reasons where no physical change of
load occurs.
Ticket: Either the document entitled ‘’Passenger Ticket and Baggage Check’’ or any electronic
ticket data held in the Carrier’s data base.

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
Page Number 7/8
Transferring Carrier: A carrier transferring a Unit Load Device (ULD) to a receiving carrier at a
transfer point.
Transit Flight: Any aircraft making an intermediate landing for commercial reasons where a
change of load occurs.
Truck Handling: The loading and/or unloading of a truck operating as a service truck.
Truck Service: Any service operated by truck on behalf of the airline, carrying loads
documented in accordance with applicable IATA and/or ICAO rules, regulations and procedures.
In the Main Agreement and in Annex A, the word ‘’aircraft’’ will read ‘’truck’’ and ‘’flight’’will read
‘’truck service’’ when it concerns the handling of a truck as meant under the above definitions. In
Section 5, Item 5.5.5 of Annex A, the word ‘’vehicle’’ means a conveyance of any kind to be used
within the ramp area for transport of cargo between warehouse and truck or between two trucks
or between two warehouses.
Turnround Flight: Any aircraft terminating a flight and subsequently originating another flight
following a complete change of load.
Unit Load Devices (ULDs): The devices which interface directly with aircraft's restraint (safety)
system and which are registered by IATA ULD Technical Board.
Definitions of the terms cargo, passenger and load are available in LS.10.18.013 Integrated
Management System Definitions List.
8.3. SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT (SLA)

Service Level Agreements (SLA) are signed as an annex to Annex B of IATA Simplified Version
issued in reference to IATA Standard Ground Handling Agreement according to station
conditions in domestic and international stations. Whereas safe and secure conduct of
operations is the priority, applicability of SLA, prepared in the most suitable manner with regards
to station conditions and company interests is monitored during its period of operation by
relevant station managers of the ground handling organization. While preparing a successful
SLA, first it is well-determined: what to measure, how to measure and how to use these
measurement results; then the factors that must be applied to SLA are emphasized.
While preparing a service level agreement;
 Determining the benefits of SLA,
 Using SLA effectively,
 Including SLA in standard ground handling agreement,
 Timely take-off performance,
 Remuneration,
 Expertise,
 Global,
 Security of records

CHAPTER 8
Revision Number 02
Page Number 8/8
8.4. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS FOR SERVICE PROVISION STANDARDS

Performance of the ground handling organization is measured through penalties and awards
stated in mutually signed SLA and Technical Specifications (domestic airports). Standards such
as waiting period at check-in, closing the doors of the aircraft before their scheduled time,
entering Miles and Smiles member cards into the Company system, detecting fake passports,
visa etc., transmitting messages on-time to the receiving station, closing the doors of any aircraft
on scheduled take-off time in the event that the turnaround period is shortened, attitude towards
carrier's customers etc. and IATA AHM, EK.10.67.001 Ground Operations Manual as well as all
relevant documents specified by the Company are effective in measuring the performance of
ground handling organization.
Service quality of the cargo handling organization shall be checked and evaluated by Cargo
Handling Agreements Management in six (6) months periods through FR.63.0080 Performance
Analysis of Handling Company.
Service quality of the ground handling organization, on the other hand, shall be verified by the
Handling Agreements Management on the basis of FR.67.0082 Handling Agent Service
Assessment Form and PR.67.009 Procedure for Assessing Services of Ground Handling Agents
and Subcontractors.
 All concerned stations shall upload FR.67.0082 Handling Agent Service Assessment
Form, completed by taking into account the service irregularities or compliance of the
ground handling organizations within the specified time period to the link Upload
FR.67.0082 Handling Agent Service Assessment Form on the "Ground Operations
Documentation Practices" page.
 The details available on the system shall be compiled periodically by the Operations
Performance and Process Management Office and then shall be reported to the Handling
Agreements Management. The details compiled through the system shall be classified
and the quality of the service procured shall be evaluated by the Handling Agreements
Management by taking into account the existing market conditions and any other criteria.
 The evaluation results shall be retained in the file of the organization in order to be used
as reference and for reporting purposes in respect of the next agreement period.
8.5. ATTACHMENTS
FR.63.0080 Performance Analysis of Handling Company
FR.67.0082 Handling Agent Service Assessment Form

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
GROUND HANDLING EQUIPMENT
Page Number 1/36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
9.1.EQUIPMENT .............................................................................................................................. 2
9.1.1. Definitions .................................................................................................................... 2
9.1.2. PAT Driver's/Operator's Authorization.......................................................................... 6
9.1.3. Identification Certificate of Vehicles, Tools and Equipment .......................................... 8
9.1.4. Vehicle Driving Rules ................................................................................................... 9
9.1.5. Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance ......................................................................... 15
9.2.DOOR HEIGHTS FOR CARGO LOADING/UNLOADING AND PASSENGER
EMBARKATION/DISEMBARKATION BY AIRCRAFT TYPE (AT EMPTY WEIGHT).............. 16
9.2.1. A319 .......................................................................................................................... 16
9.2.2. A320-200 ................................................................................................................... 16
9.2.3. A321 .......................................................................................................................... 17
9.2.4. A330-200 ................................................................................................................... 17
9.2.5. A330-300 ................................................................................................................... 18
9.2.6. A340-300 ................................................................................................................... 18
9.2.7. B737-400 ................................................................................................................... 19
9.2.8. B737-700,800,900 ..................................................................................................... 19
9.2.9. B777-300ER .............................................................................................................. 19
9.3.GROUND EQUIPMENT SERVICE POINTS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH RESPECT TO THE
AIRCRAFT............................................................................................................................. 20
9.3.1. A319 .......................................................................................................................... 21
9.3.2. A320 .......................................................................................................................... 22
9.3.3. A321 .......................................................................................................................... 23
9.3.4. A330-200 ................................................................................................................... 24
9.3.5. A330-300 ................................................................................................................... 25
9.3.6. A340-300 ................................................................................................................... 26
9.3.7. B737-400 ................................................................................................................... 27
9.3.8. B737-700,800,900 ..................................................................................................... 28
9.3.9. B777-300 ER ............................................................................................................. 29
9.4.LOCATION PLAN OF GROUND EQUIPMENT AROUND THE AIRCRAFT ........................... 30
9.4.1. A319 .......................................................................................................................... 30
9.4.2. A320 .......................................................................................................................... 31
9.4.3. A321 .......................................................................................................................... 32
9.4.4. A330 .......................................................................................................................... 33
9.4.5. A340-300 ................................................................................................................... 34
9.4.6. B737 .......................................................................................................................... 35
9.4.7. B777-300 ER ............................................................................................................. 36

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 2/36
9. GROUND HANDLING EQUIPMENT
9.1. EQUIPMENT
Ground support equipment (GSE) is used during services (embarkation/disembarkation of
passengers and loading/unloading of cargo, aircraft maintenance-repair) provided to the aircraft.
For the ground operations during and after the flight; ground support equipment is utilized for
functions such as cargo loading and unloading, embarkation and disembarkation of passengers,
loading of potable water, drainage of septic tank for disposal, aircraft refueling, engine and
airframe inspection-maintenance, loading-unloading of catering supplies. Airlines use ground
support equipment (GSE) specially designed for supporting such operations. Ground support
equipment are used in many services for the comfort and security of the passengers and crew,
such as engine start-up, providing electricity to the aircraft and heating and cooling the cabin.
In general, vehicles serving to any aircraft consist of the followings:
Fueling vehicle, baggage tractor, Ground Power Unit (GPU), passenger shuttle, high-loader, belt
conveyor, Air Starter Unit (ASU), water supply vehicle, septic carter, catering vehicle, aircraft
towing/push back tractor (tow-car), de-icing and anti-icing vehicle, ambulift, baggage cart, dolly,
towbar.
9.1.1. Definitions
Accident: An instance at the PAT area resulting in death, injury and/or damage; in which
one or multiple vehicles (including vehicle-aircraft accidents) are involved.
Airport Bus (Trailer): A motor vehicle designed for transportation of passengers, which is
normally equipped with minimum 15 seats apart from the driver's seat but which can be
customized to transport more passengers at ramp.
Air Carrier: All domestic and foreign airlines.
Air Conditioning Unit (ACU) A unit with special equipment, manufactured to provide the air
used in the air conditioners to the aircraft.
Air-Stairs: A tool and equipment placed at the aircraft's doors, enabling boarding and
deboarding.
Air Starter Unit (ASU): A specially equipped unit, manufactured to meet the need for high-
pressure air required at the start-up of the engine in some aircraft types.
Aircraft Stand: Locations specified at ramp for aircraft parking.
Automobile: A motor vehicle due to its structure comprising maximum seven seats
excluding the driver, manufactured for passenger transportation.
Baggage Cart: A transport vehicle used for baggage, cargo and load transfer at the PAT
area and towed by motor vehicles.
Baggage-Tractor: A motor vehicle which tows baggage carts, dollies, towable stair, etc.
Belt Conveyor: A vehicle used in bulk baggage loading-unloading to/from the aircraft.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 3/36
Bicycle: A non-motorized vehicle, which has maximum three wheels, which receives motion
from its wheels rotated via pedals or manually by the person riding it by exercising muscle
power and which is not used for passenger transportation.
Boarding Bridge: The mobile telescopic tunnel enabling passenger access from aircraft to
terminal building and vice versa.
Container: A metal unit placed on board the aircraft after being loaded, form of which is
suitable to interior surface details of the aircraft.
Conveyor Vehicle: A vehicle containing conveyor belt system used for baggage, cargo and
mail loading/unloading.
Crane: A vehicle with special equipment, used for vehicle, load and equipment
lifting/lowering as well as change of location of the same.
De/Anti-Icing Vehicle: A specially equipped vehicle, used for application of de/anti-icing
substances to the aircraft.
Dolly: A transportation vehicle of low level with small wheels, which is towed by tractors and
used in transportation of containers and palettes at ramp.
Driver: The person holding an authorization document, who handles and administers a
motor or non-motorized vehicle.
Driving License: The document issued for driving vehicles pursuant to Highway Traffic Law
Numbered 2918.
Follow-me Vehicle: A specially equipped vehicle used for guidance and checking services
at the runway, ramp, taxi (PAT) areas.
Fork Lift: A specially-equipped vehicle used in load piling and short distance transportation
as well as load lifting/lowering and transportation.
Fuel Hydrant Vehicle (Dispenser): A vehicle which is in contact with fueling supply at ramp,
performing refueling between fuel pit/valve and the aircraft and comprising equipment such
as pump, counter, micro filter, supply hose.
Garbage Vehicle: A hardtop and encased vehicle for the transport of aircraft garbage to
garbage areas.
Ground Handling Agent: Any organization holding an operating license in order to provide
ground handling at airports in accordance with SHY-22 Regulation on Airport Ground
Handling.
Ground Power Unit (GPU): A specially equipped vehicle manufactured to meet the
electricity need of the aircraft.
High Loader: A vehicle equipped with lifting/lowering and load moving features, used for
loading and unloading of loading equipment such as palettes and containers to/from aircraft.
Igloo: A bottomless and inflexible equipment/reserve made from fiberglass, metal or another
suitable material and which is placed on board the aircraft after being loaded.
Lane: The section of the service road, separated with lines in order for vehicles to be safely
and orderly driven.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 4/36
License for Driving Vehicles at PAT Areas: The certificate to be issued and delivered for
those required to drive vehicles at PAT areas, by the airport management in line with the
provisions of the Directive on Driving Vehicles at PAT Areas of the DGSAA (Directorate
General of State Airports Authority).
Marking: An installation enabling the transfer of a special instruction via different colored
lines, forms, symbols, texts and reflectors etc. on the elements of vehicle service road such
as border, separator, guardrail.
Maneuvering Area: The areas used for movements related to aircraft take off and landing at
the airport, excluding aprons.
Minibus: A motor vehicle due to its structure comprising 8-14 seats excluding the driver,
manufactured for passenger transportation.
Motorcycle: A motor vehicle with two or three wheels, with/without a sidecar. Among these,
the motorcycle with three wheels, body of which is specially equipped with a case to carry
load and which is not used in passenger transportation is called load motorcycle (tricycle).
Movement Area: The area used for aircraft landing/take-off and ground movements at the
airport.
Net: A net configured to ensure that the load is kept at hold or Unit Load Device (ULD) of
aircraft loading compartments or aircraft loading vehicles.
Operator: Owner of the vehicle or the person leasing the vehicle for a long term. However,
in cases where the respective parties enter into a mutual contract, specifying the party
undertaking third party liability, lessees shall be deemed as operators if they operate the
vehicles of another person/organization on his behalf or on behalf of his organization by
undertaking all penal and civil liability.
Palette: A platform with a flat base, on which the loads are interconnected and fastened on
board by being secured by means of nets/fasteners/igloos, and which is appropriate to the
standard aircraft needs.
Pedestrian: Stable or mobile people at the PAT area.
Public Service Vehicle: All public and/or rental vehicles with official plates and/or private
plates, performing load or passenger transportation for public service.
Refueling Tank: A specially-equipped vehicle used for fuel servicing and/or fuel transfer to
aircraft at airports where refueling by fuel hydrant system is not possible.
Semi-trailer: The type of trailer, a part of which is located on a motor vehicle, and a part of
the load it carries and its own weight is carried by a motor-vehicle.
Service Provider: All public institutions as well as real, private and legal persons serving
within airport's PAT areas.
Septic Carter: A specially equipped vehicle used for disposal of septic from the aircraft.
Shoulder: The areas adjacent to the pavement with the purpose of enabling easy passage
between paved surfaces and surrounding areas.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 5/36
Signboard: An installation for guidance and information, which is placed on a fixed or mobile
support, enabling the transfer of a special instruction via symbols, colors, lights and texts.
Snow Removal Vehicle: A specially-equipped vehicle used for snow removal services at
PAT areas.
Special Purpose Vehicle: A motor vehicle manufactured for passenger or load
transportation and used for special purposes such as fire fighting, life guarding, funeral, live
broadcast and recording (radio, cinema, television), tow car, high loader, conveyor, de-anti
icing etc.
Taxiway: Side roads prepared to enable the aircraft to reach to ramps from runways and
from runways to ramps at the airports.
Temporary Parking Spot: The area marked off for parking purposes of vehicle which will
provide service to the aircraft before reaching the aircraft parking area.
Tow-Bar: An equipment placed between the aircraft and aircraft tow-car for towing and
push-back the aircraft.
Tow-Car (Towing/Push Back): A vehicle with special equipment, used for aircraft
towing/push back.
Traffic Signs: Signboards, luminous and audible signals used with the purpose of regulating
the traffic, as well as surface signs and gestures made by the airport operator officers to
manage the traffic.
Trailer: A non-motorized vehicle manufactured for passenger and load transportation, and
towed by a motor vehicle.
Transportation Vehicle for Patients or Handicapped/Elderly Persons (Ambulift): A
specially equipped vehicle with lifting and lowering features, used for embarkation and
disembarkation to/from the aircraft, of passengers with reduced mobility such as sick, elderly
or handicapped passengers unable to use air-stairs as well as for their transportation within
PAT area between aircraft and terminal.
Unit Load Devices (ULD): The equipment, used for safe transportation of baggage, cargo
and mail on board the aircraft, as well as containing locking mechanism on the surface of the
cargo compartments.
Vehicle: Motor or non-motorized and special purpose vehicles and heavy equipment which
can be used at PAT areas.
Vehicle Owner: The person who has been granted with a certificate of registration or
ownership or a bill of sales for the vehicle, issued on his/her name by the administration.
Vehicle Parking Lot: An outdoor or indoor area used for vehicle parking.
Vehicle Service Road: The PAT areas designated by the lines for the use of vehicle traffic
in general.
Water Supply Vehicle: A specially equipped vehicle which replenishes the aircraft with
water.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 6/36
Definitions of Ramp, Directorate General of the State Airports Authority (DGSAA), Air
Side, PAT Area/Areas and Runway are available in LS.10.18.013 Integrated Management
System Definitions List.
9.1.2. PAT Driver's/Operator's Authorization

Within the airside of the airport, personnel without a PAT Driver's/Operator's License issued
by the airport operator is not authorized to drive/operate a vehicle. Personnel holding a PAT
Driver's/Operator's License is authorized to drive/operate only the vehicle types which the
license authorizes him/her to do so.
Drivers holding a Traffic Driver's License which corresponds to the type of the vehicle they
are driving -but not holding a PAT Driver's/Operator's License- may enter PAT areas in case
of force majeure events (ambulance, funeral, bank vehicles, etc.) In such a case, drivers
shall be guided into ramp area by other authorized officials through the permit of the airport
operator.
Driver personnel is authorized to drive a vehicle with a ramp license plate which is owned by
him/her or is under the responsibility of his/her employer organization.
However, organizations providing ground handling services within the scope of SHY-22
Regulation on Airport Ground Handling shall be authorized to utilize the vehicles, tools and
equipment of the airport organizations for which they provide ground handling services,
provided that they are authorized by the Ministry Of Transport, Maritime Affairs and
Communications of the Republic of Turkey and that an agreement and/or contract is
executed by and between both parties which specifies the list of vehicles, tools and
equipment as well as the financial liability for the same. Legal liability, on the other hand,
shall be governed by national regulations.
A copy of the agreement and/or contract executed shall be presented to the Directorate
General of State Airports Authority/airport management.
Within the scope of SHY-145.01 Regulation on the Certificated Maintenance Organizations,
among the personnel commissioned in worker services, the personnel found suitable for
driving vehicles at PAT areas with regards to the services provided by maintenance
organizations authorized by the Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA);
A copy of an agreement and/or contract to be executed mutually which contains provisions
for the penalties to be applied in all types of liability cases including personnel and list of
vehicles/equipment to be used by the personnel as well as third parties related to the same
and violation of the rules,
Also, if a covenant deed is presented to related airport operator specifying that penalties
resulting from the use of the vehicle/equipment in question and all liability such as third party
liability and compensation shall be undertaken by the license/permit holder; they may be
allowed to drive vehicles as per the Directive on Driving Vehicles at PAT Areas of the
DGSAA (Directorate General of State Airports Authority).
PAT Driver's/Operator's License shall only be valid for the airport where it has been issued.
In the event that the personnel holding a PAT Driver's/Operator's License is dismissed or has
left the company, such document shall be returned to the airport operator.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 7/36
Also, the personnel in question shall be authorized by the airport operator for driving
following the issuance of a new certificate after receiving refresher training on the PAT areas
of the relevant airport and traffic rules.
For a PAT Driver's/Operator's License to be valid; Traffic Driver's License issued in
accordance with the Highway Traffic Law as well as the medical certificate issued as per the
"Regulation For Medical Examinations and Health Requirements for Learner Drivers and
Drivers" are required to be unworn (readable) and valid for the term specified .
In case of a new request for PAT Driver's/Operator's License, lost PAT Driver's/Operator's
License, assignment to another airport or assignment to a temporary duty; actions shall be
taken in line with the provisions of the Directive on Driving Vehicles at PAT Areas of the
DGSAA (Directorate General of State Airports Authority) by the airline management.
Table-1: Table for Categorization of PAT Driver's/Operator's License
Classes of PAT
Vehicle Type/Category Driver's/Operator's
License
1 Automobile
2 Minibus
3 Van
4 Baggage Towing Vehicle
B-C-D-E
5 Forklift
6 Follow-me
7 Painting Vehicle
8 Aircraft Security Vehicle
9 Truck
10 Air conditioner
11 Aircraft Direct/Alternative Current Generator
12 Aircraft Air Starter Unit
13 Fueling Vehicle
14 Fuel Hydrant Vehicle
15 Air Stairs Self Driven/Towable
16 Septic Carter
17 Garbage Vehicle
18 Water Supply Vehicle
19 High Loader
20 De-Anti Icing Vehicle C-D-E
21 Belt Conveyor
22 Catering Truck
23 Ambulift (Patient Transfer Vehicle with Liftable Platform)
24 Skyworker
25 Grader
26 Dozer
27 Crane
28 Snow Removal Vehicles
29 Tire Track Remover
30 Cleaning Vehicle for PAT Areas
31 Towcar-Aircraft Towing/Push Back Vehicle
32 Tractor D
33 Bus E

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 8/36
9.1.3. Identification Certificate of Vehicles, Tools and Equipment

Every vehicle, tool and equipment with "Permanent/Temporary Vehicle Custom Plate" used
at PAT areas shall also have an Identification Certificate (Ramp Vehicle ID Card). Ramp
Vehicle ID cards in question shall expire on 31 December (end of the year) pursuant to the
list of remuneration in designation of permanent custom plates and cards in question shall be
reissued by the airport operator in renewal procedures of "Permanent Vehicle Custom Plate".
Validity period of Temporary Vehicle Custom Plates shall be determined by the airport
operator until the end of work, implementation shall be carried out within the framework of
the related provisions of the list of remuneration.
It shall be obligatory to keep the ID card in question visible in the vehicle.
9.1.3.1. General Rules

The rules presented below are mandatory for all organizations operating at the airport.
For vehicles and tools to be operated at the PAT area, "Ramp Vehicle Custom Plate"
shall be obtained and these plates shall be mounted on the places specified.
For the vehicles/equipment to be operates at the PAT area, yellow flashers visible from
every direction shall be attached by the relevant organization/institution on the ground
support equipment that are deemed necessary by the airport operator.
All types of vehicles and tools to be operated at the PAT area shall bear the name of the
organization/institution.
Vehicle/tool and equipment shall be kept neat and organized in the locations allowed in
full, in-service, clean, well-kept and painted state.
Technical inspections and exhaust emission inspections of vehicles/tools and equipment
with/without a traffic plate shall be performed or caused to be performed by vehicle owner
organization within the periods specified in the relevant regulation.
It is mandatory that the vehicle or equipment shall be in good usable condition, be an
original product purchased from the manufacturer or authorized dealer and be in
compliance with any of the TSE, ISO or CEN standards. However, in the event that
vehicle or equipment at the PAT areas is purchased, it is not required to purchase the
same from the manufacturer or authorized dealer.
Drivers at the PAT areas are obligated to carry their traffic driver's license and PAT
driver's/operator's license with them stating their authorization to drive the vehicle in
question at all times and present the same whenever demanded by the officials assigned
by the airport operator.
Guidelines regarding the color of the vehicles which will be used/present within the PAT
areas as well as logo and special marks to be used on the outer surface of the vehicles
are specified in the Directive on Driving Vehicles at PAT Areas of the DGSAA
(Directorate General of State Airports Authority).

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 9/36
9.1.4. Vehicle Driving Rules

Table-2: Table on Violation of Basic Rules at PAT Areas
TABLE ON VIOLATION OF BASIC RULES AT PAT AREAS

() Exceeding the speed limits set for PAT areas (25 km) and baggage handling area (10 km)
() Driving vehicles requiring a license class other than the one specified in PAT Driver's/Operator's
License
() Endangering oneself while passing in front of/behind the aircraft
() Not obeying security instructions (Dangerous and careless driving)
() Not following cleaning rules and FOD principles at PAT areas
() Not carrying baggage carts and dollies in accordance with the rules (four full cart, more than six
empty cart, over-loading etc.)
() Driving outside the vehicle guiding lines
() Driving without a PAT driver's/operator's license
() Failure to present information and documents required by the Directorate General of State Airports
Authority (PAT driver's/operator's license, apron/terminal card etc.)
() Driving in reverse gear in a manner violating the rules, at apron/ramp and service roads
() Parking the vehicle or equipment in a manner disturbing the operation/traffic
() Transportation of personnel in excess of the capacity specified for that vehicle or on truck beds
() Smoking within PAT areas
() Drunk driving within PAT areas
() Entering areas restricted for apron/terminal cards
() Entering runways, taxiways or apron taxiways without permission
() Not having the vehicle/equipment marked with the name/logo of the organization
() Using maintenance-free vehicle, tool or material within PAT areas
() Driving vehicle without such kind of equipment as fire extinguisher etc.
() Driving vehicle fueled by LPG or LNG
() Driving vehicle without apron custom plate appointed by the DGSAA (Directorate General of
State Airports Authority) at PAT areas
() Using the apron custom plates on vehicles other than the one appointed by the DGSAA
(Directorate General of State Airports Authority)
Violation of rules is specified in the Directive on Driving Vehicles at PAT Areas of the DGSAA
(Directorate General of State Airports Authority).

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 10/36
9.1.4.1. General Rules

a. Following ramp traffic signs and rules is mandatory for those driving/operating
vehicles, tools and equipment within PAT areas. Also, it is required to pay
attention to signals set out by warning signs.
b. Vehicles such as fire brigade, ambulance, follow-me vehicle owned by the airport
operator, security vehicle etc. trying to reach to an incident scene in order to
intervene in case of emergency shall have the priority.
c. With the purpose of not interfering with the actions of a fire brigade intervening an
incident; vehicles except for the fire truck shall not be authorized to enter or park
inside the scene of the incident.
d. Powered and hand held as well as powered and portable equipment must be
equipped with emergency pedal "handsfree" and "dead man pedal".
e. All vehicles used in PAT areas such as automobiles and baggage tractors used
for the purpose of towing load or baggage only as well as other similar vehicles
such as vacuum cleaner generator, conveyor etc. with engine displacements
smaller than passenger cars and a small driver cabin or without a driver cabin
such as vacuum cleaners generators, conveyors etc. shall be equipped with a fire
extinguisher of two (2) kgs, containing dry chemical powder with a trigger and a
manometer and all other vehicles shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher of six
(6) kgs containing dry chemical powder with a trigger and a manometer.
f. Vehicles, tools and equipment, periodic technical inspections of which are not
performed or which do not meet the specified requirements shall not be used at
the PAT area unless the failure/irregularity is eliminated by the relevant
organization and they are checked and approved by the airport operator.
g. Any vehicle, tool or equipment that breaks down at the PAT areas shall be
removed immediately from these areas after informing the ATC and/or ramp
management units of the airport operator.
h. Troubleshooting and repair procedures with respect to such vehicles, tools or
equipment shall only be performed in locations reserved for the agency by the
authorized organization and personnel.
i. It is forbidden to use cellphones, mobile phones or similar communication devices
while driving/operating vehicles, tools and equipment within PAT areas.
j. Smoking is forbidden inside or outside the vehicles within PAT areas.
9.1.4.2. Runways and Taxiways

Rules to be followed by vehicle, tool or equipment operators and other personnel
assigned at runways or taxiways are as follows;
a. No vehicle may enter runways or taxiways unless permitted by the ATC.
b. It is mandatory to keep a readily available wireless device in the vehicles which
will enter runways or taxiways to enable continuous contact with the ATC.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 11/36
Otherwise, it may be allowed to access runways or taxiways accompanied by a

vehicle with a wireless device and in contact with the ATC.
c. In case of an accident, incident, overshooting or failure of aircraft on runway or
taxiway, no vehicle/equipment or personnel shall enter the incident site other than
the accident/incident vehicle/tool and personnel as well as required vehicles/tools
and personnel which belong to the ground handling agent providing service to the
aircraft.
d. In cases of emergency; vehicles/equipment to enter the runway by authorization
and acknowledgment by the ATC shall not damage panels or lights located at the
sides of the runway and taxiway while driving or operating and shall avoid
entering the asphalt-coated area (shoulder).
e. Ground handling agents providing services to the aircraft parked at taxiways for
any reason whatsoever shall not move on dirt surface or asphalt pavement
(shoulder), nor damage panels or lights during their operations.
9.1.4.3. Apron
Rules to be followed by the personnel who uses vehicles, tools and equipment at the
apron/ramp and other assigned personnel are as given below;
a. Except for driving vehicles -provided that all safety and traffic rules are followed-
such as fire brigade, ambulance, follow-me vehicle owned by the airport operator,
security and electrical failure vehicle etc. which are used in cases of priority;
occurrence of a fire, security issue, health matter; maximum speed allowed on the
apron/ramp is 25 km. A label showing that the maximum speed limit is 25 km shall
be attached on the windscreen of the vehicle so as to be visible by the driver.
b. Personnel may not drive carelessly and recklessly on the apron or walk outside
their area of duty.
c. Driver personnel operating at the apron/ramp is obligated to follow both security
rules and occupational health and environmental rules with regards to the
vehicle/equipment s/he operates on duty and the aircraft s/he provides service to.
d. Vehicles serving at the apron/ramp shall not hinder the operation of the aircraft in
any way.
e. Unless authorized by the airport operator, no one, including assigned personnel,
shall not be permitted to use motorcycles, bicycles, etc. at the apron/ramp or
service roads.
f. In PAT areas where aircraft, passenger handling and fueling operations are
performed, reverse maneuvers, when required, shall always be made under the
supervision of a watcher.
g. Vehicles that are required to be present at the apron/ramp for welcoming and
seeing-off senior government officials must be identified in advance in
coordination with the airport operator, taking into account the characteristics of the
airport.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 12/36
h. All vehicles operating at the apron/ramp shall move along the service routes
marked with lines to/from their area of service.
i. Nobody, under any circumstances, shall pass in front of/behind any aircraft lights
of which are flashing without maintaining a safety distance and observe the right
of way.
j. Maximum four fully loaded or six empty baggage carts or dollies may be
connected to baggage tractors. If there are any loaded baggage carts or dollies
towed, number of baggage carts and dollies towed may not exceed four including
empty ones.
k. Vehicles such as belt conveyors, towable air-stairs, etc. other than dolly and
baggage carts shall be towed one by one.
l. Towing baggage cart, dolly and other equipment at the apron/ramp shall be
performed with special vehicles manufactured for towing.
m. Human remains shall be transported via funeral coaches, ambulances or
"ambulifts". In the event that these vehicles are not provided, human remains shall
be transported by a vehicle to be selected according to general custom in
coordination with the airport operator.
n. Human remains shall never be transported via a forklift or under other baggage
and other baggage, boxes or luggage shall not be placed above or near the
human remains.
o. Vehicles operating at the apron/ramp shall return to the waiting spots reserved for
them after the operation and shall not be left at random in a way disturbing the
service flow. Also, vehicles shall not be parked in front of the terminal, apron
sides, etc. or the areas not specifically set out as permanent or temporary parking
area.
p. Temporary parking lots shall not be occupied for a long period of time. Drivers
parking temporarily shall not leave the vehicle for a long time.
q. Organizations and institutions which have dedicated parking lots shall properly
park their vehicles and equipment on these areas and keep such parking lots
clean.
r. No vehicles shall be parked within five meter distance from the water supply
hydrants on the right/left side or in front of/behind the same.
s. No vehicle shall be left on the exit route of fire station.
t. In parking lots with Automatic Parking System, drivers shall not act in a manner
disrupting the system.
u. Personnel shall not be transported by vehicles without seats or on truck beds.
v. Passengers or loads exceeding the capacity specified in the vehicle license shall
not be transported. Appropriate measures shall be taken to prevent the cargo
carried by carts or dollies from falling down or getting wet under rain.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 13/36
w. Doors of all vehicles shall be closed during operation and in park. However, if a
request is made to drive with doors open, permission may be granted by the
Airport Operator as per national and international standards and practices
provided that all liabilities resulting from driving with doors open shall be borne by
the requesting party.
x. ID cards of the personnel to drive a vehicle at the apron/ramp shall be visibly
attached to the collar.
y. Operator authorized to use all types of ground equipment shall follow the standard
operation procedures at special areas.
z. Operators shall use hand held electronic devices featuring hands free function
while using ground equipment.
 Vehicles shall only be used for their original purposes.
 Vehicles that are out of order shall be identified and removed from the field of
operation.
 Equipments shall automatically stop when there is a passenger walking
between the terminal and aircraft or any aircraft taxiing.
 The areas posing danger at the apron/ramp shall be surrounded and marked
out with security cones.
 Equipment safety lines are marked out at the apron/ramp.
 Equipment behind the safety line shall be parked with their parking brake
applied during entrance to/ exiting from the apron/ramp before the aircraft
moves.
 Transmission of equipment located alongside the aircraft or at a distance from
the aircraft shall be shifted into neutral or parking position and the equipment
shall be secured by applying the parking brake.
 Passenger bridges shall be in fully closed position before the arrival and
departure of the aircraft.
 Equipment (including passenger bridges) shall not move towards the
approaching aircraft before performing the following actions; the arriving
aircraft must completely stop, the aircraft must be choked, engines must be
stopped, beacon lights indicating that the aircraft engines are still on must
go off and ground-crew contact must be established if possible. Ground
power unit (GPU) shall be connected, if necessary.
 Before the equipment moves, the commissioned personnel who is required to
be within the field-of-view of the operator shall get into appropriate position in
order to communicate with operators through gestures and to give clearance for
the equipment to move.
 If the operator loses eye contact with the commissioned personnel, equipment
shall not be moved or shall be stopped.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 14/36
 Vehicle or equipment shall be kept away from the zone of danger determined
according to aircraft type.
 Brakes of the equipment shall be checked before entering equipment safety
line.
 Motor-operated equipment shall be stopped by applying a full brake during the
brake check to be performed before entering equipment safety line and the
same procedure shall be repeated before approaching the aircraft.
 Equipment shall not exceed walking speed while approaching towards and
moving away from the aircraft.
 When equipment pulls alongside of the aircraft, its balancing and stabilizing
elements shall be enabled, if any.
 Equipment featuring a lift shall be in safety position except for its last position
while approaching the aircraft. (The ascending part must be kept in the lowest
position.)
 Any equipment alongside the aircraft at ramp shall not be removed without
contacting with the responsible personnel on board or at ramp.
 Any equipment approached to the aircraft shall not be removed before the door
is closed, it shall be secured by the authorized personnel or any and all
measures shall be taken by attaching a device easily-visible safety band, etc.
 Only authorized and certified personnel shall be allowed to use and operate
ground equipment.
9.1.4.4. Aircraft Parking Areas

Rules to be followed by vehicle, tool or equipment operators and other personnel to serve
at aircraft parking areas are as given below;
a. Vehicles serving to aircraft shall maneuver in a way to ensure that the aircraft is
always on the left side.
b. Reverse maneuver is not allowed without an assisting personnel, not even for the
purpose of providing right service to aircraft.
c. While parking any aircraft as well as driving/operating and parking a vehicle or
equipment; strong winds, rain and snowy weather conditions shall be taken into
account and additional safety measures shall be taken.
d. At the aircraft stand, no one shall move towards the aircraft before the beacon
lights -demonstrating that aircraft engines are still on- are switched off.
e. Especially brakes and other systems of the vehicles serving to the aircraft shall be
checked before moving towards the aircraft.
f. Maneuvers made by the vehicles serving to aircraft while approaching the aircraft
shall be performed slowly and under control.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 15/36
g. While any equipment is connected to the rear of the vehicles, sharp maneuvers
must be avoided around the aircraft.
h. If vehicles such as GPU, APU units, etc. which are supposed to be quickly moved
away from the aircraft in a moment of danger shall be left standing near the
aircraft even temporarily without the operator, required safety measures shall be
taken and vehicles shall be left parallel to the aircraft.
i. Personnel operating the vehicle servicing to the aircraft must keep in mind that the
aircraft may move up/down during aircraft loading/unloading and fueling
operations.
j. In the event of a fuel spillage during aircraft fueling, engines of vehicles in close
proximity to the area must be switched off.
k. While servicing to the aircraft; vehicles shall not be parked in front of the fueling
vehicle or fire brigade, at bridge maneuvering area, in front of the aircraft cabin or
emergency exit doors, on aircraft parking area line and at ramp.
l. Only vehicles and equipment meeting the required standards shall be used for
providing service to the aircraft.
9.1.4.5. Baggage Handling Area

Rules to be followed by vehicle, tool or equipment operators as well as other personnel
and organizations to serve at baggage handling areas are as given below;
a. Maximum speed limit at baggage handling area is 10 km.
b. During baggage transport at baggage handling area, baggage carts towed by
tractors or dollies carrying containers shall be used. Dollies carrying palette or
double container shall not be used at this area.
c. No vehicle, tool or equipment shall be left in a way disturbing the service flow at
baggage handling area.
d. Vehicles awaiting at this area shall not be left unattended with the engine running.
e. As a principle, vehicles/equipment to be used in this area must be electrically-
powered.
9.1.5. Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance

a. Maintenance logs, maintenance and checking of all vehicles and equipment and the
responsible persons are defined in TL.67.033 Instruction on Inspection and
Maintenance of Equipment.
b. Maintenance logs of vehicles owned by suppliers shall be retained by them, the station
official receiving the service shall be responsible for checking the maintenance logs.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 16/36
9.2. DOOR HEIGHTS FOR CARGO LOADING/UNLOADING AND PASSENGER

EMBARKATION/DISEMBARKATION BY AIRCRAFT TYPE (EMPTY WEIGHT)
Air-stairs, belt conveyor, high-loader, sick/handicapped/elderly person transport (ambulift) and
catering vehicle used in cargo loading/unloading and passenger embarkation/disembarkation
shall be moved towards the aircraft taking into account the heights of cargo and passenger
doors given in tables in 9.2.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 by aircraft types.
9.2.1. A319
Meter
A 3.45
B 2.09
C 1.86
G 2.25
H 3.73
9.2.2. A320-200
Meter
A 3.47
B 2.09
G 2.25
H 3.73
M 2.51

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 17/36
9.2.3. A321
Meter
A 3,46
B 2,08
G 2,25
H 3,71
M 2,50
9.2.4. A330-200
Meter
A 4,63
B 2,78
D 4,86
J 5,36
K 3,50
L 5,74
Y 3,66

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 18/36
9.2.5. A330-300
Meter
A 4,55
B 2,70
D 4,83
J 5,34
K 3,43
L 5,77
Y 3,68
9.2.6. A340-300
Meter
A 4,59
B 2,73
D 4,84
J 5,31
K 3,44
L 5,70
Y 3,58

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 19/36
9.2.7. B737-400
Meter
B 2,77
C 1,40
E 1,37
G 2,62
9.2.8. B737-700, 800, 900
Meter
B 2,74
C 1,45
F 1,8
G 3,12
9.2.9. B777-300ER
Meter
B 5,13
C 3,19
D 5,20
F 5,32
G 3,58
H 3,76
J 5,66

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 20/36
9.3. GROUND EQUIPMENT SERVICE POINTS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH RESPECT TO

THE AIRCRAFT
Ground equipment support points, heights of the same and system requirement settings vary by
aircraft types and these are defined in tables and charts shown in 9.3.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
For detailed information concerning ground handling equipment, please refer to IATA AHM
Chapter 9.
Definitions of ground support equipment used in tables and charts shown in 9.3.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9;
Air Conditioner;
a. Increases the level of comfort within the aircraft by blowing hot or cold air into aircraft
via an external air conditioning device.
b. Specifies the points and features connecting the air conditioner to the aircraft.
Electricity;
a. The device used in order to perform functions such as on board lightening at parked
position, in line with the requirements of the aircraft.
b. Specifies the points and features connecting the ground power unit (GPU) to the
aircraft.
(3a, 3b) Fuel;
a. Demonstrates the fuel panel and points of fueling.
Water;
a. Specifies the points and features connecting water supply to the aircraft.
Septic;
a. The device performing waste water filling of the aircraft and disinfecting the waste
water tank.
b. Specifies the points and features connecting the septic carter to the aircraft.
Air;
a. The device used for engine start up of the aircraft.
b. Specifies the points and features connecting the air unit (ASU) to the aircraft.

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 21/36
9.3.1. A319
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of
System Requirements
the Service
Point (Meter)
Maximum Flow Rate LP 1.5 kg/sec

Maximum Outlet Pressure LP 35 mbar
1 Air Conditioner 1.73
Cooling Capacity 105000 kcal/h
Heating Capacity 200000 BTU/h
Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 2.00
Power Requirement 1x90 kVA
3a Fuel 3.50
3b Fuel panel 1.75
Total Capacity 200 L

4 Water 2.60 Maximum Pressure 3.45 bar
Best Flow Rate 60 L/min
Total Septic Capacity 170 L
Total Rinsing Capacity 57 L
5 Septic 2.79 Total Refilling 8.5 L
Maximum Pressure 2.4 bar
Best Flow Rate 38 L/m
Minimum Capacity 45/38/220-71/42/0
Air CFM56-5A Maximum Capacity 60 psig
6 1.76 Minimum Pressure 22 psig
Air V2500
Maximum Pressure 75 psia

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 22/36
9.3.2. A320
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of
System Requirements
the Service
Point (Meter)

Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 2.00
3a Fuel 3.50
3b Fuel panel 1.75
Air CFM56 Maximum Capacity 60 psig
Air V2500

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 23/36
9.3.3. A321
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of the
System Requirements
Service Point
(Meter)

Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 2.00
3a Fuel 3.50
3b Fuel panel 1.75
Air CFM56 Maximum Capacity 60 psig
Air V2500

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 24/36
9.3.4. A330-200
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of
System Requirements
the Service
Point (Meter)

Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 1.65
3a Fuel 4.20
3b Fuel panel 1.85
Total Capacity 700 L/1050 L
Water
4 Standard 2 Tanks 3.35 Maximum Pressure 8.62 bar
Optional 3 Tanks
Total Septic Capacity 700 L/1050 L
Total Rinsing Capacity 100 L Each tank
Septic
5 Standard 2 Tanks 3.65 Total Refilling 36/54 L
Optional 3 Tanks
Air PW4000 Minimum Capacity 63/34/220-88/36/35
Air RB211
6 1.93 Minimum Pressure
Air Minimum Capacity 37/22/220-68/28/0

GE CF6-80E1 Maximum Pressure 60 psig

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 25/36
9.3.5. A330-300
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of the
System Requirements
Service Point
(Meter)

Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 1.65
3a Fuel 4.20
3b Fuel panel 1.85
Water
Optional 3 Tanks
Septic
Optional 3 Tanks
Air PW4000 Minimum Capacity 63/34/220-88/36/35
Air RB211
6 1.79 Minimum Pressure
Air Minimum Capacity 37/22/220-68/28/0

GE CF6-80E1 Maximum Pressure 60 psig

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 26/36
9.3.6. A340-300
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of the
System Requirements
Service Point
(Meter)

Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 1.65
3a Fuel 4.20
3b Fuel panel 1.85
Water
Optional 3 Tanks
Septic
Optional 3 Tanks
6 Air 1.93 Maximum Pressure 60 psig
Minimum Pressure 22 psig

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 27/36
9.3.7. B737-400
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of the
System Requirements
Service Point
(Meter)
Maximum Flow Rate 265ppm

Maximum Outlet Pressure 0.62 psi
Cooling Capacity 22 ton/hr
Heating Capacity 250000 BTU
Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 1.63
3 Fuel 2.44
4 Water 1.93 Maximum Pressure
5 Septic 1.78 Total Refilling 60 L
Maximum Pressure 50 psi
Minimum Capacity 120-145 ppm
6 Air 1.12 Maximum Pressure 45 psi
Minimum Pressure 30 psi

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 28/36
9.3.8. B737-700,800,900
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of the
System Requirements
Service Point
(Meter)
Maximum Flow Rate 150 ppm

Maximum Outlet Pressure 22.5 psi
Cooling Capacity 225lb/min
Heating Capacity 250000 BTU
Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 1.93
3 Fuel 2.87
4 Water 1.9 Maximum Pressure 35 psi
Maximum Pressure 50 psi
Minimum Capacity 150 ppm
6 Air 1.30 Maximum Pressure 45 psi
Minimum Pressure

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 29/36
9.3.9. B777-300 ER
Ground
Chart No
Clearance of the
System Requirements
Service Point
(Meter)
Maximum Flow Rate 10550 ppm

Maximum Outlet Pressure 10 psig
Cooling Capacity 5200 BTU/min
Heating Capacity 1050 BTU/min
Type 115/200V AC
2 Electricity 2.98
3 Fuel 5.31
4 Water 3.13 Maximum Pressure 55 psig
Best Flow Rate
Maximum Pressure 30 psig
Minimum Capacity
6 Air 2.47 Maximum Pressure
Minimum Pressure

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 30/36
9.4. LOCATION PLAN OF GROUND EQUIPMENT AROUND THE AIRCRAFT
9.4.1. A319
At Remote Parking Position;
STAIRS
PASSENGER
STAIRS
PASSENGER
WATER
POTABLE
SERVICE
LAVATORY
ELECTRICAL
CONVEYOR
CONVEYOR
GALLEY SERVICE
GALLEY SERVICE
TRUCK
FUEL
At Boarding Bridge Parking Position;

STAIRS
PASSENGER
WATER
POTABLE
SERVICE
LAVATORY
ELECTRICAL
GALLEY SERVICE
GALLEY SERVICE
TRUCK
FUEL

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 31/36
9.4.2. A320
STAIRS
PASSENGER
AIR STARTER
AIR CONDITIONING
WATER
POTABLE
STAIRS
PASSENGER
CONVEYOR
CONVEYOR
ELECTRICAL
SERVICE
GALLEY
SERVICE
GALLEY
TRUCK
FUEL

STAIRS
PASSENGER
STAIRS
PASSENGER
AIR STARTER
AIR CONDITIONING
WATER
POTABLE
ELECTRICAL
CONVEYOR
SERVICE
GALLEY
GALLEY SERVICE
TRUCK
FUEL

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 32/36
9.4.3. A321
STAIRS
PASSENGER
STAIRS
PASSENGER
AIR STARTER
AIR CONDITIONING
WATER
POTABLE
ELECTRICAL
CONVEYOR
GALLEY SERVICE
GALLEY SERVICE
FUEL TRUCK

STAIRS
PASSENGER
AIR STARTER
AIR CONDITIONING
WATER
POTABLE
ELECTRICAL
CONVEYOR
GALLEY SERVICE
GALLEY SERVICE
TRUCK
FUEL

Issue Date: 01.05.2006
EK.10.67.001
18.09.2014
33/36
02
Document Number
Revision Number
Revision Date
Page Number
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
PASSENGER AIR
STAIRS GALLEY SERVICE
STARTER
GALLEY SERVICE
PASSENGER GALLEY SERVICE

STAIRS
AIR
CONDITIONING AIR CONDITIONING
CHAPTER 9
FUEL FUEL
TRUCK TRUCK

POTABLE WATER
CARGO TRAILER
POTABLE WATER CONVEYOR
GALLEY SERVICE
PASSENGER PASSENGER
STAIRS LAVATORY STAIRS
SERVICE
LAVATORY SERVICE
THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07

CARGO TRAILER CARGO TRAILER
9.4.4. A330
CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 34/36
9.4.5. A340-300
POTABLE WATER
STAIRS
PASSENGER
STAIRS
PASSENGER
STAIRS
PASSENGER
CONVEYOR
GALLEY SERVICE
GALLEY SERVICE
SERVICE
LAVATORY
GALLEY SERVICE
CARGO TRAILER
TRAILER
CARGO
TRUCK
FUEL

STAIRS
PASSENGER
water
Potable
Electrıcal
service
Galley
service
Lavatory
service
Galley
service
Galley
Air condition
Belt loader
truck
Fuel

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 35/36
9.4.6. B737
FUEL TRUCK
CARGO
GALLEY TRAILER
SERVICE
CARGO POTABLE
TRAILER WATER
LAVATORY SERVICE POTABLE WATER
ELECTRICAL
PASSENGER MAINTENANCE
STAIRS TRUCK
AIR STARTER
AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL
AIR STARTER
AIR CONDITIONING
FUEL TRUCK
CARGO
GALLEY TRAILER
SERVICE
CARGO POTABLE
TRAILER WATER
LAVATORY SERVICE POTABLE WATER
ELECTRICAL
MAINTENANCE
TRUCK
AIR STARTER ELECTRICAL

AIR CONDITIONING
AIR STARTER
AIR CONDITIONING

CHAPTER 9
Revision Number 02
Page Number 36/36
9.4.7. B777-300ER

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL Document Number EK.10.67.001
CHAPTER 10 Revision Date 18.09.2014
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS REGARDING Revision Number 02
GROUND HANDLING Page Number 1/1
10. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS REGARDING GROUND HANDLING

Environmental factors regarding ground handling have been described in EK.10.18.001 Integrated
Management Manual.


Ground Operations Manual Overview

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ground Operations Manual Overview

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Document Number EK.10.67.

Revision Date 18.09.2014

Page Number 1/1

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL

GROUND OPERATIONS DIRECTORATE

GROUND OPERATIONS STANDARDS

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

Revision Date 18.09.2014

Page Number 1/1

CHAPTER 0: GENERAL INFORMATIONS

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

GROUND OPERATIONS DIRECTORATE

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.1. DOCUMENT APPROVAL PAGE

Manual First Published Date Revision No Revision Date

Ground Operations March 2003 02 18.09.2014

Selman NAS, PhD

Temel KOTİL, PhD

Original approval page is in Turkish version of the manual.

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.2. DOCUMENT EXTERNAL APPROVAL PAGE

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.4. ORDINARY REVISION RECORDS

REVISION NUMBER REVISION DATE

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.5. TEMPORARY REVISION RECORDS

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.6. LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

0 GENERAL INFORMATION 28 18.09.2014 02

1 PASSENGER HANDLING 99 18.09.2014 02

2 BAGGAGE HANDLING 36 18.09.2014 02

3 CARGO HANDLING 1 18.09.2014 02

4 AIRCRAFT HANDLING AND LOADING 61 18.09.2014 02

5 LOAD CONTROL 124 18.09.2014 02

6 SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6 18.09.2014 02

7 MESSAGES AND ADDRESSES 37 18.09.2014 02

8 GROUND HANDLING AGREEMENTS 8 18.09.2014 02

9 GROUND HANDLING EQUIPMENT 36 18.09.2014 02

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.7. SCOPE OF IMPLEMENTATION

0.8. REFERENCES AND DOCUMENTS REFERRED

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

PR.01.60.001 Procedure for Reporting and Investigation of Accidents at Ramp/Apron Traffic

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

LS.67.021 Station Documents List

0.9. DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTATION

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.10. ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF EK.10.67.001 GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

Temel KOTİL, PhD

Selman NAS, PhD

Mustafa AFACAN Signature:

Asaf A. BORA Signature:

Atilla COŞKUN Signature:

Original approval page is in Turkish version of the manual.

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.11. DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT, SHARING AND COMMUNICATION

THY KYS Form No: FR.18.0001E Rev.07 Issue Date: 01.05.2006

0.12. ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

0.12.1. Organizational Chart of Turkish Airlines